Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

37th Annual Convention; Denver, CO; 2011

Program by Day for Monday, May 30, 2011


Manage My Personal Schedule

 

Special Event #324
ABAI Business Meeting
Monday, May 30, 2011
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
301 (Convention Center)
Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Panelists: GORDON BOURLAND (Affiliated Chapter Board Coordinator), MARC N. BRANCH (Publication Board Coordinator), MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Practice Board Coordinator), TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Science Board Coordinator), PHILIP N. HINELINE (Membership Board Coordinator), RAMONA HOUMANFAR (Annual Convention Program Committee Senior Co-Chair), MARIA E. MALOTT (Chief Executive Officer), LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (Education Board Coordinator)
Abstract: This is the annual business meeting of ABA International.
GORDON BOURLAND (Affiliated Chapter Board Coordinator)
MARC N. BRANCH (Publication Board Coordinator)
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Practice Board Coordinator)
TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Science Board Coordinator)
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Membership Board Coordinator)
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (Annual Convention Program Committee Senior Co-Chair)
MARIA E. MALOTT (Chief Executive Officer)
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (Education Board Coordinator)
 
 
Paper Session #325
Sex, Gender, Personality, and Coping Among Veterans of Iraq and Afganistan
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–9:20 AM
610/612 (Convention Center)
Area: DEV
Chair: Alan L. Hensley (Prairie Oaks Mental Health Services LLC)
 

Sex, Gender, Personality, and Coping Among Veterans of Iraq and Afghanistan

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
ALAN L. HENSLEY (Prairie Oaks Mental Health Services LLC)
 
Abstract:

The Vietnam War was the watershed event for post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Thirteen years after the end of the Vietnam War, research regarding the biological, psychological, and sociological (biopsychosocial) wellness of veterans began in earnest. Research has expanded to compare lifetime prevalence of such traumatic events as serious accidents, sexual assault, and natural disasters among men and women. The existing body of research argues, while men experience greater lifetime trauma, women tend to experience greater PTSD. Some researchers suggest these differences are the result of greater lifetime interpersonal trauma, such as rape, incest, and domestic violence among women. Others suggest the disparity results from differences in meaning. Since Gulf War I, unprecedented numbers of women have deployed alongside military men. Concomitant with the Iraq War, the Army has conducted five Mental Health Assessment Team (MHAT) studies to assess the biopsychosocial wellness of deployed men and women. MHAT report writers assert female soldiers present no greater risk of developing PTSD than their male counterparts. The researcher in the present study questions whether all men and women are equivalent in terms of PTSD resilience. Significant differences in personality, locus of control, and coping behavior exist among the eight sex/gender role categories.

 
 
 
Invited Tutorial #326
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Applied Behavior Analysis in the Zoological Environment
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 2A (Convention Center)
Area: AAB/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Kenneth Ramirez, Other
Chair: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom)
Presenting Authors: : KENNETH T. RAMIREZ (John G. Shedd Aquarium)
Abstract:

In the last several decades the use of applied behavior principles has grown in importance and sophistication in the zoo and aquarium world. The modern zoological facility often employs a curator level position to oversee behavior management and enrichment programs. Although the basic principles and theories used in zoos and aquariums are not new to the community of behavior analysts, the practical applications and techniques are just emerging and becoming more commonplace in the zoological world. Early application of training principles was primarily used in shows and educational programming. Skilled practitioners of applied behavior principles have also been instrumental in improving animal health care through training exotic animals to assist in their own medical treatment. Perhaps most notable is the increased used of operant and classical conditioning principles in improving the effectiveness of enrichment practices, expanding research capabilities, and advancing wildlife conservation programs. These examples will be used to highlight the growing role of applied behavior analysis in providing excellent animal care.

 
KENNETH T. RAMIREZ (John G. Shedd Aquarium)
Ken Ramirez is the executive vice-president of animal collections and animal training, develops and supervises animal care programs, staff training and development as well as public presentation programs for the entire animal collection at Chicago's Shedd Aquarium. A 30+ year veteran of animal care and training, Ken is a biologist and animal behaviorist who has worked both as a behavioral curator and as a consultant to many zoo and aquarium programs throughout the world. He began his training career working with guide dogs for the visually impaired and has maintained a close affiliation to pet training throughout his career. He hosted two successful seasons of the pet training television series Talk to the Animals that compared pet training to the important work done with training and caring for animals in zoological facilities. He has also recently worked closely with several search and rescue dog organizations, service dog groups, as well as with bomb and narcotic dogs.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #327
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Improving Practitioners' Access to and Experience With the Research Literature
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Four Seasons 4 (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: James Carr, Ph.D.
Chair: Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Wisconsin-Madison)
Presenting Authors: : JAMES E. CARR (Auburn University)
Abstract:

The profession of applied behavior analysis has undergone a number of exciting changes in recent years. The demand for our services, growth of the certification program, and development of new graduate programs have all combined to increase the number of new behavior analytic practitioners. In fact, there are currently approximately 8,000 individuals who hold certification in behavior analysis, an increase of several thousand from just a few years ago. Despite historical and ethical obligations to base behavior analytic practice on peer-reviewed evidence, a number of barriers sometimes make this difficult. For example, a number of clinically relevant experimental questions have not yet been answered in the literature. In addition, although the behavioral literature is replete with examples of effective treatment, there is a paucity of peer-reviewed published guidance on how to select these treatments given specific clinical circumstances. Finally, although graduate students in behavior analysis often receive training on how to critically consume the research literature, there are a number of obstacles to their access to the literature after graduation. In this presentation, I will describe several scholarly mechanisms through which behavioral scientists and senior clinicians can influence the behavior of new practitioners. Examples will be provided in the areas of developing clinical decision-making guidelines assisting practitioners in accessing the research literature.

 
JAMES E. CARR (Auburn University)
James E. Carr, Ph.D., BCBA-D is an associate professor of psychology at Auburn University and co-director of its applied behavior analysis graduate program. His current research and clinical interests include the behavioral treatment of autism and intellectual disabilities, verbal behavior, and practitioner training. Dr. Carr has published over 100 scientific articles and is currently a member of the boards of directors of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He is currently an associate editor of the journals Behavior Analysis and Practice and The Behavior Analyst and is a past associate editor of Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Dr. Carr received his Ph.D. in 1996 from Florida State University and previously served on the psychology faculties at University of Nevada-Reno (1996-1999) and Western Michigan University (1999-2008).
 
 
Invited Paper Session #328
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Why Private Events Are a Mistake

Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
607 (Convention Center)
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: William Baum, Ph.D.
Chair: Hayne W. Reese (West Virginia University)
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis)
William M. Baum received his A.B. in psychology from Harvard College in 1961. Originally a biology major, he switched into psychology after taking courses from B. F. Skinner and R. J. Herrnstein in his freshman and sophomore years. He returned to Harvard University for graduate study in 1962, where he was supervised by Herrnstein and received his Ph.D. in 1966. He spent the year 1965-66 at Cambridge University, studying ethology at the Sub-Department of Animal Behavior. From 1966 to 1975, he held appointments as post-doctoral fellow, research associate, and assistant professor at Harvard University. He spent two years at the NIH Laboratory for Brain, Evolution, and Behavior and then accepted an appointment in psychology at University of New Hampshire in 1977. He retired from there in 1999. He currently has an appointment as Associate Researcher at University of California, Davis and lives in San Francisco. His research concerns choice, molar behavior-environment relations, foraging, and behaviorism. He is the author of a book, Understanding Behaviorism: Behavior, Culture, and Evolution.
Abstract:

Private events present a dilemma for behavior analysis. On one hand, their reality seems manifest; everyone thinks, senses, and feels. On the other hand, their privacy is problematic for a science of behavior, because one cannot observe them in another creature. Even if we allow that privacy is accidental-only the result of absence of technology-the problem remains, because private events in another creature can only be inferred and therefore are as hypothetical as any mental construct. We may clarify the problem by examining three examples: waiting, hearing, and pain. From these, we see that the problem arises when one asks what a person is doing at a particular moment. Behavior analysts have sometimes tried to distinguish one momentary activity from another by appealing to private events, a move no better than folk psychology. The solution to the problem appears when we see that the phrase "momentary behavior" is an oxymoron. Behavior is temporally extended by its nature, and asking what a person is doing at a moment is a pseudo-question, akin to asking how many angels can dance on the head of a pin. Extended patterns of behavior produce observable, measurable, results. Applying this insight to the examples of waiting, hearing, and pain, we see how it removes the need to talk about private events at all.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #329
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Constraint-Induced Therapy: The Use of Operant Training to Produce New Treatments in Neurorehabilitation

Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
401/402 (Convention Center)
Area: SCI; Domain: Experimental Analysis
CE Instructor: Edward Taub, Ph.D.
Chair: Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College)
EDWARD TAUB (University of Alabama at Birmingham)
Edward Taub is a University Professor at the University of Alabama at Birmingham. He is a behavioral neuroscientist whose original training was in behavior analysis at Columbia University. His first mentor was Fred Keller followed by Joseph V. Brady. The initial research he carried out employed primates given surgical abolition of somatic sensation of the forelimbs (i.e., deafferentation); it demonstrated that sensory feedback and spinal reflexes are not necessary for the learning and performance of behavior. This work gave rise to the development of CI therapy for the improvement of impaired movement associated with different types of damage to the central nervous system in humans such as stroke, traumatic brain injury, multiple sclerosis and cerebral palsy. A variant is also used for language in aphasic patients. The primate research and the CI therapy family of treatments are based on the use of behavior analysis methodology. Dr. Taub has received several major awards for this work and is currently Retiring Chair of Section J (Psychology) of AAAS.
Abstract:

Constraint-induced (CI) therapy is a family of neurorehabilitation treatments that involve shaping and other behavioral procedures to substantially improve motor deficits produced by brain damage. Its main application has been to stroke patients, but the basic procedure has also been used with patients with traumatic brain injury and multiple sclerosis, and modified protocols have been used for patients with cerebral palsy and other motor deficits due to brain damage in pediatric patients (pediatric CI therapy), language in aphasia patients (CI Aphasia therapy-CIAT), focal hand dystonia and phantom limb pain. The efficacy of CI therapy for stroke patients has been established by a multi-site randomized clinical trial (JAMA, 2006; Lancet Neurol., 2008) and numerous single-site randomized controlled trials. It may be viewed as behavior analysis' contribution to the field of neurorehabilitation.

 
 
Symposium #330
CE Offered: BACB
Identifying Effective Instructional Strategies for Teaching Discrimination Skills to Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Korbel Ballroom 4F (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Tiffany Kodak (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Tiffany Kodak, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A growing body of literature supports the use of academic interventions based on the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Although a number of academic interventions are described in the extant literature, there is considerable variability in the methods used to teach conditional discriminations (e.g., receptive identification) to children with ASD. In addition, the identification of efficient instructional strategies is important to increase the likelihood that children with ASD will acquire skills that are similar to their typically developing peers. The collection of presentations in this symposium will describe cutting-edge research evaluating the efficacy and/or efficiency of various prompting procedures. The presentations in this symposium will describe (a) a comparison of two errorless prompting procedures for teaching conditional discriminations, (b) an instructional strategy called instructive feedback, and describe how non-target stimuli can be programmed into learning trials to promote acquisition and the emergence of untrained targets, and (c) the inclusion of instructive feedback within a stimulus equivalence paradigm to produce the emergence of numerous untrained relations.

 

A Comparison of Constant and Progressive Time Delay in Match-to-Sample Instruction

CAMMARIE JOHNSON (New England Center for Children), Sean O'Neil (New England Center for Children), Christine Gates (New England Center for Children), Melissa Martin (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Effective instruction for teaching conditional discriminations to learners with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) involves errorless teaching procedures that prescribe prompts to occasion selection of the discriminative stimulus (SD) in the presence of each conditional stimulus (sample). These prompts are then systematically faded until the SD is selected given only the sample. Two common proceduresconstant (CTD) and progressive time delay (PTD)fade the prompt by increasing the time between SD and prompt presentations. There have been few direct comparisons of these two procedures. In the current study, 4 children with an ASD were taught 2 sets of conditional discriminations in an alternating treatment design; one set was taught with PTD and the other with 5-s CTD (a 3rd set was taught with 2-s CTD to 2 of the children). Acceptable levels of inter-observer agreement and procedural integrity, collected in approximately 33% of sessions, were obtained. PTD and CTD were both effective in teaching the conditional discriminations. The most efficient procedure was idiosyncratic; however, all of the children made more errors with CTD than PTD. These results suggest that PTD may be the preferred errorless teaching procedure when teaching conditional relations in match-to-sample instruction.

 

Incorporating Non-Target Stimuli in the Events Surrounding Learning Trials

JASON C. VLADESCU (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tiffany Kodak (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrea Clements Stearns (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Laura Mulford (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Previous research has evaluated the effect of incorporating non-target stimuli into the antecedent and consequent events of learning trials (i.e., instructive feedback). Using such teaching practices has resulted in an increase in the efficiency of time delay procedures as demonstrated by broader learning and a positive impact on future learning. However, existing studies have failed to include conditions in which targets are presented in the absence of contingent reinforcement or a control condition in which non-targets are not presented. In addition, limited data are available to guide the application of instructive feedback to children with autism. The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend previous research by examining the effects of instructive feedback on emergent skills. Preliminary results indicate that these teaching procedures lead to broader learning (i.e., mastery of trained and untrained targets) for some participants. The discussion of results will consider possible operant mechanisms and appropriate use of this teaching practice in early intervention programming.

 

Incorporating Instructive Feedback Into a Stimulus Equivalence Preparation to Obtain Untrained Relations With Children With Autism

TIFFANY KODAK (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrea Clements Stearns (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Elizabeth Gawley (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nitasha Dickes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Our previous investigation embedded instructive feedback into a stimulus equivalence preparation to increase the efficiency with which emergent relations were obtained. The A-B relations were trained using match-to-sample (MTS) procedures, and B-C relations were embedded in MTS trials via instructive feedback. Results indicated that targets presented during instructive feedback were acquired in half the number of sessions as the match-to-sample stimuli. In addition, all of the participants acquired 3 untrained relations per target (for a total of 24-30 untrained relations). The current investigation extended our previous study by eliminating the match-to-sample requirement and presenting only the untrained targets during the trial. That is, we simply held up pictures or words and stated the name of the stimulus on the card. The child was not required to respond, and reinforcement was not provided for responding. We conducted baseline sessions throughout the evaluation to determine the point at which the instructive feedback stimuli were acquired. The results for 3 participants showed that all stimuli presented during instructive feedback were acquired, and these participants acquired 3 untrained relations per target. We will discuss how non-target stimuli can be embedded into learning trials to increase instructional efficiency.

 
 
Symposium #331
CE Offered: BACB
Legislation, Insurance, and Licensure for Behavior Analysts: Understanding the Process and Identifying Systematic Opportunities for Growth
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Korbel Ballroom 4E (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Nicholas L. Weatherly (Spalding University)
Discussant: Gerald L. Shook (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
CE Instructor: Nicholas Weatherly, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Given the importance of systematically ensuring quality behavioral services for all individuals in need, understanding and utilizing legislation at the state and federal levels is a fundamental priority for the field. With an increasing number of states becoming involved in legislation and insurance regulations there is a unique opportunity for other regions to take advantage of the successes and pitfalls within these legislation processes. This symposium will discuss processes involved with legislation and insurance for three states, with a fundamental focus on providing process information relevant to the continued growth of quality behavior-analytic legislation. The first presentation will address the current legislation, licensure, and insurance processes within Kentucky. The second presentation will discuss Missouris autism insurance legislation and areas associated with the development and implementation of this legislation. The final presentation will provide a description of the process involved with Arizonas state licensure for behavior analysts and the details involved with behavior analysts regulating their services.

 

Legislation, Licensure, and Insurance for Behavior Analysts in Kentucky

NICHOLAS L. WEATHERLY (Spalding University), Keith Hersh (Spalding University)
Abstract:

On April 14, 2010 Kentucky enacted House Bill 159 to begin the process of integrating a regulatory system for behavioral services and outlining insurance regulations for these services. Due to efforts from clinicians, parents, advocates, and lobbyists, Kentucky joined several other states in the pursuit of behavior-analytic legislation. As the result of these efforts, the Kentucky Applied Behavior Analysis Licensing Board was created to develop and oversee regulations surrounding behavioral services and licensure. The purpose of this presentation will be to explain the history of Kentuckys behavior analysis legislation, while focusing on the overall system of integrating standards and regulations for behavioral services state-wide. As part of the licensure and legislation processes, the role of insurance for behavioral services will be discussed with an emphasis placed on how this relationship will impact families and clinicians in the community. Through the analysis of these processes, systems strengths and concerns will be discussed pertaining to the continued improvement of these processes within the state and for the benefit of other states pursuing a comparable path of action.

 

Missouri: Licensure and Insurance Coverage of Applied Behavior Analysis

TODD M. STREFF (Great Strides Behavioral Consulting, Inc.)
Abstract:

Missouri was the 21st state to pass autism insurance legislation on May 12, 2010. During the testimony of the bill the insurance companies and lobbyists proposed language for state licensure of behavior analysts and they were successful in making that happen. In their push for licensure many questions, hurdles, and concerns regarding licensure versus the established national certification program for providers ofapplied behavior analysiswere addressed and those will be discussed in the presentation. The issues following the establishment of this insurance bill and behavior analysis practice act will be shared and how they were addressed by the behavior analysts in the State of Missouri with the support of several national organizations. In conjunction with the mission of the symposium, this presentation will aim to add to the collective knowledge of the field by helping in the understanding, implementation, and continuous quality improvement of legislation, licensure, and insurance processes for behavior analysts.

 

Arizona Licensure: The Sequel

DANIEL P. DAVIDSON (Northern Arizona University), David K. Giles (Intermountain Centers for Human Development)
Abstract:

Arizona was the first state to pass a law requiring licensing of behavior analysts. This was pursued in order to recognize behavior analysts as equivalent to other mental (behavioral) health providers in terms of signing treatment plans and billing for services. While the original legislation was to license BCBAs, the final law added additional requirements. The outcome is that it is now difficult for many BCBAs to become licensed in Arizona without gaining additional supervised experience. The law also required that the regulatory board be the Board of Psychologist Examiners. The purpose of this presentation is to share the steps taken to (a) make licensure equivalent to certification, and (b) to establish a means for behavior analysts to regulate themselves. In conjunction with the mission of the symposium, this presentation will aim to add to the collective knowledge of the field by helping in the understanding, implementation, and continuous quality improvement of legislation and licensure processes for behavior analysts.

 
 
Symposium #332
CE Offered: BACB
Innovations in Language Instruction for Young Learners With Autism
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Korbel Ballroom 4C (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada)
Discussant: Rachel S. Findel-Pyles (The Chicago School, Los Angeles)
CE Instructor: Patrick Ghezzi, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Deficits in language are some of the most critical delays associated with autism. Deficits may be observed in foundational verbal repertoires such as imitation and in more complex repertoires like listening and reading comprehension. These deficits impact many aspects of a childs life. Language delays can make it difficult to interact with parents, siblings, teachers, and peers. Children who experience deficits in comprehension have difficulty making progress in academic areas. It is because of the expansive impact of language delays that addressing these deficits is often a primary goal of behavioral approaches to treatment for children with autism. This symposium includes three papers, each presenting an innovative approach to addressing language deficits. The first paper investigates the effects of reciprocal imitation on establishing an early vocal imitation repertoire. Differences in the rate of acquisition of mands given negative or positive reinforcement are examined in the second paper. Finally, the third paper explores the role ofrelational frame theoryand relational processes in understanding listening and reading comprehension with children with autism.

 

Reciprocal Imitation Training in Young Children With Autism

JENNIFER A. BONOW (University of Nevada, Reno), Leif Erik Nielsen (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada)
Abstract:

This case study investigated the effects of reciprocal imitation training on the vocal imitation of a young child with autism. Vocal imitation is often the first step in establishing a vocal-verbal repertoire. The child in this study demonstrated a limited vocal repertoire in that he produced very few sounds independently and rarely imitated vocal models accurately, making it difficult to teach vocal language. The child's correct and independent imitations of an adult's model were measured when an adult first imitated the vocal responses of the child. A significant increase in the number of imitative vocal responses made by the child following the adult's model was consistently and repeatedly observed under these conditions, as compared to baseline when the adult did not first imitate the child. The case study presents an innovative approach to teaching vocal imitation to young children with autism. It may be especially important for children who have particular difficulty imitating vocal models.

 

The Effects of Positive and Negative Reinforcement on Manding by Young Children With Autism

CHRISTINE M. COFFMAN (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada)
Abstract:

The behavior analytic research on teaching manding focuses on mands maintained by positive reinforcement. While mand training tends to begin with positive reinforcement, negative reinforcement may provide another powerful means by which to teach and reinforce manding behavior. The current paper explores differences in the rate of acquisition of mands, as well as the effects on other problematic behaviors when mands were taught using positive and negative reinforcement. Manding was taught to children who did not demonstrate manding for the access to preferred items and for the removal of lesser preferred items. During the teaching phase, generalization probes were administered to assess manding with respect to novel items, both preferred and non-preferred. Upon mastery of mands during the teaching phase, follow-up assessments were conducted to assess maintenance of manding repertoire taught during the mand training portion of the study. The data show that teaching children to mand both in the presence of highly preferred and lesser preferred items or events leads to increased appropriate vocal behavior and decreased occurrences of problem behavior.

 

Strengthening Relational Operants Improves Reading Comprehension

KENDRA L. BROOKS RICKARD (Center for Advanced Learning), Kimberly Nix Berens (Fit Learning), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada), Tiffany Humphreys (Florida State University), Amy Lynn Evans (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

One of the most critical delays associated with autism is in language development. Intensive early intervention programs are concerned primarily with arranging environments in an effort to circumvent these language delays. Nonetheless, it is not uncommon for children with autism to struggle with academic behaviors that involve comprehension. Language deficits can affect a childs ability to understand and behave effectively to what is heard and read. Listening and reading comprehension are language-based repertoires, and are therefore, inherently relational. Relational frame theory (RFT) provides a useful model for understanding the core behavioral processes necessary for listening and reading comprehension. The current presentation will discuss findings from recent research endeavors and clinical applications with children with autism that explore the role of relational operants and relational flexibility in comprehension with children with autism.

 
 
Symposium #333
CE Offered: BACB
Examining the Utility of Preference and Reinforcer Assessments for Identifying Social Reinforcers
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Korbel Ballroom 4D (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Claudia Dozier, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The current symposium includes four papers addressing the topic of preference and reinforcer assessments of social consequences. For the first paper, the presenter will describe a preference assessment procedure for identifying social consequences that may function as reinforcers in individuals with an autism spectrum disorder. The author will then review data on the use of the preferred social consequence for increasing joint attention skills. For the second paper, the presenter will review data on a progressive series of assessments for identifying various topographies of attention that may function as reinforcers. The author will also review test-retest reliability data across assessment procedures as well as data on outcome validity. For the third paper, the author will review data on the role of adult social interaction on participants relative preference for various leisure items. The presenter will also review data on the relative reinforcing efficacy of a high preference leisure item when adult interaction is and is not concurrently presented. For the forth paper, the presenter will review data on the reinforcing efficacy of a preferred social stimulus or edible following the presence versus absence of a presession exposure period.

 

Assessment of Social Stimulus Preference and Reinforcement Effects for Individuals With Autism

Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (University of Miami), WANDY CACERES (Florida International University), Melissa N. Hale (University of Miami), Jennifer Stella Durocher (University of Miami), Michael Alessandri (San Jose State University)
Abstract:

We evaluated a procedure for identifying potential reinforcers with five individuals diagnosed with autism. We used a 1-min free-operant procedure where responses resulted in contingent presentation of a social consequence. Each participant was exposed to five different social consequences. Following the preference assessment we examined the reinforcing properties of preferred social stimuli by delivering them contingently on the occurrence of joint attention skills during a joint attention intervention. Results revealed that the preferred social stimuli produced higher rates of responding during the intervention than the baseline condition. These results suggest that the procedure can be used to assess social reinforcers for individuals with autism.

 

Evaluation of Assessment Methods for Identifying Social Reinforcers

MAUREEN KELLY (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England College)
Abstract:

Although experimenters have compared assessment methods for identifying preferred tangible and edible items for children with developmental disabilities, few have evaluated assessment methods for identifying preferred topographies of attention. In the current study, we conducted indirect and descriptive assessments to identify eight topographies of attention to include in subsequent preference and reinforcer assessments. Next, we evaluated two different assessment methods until adequate stability was achieved with one of the methods. During both methods, a therapist presented photos depicting the topographies of attention included in the stimulus array, and a control photo (resulting in no consequence) was included. Following the assessment comparison, we conducted a reinforcer assessment using a socially relevant target behavior to determine the relative predictive validity of high- versus low-preference forms of attention. Interobserver agreement data was collected across a third of sessions and averaged above 90% for all responses. Results showed that the paired-stimulus method reliably identified relative preference and that both high and low preference topographies identified via this assessment format functioned as effective reinforcers in a subsequent reinforcer assessment. The single-stimulus assessment method identified reinforcers but didnt reliably indicate relative reinforcement effects. Implications for assessing topographies of attention will be discussed.

 

An Evaluation of the Effects of Social Interaction on Preference and Response Allocation

BROOKE ASHLEY JONES (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The types of items in a preference assessment array affect preference hierarchies and may cause false negative identification of stimuli that function as reinforcers (DeLeon, Iwata, & Roscoe, 1999). The purpose of the current study is to determine the effects of social interaction (e.g., adult interaction with participant/item during item access time) on (a) preference for leisure items and (b) response allocation to pre-academic tasks exhibited by typically developing, preschool-age children. In Study 1, three paired-stimulus preference assessments are conducted: (a) a solitary assessment (i.e., participant engages with items alone), (b) a social assessment (i.e., the participant engages with the items and accesses continuous social interaction), and (c) a combined assessment (i.e., both solitary and social options are available). Results suggest that the provision of social interaction causes shifts in preference hierarchies across assessments. In Study 2, concurrent-operant reinforcer assessments are conducted in which access to either a highly preferred (HP) item, the same HP item with continuous social interaction, or social interaction in isolation are provided contingent upon responding to a pre-academic task. Preliminary results suggest that participants allocate more responding to the HP item with continuous social interaction and social interaction in isolation than the HP item.

 

A Comparison of the Effects of Immediate Reinforcement Histories on Subsequent Response Allocation

AMY HARPER (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Brooke Ashley Jones (University of Kansas), Danielle L. Gureghian (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that (a) presession access (continuous access) to a reinforcing stimulus can result in subsequent decreases in responding for that stimulus, whereas (b) no presession access to a reinforcing stimulus can result in subsequent increases in responding for that stimulus. The purpose of the current study was to replicate this finding and extend it by comparing the levels of subsequent responding after exposure to several different presession reinforcement contingencies including (a) no access, (b) continuous access, (c) contingent reinforcement, and (d) noncontingent reinforcement. Typically developing preschool-age children were provided different presession exposure to a preferred stimulus (either attention or food), then the level of responding on a pre-academic task to access that stimulus was determined. Results of the current study suggested that (a) all children initially preferred food over attention as a reinforcing stimulus and (b) no presession schedule of food access affected subsequent responding for food (i.e., the participants continued to respond to access food).

 
 
Symposium #334
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of the York Measure of Quality of Intensive Behaviour Intervention
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Korbel Ballroom 4A (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Marguerite L. Hoerger (Bangor University)
CE Instructor: Marguerite Hoerger, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The York Measure of Quality of Intensive Behaviour Intervention (YMQI) is a validated measure of the quality of intensive behaviour interventions (IBI). IBI is an empirically validated treatment for children with autism, and as more families and educators request IBI programs, measures are needed to assess the quality of programs and to train therapists. In this symposium, we will discuss further validation of the YMQI and applications for service delivery, such as using the YMQI to train therapists and improve the quality of teaching.

 

The Development of the York Measure of Quality of Intensive Behavioural Intervention

ADRIENNE M. PERRY (York University), Helen Penn Flanagan (York University), Alice Prichard (York University)
Abstract:

Intensive behavioural intervention (IBI)is the treatment of choice for young children with autism but treatment fidelity is seldom measured. The York Measure of Quality of Intensive Behavioural Intervention (YMQI) was designed to provide a reliable and valid measure of IBI fidelity or quality, based on coding videos. This presentation will describe the development of the YMQI. Content of the YMQI was based on a review of the literature, existing staff training evaluation tools, and a survey of professionals and parents regarding important aspects of quality (Perry, Prichard, & Penn, 2006). The pilot version of the YMQI included both an interval coding approach and a ratings approach. The ratings approach was more reliable and valid and substantially more time efficient (Penn, Prichard, & Perry, 2007). The penultimate version of the YMQI had 33 items. Its internal consistency was good (a=.86) and inter-rater reliability was moderate to good for most items. Validity was assessed using Expert Judgement and was acceptable for most items as well. The Total score was highly reliable and valid. After a few additional refinements, the current version has 31 items related to IBI quality such as reinforcement, prompting, and pacing.

 

Using The York Measure of Quality Intensive Behaviour Intervention as a Tool to Provide Training and Feedback to Therapists Who Work on IBI Programs

SHUMAILA JAFFREY (Bangor University), Marguerite L. Hoerger (Bangor University)
Abstract:

In the current study, we used The York Measure of Quality Intensive Behaviour Intervention (YMQI) as a tool to train and provide feedback to therapists working on intensive behaviour internvention(IBI) programs. Therapists were given training on the YMQI and were recorded during a one-on-one teaching session. The researchers provided the therapists and their consultants with written, specific feedback on their YMQI score, which included scores for each of the 31 criteria assessed by the YMQI, reasons why they were awarded a particular score, and what steps they could take to improve each score. We utilised a multiple treatment across participants design to schedule feedback sessions, and assessed the quality of therapy again several weeks later. The therapists were unknown to the coders and the coders were blind to whether or not the therapists had been given feedback. A total of four sessions were recorded and coded for each therapist. Pilot data revealed that the therapists scores on the YMQI improved after feedback. The YMQI is a useful tool to provide specific feedback to therapists and improve the quality of IBI programs.

 

Using the York Measure of Intensive Behaviour Intervention to Improve the Quality of an Intensive BehaviourTherapy Program Results in a Decrease in Challenging Behaviour

MARGUERITE L. HOERGER (Bangor University)
Abstract:

Intensive behaviour therapy (IBI) is an empirically validated intervention for young children with autism. Numerous research studies have shown that outcome measures can be mediated by factors such as the age the child started the program, the child's IQ prior to the intervention, and the intensity of the program. Very few studies have investigated if the quality of IBI impacts the rate of learning and adaptive behaviours. In the following study, we compared therapist's scores on the York Measure of Intensive Behaviour Intervention (YMQI) with the rate of challenging behaviours observed during the session and the rate at which the child mastered novel tasks. We hypothesised that as a therapist became more skilled as measured by the YMQI, the child would show a decrease in challenging behaviours. Using a multiple baseline design, we provided feedback to the therapists based on their results on the YMQI and provided training based on the feedback. We took regular measures of therapist quality and the instances of challenging behaviour before and after the feedback and training. We will present the results of this study.

 

Current Research on the York Measure of Quality of Intensive Behavioural Intervention

KSUSHA BLACKLOCK (York University), Adrienne M. Perry (York University), Shauna Whiteford (York University)
Abstract:

This presentation will focus on current and ongoing research on the York Measure of Quality of Intensive Behavioural Intervention (YMQI) currently being conducted at York University. We will discuss three projects: 1) We will report on a study on training naive coders (psychology undergraduates) using an interactive DVD. The training DVD includes five videos for practice coding. Six coders coded the videos based only on reading the manual and using the DVD. Not all achieved high rates of inter-rater reliability and, thus, an in-person training session was provided. This resulted in improved reliability for most coders for most videos. 2) Second, we will briefly describe how the YMQI is being used in a prospective controlled study of the effectiveness of intensive behavioural intervention (IBI) (Dunn Geier, Freeman, & Perry, 2010) in the Ontario IBI program (40 children, with monthly videos during 12 months of IBI). 3) Finally, results of an inter-rater agreement study currently underway (Whiteford, Blacklock, & Perry, 2010), based on videos from the prospective study, will be reported (based on approximately 25% of these videos).

 
 
Symposium #335
CE Offered: BACB
Variables Influencing the Effectiveness of Communication Training in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders and Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Korbel Ballroom 4B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey)
Discussant: Michael E. Kelley (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Robert LaRue, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Improving communicative ability represents a critical intervention component for individuals with autism spectrum disorders and developmental disabilities. The current symposium reviews several important aspects of effective communication training for this at-risk population. The first presentation is an evaluation of the effects of motivating operations of on a discriminative stimulus using a voice output communication aid (VOCA) to access tangible items. The second presentation is an evaluation of a clinical model for evaluating individual differences in the acquisition of and preference for different communication topographies (picture exchange, sign language and vocal approximation). The third presentation is an evaluation of the use of multiple schedules of reinforcement andfunctional communication training for the treatment of severe challenging behavior.

 

Influence of Motivating Operations and Discriminative Stimuli onVoice Output Communication AidUse

CHATURI EDRISINHA (St. Cloud State University), Mark F. O'Reilly (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk)
Abstract:

We examined a series of motivating operations (MOs) to examine the direct effects that an establishing operation (EO) and abolishing operation (AO) may have on a discriminative stimulus. Two participants with developmental disabilities participated. Use of a voice output communication aid (VOCA) to access tangible items was selected as the target behavior. In Phase 1, a preference assessment was conducted. In Phase II, two VOCA devices (BIGMack® switch) that differed only in color were used to train discrimination. Discrimination was trained under two conditions: (a) SD and (b) S?. In Phase III, pre-session MOs (i.e. EO and AO conditions) were manipulated to verify the influence of the MO on the target behavior. Target behavior was reinforced on a fixed ratio 1 (FR-1) schedule. In Phase IV, in addition to manipulating pre-session MOs the target behavior was evaluated under extinction in both SD and S? conditions. Results indicated that in the context of extinction when pre-session EO and AO conditions were manipulated responding not only differentiated but was higher in both SD and S? conditions in the pre-session EO condition when compared to the pre-session AO condition.

 

Assessment of Communication Modality Preference in Learners With Autism

ROBERT LARUE (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Mary Jane Weiss (The McCarton School), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Douglass Devlopmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Amy Paige Hansford (Rutgers University), Michele L. Newman Lefebvre (Douglass Devlopmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Suzannah J. Ferraioli (Rutgers University), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism have significant impairments in their ability to communicate with others. Estimates indicate that about 50 percent of children with autism are nonvocal (Frankel, Leary & Kilman, 1987). To address these deficits, several alternative communication strategies have been developed. Different topographies of trained communication responses have included vocal speech (Carr & Durand, 1985), communication cards/picture exchange (Bondy & Frost, 1994; Horner & Day, 1991), and sign language (Mirenda, 2003). While these topographies of communication have all been shown to be effective in specific clinical instances, the selection of communication topography has generally been based on arbitrary guidelines, such as the individual's developmental level, motor skills, and the recommendations of a speech-language pathologist. To this point, relatively little research has evaluated procedures to determine which modality represents a "best fit" with individual learning styles. The purpose of the current investigation is to design an assessment model that evaluates the rate of acquisition and student preference to determine the most appropriate communication modality for use with instruction. Preliminary results indicate that the rates of acquisition across the different communication modalities varied across participants. In addition, participants displayed clear preferences for one modality over another when they were concurrently available.

 

Further Evaluations of the Use of Multiple Schedules of Reinforcement During Functional Communication Training

TERRY S. FALCOMATA (University of Texas at Austin), Henry S. Roane (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University), Kasey Stephenson (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Anna Ing (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The use of multiple schedules of reinforcement during functional communication training (FCT) has gained increased attention in the literature pertaining to the treatment of severe challenging behavior. In this presentation we will present the results of several evaluations that combine the use of multiple schedules of reinforcement and FCT. First, we present data replicating previous studies using multiple schedules to thin differential reinforcement delivery following FCT. Next we will present data from an evaluation in which we combined FCT and a multiple schedule of reinforcement to treat severe challenging behaviors maintained by termination of interruptions of ongoing activities exhibited by a young girl with Asperger's syndrome. Results of each study suggested that the combining multiple schedules of reinforcement and FCT were effective at decreasing severe challenging behavior. Interobserver agreement was obtained during at least 20% of sessions for each evaluation and averaged above 90%.

 
 
Symposium #336
Fostering Emotionally Impactful Conversations: The Effect of Contextual Manipulations on Behavioral Indices of Engagement
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
603 (Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Kerry C. Whiteman (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Catherine H. Adams (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

The role of the therapeutic alliance is of central importance to the development and implementation of many therapeutic techniques. Traditionally, the study of interpersonal processes has come from non-behavioral researchers who approach the phenomena from a common factors or cognitive perspective. This symposium offers a behavioral account of interpersonal interactions with a focus on identifying core behavioral indices of interpersonal engagement and the psychological presence of participants. While most research in this area has relied on participant self-reports and self-ratings of these variables, the studies presented here will focus almost exclusively on data derived from researchers using behavioral assessment methods to code videotapes of analogue therapy interactions. These studies will explore many of the theoretical assertions made about the therapeutic relationship in Mindfulness for Two (Wilson & DuFrene, 2009) including the role mindfulness, disclosure, and permission play in fostering meaningful interpersonal interactions. Implications for a behavioral conceptualization of both therapeutic and more broadly defined interpersonal relationships will be discussed. Finally, future directions for the development of behavioral indices of interpersonal interactions will be offered.

 

Behavioral Indices of Conversational Engagement and Content

JEFFREY OLIVER (University of Mississippi), Apral Foreman (University of Mississippi), Regan M. Slater (University of Mississippi), Maureen Kathleen Flynn (University of Mississippi), Michael Bordieri (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Lousiana at Lafayette), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

The purpose of this analog study was to see how manipulating the context of the therapeutic interaction would affect outcome and process variables relevant to the practice of acceptance and commitment therapy (Wilson & DuFrene, 2009). Examples of contextual manipulations in this study are mindfulness exercise engagement and values based measure completion. Undergraduate participants were paired up and assigned to the role of conversation leader or conversation partner. The participants' instructions varied depending on manipulation but in all conditions the conversation leader was instructed to ask the partner about a disagreement they had with someone who was important to them. Data were collected and researchers coded videotaped recordings of the sessions. Self-report data were also collected post-conversation from both conversation leaders and partners. We investigated whether participant adherence to the conversational task and degree of personal content shared affected the conversation experience.

 

Behavioral Indices of Presence

JAMES A GENTRY (University of Mississippi), Michael Bordieri (University of Mississippi), Maureen Kathleen Flynn (University of Mississippi), Regan M. Slater (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Lousiana at Lafayette), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

The purpose of this analog study was to see how manipulating the context of the therapeutic interaction would affect outcome and process variables relevant to the practice of acceptance and commitment therapy (Wilson & DuFrene, 2009). Examples of contextual manipulations in this study are mindfulness exercise engagement and values based measure completion. Undergraduate participants were paired up and assigned to the role of conversation leader or partner. The participants' instructions varied depending on manipulation but in all conditions the conversation leader was instructed to ask the partner about a disagreement they had with someone who is important to them. Data were collected and trained researchers coded videotaped recordings of the sessions. Self-report data were also collected post-conversation from both conversation leaders and partners. We investigated whether the presence of participants (e.g., eye contact, posture, details of speech, etc.) affected the conversation experience.

 

Behavioral Indices of Core Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Processes in a Values-Based Interview

ARACELIA RODRIGUEZ (University of Mississippi), Jasmine Barnes (University of Mississippi), Maureen Kathleen Flynn (University of Mississippi), Regan M. Slater (University of Mississippi), Michael Bordieri (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Lousiana at Lafayette), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Traditionally, the goal of mainstream psychological treatments has been symptom reduction. As a result, assessments and interviews have largely been focused on measuring symptoms. There has been a shift in focus with new behavior therapies such as acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT), which prioritizes the development of broader, more flexible patterns of activity over symptom reduction. New interviews and other forms of assessment are needed to measure the broader treatment goals of ACT. Wilson and DuFrene (2009) developed a semi-structured interview, the Hexaflex Functional Dimensional Experiential Interview (HFDEI) to identify and explore client's values, set a direction in treatment, and assess the six theorized processes in ACT that contribute to psychological wellbeing. The HFDEI is a valued centered interview that consists of assessment, mindfulness, writing, and conversation components. The purpose of this study was to explore the effects of the HFDEI on process and outcome variables of theoretical interest to ACT. Undergraduate participants completed self-report measures before and after the HFDEI and behavioral measures were also obtained by coding videotapes of the interviews. Implications and future directions for the assessment of core ACT processes will be discussed.

 
 
Paper Session #337
Behavior Analysis for Parents and Families
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
605 (Convention Center)
Area: CBM
Chair: Amy K. Drayton (University of Michigan)
 

Behavior Analysis in the Child Welfare System

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
ANJALI VAN DRIE (Behavior Analysis and Therapy, Inc.), Kari L. Colwell (Behavior Analysis and Therapy, Inc.), David Garcia (Behavior Analysis, Inc.), Stephen P. Starin (Behavior Analysis, Inc.)
 
Abstract:

Last year, almost 20,000 children in the State of Florida were living in the foster care system. Research has indicated that children who remain with their families, instead of being removed from their homes, have significantly better outcomes than those children placed in foster care. These outcomes include lower rates of teen pregnancy and arrests, and longer lengths of stable employment. Additionally, the cost in the State of Florida for placing a child in the foster care system averages approximately $6000 a year per child (i.e., $120,000,000 last year) not including additional costs such as medical expenses. This talk describes a behaviorally-based program designed to prevent at-risk children from entering the foster care system. The program utilizes the principles and procedures of applied behavior analysis to generate positive change in the behavior of at-risk adolescents and their families. The talk further depicts the methods employed, based on Dr. Glenn Latham's Tools for Positive Parenting, to address common problem behaviors and parenting skills needed to increase and maintain appropriate behaviors for typically developing adolescents residing in their homes. The implications of utilizing behavior analytic methods with typically developing individuals will also be discussed.

 

Deconstructing the Time Out: What Do Mothers Understand About a Common Disciplinary Procedure?

Domain: Experimental Analysis
AMY K. DRAYTON (University of Michigan), Michelle R. Byrd (Eastern Michigan University)
 
Abstract:

Problem behavior is extremely common throughout childhood, and time out (TO) is one of the most common disciplinary tactics used by parents to address problem behavior. However, despite the prevalence of use and five decades of research demonstrating the efficacy of TO, parents rate TO as one of the least useful behavior modification techniques. This discrepancy between parental opinion and empirical data may be due to the fact that all research conducted thus far has used adults highly trained in empirically-supported TO procedures. No previous research has examined the degree of similarity between TO conducted by untrained parents to empirically-supported TO procedures. Fifty-five mothers were asked to define TO and to provide information on how they conduct TO. In addition, videotaped vignettes were used to determine the extent to which mothers could identify errors in TO procedures and whether that ability was related to child problem behavior. Results indicate that participants' conceptualizations of TO differed considerably from the empirical rationale for TO. Relatively few participants reported adhering to or could identify the majority of parameters that have been shown to make TO effective. No significant relationships between TO accuracy and levels of child problem behavior were found. However, mothers who use TO procedures that are closer to the empirical ideal and who find TO to be more effective report using TO to punish a greater number of child problem behaviors.

 

Increased Parent Reinforcement ofExisting Mands in Children With Autism: Effects on Problem Behavior

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
RACHEL ROBERTSON (Vanderbilt University), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University), Molly King (Vanderbilt University)
 
Abstract:

Previous studies of response classes have shown that severe problem behavior, mild problem behavior, and precursor behavior (innocuous behaviors that reliably precede the occurrence of problem behavior) may exist within response classes or response class hierarchies in some individuals with developmental disabilities. This study extended such response class examinations to include existing mands. First, parent-implemented functional analyses identified conditions associated with both increased problem behavior and increased mands in two children with autism. Then, parents provided the maintaining reinforcer contingent on child problem behavior alone or both child problem behavior and child mands in an ABAB withdrawal design. The treatment analysis indicated that the same reinforcer maintained existing child mands and child problem behavior. In addition, parent reinforcement of child mands was associated with large reductions in child problem behavior even when problem behavior continued to produce reinforcement.

 
 
 
Symposium #338
Behavior and Social Issues: Scaling Up
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
708 (Convention Center)
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Ingunn Sandaker (Akershus University College)
Abstract:

While the utility of behavior analysis for improving lives is by now unquestionable, the potential for meaningful intervention at the cultural level is in its infancy. Each of the presentations in this symposium takes a somewhat different perspective on "scaling up." This diversity is important at this stage of the development of applied cultural analysis, given limited data regarding the best theoretical and practical directions for having a meaningful impact. Josh Pritchard begins by giving an overview of where we are as a field, and where we are going. The remaining papers offer sophisticated analyses of three very different social issues, and each takes a somewhat different theoretical perspective including interbehavioral and metacontingency approaches informed by the realities of the specific problem areas being examined. From piracy as an exemplar of collective violence rooted in the economic realities of the third world, to the enormous challenges of criminal justice in the US with all of the human rights dimensions that involves, to systematic analysis of metacontingencies that led to the Deepwater Horizon disaster, each paper suggests the critical importance of cultural analysis in dealing with issues emerginf from extraordinarily complex behavioral systems dynamics. Each offers directions for action, as well as exemplars for the analysis of other complex social issues.

 

Making Inroads Towards Proving Skinner Wrong: What Some Behavior Analysts Have Been Doing to Scale Up!

JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

In 2007, Chance made the case that our ultimate challenge was to prove Skinner wrong in the pessimism espoused towards the end of his life regarding behavior analysiss ability to save the world. Despite the calamitous situation of our species on this planet, all may not yet be lost. This presentation will highlight some of the endeavours (some successful, others less so) that behavior analysts have undertaken with our science. These have been efforts of community intervention, widespread dissemination, and efforts to scale up. It is actions like these that may provide enough impact on the world to move us closer towards a species whose destiny is that other than extinction. In essence, this will be a tribute, overview, and reminder to all of the hard work of some of the world's best behavior analysts who have in fact begun the long journey to meet Chance's challenge and prove B. F. Skinner wrong.

 

Piracy in Somalia: Interbehavioral Assessment and Intervention

TODD A. WARD (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Maritime piracy off the coast of Somalia has been thrust into the international spotlight due to its effects on international financial markets and, hence, the livelihood of many individuals around the world. Furthermore, the history of Somalia itself is one of continuous failed attempts at establishing stability in the country. While the recent piracy literature offers suggestions for intervention, they are in need of further elaboration and specification. Given these factors, the author provides an analysis of this pressing issue from a behavior analytic perspective. The issue of how and why a science of individual behavior is relevant to cultural issues will be addressed utilizing Kantor’s interbehavioral system of cultural psychology, which precisely delineates the subject matters of psychology from other sciences. As such, two specific interdisciplinary assessment-and-intervention plans are outlined that are fully integrated with recent behavior analytic research; one plan involves consultation with maritime academies while the other requires behavior analysts to immerse themselves in Somali culture. An explicitly scientific approach may be what is needed to combat maritime piracy in Somalia.

 

Reducing Recidivism Rates: A Community-Based Collaboration Strategy for Rehabilitating Criminal Offenders

SARAH M. RICHLING (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Criminal recidivism is a costly social issue which, according to statistics, is a self-perpetuating problem, whereby individuals who are incarcerated are more likely to be subsequently arrested and convicted upon release, and evidence indicates there is a positive correlation between number of previous arrests and convictions and future arrests and convictions. One shortcoming of traditional attempts to reduce recidivism is a failure to identify the functions of criminal acts, which will presumably inform more effective interventions when taken into account. Crimes for monetary gain exhibit the highest rates of recidivism and the present article presents a potential multilevel community-wide intervention paradigm for addressing the possible functions of these crimes and methods to implement community-based interventions to reduce recidivism of these crimes while focusing on community collaboration techniques.

 

Utilizing the Meta-Contingency to Promote Cultural Change: A Case Study of the BP Deepwater Horizons Oil Spill

DANIEL REIMER (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The metacontingency is a concept that has been developed to provide an interdisciplinary account of phenomenon at high levels of complexity. The recent conceptualizations of the metacontingency have offered a comprehensive set of analyses that highlight the importance of antecedent variables such as cultural milieu, leadership communication, and consumer practices in our analysis of cultural change. This approach is especially helpful when attempting to establish long term solutions to large scale problems. Recent events involving deadly malfunctions on the Deepwater Horizon oil rig have exposed the dangers of the oil industry. Currently the United States Government is attempting to fix the problem by creating regulations to ensure these accidents are not repeated. However, they address the problem at the behavioral level when these problems would be better addressed at the cultural level, or the level of the metacontingency. The purpose of this paper is to demonstrate the utility of the concept of metacontingency in systematic analysis of complex phenomena such as unsafe practices in oil production.

 
 
Symposium #339
CE Offered: BACB
Using Video Prompting Via an iPod Touch to Teach Individuals With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Korbel Ballroom 3C (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University)
CE Instructor: Helen Cannella-Malone, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Video prompting has been demonstrated to be an effective method for teaching new skills to individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. Although there is adequate research to support its use, questions remain about the nuances of specific intervention components. This symposium will present four applied studies that employed video prompting to teach individuals with developmental disabilities. The studies compared error correction methodologies, compared video prompting to picture prompting, and compared methods for fading the video prompts. The video prompts were presented on an iPod Touch, and were successfully used to teach a variety of daily living skills to 11 individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. The results from these studies provide new insights into how best to implement and fade video prompting procedures. The practical utility of using an iPod Touch as a video prompting system will be discussed along with implications for practice and recommendations for future research.

 

A Comparison of the Effects of Video Prompting With and Without Error Correction on Skill Acquisition for Individuals With Severe Intellectual Disabilities

HELEN I. CANNELLA-MALONE (The Ohio State University), Joe Wheaton (The Ohio State University), Pei-Fang Wu (The Ohio State University), Christopher A. Tullis (The Ohio State University), Ju Hee Park (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Video prompting has been used to successfully teach new skills to individuals with various developmental disabilities. This study compared the effects of video prompting without error correction to video prompting with error correction on the acquisition of two daily living skills across three individuals with severe intellectual disabilities and an extremely limited daily living skills repertoire. A combination multiple probe across participants and alternating treatments design was used to demonstrate that for two of the participants, the inclusion of error correction from the outset of intervention increased the efficiency of skill acquisition for at least one task. For the third participant, some skill acquisition was observed with video prompting both with and without error correction, but more stable responding was achieved with in vivo instruction.

 

Using Video Prompting to Teach Daily Living Skills: A Comparison of Two Procedures for Fading the Video Prompts

PEI-FANG WU (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Joe Wheaton (The Ohio State University), Christopher A. Tullis (The Ohio State University), Ju Hee Park (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Video prompting had been used to effectively teach a variety of daily living skills for students with developmental disabilities. This study extended previous research and compared the effects of two fading procedures-fading within intervention and fading after acquisition, for two adolescents with developmental disabilities. A combination multiple baseline across participants and reversal design was used in this study. Two fading procedures were applied separately to two equivalent daily living tasks-table washing and window washing. Separate video clips were merged into multiple larger clips after the acquisition for the window washing task. Video clips were chunked backward when the student mastered each step of the table washing task. Percentage of correct responses and sessions needed for acquisition for each task were measured and compared. Results indicated that video prompting led to acquisition of both skills and that both fading procedures were effective. However, the fading within intervention procedure resulted in more efficient acquisition and better maintenance and generalization effects of the target skill taught. Implication for practice and future research will be discussed.

 

The Effectiveness of Using an iPod Touch to Teach Cleaning Skills: Fading From Video to Picture/Audio Prompts

JUSTIN OLSON (Northern Illinois University), Toni R. Van Laarhoven (Northern Illinois University), Anna Brady (Northern Illinois University), Heather Johnson (Northern Illinois University), Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract:

A multiple probe across participants design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of using an iPod Touch to teach bathroom cleaning skills to three students with autism and/or developmental disabilities. Initial instructional trials involved the presentation of video prompts on an iPod and these were faded to picture/auditory prompts once students engaged in high levels of independent correct responding with the video prompts. All three participants continued with high levels of independent responding once the video prompts were faded to picture/auditory prompts and all three continued to improve their performance. However, results are somewhat tempered by the fact that baselines were ascending for two of the three participants. All students indicated preference for the picture/auditory prompts and all stated that they liked using the iPod Touch as an instructional tool. The practical utility of using an iPod as a prompting system will be discussed.

 

A Comparison of Picture and Video Prompts to Teach Daily Living Skills to Individuals With Autism

TONI R. VAN LAARHOVEN (Northern Illinois University), Erika Kraus (Northern Illinois University), Keri Karpman (North DuPage Special Education Cooperative), Rosemary Nizzi (North DuPage Special Education Cooperative)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of video prompting and picture prompting for teaching daily living skills to two young men with autism. Participants were taught two different skills that were identified as instructional priorities in their educational programs. Each task was taught with either video prompts presented on a laptop or picture prompts presented in a booklet and the effects of the instructional conditions were evaluated and compared using an adapted alternating treatments design. Results indicated that video prompting was slightly more effective in terms of independent correct responding and number of prompts to use instructional materials. In addition, when efficiency scores were calculated by considering the ratio of each participant's growth (from pre-test to post-test) to the measured "cost" of minutes required to create instructional materials, video prompting was considerably more efficient than picture prompting. Instructional implications and future research will be discussed.

 
 
Paper Session #340
Applications of Applied Behavior Analysis for Individuals With Severe Disabilities
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Korbel Ballroom 2C (Convention Center)
Area: DDA
Chair: Maud Selasie Dogoe (Central Michigan University)
 

Effect of Training Structures on the Establishment of Equivalence Classes in Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
YORS A. GARCIA (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
 
Abstract:

The current study evaluated the effect of the Many-To-One (MTO) training structure on the establishment of equivalence classes in individuals with intellectual disabilities. Six young adults aged between 18 and 24-years-old diagnosed with learning disabilities were selected from a residential unit. Three member stimulus classes were taught using MTO training structure (B1A1, B2A2, B3A3, C1A1, C2A2, and C3A3). Cooking measurements were used as the experimental stimuli (e.g. A= Cups, B= Tablespoons, C= Ounces). A one group pretest-posttest design was used in this experiment. All participants were exposed to generalization probes, pretest, conditional discrimination training, equivalence test, posttest and generalization probes. During the generalization probes participants had to cook a recipe using the cooking measurements acquired during the training and testing phases. The results showed that only two participants demonstrated equivalence relations and one completed the generalization probe. Some conclusions are provided on the effectiveness of training structures on the establishment of equivalence classes in individuals with intellectual disabilities.

 

CANCELLED: Rett Syndrome and Applied Behavior Analysis

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MAUD SELASIE DOGOE (Central Michigan University), Robin Khun Lee (Central Michigan University), Mike Hixson (Central Michigan University), Rachel M. Knight (Central Michigan University), Alyssa Warshay (Central Michigan University), Valerie Weber (Central Michigan University)
 
Abstract:

Many applied behavior analysis (ABA) clinicians consider Rett syndrome as a rare disorder which they might not encounter in their practice. While this might be true, given the devastating effects of Rett syndrome on the quality of life of individuals, it behooves the ABA clinicians to understand the behavioral phenotypes of Rett syndrome and the applicability of ABA therapy to some of the Rett syndrome symptoms. Current treatment options include physical therapy, music therapy, sensory integration, speech and language therapy, augmentative and alternative communication, occupational therapy, and ABA. With the range of Rett phenotypes, one would have expected more use of ABA therapy. However, a search through the literature reveals a dearth of published studies using ABA therapy. The few studies date as far back as 1990s and early 2000s. The current paper seeks to review the state of the literature regarding the use of ABA for treating Rett syndrome. Questions that will be answered include (a) to which specific symptoms of Rett is ABA applicable? (b) what is the current status of ABA as a treatment option for Rett? (c) how can ABA as a professional organization promote ABA as a treatment option for Rett syndrome? and (d) how can practitioners gain buy in from parents and other stakeholders?

 

CANCELLED: Understanding the Variability in Prevalence Rates of Mental Illness Diagnosis for Individuals With an Intellectual Disability

Domain: Experimental Analysis
KIM MEYER (Centre of Excellence for Behaviour Support), Belinda Mee (Centre of Excellence for Behaviour Support)
 
Abstract:

Individuals with an intellectual disability who exhibit challenging behaviour are often diagnosed with a mental illness (MI). Prevalence rates of MI vary from study to study. There has been ongoing discussion regarding this variability and its sources. Diagnosis of MI can be conceptualized as a perceptual task where the clinician reports whether the stimulus (MI) is present or absent. The theory of signal detection suggests that the variability in diagnosis results from difficulties in identifying the signal (the mental illness) from the noise (typical fluctuations in human behaviour). Using this model, there are four potential outcomes: MI is present and is diagnosed (accurate diagnosis); is present but is not identified (missed diagnosis); is not present but is diagnosed (false positive); and is not present and is not diagnosed. The theory further posits that decision-making is affected by the consequences of the decision. The literature addressing mental illness diagnoses for individuals with an intellectual disability was reviewed to identify issues that may be responsible for variability in the prevalence rates. Results indicate that a signal detection model may account for the variability seen across studies. It is possible that mental illness prevalence may be overestimated because of a bias toward false positives. The prevalence of mental illness among individuals with an intellectual disability is still not known at this time.

 
 
 
Paper Session #341
Applications of Applied Behavior Analysis for Severe Problem Behavior
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Korbel Ballroom 3B (Convention Center)
Area: DDA
Chair: Talya Vogel (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
 

The Effectiveness of Reductive Procedures Over Time for Severe Problem Behavior

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
NICOLE M. POWELL (Marcus Autism Center), Natalie A. Parks (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan A. Call (Marcus Autism Center)
 
Abstract:

When reinforcement based interventions are insufficient for the reduction of problem behavior that poses a significant threat to the client or to others, it is sometimes necessary to utilize punishment based strategies. Research has demonstrated that stimulus avoidance assessments such as the one proposed by Fisher, Piazza, Bowman, Hagopian, and Langdon (1994) can be an effective method of identifying likely aversive stimuli to be used in response reduction procedures. However, in some cases, response reduction procedures may lose effectiveness over time. The current study examined the stability of the avoidance index over time and correspondence with treatment effectiveness. Four individuals who engaged in severe problem behavior participated in the current study. For each participant, several reinforcement based strategies had been unsuccessful at reducing severe problem behavior. An initial stimulus avoidance assessment was used to identify the consequence most likely to function as an effective punisher. Ongoing stimulus avoidance assessments were conducted to assess for variations in aversiveness over time. Results were idiosyncratic, with decreases in the avoidance index over time for three participants. For the other participant, no significant decreases were seen in the avoidant index over time. However, treatment effectiveness was maintained for all participants.

 

Responses to Challenging Behavior in Special Education Students: Role of Social-Cognitive Factors

Domain: Service Delivery
KATHLEEN GILL (Northern Illinois University), Greg Waas (Northern Illinois University)
 
Abstract:

Behavioral and academic interventions for individuals with developmental disabilities have been based primarily on behavior theory and principles of applied behavior analysis, with a recent emphasis on positive behavioral supports and the use of nonaversive interventions. Despite the wide acceptance of applied behavior analysis technology within the scientific and academic communities, challenging behavior exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities remains a serious problem primarily because interventions based on these principles are inconsistently implemented. This study investigated the relation of knowledge of behavioral princples, control style and attributions with the emotional responses and intervention selection of special education staff who work with students with developmental disabilities and challenging behavior. Specifically, this study investigated social-cognitive variables that may impact staff mediators' potential emotional reactions and behavioral intervention responses following a video stimulus of a student engaging in an episode of seriously challenging behavior. Ninety-two special education staff were surveyed. More importantly, interactions of knowledge and social-cognitive variables predicted emotional reactions, intervention selection, and ratings of behavior severity. Implications of these results on training of staff mediators will be discussed.

 

Historical Overview of the Development of Functional Analysis Methodology

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
TALYA VOGEL (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
 
Abstract:

Functional analysis is a theory-driven approach to understanding behavior, both adaptive and maladaptive, in terms of its context. Within the field of psychology, functional analysis refers to procedures that identify the operant reinforcement contingencies which influence the occurrence of behaviors. Taking into account antecedents and consequences of specific behaviors, this methodology provides the foundation for treatments which establish functional, alternative behaviors to replace undesirable, maladaptive ones. Functional analysis has become a potent tool in the assessment and treatment of severe behavior problems among individuals with and without developmental disabilities. Although the theoretical roots of functional analysis can be traced back to the earliest years of applied behavior analysis, Iwata's landmark 1982 paper produced the first standardized model of functional analysis. Over the years, this methodology has been applied to a wide range of clinical problems in a variety of settings, becoming an essential component of many empirically-validated behavioral treatments. This presentation provides a historical overview of the development of functional analysis methodology, reviewing its theoretical foundation, seminal papers, and relevant clinical applications.

 
 
 
Symposium #342
Translational Research on Disruptive Effects of Signaled Rich-Lean Transitions
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
406 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Experimental Analysis
Chair: Adam T. Brewer (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Basic research has shown that signaled transitions from relatively rich-to-lean positive reinforcement conditions can disrupt behavior in the form of extended pausing and, if possible, escape. These transitions may underlie some escape-maintained problem behavior in clinical populations (e.g., autism) thus forming a link between basic research and problem behavior. This symposium reflects an ongoing programmatic line of research on the disruptive effects of signaled rich-lean transitions that takes a bidirectional approach between basic and applied domains. The overall goal is to translate scientific findings into practical applications and to better understand problem behaviors by refining knowledge of the processes that underline them. The first study in this symposium provides a descriptive analysis of the relation between signaled rich-lean transitions and problem behavior in children with autism. Stepping into the human operant laboratory, the second study illustrates how the clinical phenomenology associated with autism has also stimulated basic research involving signaled rich-lean transitions. Finally, the last study is an attempt to develop a nonhuman animal model of problem behavior by investigating effects of signaled rich-lean transitions on attack in pigeons.

 

Activity Transitions and Problem Behavior in Special Education Classrooms

BERGLIND SVEINBJORNSDOTTIR (New England Center for Children), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Transitions between activities are reported to be difficult for children with autism and commonly are associated with problem behavior. In this study, descriptive data from six children with autism were analyzed to determine which of the following 6 conditions were associated with the most frequent occurrence of problem behavior: (1) low-preferred activities (L), (2) preferred activities (R), (3) transitions from low-preferred to other low-preferred activities (LL), (4) transitions from low-preferred to preferred activities (LR), (5) transitions from preferred to other preferred activities (RR), and (6) transitions from preferred to low-preferred activities (RL). Data were expressed as percent of opportunities (# instances of activity or transition type with problem behavior / total instances of activity or transition type). For five out of six participants the transition type with the highest proportion of problem behavior was from preferred to low-preferred activities. In addition there were some differences for each of the participant. A preference assessment was done to validate that those activities labeled as low-preferred were in fact low-preferred and those that were labeled preferred were preferred.

 

Analysis of Pausing After Transitions Between Components of a Multiple Fixed-Ratio Schedule by Children With Autism

KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Brent Maxwell Jones (University of Massachusetts Medical School E.K. Shriver Center)
Abstract:

Basic work with nonhumans has shown that extended post-reinforcement pausing in multiple schedules occurs more during transitions from components associated with rich reinforcement rates to those associated with lean rates than during other types of transitions. Such pausing may be a form of escape, indicating that aspects of the reinforcement schedule are aversive. These negative incentive shifts may also underlie the problem behavior that children with autism sometimes display during activity transitions. Here, four children with autism worked on a multiple-schedule presented on a touchscreen that included lean (L; FR 30, 1 food) and rich (R; FR 2, 3 foods) components signaled by distinctive stimuli. Sessions included an equal number of L-L, L-R, R-R, and R-R transitions. All participants showed the longest pausing after R-L transitions. When the work requirements and reinforcement magnitudes in each component were equal (FR 16, 2 foods), pausing was not longer after R-L and different patterns emerged across participants. When differential work requirements and reinforcer magnitudes were reinstated in a reversal, 2 participants showed significantly longer pausing after R-L transitions compared to the other transitions. This task might be a useful model in which to develop effective interventions for activity transition difficulties.

 

Rich-to-Lean Transition Induced Aggression: Animal Model of Chronic Aberrant Behavior

YUSUKE HAYASHI (University of Kansas), Dean C. Williams (University of Kansas), Adam T. Brewer (University of Kansas), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University), Stephen Fowler (University of Kansas), Kathryn Saunders (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The purpose of the present study was to investigate whether induced attack in pigeons is jointly controlled by the past and upcoming reinforcement conditions. Two pigeons were exposed to a multiple schedule in which fixed-ratio components resulted in the delivery of seven (hereafter rich component) or one (lean component) food pellets. The rich and lean components alternated quasirandomly such that four types of transition between past and upcoming reinforcement conditions (rich to rich, rich to lean, lean to rich, and lean to lean) appeared equally often within a session. A mirror was mounted on the left side wall. Responses on the mirror (attack) had no programmed consequences but were recorded throughout a session. Results indicate that both pigeons attacked almost exclusively when upcoming reinforcement condition was lean. Nevertheless, the pigeons attacked most frequently on the rich-to-lean transitions where the reinforcement conditions shifted from rich to lean. Although the demonstration of similarity of behavioral processes operating in the pigeon and human preparations awaits further investigation, the procedure of the present study can potentially serve as an animal model of chronic aberrant behavior in individuals with developmental disabilities.

 
 
Symposium #343
CE Offered: BACB
Emerging Findings in a Behavioral Analysis of Gambling
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
405 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
Chair: Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota)
CE Instructor: Mark Dixon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will feature four presentations on the experimental analysis of gambling behavior. Different perspectives of gambling related behavior will be discussed.

 

Video Poker: Does Autohold Increase Risk or Rate?

JEFFREY N. WEATHERLY (University of North Dakota), Kevin Montes (University of North Dakota), Chase Rost (University of North Dakota)
Abstract:

Previous research has suggested that enabling the autohold function (i.e., displaying to the player the ideal cards to keep before discarding) on video poker leads gamblers to ultimately risk more money than if the function was disabled. The goal of the present study was to determine whether this result was the outcome of the players betting more credits or simply being able to play the game at a faster rate. Forty-eight participants played video poker in two different sessions. In one, the autohold function was disabled and in the other it was enabled. Half of the participants played 50 hands in each session. The other half played for 15 min in each session. The effect of the autohold function differed between the two types of sessions, suggesting that the increase in the amount of money or credits bet was an effect of rate of play, not necessarily an increase in the amount of risk taken.

 

Investigating the Effects of a Defusion Exercise on Relational Responding

ALYSSA N. WILSON (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Seth W. Whiting (Southern Illinois University), Jeffrey R. Miller (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

A multiple baseline across participants with a predetermined phase change criterion was used to assess differences in percent correct and latency during a match-to-sample procedure. Participants were randomly selected to one of 3 series prior to the start of the computer activity. During the match-to-sample procedure, three three-member arbitrary equivalence classes were established (A1-B1-C1; A2-B2-C2; A3-B3-C3). Arbitrary stimuli included nonsense pictures, consonant-vowel-consonant "words", and gambling related symbols. The number of trials during the testing phase was based upon a predetermined phase change criterion across series (first, second, and third) at 81, 108, and 135 total trials respectively. Following the testing phase, participants were exposed to defusion exercises for 10 min. Here, participants were asked to physicalize the A1 stimuli (VEC), by giving it personal characteristics (i.e. shape, color, size, type of material, and location in the room). Additionally, participants were asked to repeat the same A1 stimuli in both weird sounds and rhythms. After the defusion exercise, participants completed the final set of testing phases in the match-to-sample procedure. Total number of testing trials following the defusion exercise was 135, 108, and 81 for the first, second, and third series respectively. Results to date demonstrate an overall increase in response time in 2 of the three participants during directly trained and derived relations of A1.

 

Evaluating and Treating the Near-Miss Magnitude Effect in Underage Pathological Gamblers

MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University), Reza Habib (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Alyssa N. Wilson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

Previous research by this research team (Habib & Dixon, 2010) has shown that brain activity, as measured with functional magnetic resonance imaging(fMRI), differs between pathological and non-pathological gamblers when they are exposed to wins, losses, and near-miss outcomes. Using a computerized slot-machine task, 20 under-age pathological gamblers were exposed to near-misses that resembled small and large jackpot wins. The computer activity took place in afMRI scan. Results indicate brain activity in under-age pathological gamblers, when exposed to near-misses that resemble large jackpot wins, produced greater activity in the dopamine reward system than near-misses that resemble small jackpot wins. Furthermore, given that our previous research has indicated that acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) is effective in reducing and altering pathological gambling behavior, experiment two included a randomized control pretest-posttest design used to examine differences in brain activity following an 8-week therapy (ACT) or no-therapy (control) condition. As in experiment one, brain activity in relation to winning, near-miss, and losing outcomes were assessed. Results from these studies provide: a) documentation of a magnitude effect of near-miss outcomes at the neurobiological level and b) objective evidence of neurobiological changes and treatment efficacy following exposure to ACT.

 

Molar Variables Controlling Gambling Behavior and the Resulting Aversive Personal and Detrimental National Consequences

STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University)
Abstract:

In the United States behavioral researchers investigations on gambling behavior have usually focused on behaviorally molecular variables that may maintain gambling behaviors, e.g., "near miss" phenomenon, variable ratio like schedule effects, etcertera. In contrast, while not ignoring moment by moment variables that may maintain gambling, such as classical conditioning effects, Australian and Canadian researchers investigating gambling have often focused on more molar variables that may control gambling including social reinforcement (positive and negative), escape, shaping of gambling behavior, social learning, and reinforcement of the entire gambling episode rather than reinforcement of any individual gamble, or "play." As a result of these processes and the erroneous belief that legalized gambling improves local economies and government revenue, gambling has grown and an accelerating rate in the United States. In reality the net economic impact of gambling is negative. Research in the United States and elsewhere shows that legalizing gambling results in numerous costs to individuals, families, financial institutions, and local communities that outweigh any revenue benefits to local governments. This talk will focus on the more molar variables that shape and trap gambling behavior and the resulting negative impacts to individuals, families, communities and governments.

 
 
Symposium #344
Implications of Schedule Arrangements in Translational Research: Choice Behavior and Variability
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
403 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Tracy L. Kettering (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Translational research can help to bridge basic and applied research by evaluating behavioral phenomenon in a controlled way. This symposium will highlight three examples of translational research on choice behavior and behavioral variability, each evaluating these phenomena using varying schedule arrangements. The first study used a concurrent operants arrangement to evaluate the effects of behavioral history on choices between academic activities. The second study also evaluated choice between academic activities, and used a progressive lag schedule of reinforcement to increase the variability of those academic task selections. Finally, the third study used the combination of lag schedule of reinforcement within a multiple schedule arrangement to bring stimulus behavioral variability of play behavior under stimulus control. The implications of using advanced schedule arrangements in research in translational topics will be discussed.

 

An Examination of Behavioral History Effects on Preference for Choice in Elementary Students

ALAYNA T. HABERLIN (The Lizard Centre), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

The current investigation examined the effects of behavioral history on elementary students' preference for making a choice in two studies. Previous research on choice has focused on the arrangement of current contingencies and has not accounted for the effects of behavioral history. Study 1 examined participants' preference for two options (i.e., two math problems) or one option (i.e., one math problem) conditions based on prior exposure to certain option conditions. During baseline, participants were allowed to choose to complete math problems in either the two or one option condition. During the history building condition, participants were exposed to either two options, one option, or a mixed condition (alternating between two and one option conditions). The subsequent return to baseline assessed behavioral history effects on preference for choice. The results of Study 1 indicated that behavioral history did not affect the preference for choice for four of the six participants. For two participants, behavioral history effects were possible; however, responding was variable across sessions and across replication of the conditions. Study 2 assessed the effects of behavioral history on selection of a reinforcer. Experimental conditions were set up similar to Study 1. During baseline, participants were able to choose math problems to complete that resulted in the participant selecting the reinforcer or the experimenter selecting the reinforcer. During the history building condition, participants were exposed to either the participant selects the reinforcer, the experimenter selects the reinforcer, or a mixed condition (alternating between the participant or experimenter selecting the reinforcer). The subsequent return to baseline assessed behavioral history effects on preference for who selected the reinforcers. The results from Study 2 indicated that preference for selection of the reinforcer was highly individualized. Study 2 was not able to adequately control for the influence of confounding variables. The lack of experimental control resulted in either no or minimal effects of behavior history on preference for selection of a reinforcer.

 

Effects of Progressive Lag Schedules of Reinforcement on Response Variability

JAYME LYNN CROOKS (Indivisual Consulting, LLC), Tracy L. Kettering (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

The effects of progressive lag schedules of reinforcement on the variable responding and acquisition of academic activities was examined for two typically developing children using an ABAB design. Results showed that progressive lag schedules of reinforcement were effective in increasing response variability and activity engagement for both participants. In addition, the variability contingency was effective in facilitating learning. An increase in the number of activities mastered along with a decrease in the trials-to-criterion to reach mastery was achieved by both participants.

 

Stimulus Control of Variable and Repetitive Responses Using a Lag Schedule of Reinforcement in a Multiple Schedule

MEGHAN G. MCCLURE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tracy L. Kettering (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
Abstract:

Variability has been shown to be an operant dimension of behavior in basic research by demonstrating that it can be selected through reinforcement (Page & Neuringer, 1985), and that it can be controlled through discriminative stimuli (Denny & Neuringer, 1998). In previous research, Lag schedules of reinforcement have been used to increase variability in answering social questions (Lee, McComas, & Jawor, 2002), selecting classroom activities (Cammilleri & Hanley, 2005), and emitting vocal verbal behavior (Esch, Esch, & Love, 2009). Although variability has been produced through direct reinforcement in the applied literature, it is unclear whether variability can be controlled by discriminative stimuli in applied settings. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of stimulus control and lag schedules of reinforcement on variable responding in human participants.

 
 
Paper Session #345
Human Operants
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
404 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB
Chair: Stephen Ledoux (State University of New York at Canton)
 

Multiple Human Operant Research Equipment and Questions

Domain: Experimental Analysis
STEPHEN LEDOUX (State University of New York at Canton)
 
Abstract:

Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior (EAHB) Special Interest Group meeting: The simultaneous occurrence of operant responses, and the simultaneous consequences often thereby produced, are commonly observed in the behavior of animals, including humans. Since reinforcing consequences affect any operant whose occurrence precedes them, an operant that occurs simultaneously, or even nearly so, with one or more other operants may be affected by the occurrence of any reinforcer following any of these operants. Various laboratory procedures have developed that successfully avoid this problem by eliminating the simultaneity of either the responses or the consequences or both. However, this left simultaneous operants and simultaneous consequences essentially unresearched. Previous research (Ledoux, 2002) with simultaneously emittable and simultaneously reinforceable multiple operants of typical human subjects, demonstrated a multiple reinforcer-source procedure that generates the requisite sensitivity to the contingencies thereby enabling research of these phenomena. However, that study used antiquated equipment that is no longer available. This paper compares that equipment with apparatus available today which may enable other researchers to raise in detail the kinds of questions that thorough research in this area might answer after replicating the earlier work, and extending it to include the range of basic contingencies. What else should be studied beyond antecedent and postcedent variables such as (a) establishing operations, (b) stimulus discrimination, (c) generalization, (d) reinforcement schedules, (e) punishment control, (f) schedule-induced effects, and (g) competing reinforcers and/or punishers (of different magnitudes)?

 

Human Performance in Category Learning Tasks

Domain: Experimental Analysis
MARK E. BERG (The Richard Stockton College of New Jersey), Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury)
 
Abstract:

Humans have a long track record of categorizing multiple dimensions. Maddox and his colleagues, (2005) have used Gabor patches (sine wave gratings modulated by a circular Gaussian filter) in categorization tasks extensively. The stimuli can vary in terms of orientation and frequency, and are used in category learning tasks in which subjects must integrate information from both dimensions to respond optimally. Maddox typically uses a large number of subjects and compares the percentages of subjects for which a particular model provides the best description. The current study tested performance in an information integration task and examined whether it was influenced by the range (narrow vs wide) of a stimulus dimensions. Our results replicated earlier findings but unlike previous studies we used a small number of subjects in a within subjects design. This provided subjects with more exposure to the conditions than in previous experiments. Various models of categorization were fit to individual subject data, including a new model.

 

Exploring the Mechanics of the Animate, Part 2: A Dynamical Model of Simple Discrimination

Domain: Experimental Analysis
RICK DALE (University of Memphis), Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway)
 
Abstract:

We integrate a prominent dynamical model in cognitive science (from Tuller et al., 1994) with relative reinforcement as specified in variants of the matching law. The integrated model permits fine-grained fits of the behavioral dynamics of stimulus selection during discrimination by human participants. The empirical data are from computer-mouse trajectories as participants make simple discriminations based on a points reward, with relative reinforcement differing from trial to trial. The model predicts a wide range of behavior seen in human movements during unfolding selection, including: switching direction, complexity of behavioral trajectories, and movement time. Importantly, the model does this through parameters set by relative reinforcement value, as in matching law. By integrating low-level models of motor control with behavior analytic notions of how relative reinforcement shapes responding, a model of both choice and topography is possible. This framework is in accord with physics-derived concepts employed by Killeen (1992), who proposed treating behavior as a trajectory in behavior space, and reinforcers as attractors in that space. We discuss future possible integration of dynamical systems models (in general, multi-stable attractor models) with the specification of lawful behavior as a means of explaining a wide range of behavior beyond the simple task modeled here.

 

Exploring the Mechanics of the Animate, Part 1: Action Dynamics of Simple Discriminations in Humans

Domain: Experimental Analysis
DENIS P. O'HORA (National University of Ireland, Galway), Rick Dale (University of Memphis)
 
Abstract:

Killeen (1992) offered a physics-inspired framework for conceptualizing the behavior of organisms as trajectories in a behavior space, influenced by attractors (reinforcers) in this space. Here we explore an empirical framework that follows Killeen's advice literally. In three experiments, ten adult human participants were recruited through Amazon's Mechanical Turk to participate in a computer-based simple discrimination task. Four arbitrary stimuli were employed, two of which were randomly assigned a low-points value and two, a high-points value. In each trial, two of the four stimuli were presented, creating three possible choice situations (low-low, low-high and high-high). Participants were required to move a mouse from a designated starting point to choose one of the two stimuli to earn points. Across 36 trials, the computer-mouse cursor movements served as a behavioral trajectory. The ratio of reinforcer magnitude (Mhigh:Mlow) was adjusted across experiments: Experiment 1 (7:5), Experiment 2 (10:5), Experiment 3 (20:5). In general, as the ratio increased, acquisition was faster, mouse movements were faster, and exhibited less complexity and curvature (p's < .05). These results are discussed in terms of matching law and the dynamics of choice in the spirit of Killeen's original proposals, and a dynamical approach to behavior in general.

 
 
 
Symposium #346
CE Offered: BACB
New Directions in Early Literacy: Prevention and Intervention
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Korbel Ballroom 1A (Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon)
Discussant: Scott P. Ardoin (University of Georgia)
CE Instructor: Cynthia Anderson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analytic methods have long been used to teach reading skills. In recent years we have observed significant progress in addressing reading skill deficits early--often when children are acquiring "pre-reading" skills. In addition, much work is focused on innovative methods for teaching children early reading skills. In this symposium we present several ground breaking studies focused on innovative methods in early reading. Our first 2 papers focus on extensions of an evidence-based reading program, Headsprout Early Reading, to children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. These papers highlight the utility of such programs with children with autism but also document the need for trained behavior analysts capable of making evidence-based modifications to the intervention. Our third paper focuses on typically developing children and documents efficacy of a parent training program for helping parents learn to assist their children who are struggling readers in reading assignments. This paper highlights how the technology of behavior analysis might be used to facilitate generalization and maintenance of reading skills acquired in a clinical setting.

 

The Effectiveness of the Headsprout Early Reading Program for Children With Autism

ANGELA M. PERSICKE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current study was to examine the effectiveness of the Headsprout Early Reading program for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Headsprout is a computer-assisted reading program that incorporates phonics and phonemic awareness as well as vocabulary development, reading fluency, oral reading skills, and reading comprehension strategies, which are necessary skills for the development of early literacy skills. A multiple-baseline across participants design was used to evaluate the progress of four children who were enrolled in the program for 18 weeks. Children were assessed pre-, mid-, and post-intervention using the DIBELS first-grade benchmark assessment. In addition, participants were assessed weekly using the DIBELS Oral Reading Fluency (ORF) and Nonsense Word Fluency (NWF) Progress Monitoring assessments. All four children made measurable improvements from baseline scores. The study indicated that Headsprout Early Reading may be an effective tool to promote reading acquisition for children diagnosed with autism.

 

An Evaluation of the Headsprout Early Reading Program With Individuals With Autism

REGINA A. CARROLL (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tiffany Kodak (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Laura L. Grow (St. Cloud State University), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Few reading interventions have been empirically validated with individuals with autism. It may be the case that the effectiveness of early intervention services in improving educational outcomes for children with autism has produced a relatively recent need to identify effective reading interventions for this population. Headsprout Early Reading (HER) is a computer-based reading program that utilizes a phonics-based approach to teaching early reading skills. Several aspects of this program increase its potential utility with individuals with autism. For example, the program uses within-stimulus prompting procedures that have been shown to be effective in teaching discrimination skills to individuals with autism. Thus, we sought to evaluate the effectiveness of HER with five children with autism. Our preliminary results suggest that participants' response to intervention is variable. Two participants required few prompts to stay on task during the program and a limited amount of outside training to ensure mastery of the sounds and words taught in HER. However, the other 3 participants required numerous prompts to maintain participation in the program and extensive training outside of the program to show mastery of the targeted sounds and words. We will describe important areas of future research on reading intervention for this population.

 

Applying Behavioral Parent Training to Early Reading: Enhancing Effects of a Clinic-Based Early Literacy Program

SHELLEY KAY MULLEN (University of Oregon), Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Learning to read is critical for success, yet many children struggle with this skill (National Reading Panel, 2000). Clinic-based reading programs have documented efficacy however effects may be enhanced if parents are skilled in helping children with reading at home. Several programs have trained parents to help their children read but most research has involved either complex skills that may lead to less use over time and/or nebulous programs such as just read to your child. This presentation will discuss the results of a study in which parents participated in an academic parent training designed to improve student reading outcomes. Participants include three parents each with a child entering second grade during the 2010-2011 academic school year. The parent training provided during this study will be described and the data collected on parent and child behavior will be reviewed and discussed. Results of this study and future directions will be discussed. Session attendees will learn how they can help parents work more effectively and efficiently with their child on reading activities.

 
 
Symposium #347
CE Offered: BACB
Addressing Problem Behavior in School Settings Using Function-Based Interventions
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Korbel Ballroom 1B (Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Blake Hansen (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Marc Weeden, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Function-based interventions are regarded as a best practice in school settings. While these interventions are widespread in special education settings, there are fewer research examples on functional behavior assessment and functional analysis in general education settings with typically developing children. This symposium will describe function-based approaches currently being implemented in general education settings using general education teachers. The first presentation will describe a class-wide function-based intervention program implemented across 14 urban elementary classrooms. The second presentation will describe two function-based interventions that improve behaviors of children who are non-responsive to the classwide intervention. The third presentation will describe the effects of a training program in functional behavior assessment for 45 pre-service general education teachers. The final presentation will describe a study that linked self-management interventions to functional behavior assessment results with three children being served in general education. The four presentations provide evidence for the use of functional behavior assessment and intervention in general education settings for typically developing children.

 

The Effects of the Class-Wide Function-Related Intervention Team Program (CW-FIT) on Challenging Student Behavior

HOWARD P. WILLS (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Debra M. Kamps (Juniper Gardens Children's Project)
Abstract:

The current study examined the effects of the class-wide function-based intervention team (CW-FIT) program. The program was established to broadly target common functions maintaining problem behaviors in elementary classrooms (teacher attention, peer attention, escape). Within CW-FIT, students not responding to the primary intervention receive targeted strategies including help cards or self-management. Functional assessment and analysis is then utilized for students not responding to targeted strategies. A randomized experimental-control group design was used to examine the effects of the intervention in 72 classrooms across 14 urban elementary schools and including 152 students with challenging behavior (compared to 67 classrooms and 109 students with challenging behavior). The effects of functional assessments and analyses were documented with single-subject methodology such as multi-element designs. Measures included multiple probes of student engagement and problem behavior, as well as teacher praise and reprimands. Results indicate an increase in student engagement and teacher praise with subsequent decreases in problem behaviors for students in intervention classrooms as compared to those in control classrooms and as compared to baseline rates. Results will be presented for the students with the most challenging behavior.

 

The Effects of Secondary Function-Based Interventions in Elementary School Classrooms

MARC A. WEEDEN (Juniper Gardens Children's Project)
Abstract:

The present study examined the effects of secondary function-based interventions within the class-wide function-based intervention team (CW-FIT) program. CW-FIT was established to broadly target common functions of problem behaviors in elementary classrooms (teacher attention, peer attention, escape). Within CW-FIT, students not responding to the primary intervention receive secondary strategies including help cards or self-management. Functional assessment and analysis is then utilized for students not responding to targeted strategies. Data for seven students have been collected and data collection for additional students is ongoing. The effects of functional assessments and analyses were documented with single-subject methodology such as multi-element designs. Measures included multiple probes of student engagement and problem behavior, as well as teacher praise and reprimands. Results indicate an increase in student engagement and teacher praise with subsequent decreases in problem behaviors in intervention classrooms as compared to baseline rates. Limitations and future research directions are discussed.

 

The Effects of Behavior Management Training on Pre-Service Teacher Responses to Student Behavior

DARLENE H. ANDERSON (Brigham Young University)
Abstract:

In recent years, general education teachers' application of positive behavior management strategies in diverse classrooms has become critically important. The current study was conducted to determine the effects of functional behavior assessment (FBA) instruction on general education teachers' classroom management approach. Forty-five preservice elementary education teachers responded twice, once when they signed up to participate in the instructional sessions, and again, following the study. The question, "Explain how you would manage problem behavior in your classroom?" was presented in written form, on an 8.5 x 11 inch sheet of paper. Immediately prior to answering the question, preservice teachers were asked (a) to assume they were responsible for a classroom of students, and (b) to limit their responses to three or four sentences. The data analysis was based on the following questions: (a) Did participants indicate they would analyze the relationship between the problem behavior and class rules or other environmental factors? (b) Did participants include specific or general intervention strategies? (c) Were the suggested strategies positive and proactive? Results of the pre-post assessment suggested that participants were more likely to recommend strategies that were proactive and positive following instruction in FBA.

 
The Effects of Function-based Self Management Interventions in Urban Schools
BLAKE HANSEN (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Children with emotional and behavioral disorders (E/BD) struggle to achieve social and academic outcomes that in turn lead to an adverse impact on families, schools, and communities. Self-management interventions are widely disseminated in schools for children with E/BD. Self-management has been demonstrated in many studies to be effective at reducing problem behavior and increasing positive social and academic behaviors. Functional behavior assessment (FBA) is one method of selecting interventions, and has been used to design effective self-management interventions. The purpose of this study was to link self-management procedures to hypothesized behavior function in three children with E/BD. This study combined goal setting, self-monitoring, skill instruction, and consequences based on FBA results. Using a reversal design, this study compared the effects of self-monitoring alone to self-monitoring plus consequences. Then the self-monitoring plus consequences intervention was compared to consequences alone. Results indicated greater increases in on-task behavior and greater decreases in disruptive behavior when self-monitoring was combined with consequences.
 
 
Paper Session #348
Innovations in Reading and Mathematics Instruction
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Korbel Ballroom 1C (Convention Center)
Area: EDC
Chair: Shaila Rao (Western Michigan University)
 

Western Michigan University's Early Reading First Projects: Making a Paradigm Shift in Early Childhood Education to Explicit, Intentional Teaching

Domain: Service Delivery
SHAILA RAO (Western Michigan University)
 
Abstract:

In 2002, in recognition of the importance of early intervention to enhance the language and literacy skills of young children, the US Department of Education initiated funding for Early Reading First (ERF). This presentation will report data from two Early Reading First projects operated at Western Michigan University. The goals of each of these 4-year projects were to improve the alphabetic knowledge, phonological awareness, print/book awareness, vocabulary, and comprehension skills of preschool students through professional development and coaching of early childhood teachers in data-based decision making and direct instruction strategies derived from the principles of behavior. The preschool students in classrooms served came primarily from low-income homes and were considered at risk for educational failure. Teachers in these classrooms typically hold an associate or bachelor's degree in early childhood education (ECE), and most were prepared in a constructivist model. In each of the ERF projects, significant improvements in early literacy skills of children were made. Furthermore, the majority of the ECE teachers demonstrated dramatic shifts in teaching behaviors, moving from a "developmental readiness" model to one of goal-oriented explicit instruction.

 

Intensifying Vocabulary Intervention for Kindergartners

Domain: Service Delivery
BREDA V. O'KEEFFE (University of Connecticut), Michael Coyne (University of Connecticut), Sharon Ware (University of Connecticut), Ashley Capozzoli (University of Connecticut), Joshua Wilson (University of Connecticut), Betsy McCoach (University of Connecticut), John Madura (University of Connecticut)
 
Abstract:

Students enter kindergarten with meaningful differences in vocabulary knowledge based on early experiences and exposure to language and literacy. This "vocabulary gap" only grows larger in the early grades, especially for students most at risk, yet schools currently do little to systematically support vocabulary development in the early grades. A growing body of research shows that carefully designed and delivered vocabulary instruction and intervention in kindergarten can help students make educationally meaningful gains in vocabulary knowledge. This study evaluated the effects of a primary vocabulary intervention for whole class instruction, Elements of Reading, plus a secondary vocabulary intervention designed by researchers for students with low initial receptive vocabulary scores. Students in 19 kindergarten classrooms participated in the study, with 150 students in the primary intervention, plus 70 students in the primary and secondary intervention groups. A regression discontinuity design was used to determine if the primary plus secondary interventions resulted in higher than expected scores for students with low initial receptive vocabulary scores. Large effects were found on the expressive and receptive target word measures, with smaller effects on general vocabulary knowledge.

 

The Effects of Direct Instruction on the Language and Comprehension of Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Developmental Disorders

Domain: Service Delivery
MARGARET M. FLORES (Auburn University), Cynthia Nelson (Auburn University)
 
Abstract:

According to O'Conner and Klein (2004), reading instruction for students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) has been underemphasized. Research in the area of direct instruction (DI) reading comprehension instruction for students with ASD and developmental disabilities (DD) is limited. Of the existing research, single subject designs have been employed to show a functional relation between DI and improved comprehension skills and portions of DI programs (Flores & Ganz, 2007; Ganz & Flores, 2009; Flores & Ganz, 2009) have been shown to be effective. The purpose of this study was to implement a DI comprehension program with a larger group of students with ASD and DD as well implement whole lessons, addressing multiple skills. Twenty-one students with ASD and DD ages 7-13 participated in the study. Students received instruction 30 minutes per day over the course of 4 weeks (20 lessons) and data were collected using curriculum-based assessments included within the programs. The data were analyzed using a repeated measures analysis of variance. The analyses indicate that DI resulted in significant gains in student progress.

 

Behavior Analysis and Math Instruction in a Public School Setting

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JOHNNA R. CONLEY (The Chicago School for Professional Psychology)
 
Abstract:

Precision teaching is a technology within the field of behavior analysis that has produced remarkable learning outcomes by individuals with and without developmental disabilities and across multiple skill areas. Providing effective instruction at the early elementary level is critical for future success in school and using a technology such as precision teaching in a public education setting seems intuitive, however, it has yet to be widely implemented. Incorporating precision teaching in early elementary math classrooms using Saxon Math in a public school setting is the current focus and an anecdotal report will be given. A summary of precision teaching and the Saxon Math Curriculum will be provided, in addition to a synopsis of the school system it is being implemented within. Attention will be devoted to time-management and issues surrounding fidelity of implementation. Classroom management and ideas for future implementation will also be discussed. Ensuring that these technologies are used in the public education system is beneficial to the individuals that obtain an education and to the society of which these individuals are members.

 
 
 
Symposium #349
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Staff Training
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
710/712 (Convention Center)
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Amanda Karsten (Western New England College)
Discussant: Nicole E. Gravina (Roosevelt University)
CE Instructor: Amanda Karsten, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The proposed symposium includes three papers on behavioral staff training for preference assessment or functional analysis skills, respectively. While these studies vary in their emphasis and design, a common objective among them is to identify efficient tactics for establishing behavioral assessment repertoires in human service settings. Our discussant, Dr. Nicole Gravina, will offer supplemental analyses of findings from each study and suggest directions for future research.

 

Training Staff to Conduct Brief Preference Assessments

AMY L. KENZER (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Michele R. Bishop (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

Identification of effective reinforcers is critical to the treatment of children with autism. Research has demonstrated that highly preferred stimuli are more likely to function as effective reinforcers. Preference is dynamic and must be assessed often; therefore practitioners need a quick and easy way to assess it. The purpose of the present study was to train direct care staff to (a) identify when to conduct preference assessments, and (b) conduct brief paired stimulus preference assessments during behavioral therapy sessions. A multiple probe design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of didactic and in-vivo training for 11 participants. Results indicated that didactic instruction was sufficient to produce immediate improvement for seven participants. However, two of these participants required in-vivo training at the 4 week follow-up. For the remaining four participants didactic instruction was ineffective and in-vivo training was necessary to produce accurate performance which was maintained at the four week follow-up. These results suggest that in-vivo training was necessary for the majority of participants to produce lasting effects.

 

Evaluation of a Self-Instruction Package for Conducting Stimulus Preference Assessments

RICHARD B. GRAFF (New England Center for Children), Amanda Karsten (Western New England College)
Abstract:

Research suggests that inexperienced educators and clinicians may not implement stimulus preference assessment (SPA) accurately given written instructions alone. However, training that includes written instructions supplemented by feedback from a professional with expertise in conducting SPAs has proven effective. Unfortunately, expert-facilitated, direct training may not be available to some clinicians and teachers. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of a self-instruction package on accurate implementation of SPAs. An antecedent-only instructional package was evaluated with two methods of SPA. Results demonstrated that access to enhanced written instructions (i.e., technical jargon was minimized; instructions included pictures, diagrams, and step-by-step examples) allowed inexperienced staff to accurately implement SPA procedures. Results are discussed in terms of applying low cost, highly portable self-instruction methods to teach non-behavior analysts to use behavior-analytic technologies.

 

Component Analysis of Behavioral Skills Training for Teaching Staff to Conduct a Functional Analysis

JOHN CLAUDE WARD-HORNER (The Graduate Center, Queens College, The City University of New York), Peter Sturmey (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

The purpose of this experiment was to conduct a component analysis of behavioral skills training (BST) in the context of training staff to perform a functional analysis. An alternating-treatments design was used to evaluate the components of BST. Prior to baseline, staff reviewed written instructions of the functional analysis conditions. Following baseline, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback training occurred independently during the first training phase and in combination during subsequent phases. Rehearsal was ineffective at improving staffs performance whereas feedback was effective for training all functional analysis responses. Modeling was less effective than feedback, such that improvements only occurred for some functional analysis responses. These data suggest that feedback, and to a lesser extent modeling, are the effective and perhaps necessary components of BST; however, additional component analyses of BST are needed to evaluate whether similar results would be obtained when teaching different skills (e.g., discrete-trial teaching, stimulus preference assessments). Furthermore, future research should evaluate the sufficiency of the effective components.

 
 
Symposium #350
CE Offered: BACB
It's Not Multiplicative, It's Exponential: Why Expanding Services Requires Assessment
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
704/706 (Convention Center)
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Robert F. Putnam (The May Institute)
Discussant: Robert F. Putnam (The May Institute)
CE Instructor: Robert Putnam, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Most treatment programs and specialized schools plan to increase census over time. The challenges associated with increasing census are often considered multiplicative. For example, if a school triples the number of students attending, the expectation is that the problems faced by the system will be three times as great. This is rarely, if ever, the case. Instead, the challenges faced by the system are exponential; that is, they are nine times as great. This symposium considers the needs assessment that should be periodically conducted as a treatment program grows. One set of strategies for completing a needs assessment is to conduct individualized interviews and a group SWOT (strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, threats) assessment. As behavior analysts, we also recognize the need to make decisions based on sound data. Finally, as painful as the process may be, the importance of conducting a thorough review of records can not be underscored enough. This symposium examines each of the strategies as they have been applied in one of May Institutes largest schools.

 

The Role of Interviews and Sstrengths, Weaknesses, Opportinities, and Threats Analysis in Determining the State of the Educational Program

JAMES M. SPERRY (The May Institute), Pam Raymond (May Institute)
Abstract:

Before introducing systemic change into a treatment center, it is essential to complete a thorough needs assessment. A needs assessment identifies barriers to implementing changes because it provides the opportunity for staff input from the outset. Strategies for identifying strengths that will support systemic change or will serve as barriers to improving service delivery have been identified in the literature. Both staff interviews and a SWOT analysis (Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, Threats) serves as instrumental components to a comprehensive assessment of school services at one of May Institute's largest schools. Interviews were conducted with staff at the clinical director, educational case manager, and senior teacher levels. These interviews covered topics ranging from instructional practices and behavior strategies to staff and family supports. By individualizing and holding these interviews with staff at multiple levels, differing perspectives about relative strengths and limitations were identified. In addition, the SWOT analysis was conducted with clinical directors as a group. This provided the opportunity for a dynamic discussion of the schools needs. The methods used for both individualized interviews and group SWOT analysis will be reviewed as an example of determining organizational needs as services are expanded.

 

Data, Data, Data: Using Observational Data to Inform Programmatic Changes in Treatment Programs

ADAM FEINBERG (The May Institute), Shanon Tomassone (May Institute)
Abstract:

In order to make programmatic recommendations, observational data provide a direct assessment of actual rates of specific teacher or student performance. Observational data may need to be collected on pivotal skills such as the teachers' percentage of time engaged in instruction versus preparatory activities, frequency of reinforcement delivery, ratio of prompting versus instruction, and monitoring engagement versus prompting engagement. In addition, student data regarding engagement versus off-task behavior, rates of reinforcement versus instruction, as well as rates of in active time without instructional tasks are critical. By gathering these data, it is possible to establish short- and long-term targets for classrooms throughout a school. In addition, this information is paramount in providing feedback to staff relative to actual rates of their behavior for which they can use to make changes and eventually modify their performance according to desired targets. This presentation describes the data collection system used at one of May Institute's largest schools and the process for using these data to produce systemic change.

 

Mining Record Reviews to Identify Strategies for Improving Programs

MARISA PETRUCCELLI (May Institute), Shannon Kay (May Institute)
Abstract:

Documentation of a student's experience within a school has become increasingly important in recent years. Although reviewing these records can be a tedious process, it can also contribute significantly to a thorough needs assessment. In this presentation the authors will review a records assessment that was conducted on student files in a large day treatment program that had grown dramatically over a 5-year period. Multiple components of the record were reviewed for completeness and reflection of best practices. This process contributed to overall recommendations for improving services throughout the school. Components of the records that were reviewed include the assessment data that were used to identify educational goals and objectives as well as the individualized education plans (IEPs). In addition, records associated with reductions in problem behaviors and increases in functional skill development must be reviewed. For this reason, behavior support plans and short-term objective programming were examined. Finally, visual inspection of skill acquisition and behavior reduction data was required. Accuracy of the documentation was also corroborated through observation. Recommendations to increase treatment fidelity and subsequent record review are discussed.

 
 
Panel #351
Experiences and Advice From the Recently Hired to the Nearing Retired
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
302 (Convention Center)
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Erin Ann Schaller (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
SUNGWOO KAHNG (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CHRISTINE M. ACCARDO (Shafer Center)
ASHLEY HOGAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

The field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) is growing, resulting in an increase in the number of people attending ABA graduate programs. These programs provide an enriched environment for individuals to acquire new knowledge, conduct research, and work within various clinical settings. These components of graduate school offer a multitude of experiences for the graduate. However, given the broad spectrum of experiences, graduates often find it difficult when deciding what area of ABA to pursue after graduation. Additionally, given that behavior analysis jobs are often part of an interdisciplinary team, the ability to effectively communicate behavior principles to others is of utmost importance. The goal of this event is to put members of ABAI in contact with experts in the field (from a range of experience) who can provide advice and share their experiences pertaining to (a) jobs they held while being a practicing behavior analyst, (b) how they have learned to communicate effectively within the field of ABA while working with other disciplines, and (c) a few things they know now that they wish they knew upon finishing graduate school.

 
 
Paper Session #352
Translating From Research to Practice in Community Settings
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Korbel Ballroom 3A (Convention Center)
Area: PRA
Chair: Sara S. Kupzyk (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
 

Bridging the Gap Between Research and Practice in Education: What Adoption of Educational Fads can Teach Us

Domain: Service Delivery
SARA S. KUPZYK (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Danielle Parisi (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
 
Abstract:

Although federal legislation (i.e., No Child Left Behind and Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act) requires schools to use evidence-based practices, the gap between research and practice persists. Applied behavior analysts have been instrumental in the development of effective programs and practices in education including direct instruction reading, math, and writing programs, the good behavior game, functional behavior assessment, instructional strategies, and use of data to inform instruction. However, if not adopted, the practices cannot produce the desired outcomes. Unfortunately, implementation of ineffective practices and adoption of fad innovations (i.e., not sustained) in education leads to poor outcomes for students. This presentation will review the process of program adoption and characteristics of innovations that impact rate of adoption. Additionally, contingencies that appear to maintain educators' adoption of programs for which there is little or no research basis will be presented using case examples. The authors will provide examples of how to arrange similar contingencies to prompt adoption and maintenance of evidence-based programs.

 

Parent Education Training: A Literature Review of Best Practices With Recommendations for Dealing With Lack of Parental Adherence and Follow Through

Domain: Service Delivery
DEE L. SHEPHERD-LOOK (California State University, Northridge)
 
Abstract:

Parents are increasingly seen as the critical dimension in the positive treatment outcome for children with problem behaviors. Epidemiology studies suggest that 13 to 30% of children engage in problem behaviors that warrant intervention. Particularly at risk are children with limited communmication and/or social problems, such as children diagnosed withautism spectrum disorder, attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder, oppositional defiance disorder,and severe anxiety diosrders. Typically, behavior interventionists, trained inapplied behavior analysistechniques, work with children to reduce and prevent negative behaviors in home, school or community settings. However, the burden of providing lasting therapeutic change lies with parents who must provide the consistency and generalization for the treatment approach on a 24-7 basis. I will provide a synthesis of published research on parent training programs and discuss the best practices for successful parent groups. In the context of behavioral interventions for children, there is probably no other treatment with such stong evidence in its behalf provided that the parent carries out the procedures, but parent adherence and follow through is often a key problem. Issues of parental non-compliance will be discussed and techniques for parental "buy in" will be presented.

 

Great GOOGLEy-moogley!

Domain: Experimental Analysis
JILL MCLAURY (Circle of Friends), Teri Pigman (Bright Futures Learning Services)
 
Abstract:

Managing behavior analysis programs in rural settings with limited resources is a significant challenge to today's practitioners. Come see how Google, and one incredible staff member, saved a behavior analyst's senility by providing a free, easily programmable website that allowed her to communicate with a team of staff members, view video demonstrations and live data, manage staff and client schedules, and make program modifications all while texting and driving through the rural back-roads of West Virginia!

 
 
 
Symposium #353
Dissemination: The Development of Behavior Analysis in the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Korbel Ballroom 1D (Convention Center)
Area: TBA/CSE; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Mahmoud Sheyab (King Abdullah University Hospital)
Discussant: Mitch Fryling (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

In 2008, the first master's degree program in behavior analysis found its home at the Jordanian University of Science and Technology. Since its launch, the program has grown to include three separate practicum sites: an early childhood autism center, an adolescent autism center, and a hospital site. Located in Irbid, Jordan, the program functions in part with the help of instructors commissioned from the USA. The goal of the project is to phase out these instructors and create a fully self-sustaining behavior analysis program by 2015. The most recent semesters brought a new host of challenges as the second graduating cohort is now faced with finding employment in a burgeoning field in Jordan. The key to sustaining the program will come from the right combination of outside support, providing the right contingencies for the students to succeed, and the dissemination of behavioral culture within the country of Jordan. Aimed at rousing support through dissemination, students have been planning and hosting their own workshops and participating in community outreach. During this symposium, the presenters will walk the audience through a brief history of the development of each site, including an autism academy, organizational behavior management at a hospital, and community services and outreach.

 

Organizational Behavior Management in Jordan: Saving Dollars and Lives

MAHMOUD SHEYAB (King Abdullah University Hospital), Mohammad Al-Smadi (Jordanian University of Science and Technology), Ruba Al-Waked (Jordanian University of Science and Technology), Raneem Ahmad Obiedat (Jordanian University of Science and Technology), Maya Alafnan (Jordanian University of Science and Technology), Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

As part of the approach to develop sustainability in the country of Jordan for the recently-graduated behavior analysts, we worked to develop a site at the King Abdullah University Hospital. An assessment of organizational needs indicated that there was large amounts of money that could be saved. Because the hospital was charged by weight for the disposal of hazardous waste, any instance of disposal of non-medical waste in the hazard-waste bags was an unnecessary expense. In addition to wasted money, another area that could use improvement was adherence to the hand-washing protocols. We conducted assessments to determine why the lack of compliance was occurring, and intervened according to these results. In this presentation, we will discuss the approaches taken, interventions used, and outcomes of our interventions to save the hospital money and lives.

 

Service to the Community as the First Step to Creating Sustainability: A Workshop Model

MELISSA NOSIK (University of Nevada, Reno), Eslam Ababneh (Jordanian University of Science and Technology), Mohammad Al-Zoubi (Jordanian University of Science and Technology), Amal Aljedye (Jordanian University of Science and Technology), Wareef Yacoub (Jordanian University of Science and Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology), Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Providing community service is a good way to begin laying the groundwork from which the local behavior analysts can develop a community capable of sustaining the science of behavior in a country currently undeveloped in behavior analysis. After the first cohort of master's students in the department of applied behavioral health analysis (ABHA) at the Jordanian University of Science and Technology (JUST) graduated, it became clear that each student, mentor, and anyone interested in the success of behavior analysis must begin actively working to create the funding streams, market demand, and community service outreach that would sustain behavior analysis. In the United States, behavior analysts are often asked to conduct parent training and school consultations. In Jordan, however, nobody was aware of the expertise of the JUST ABHA graduates in this regard. Therefore, the students developed and delivered over ten positive parenting workshops, free of charge, throughout the local community and schools. This presentation will describe the underpinnings of the workshops, the difficulty in translation of workshop presentations in English to an Arabic version that resonates with the local population while maintaining technical integrity. Some data on the feedback provided by the attendees in the community will be described and implications discussed.

 

Creating Training Opportunities by Serving Children With Autism in Jordan

JONATHAN D. TIMM (Western Michigan University), Bilal Issa Faris Marie (Jordanian University of Science and Technology), Adel Abd Alqader (Jordanian University of Science and Technology), Fakhrieh Nmrawi (Autism Academy of Jordan), Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno), Melissa Nosik (University of Nevada, Reno), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

One of the largest contributors to the current success of applied behavior analysis as a profession is the increased number of children diagnosed with autism coupled with the unequaled ability of our science to provide the only technology that is scientifically supported to ameliorate autism symptoms at a level of social significance. During their degree program at the Jordanian University of Science and Technology (JUST), the graduate students in the applied behavioral health analysis (ABHA) program had four practicum courses. In developing these courses, and with anticipation of future employment and entrepreneurial opportunities for the students after graduation, two autism sites were developed and used for training. At one location, young children with autism diagnoses were served while the other served adolescent and young adults. Both were owned by a couple of brothers who were excited to partner with JUST and the US mentors/supporters of the program. As such, these two locations became invaluable in training and were made available throughout the days and weeks. After the first cohort graduated, a few of the graduates were hired at the locations, and are now even providing outreach and training services to neighboring countries. This presentation will detail the treatment provision and training opportunities at each location.

 
 
Panel #354
A Contingency Analysis Account of Emotions
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
601 (Convention Center)
Area: TPC/EAB; Domain: Theory
Chair: Patrick B. Marcotte (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
PAUL THOMAS ANDRONIS (Northern Michigan University)
ZACHARY LAYNG (University of Chicago)
T. V. JOE LAYNG (Headsprout)
JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Emotions and their expression have been usually accounted for in terms of respondent conditioning and released species-typical behavior patterns. In the case of humans, they have also been conceptualized as verbally (or psychologically) construed events. In all cases, the stimulus-response formula governs the account. Fear, for example, is considered a change in the state of the organism and a change of a pattern of responses elicited or released by changes in the environment. Whether the emotion produces the behavior or the behavior produces the emotion has been widely debated topic. Either account still relies on the stimulus-response formula and is therefore mainly concerned with the nature of the stimulus and response and their adaptive value during the evolution of the species. The panel will present and discuss an alternative consequential approach to emotions and their expressions, the research data supporting the alternative approach, its relation to contemporary work on emotions, and an account of how emotions and their expression may have evolved through natural selection.

 
 
Symposium #355
Behavior Analytic Approaches to Linguistic Analysis
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Korbel Ballroom 2B (Convention Center)
Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Robert Dlouhy (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Laurel Behavior Support Services)
Abstract:

Recent work by behavior analysts and linguists working from a behavior analytic perspective is bringing the fields of linguistics and behavior analysis closer. This symposium will present three papers that further close the gap between the two fields. The first paper will discuss recent trends in linguistic theory, and argue that one theory in particular, Paul Hopper's "Emergent Grammar," is potentially compatible with a behavior analytic view of verbal behavior. The second paper will identify some linguistic phenomena that present challenges to behavioral analysis, and suggest some experimental methods that may be used to study them. The final paper will present a behavioral analysis of English tense and aspect phenomena. It will propose that English has specific classes of autoclitic and intraverbal responses controlled by relations between time and actions or states to which the speaker is responding. These papers, taken together, will show that application of behavior analytic principles to linguistic analysis is possible and productive.

 

The Grammar-as-Behavior Stance: Toward Reconciling Behavioral Psychology and Linguistics

RAYMOND S. WEITZMAN (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

That grammar is a causal agent for the speech behavior of individuals is a fairly dominant stance in contemporary linguistics and cognitive psychology. This, of course, was not always the case. Furthermore, there are other stances regarding grammar that see it not as an explanation or causal entity, but as forms of verbal behavior arising out of the reinforcing practices of a speech community and effective in maintaining that speech community. This view, of course, can be found in the work of B. F. Skinner. I will call this the grammar-as-behavior stance. But the grammar-as-behavior stance can also be found, at least implicitly, in the work of some contemporary linguists. For example, Paul Hopper has espoused a view of grammar called emergent grammar. In this presentation I will discuss the similarities and differences in the two positions and in doing so, try to show how a consilience between behavioral psychology and linguistics can be reached.

 

Stimulus Control and Grammar: Proximity, Ordinal Position, Inflection

JOHN H. MABRY (Retired)
Abstract:

Proximity, ordinal position and inflectional changes are the subject of many pedagogical 'rules of grammar' and form the basis of instruction in proper sentence structure. These have also been used in the classification of languages. It is possible to assign discriminative functions to these elements. All languages (verbal communities) have consistent position or order between terms and often when these are violated 'inflectional' changes seem to provide a type of linkage between terms. These last include classic case inflection from Latin and Greek but also modifications to terms, which indicate agreement or concourse which are often regarded as similar in English. Experimental analysis of these 'relational devices' however has been largely lacking. Sparsely replicated (psycholinguistic) studies in the 1960s of serial order and position relative to marker elements resembled the methodology of the experimental analysis of behavior; few subjects, intensive training and 'rewards.' Other studies, some classic, involved forms of case inflection, others agreement (or concordance) and still others, the conflict or competition between position and inflectional changes to elements or terms. These also can provide a model for variables in an experimental analysis.

 

Tense and Aspect in the English Verb: A Behavioral Analysis

ROBERT DLOUHY (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Although the verbal behavior literature continues to expand, very little of it can be regarded as linguistic analysis. Specific behavior-analytic description of the response classes that specify the topographies of verbal responses in a language are not available. Such descriptions would be of interest to linguists and useful for educators. This study will analyze the controlling variables and resulting topographies associated with the marking of tense and aspect on English verbs. In behavior analytic terms, tense is a response to when an action occurs in relation to the present (for example, in or before the present), while aspect is a response to the relation between an action and a point in time (for example, whether an action occurred before or during a point of time in the past). The analysis is of interest because the controlling variables include deictic relations, and the topographies of the resulting responses are under complex intraverbal control. The study will conclude by proposing autoclitic/intraverbal response classes for marking English verb tense and aspect.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #356
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Delay Discounting by Humans and Other Animals: Does the Species Matter?
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
401/402 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Leonard Green, Ph.D.
Chair: Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University)
Presenting Authors: : LEONARD GREEN (Washington University)
Abstract:

When rats, pigeons, and people choose between immediate and delayed rewards, the subjective value of the delayed reward decreases as time to its receipt increases. This discounting of the delayed reward is well described in all three species by a hyperboloid function. Interestingly, we have observed a magnitude effect (larger delayed rewards are discounted less steeply than smaller delayed rewards) with humans but not with rats or pigeons. In addition, in humans, if an additional waiting period is added prior to both rewards, thus creating a delay common to both alternatives, rate of discounting decreases as the common delay increases. We examined the effect of adding a common delay on discounting in pigeons. When the signals for the time to the sooner and later alternatives were different, the pigeons (in contrast to humans) showed increases in discounting rate with increases in the common delay. When the signal for the common delay was the same for both alternatives, however, rate of discounting decreased as the common delay increased, a result consistent with that obtained with humans. Taken together, our findings demonstrate profound similarities between delay discounting in humans and pigeons, arguing for the importance of conducting both human and nonhuman research.

 
LEONARD GREEN (Washington University)
Leonard Green received his BA from the City College of New York and his PhD from the State University of New York at Stony Brook.  After completing post-doctoral research, Green ventured west of the Mississippi (although he thought he was still east of the river) where he is Professor of Psychology at Washington University in St. Louis and Director of Undergraduate Studies.  Green’s research concerns choice and decision-making in rats, pigeons, and people, with a particular interest in self-control and impulsivity.  He is one of the developers of behavioral economics, and is co-author of the book Economic Choice Theory: An Experimental Analysis of Animal Behavior and editor of Advances in Behavioral Economics, the third volume of which is subtitled Substance Use and Abuse.  He has been Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Associate Editor of the Pavlovian Journal of Biological Science, and Consulting Editor for Behavior and Philosophy.  He serves on the Executive Board of the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior (SQAB), is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and the Association for Psychological Science, and is President of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #357
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Training Staff: Evidence-Based Strategies for Supervisors, Consultants, and Clinicians

Monday, May 30, 2011
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Four Seasons 4 (Convention Center)
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CE Instructor: Dennis Reid, Ph.D.
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute)
DENNIS H. REID (Carolina Behavior Analysis and Support Center)
Dennis Reid (Ph.D., Florida State University, 1975) has over 35 years experience as a manager and clinician, and has consulted with human service agencies in the majority of states of the United States as well as Canada and New Zealand. He has published over 130 refereed journal articles focusing on applied behavior analysis and staff training and supervision, and authored or co-authored seven books. In 2007 he was awarded Fellowship status in the Association for Behavior Analysis International and in 2006 received the American Association on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities Annual Research Award. Denny is the founder and current director of the Carolina Behavior Analysis and Support Center in Morganton, North Carolina.
Abstract:

This presentation will describe evidence-based strategies for training important work skills to human service staff. Initially, a description of a behavior analytic model for staff training will be summarized. Next, ways of effectively applying the model will be provided with a focus on practical considerations faced by supervisors, consultants, and clinicians. Means of making staff training procedures acceptable and well received by staff will also be presented. Common mistakes made in staff training endeavors will likewise be summarized, along with recommendations regarding how to avoid obstacles that impede training effectiveness and acceptability. As a result of attending this presentation, attendees will be able to: (a) describe five steps constituting performance- and competency-based staff training, (b) identify three strategies for making staff training programs highly acceptable to staff trainees, and (c) identify three common obstacles to effective training of staff and strategies for overcoming the obstacles.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #358
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Garfield Park Preparatory Academy: Strategies to Implement Applied Behavior Analysis in an Urban Public School

Monday, May 30, 2011
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 2A (Convention Center)
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CE Instructor: Denise Ross, Ph.D.
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
DENISE E. ROSS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Denise Ross is the Principal of Garfield Park Preparatory Academy, a public elementary school affiliated with The Chicago School of Professional Psychology. She is also an Associate Professor in the ABA Department at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology and a former Associate Professor at Columbia University and Florida Atlantic University. Dr. Ross has authored and co-authored multiple peer-reviewed publications on the application of behavior analysis to teaching, including a book titled Verbal Behavior Analysis: Inducing and Expanding New Verbal Capabilities in Children with Language Delays. Dr. Ross is a graduate of Spelman College and Columbia University.
Abstract:

Garfield Park Preparatory Academy (GPPA) is a new elementary school that developed as part of the Department of Applied Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology. Currently in its second year, GPPA is located in East Garfield Park, a Chicago community with low rate of employment and graduation. The school's mission is to provide strong academic foundations for students in East Garfield Park, and to provide a quality training site for students at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology. In this presentation, Denise Ross will describe the process of starting a public school designed to apply principles of behavior analysis to schooling. Dr. Ross will also discuss the school's community engagement strategies, barriers and successes to its implementation, academic outcomes in the first year, and the school's future goals.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #359
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

The Case for Private Behavioral Events

Monday, May 30, 2011
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
607 (Convention Center)
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Jay Moore, Ph.D.
Chair: Sam Leigland (Gonzaga University)
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
Dr. Moore received his master's degree from Western Michigan University in 1969, where his adviser was Dr. David Lyon. He received his PhD from the University of California--San Diego in 1975, where his adviser was Dr. Edmund Fantino. Dr. Moore is currently on the faculty of the Department of Psychology at the University of Wisconsin--Milwaukee, where he has been since 1977. His principal professional interests are in the experimental analysis of behavior, and the theoretical-philosophical-conceptual analysis of behavior. His recent book is Conceptual Foundations of Radical Behaviorism. He has been a member of ABA since 1977. He served as editor of The Behavior Analyst, as board coordinator for ABAI's Accreditation and Professional Standards Board, and on the ABAI Executive Council, including a term as President of ABAI.
Abstract:

Private behavioral events are an important topic in the theoretical, philosophical, and conceptual orientation of radical behaviorism. This presentation makes the case for private behavioral events by addressing such questions as the following: (a) Of what are we speaking when we speak of private behavioral events? (b) What are two types of private behavioral events? (c) What is the nature and causal status of private behavioral events? (d) Are private behavioral events necessarily related functionally to public behavior? (e) How does the present view of private behavioral events compare with explanations in traditional psychology that appeal to internal, unobservable phenomena? In sum, the presentation argues that we can most effectively understand behavior, and bar the door to mentalism, when our interpretations of behavior recognize that events currently inaccessible to others, but nonetheless from the behavioral dimension, can influence behavior.

 
 
Symposium #360
CE Offered: BACB
Understanding Function in Zoos and Labs: What Can We Learn From Penguin Pool Use, Repetitive Rats, and Hippo Habitat Changes?
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:00 AM–11:20 AM
Korbel Ballroom 1F (Convention Center)
Area: AAB/EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Eduardo J. Fernandez (University of Washington)
Discussant: Kenneth T. Ramirez (John G. Shedd Aquarium)
CE Instructor: Eduardo Fernandez, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Over the past several decades, captive facilities such as zoos and labs have become increasingly concerned with the welfare of their captive species. The use of "naturalistic" enclosures, introduction of objects that can be consumed and/or manipulated, changes in the type and ways food is presented, and the use of operant conditioning and other training procedures are just a few examples of the attempts aimed at increasing the well-being of captive animals. This focus on using environmental and behavioral procedures to increase welfare has generally taken a "shotgun" approach, with little energy devoted to quantifying enrichment effects, let alone understanding the function of the behaviors intervened on to begin with. The following three talks will examine several projects aimed at understanding certain problematic behaviors that can occur in captivity, and better understanding why they occur. Emphasis is placed on understanding the function of the behaviors examined within all three talks, as such a functional understanding is an important cornerstone to improving the captive welfare of animals in any type of facility.

 

The Effects of Live Fish Feeding on the Swimming Activity of Captive Penguins

EDUARDO J. FERNANDEZ (University of Washington), James Ha (University of Washington)
Abstract:

The Humboldt penguin exhibit at the Woodland Park Zoo currently houses 20+ individuals. Once a week (Fridays, 11 am) during the spring/summer, live trout are dumped into the exhibit for the penguins. We examined the result of this live feeding on the overall swimming activity of the group as a whole. Of primary interest is how the live feeds effect (a) overall swim time, and (b) variability in enclosure use. I hypothesized that the live feedings would increase overall swim time prior to and after the delivery of the live trout, as well as similar increases at the same time on days surrounding that feed. I also predicted that the penguins would be more likely to use the entire exhibit around these live feed times, since the penguins are likely to chase fish throughout the exhibit. Both of these effects would empirically demonstrate the enriching effects of giving penguins live fish feeds.

 

Quanitification of Unconditioned Locomotor Behaviour: Towards an Endophenotype for Sensitivity to Stress and Psychostimulants

MATTHEW PARKER (The Royal Veterinary College), Sebastian McBride (Royal Agricultural College), Derek A. Hamilton (University of New Mexico)
Abstract:

Stimulant drugs reliably elicit repetitive, invariant response sequences (stereotypies), and these patterns are often used to characterize the resopnse to psychostimulants. However, stereotypies also occur spontaneously as a result of environmental restriction, e.g., in laboratory caged or zoo-housed animals. On account of this, spontaneous stereotypy in captive animals is often considered indicative of a pathological response to chronic stress. Neurophysiologically, animals displaying spontaneous stereotypies show striking similarities to drug-exposed animals. Further parallels exist in terms of the behavioural phenotype, with stereotypic animals displaying strengthened S-R learning and reduced behavioural flexibility in reversal learning. Despite the similarities that exist between psychostimulant- and stress-induced behavioural phenotypes, the methods used to score phenotypic behavioural patterns (e.g., stereotypies) vary considerably, are often subjective in nature and do not have the flexibility to measure the early stages of development. Fractal analysis is a generic mathematical methodology that describes the complexity of an object or process by looking at the effects of changing the scale of measurement. Fractal dimension (Frac-D) is a useful measure of path tortuosity during unconditioned motor activity, i.e., the degree to which a path deviates from a straight trajectory. Our aim in the present study was to examine locomotor effects of psychostimulants and stress using fractal analysis. Rats were given either 7-days exposure to apomorphine (twice daily) or stress (restraint) or a combination. For behavioural testing, rats were placed individually in an open field apparatus and activity was monitored on an automated behavioural tracker, and generated a series of x,y coordinates. Results demonstrated that by examining pre-drug fractal dimension, it was possible to predict, with a good degree of confidence, the extent to which apomorphine-exposed rats developed predictable and stereotyped locomotor patterns following sensitization (Pearson's r = 0.85). Results are discussed in terms of characterizing an objective, quantitative endophenotype for locomotor effects of psychostimulants and stress.

 

Temperature and Water Change Effects on the Use of an Outdoor Pool by Captive Hippos

EDUARDO J. FERNANDEZ (University of Washington), James Ha (University of Washington)
Abstract:

In the wild, hippopotamuses spend most of their day activity in water. We examined how much time our hippos spend in their pool based on (a) temperature of the water, and (b) when the pool water was last dumped and re-filled (approximately 3 times a week). Several ThermoWorks™ USB digital temperature data loggers collected water and air temperature readings once every hour for several months. We correlated these temperature readings with several behaviors all the hippos could engage in, where the hippos were on exhibit, and how many days it had been since a dump (0, 1, or 2 days). This information will be discussed with respect to (a) what aspects of temperature and water quality most affect hippo pool use and general activity, and (b) what can be done in the future to improve the current hippo exhibit.

 
 
Symposium #361
CE Offered: BACB
Current Research in Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 4F (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Discussant: Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento)
CE Instructor: Michele Wallace, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will include three presentations on current state of the art research pertaining to pediatric feeding disorders. The first paper looks at spoon distant fading as a treatment option for children with food selectivity. The second paper looks at utilizing the high-probability request sequence to increase consumption of non-preferred foods. The third paper looks at training caregivers to implement feeding interventions. Finally, a well respected expert in the area of pediatric feeding disorders will comment on the three papers and the state of research in this area.

 

Spoon Distant Fading as an Intervention for Food Refusal

BROOKE HOLLAND (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

We evaluated the effects of three different treatment packages (i.e., spoon distance fading plus reinforcement, spoon distance fading plus reinforcement plus escape extinction, and escape extinction plus reinforcement) to identify the effectiveness of a fading procedure in absence of extinction to increase food consumption during meals. One of the three treatments was effective for increasing food consumption and decreasing inappropriate mealtime behaviors for two of the three participants. However, all treatment phases were ineffective for increasing food consumption for one participant (Ivan). Due to the idiosyncratic results of the treatments evaluated, the efficacy of spoon distance fading on feeding disorders requires further analysis.

 

Using the High-Probability Instructional Sequence to Increase the Variety of Foods Consumed by a Child With Autism

AIMEE E. MEIER (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Mitch Fryling (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the high-probability instructional sequence to increase the variety of foods consumed by a young child with autism. The high-p sequence was evaluated with a combined reversal and multiple-baseline across foods design. Unique to this study was the use of a highly preferred food as the high-p task, and the systematic fading of the high-p sequence after the high-p sequence was demonstrated to be an effective intervention. Conceptual and practical implications will also be reviewed.

 

Training Caregivers to Implement Successful Treatment Protocols for Feeding Disorders

MEGAN D. ACLAN (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Rachel S. Findel-Pyles (The Chicago School, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Children with feeding disorders may be at risk for many health issues if these disorders are left untreated (Patel, Piazza, Martinez, Volkert, & Santana, 2002). Numerous researchers have successfully treated feeding disorders; however, there is limited research on the maintenance and generalization of those treatments when implemented by the primary caregivers. In the current investigation caregivers were trained to implement their child's successful protocol using written instructions and post-session feedback. Additionally we sought to evaluate whether providing feedback on the caregiver's implementation of the protocol directly impacted the child's behavior. Results suggest that parents learned to appropriately implement their child's feeding protocol and follow-up data indicate maintenance of positive caregiver and child gains for up to3 weeks post caregiver training.

 
 
Symposium #362
CE Offered: BACB
Just a Spoonful of Sugar Is Not Enough: Getting Kids With Autism to Take Medicine & Eat Their Vegetables
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 4E (Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Elizabeth Martineau (Nashoba Learning Group)
Discussant: Elizabeth Martineau (Nashoba Learning Group)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Martineau, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Getting young children to swallow pills, drink liquid medicine, or eat enough vegetables are daunting tasks even for caregivers of typically developing children, let alone caregivers of children with autism. Teaching these skills to children with autism presents several unique challenges. The response topographies necessary (closing mouth, chewing, swallowing) cannot be reliably or safely prompted, and many children with autism have a limited repertoire of tastes and textures they readily accept. Some children with autism also display aggressive or self-injurious behaviors when presented with novel tastes, or engage in other problematic behaviors such as self-induced vomiting. We successfully taught multiple children with autism to accept medicine or novel foods after carefully assessing their medicine- or food-refusal behaviors, assessing their response to different presentation methods, and developing interventions that specifically target the problematic variable identified. Examples include isolating salient features of the medicine such as tasteversus smell, assessing caregiver behaviors such as "hiding" the pill in food versus openly showing it to the child, or establishing medicine-taking with a specific stimulus that can be transferred across settings. Multiple case studies will be presented, including assessment techniques and baseline, treatment, and outcome data demonstrating maintenance and generalization of medicine/food acceptance.

 

Isolating Salient Features of Medicine

JESSICA SLATON (Nashoba Learning Group), Elizabeth Martineau (Nashoba Learning Group), Fiona Santiago (Nashoba Learning Group)
Abstract:

Michael, a 7 year-old boy with autism, had a multi-year history of medicine refusal, including screaming, flailing, and biting when presented with medicine. He frequently tested positive for strep, requiring that he take antibiotics often. Medicine administration required both parents: one to block Michael's flailing, and the other to administer the medicine. On one occasion, Michael injured his mother by biting her as she delivered his medicine. We presented each stimulus separately (and isolated salient features of some stimuli) to determine which variable in the medicine-taking process was correlated with Michael's tantrum behavior. Variables we assessed included the presence of a plastic medicine syringe (distance from Michael's mouth), an empty versus full syringe, colored versus clear liquid, tastelessversus flavored liquid, and the presence or absence of a heavy scent. We were able to isolate scent as the variable that triggered tantrum behavior in Michael, with flavor as a second variable. We successfully taught Michael to take medicine by isolating each of these variables and gradually increasing the amount of each variable present in a water-based solution. Michael now takes medicine at home with his parents, without tantrum behavior.

 

Child-Initiated Responses for Medicine and Food Acceptance

KATE JOHNS (Nashoba Learning Group), Elizabeth Martineau (Nashoba Learning Group), Amy Thoren (Nashoba Learning Group), Lesley Sculley (Nashoba Learning Group)
Abstract:

We assessed two children with autism, Sara and Mark, who displayed medicine-refusal (Sara) and food-refusal (Mark) that involved yelling, crying, screaming, and in Mark's case aggression, self-injury, and self-induced vomiting. Sara had a history of aversive experiences with medicine that involved being "tricked" into taking it by having it hidden in her food, resulting in an unpleasant flavor to the food and avoidance of any stimuli associated with medicine. For Mark, most physical prompting by an adult was non-preferred regardless of the task. For both students, we isolated student-initiated responses versus caregiver-initiated responses as a critical variable that produced successful acceptance of medicine or food. Students were taught to either take medicine (Sara) or eat new foods (Mark) using a modified escape extinction procedure and positive reinforcement, but with the additional variable of all responses being student-initiated. Both Mark and Sara were allowed to select when they placed the food/medicine near their mouths, in their mouths, et cetera.In Sara's case, she completed practice trials with water instead of medicine, and was told each time exactly which liquid she was being given. Both students now independently take medicine/food without engaging in tantrum behavior.

 

Programming a Common Stimulus and Response Topography for Medicine Acceptance

MAUREEN LACERTE (Nashoba Learning Group), Elizabeth Martineau (Nashoba Learning Group), Shannon Hurley (Nashoba Learning Group)
Abstract:

Gregory, a 10-year-old boy with autism, had a multi-year history of medicine refusal in both liquid and pill form. Gregory displayed problematic behaviors related to the presentation of medicine including refusal (closed mouth), spitting out, and aggression. In Gregory's case, different response topographies were initially taught such as pills placed in yogurt (visible) and delivered via a spoon versus accepting liquids from a dropper or syringe. These were taught using a combination of shaping, chaining, and differential reinforcement. However, Gregory was only able to maintain one topography at a time, which posed a serious problem because he was required to take daily medications in both formats. We were able to successfully establish both forms of medicine-taking by using a common stimulus to present either form of medicine, thereby allowing both responses to occur with a single topography and eliminating the need to master and maintain multiple chains of behavior.

 
 
Symposium #363
CE Offered: BACB
Change the Way You Look at Escape Extinction: Motivating Learner Participation Without Escape Blocking, Forced Physical Prompts or Nagging
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 4D (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Robert Schramm (Knospe-ABA)
Discussant: Robert Schramm (Knospe-ABA)
CE Instructor: Robert Schramm, M.A.
Abstract:

The ability to consistently motivate learner participation in the intensive and natural environment teaching settings is one of the largest indicators of a learner's future success. The best teaching methods in the world are meaningless with a learner who will not participate, cooperate, or give full effort. Pairing oneself and the teaching environment with reinforcement is a crucial step in earning learner assent and cooperation. The more reinforcing the teaching environment is the more likely a learner will participate in that setting consistently. Escape extinction procedures, paired with the development of a reinforcement history for participation, are the main staples in earning cooperation with challenging learners. However, when asked what escape extinction looks like, most behavior analysts and teachers describe some combination of escape blocking, nagging or forced physical prompting procedures. Although escape extinction is well documented in the science, the consistent use of these procedures works in direct opposition to the concept of pairing oneself and the teaching setting with reinforcement. What this symposium will offer is a way to address escape that can replace or reduce the need for escape blocking, nagging, or forced physical prompts. This approach will be described in detail. Video examples and preliminary data will be shared.

 

Case Study One: Affecting Compliance With Initial Demands While Reducing Tantrum Behavior

ALLISON KANE (Kane ABA Consulting)
Abstract:

The ability to consistently motivate learner participation in the intensive and natural environment teaching settings is one of the largest indicators of a learner's future success. The best teaching methods in the world are meaningless with a learner who will not participate, cooperate, or give full effort. Pairing oneself and the teaching environment with reinforcement is a crucial step in earning learner assent and cooperation. The more reinforcing the teaching environment is the more likely a learner will participate in that setting consistently. Escape extinction procedures, paired with the development of a reinforcement history for participation, are the main staples in earning cooperation with challenging learners. However, when asked what escape extinction looks like, most behavior analysts and teachers describe some combination of escape blocking, nagging or forced physical prompting procedures. Although escape extinction is well documented in the science, the consistent use of these procedures works in direct opposition to the concept of pairing oneself and the teaching setting with reinforcement. What this symposium will offer is a way to address escape that can replace or reduce the need for escape blocking, nagging, or forced physical prompts. This approach will be described in detail. Video examples and preliminary data will be shared.

 

Case Study Two: Reducing Tantrum Behavior and Increasing Compliance via theSeven Steps to Instructional Control

BENNO BOEKH (Knospe-ABA), Silva Kleinfeld Vartoomian (Knospe ABA)
Abstract:

The ability to consistently motivate learner participation in the intensive and natural environment teaching settings is one of the largest indicators of a learner's future success. The best teaching methods in the world are meaningless with a learner who will not participate, cooperate, or give full effort. Pairing oneself and the teaching environment with reinforcement is a crucial step in earning learner assent and cooperation. The more reinforcing the teaching environment is the more likely a learner will participate in that setting consistently. Escape extinction procedures, paired with the development of a reinforcement history for participation, are the main staples in earning cooperation with challenging learners. However, when asked what escape extinction looks like, most behavior analysts and teachers describe some combination of escape blocking, nagging or forced physical prompting procedures. Although escape extinction is well documented in the science, the consistent use of these procedures works in direct opposition to the concept of pairing oneself and the teaching setting with reinforcement. What this symposium will offer is a way to address escape that can replace or reduce the need for escape blocking, nagging, or forced physical prompts. This approach will be described in detail. Video examples and preliminary data will be shared.

 

Case Study Three: Withholding Reinforcement to Reduce Escape Behavior

MEGAN DELEON (Navigation Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract:

The ability to consistently motivate learner participation in the intensive and natural environment teaching settings is one of the largest indicators of a learner's future success. The best teaching methods in the world are meaningless with a learner who will not participate, cooperate, or give full effort. Pairing oneself and the teaching environment with reinforcement is a crucial step in earning learner assent and cooperation. The more reinforcing the teaching environment is the more likely a learner will participate in that setting consistently. Escape extinction procedures, paired with the development of a reinforcement history for participation, are the main staples in earning cooperation with challenging learners. However, when asked what escape extinction looks like, most behavior analysts and teachers describe some combination of escape blocking, nagging or forced physical prompting procedures. Although escape extinction is well documented in the science, the consistent use of these procedures works in direct opposition to the concept of pairing oneself and the teaching setting with reinforcement. What this symposium will offer is a way to address escape that can replace or reduce the need for escape blocking, nagging, or forced physical prompts. This approach will be described in detail. Video examples and preliminary data will be shared.

 
 
Symposium #364
CE Offered: BACB
Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Analyzing Environmental Antecedents and Interventions Supporting Functional Skills
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 4A (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington)
Discussant: Ann N. Garfinkle (University of Montana)
CE Instructor: Diane Sainato, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Three papers will be presented. We will highlight the results of data based efforts to provide an analysis of environments and interventions for preschool and kindergarten students with autism. Pamparo, Herriott and Schwartz will offer a paper using dialogic reading interventions to increase verbal behavior in preschool children. McLaughlin and Davis will describe their project examining the use of physical activity to reduce stereotypic behavior for students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Sainato, Jung, Morrison, and Axe will detail their observational analysis from a study inclusive kindergarten environments for children with autism and typical peers. Finally, Garfinkle will provide discussion of these papers. Implications for service delivery and future directions for research will be discussed.

 

CANCELLED: Using Dialogic Reading Interventions to Increase Verbal Behavior in Preschool Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

VERONICA PAMPARO (University of Washington), Shane K. Herriott (University of Washington), Ilene Schwartz (University of Washington)
Abstract:

Children with disabilities have fewer opportunities to engage in quality literacy experiences that support the development of critical early literacy skills. The use of dialogic reading strategies has been found to improve early literacy skills in children with language delays and those from at-risk populations. However, there is a dearth of studies that examine the potential utility of such reading strategies for students with disabilities. The present study employed a multiple baseline design across two preschoolers withautism spectrum disorderto examine the effect of dialogic reading on early literacy outcomes for three preschool students with autism. Results show that children verbally participated more during book readings when the adult read to them using dialogic reading prompts compared to standard book readings. Furthermore, dialogic book reading increased the duration students spent reading books without sacrificing student engagement. These results suggest that the use of dialogic reading strategies may be an effective strategy to improve the quality of literacy experiences for students with autism.

 

Critical Features of Classroom Environments for Kindergarten Age Students With Autism

DIANE M. SAINATO (The Ohio State University), Sunhwa Jung (Otterbein University), Rebecca S. Morrison (The Ohio State University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
Abstract:

Project TASK was to developed and evaluated a comprehensive program for kindergarten children with autism. A total of 42 children with autism from the model program and 21 students with autism recruited from four local school districts participated. Direct observations of child and teacher behavior (i.e. engagement, social interaction, prompt level, etc.) were implemented once a month for a minimum of 6100 minutes per year for each student. Inter-observer agreement measures for the direct observations yielded mean levels of at least 90%. Results will be presented for critical instructional features such as grouping, teacher direction, instructional interactions and child engagement. Initial results indicate behavioral interventions, and use of naturally occurring learning opportunities to practice individualized education planobjectives were effective in promoting achievement of kindergarten children withautism spectrum disorderin inclusive settings. The project will be discussed in terms of the establishment of more effective educational programs for children with autism spectrum disorders with reduction in the cost of services.

 

Decreasing Stereotypy in Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: The Role of Increased Physical Activity and Function

ANNIE MCLAUGHLIN (Virginia Institute of Autism), Carol Ann Davis (University of Washington)
Abstract:

Stereotypies can be detrimental to the individual and eventually become a more serious challenging behavior; therefore, it is advantageous to treat stereotypy early in the history of the behavior. This study used a repeated reversal design to determine the effects of increasing physical activity during recess on stereotypy in three preschoolers with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Functional analyses were conducted for stereotypic behaviors to determine the function for each participant. The intervention consisted of using short, play-based physical activities during recess. Results indicate increasing physical activity can be used as an intervention to reduce automatically maintained stereotypy in preschoolers with ASD. The intervention had a lesser effect on a preschooler whose stereotypy was maintained by attention. Results show topographies of the stereotypy were differentially affected for each individual. Not all motor stereotypies were affected equally within the same individual, and for one child, vocal stereotypies appeared to become less variable. Social validity measures indicate teachers would be willing to use this intervention in the future. Implications for using physical activity as an intervention for preschoolers with stereotypy are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #365
CE Offered: BACB
Assessment and Treatment of Feeding Problems in Children With Autism
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 4B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Pamela Neidert, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Childhood feeding problems have the potential to disrupt the acquisition of age-appropriate feeding habits (Silverman, 2010), and children with developmental disabilities are at increased risk for developing feeding-related difficulties. The estimated prevalence of feeding problems in children with autism has been reported to be as high as 90% (Kodak & Piazza, 2008). The studies in this symposium highlight behavioral approaches to assessment and treatment of various feeding problems such as food refusal, selective eating, and disruptive mealtime behavior. The first study describes a procedure to increase chewing of nonpreferred foods by pairing with a preferred food. The second study compared the effects of two common interventions (noncontingent reinforcement and differential reinforcement) to decrease food selectivity. The third study describes assessment and treatment procedures to increase consumption of nonpreferred foods and teach self-feeding skills. Finally, the fourth study presents the results of data for 13 clients following an intensive feeding clinic admission to assess maintenance.

 

Increasing the Rate of Chewing Non-Preferred Foods Through Pairing

KATHARINE GUTSHALL (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Taira Lanagan (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

The absence of chewing food is a common deficit seen in children with congenital and developmental disabilities (Williams, 2008). Some research suggests that this behavioral lack is due to inappropriate and/or lack of exposure to textures during infancy (Beckett, 2002). This can lead to children either eating foods of lower texture than age-appropriate or swallowing higher textured foods whole. When the latter occurs, this poses a great health risk for the child. Few studies to date address the problem of how to teach specifically the behavior of chewing. Butterfield and Parson (1973) used modeling and shaping to teach chewing while other oral-motor interventions are proposed by speech-language pathologists. Differential reinforcement was also used (Shore, et al, 1999). The current investigation looks at teaching chewing to a child with autism who did not chew any food other than cheese crackers. Through simultaneous presentation, the rate of chewing increased for non-preferred foods using a multi-element design. Over time, the pairing was able to be faded such that the non-preferred food was eaten alone with appropriate chewing.

 

A Comparison of Differential Reinforcement of Acceptance Plus Escape Extinction versus Noncontigent Reinforceemnt Plus Escape Extinction to Treat Food Selectivity

JANELLE ALISON (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Ivy M. Chong Crane (Scott Center at Florida Institute of Technology), Ashley Lugo (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jessica Pike (Florida Institute of Technology), Rachel Lewis (Florida Institute of Technology), Nikki Rudy (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

After functional analyses suggested that food selectivity/refusal by two young children with autism was maintained by escape from demands to eat, a treatment evaluation was conducted. During the treatment evaluation, a multielement design was used to compare differential reinforcement of bite acceptance (DRA) with arbitrary but preferred items to noncontingent access to these same items. Escape extinction was in place during both treatments. The results showed that both treatments increased bite acceptance and decreased problem behavior, and that noncontingent access to preferred items reduced problem behavior to a slightly greater extent than DRA. Results are discussed in terms of the identification of practical and efficient methods of increasing bite acceptance in children with autism who exhibit food selectivity and/or refusal.

 

Treatment of Feeding Problems in Young Children With Developmental Disabilities

MEGAN HAFEN (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Joseph Dracobly (University of Kansas), Danielle L. Gureghian (University of Kansas), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Childhood feeding problems (e.g., food refusal, food selectivity, disruptive mealtime behavior, failure to master developmentally appropriate self-feeding skills, etc.) have the potential to disrupt the acquisition of age-appropriate feeding habits (Silverman, 2010), and children with developmental disabilities are at increased risk for developing feeding-related difficulties (Schwarz, Corredor, Fisher-Medina, Cohen, & Rabinowitz, 2001). The present study describes the assessment and treatment of various feeding problems in 3 children with developmental disabilities. For one child, an assessment was conducted to identify the relative preference level for several foods. Subsequently, differential reinforcement and escape extinction (nonremoval of the spoon) increased acceptance of nonpreferred foods. For the second child, an assessment was conducted to determine how taste, texture, and vehicles (e.g., utensils) influenced feeding behavior. Subsequently, differential reinforcement, texture fading, and escape extinction was successful in increasing acceptance of higher texture foods. For the third child, backward chaining was used to establish independent self-feeding skills. A treatment package consisting of prompting, reinforcement, and response blocking was used to increase self-feeding and decrease finger feeding under typical classroom arrangements. Results suggest that the aforementioned procedures were effective at treating feeding problems in three, young children with developmental disabilities.

 

Assessing the Long-Term Benefits of Behavioral Intervention for Pediatric Feeding Disorders

TAIRA LANAGAN (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Katharine Gutshall (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Amanda Treadway (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

Research on single-case interventions has shown success in treating pediatric feeding disorders (Chung and Kahng, 2007; Ledford and Gast, 2006; Martins, et al, 2008). However, limited research has been published on program-wide evaluations of outpatient feeding facilities. The long-term effect of feeding interventions is even rarer. Given the desire of limited funding sources to know probable outcomes, group data should be presented to justify behavioral intervention as a preferable method. The current assessment collects data of 13 clients who complete an intensive feeding program. Differences in bite acceptance, inappropriate behavior, and variety of foods are examined pre and post intervention. Data is also re-evaluated after returning home and full re-emergence into daily activities. Lastly, the data are able to be evaluated by in-clinic versus in-home services.

 
 
Symposium #366
CE Offered: BACB
Outcomes of Fluent Responding in Learners With Autism: Evaluating Maintenance and Generality Following Rate-Building
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 4C (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Ivy J. Feldman (The McCarton School)
Discussant: Michael Fabrizio (FEAT of Washington)
CE Instructor: Thomas Zane, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Teaching skills to fluency has been purported to have many important outcomes, including improved retention, endurance (i.e., ability to engage in for long durations), application (i.e., generalization), and stability (resistance to distraction). These are intriguing claims in relation to learners with autism, as autism is associated with poor maintenance, difficulty with transferring skills, low stamina for tasks, and distractibility. In this symposium, several outcomes of rate-building to fluency will be evaluated. One paper will present data on the effect on building tacting skills to fluency on spontaneous tacting in free play situations. A second paper will examine the differential rate of skill acquisition and demonstration of generalization for items taught to mastery and items taught to fluency. The third paper will present data comparing the maintenance of skills in a lean probe schedule, a daily practice condition, and a rate-building phase of instruction. These three papers empirically examine the assumptions associated with achieving fluent responding. Data presented support the use of rate-building procedures, but are also discussed in the context of other effectiveapplied behavior analysisinstructional strategies.

 

Impact of Teaching Skills to Fluency on Response Availability in Learners With Autism

THOMAS L. ZANE (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (The McCarton School), Nicole Pearson (The McCarton School)
Abstract:

It has been suggested that fluent skills are associated with greater response availability which results in improved spontaneous skill demonstration. Fluent responding includes accuracy and speed. Both speed and accuracy are important for responses to be effective, meaningful, and comprehensible for interaction partners. Responses that are trained to fluent levels are expected to be more readily retrievable and demonstrable for the learner. Theoretically, increased response availability would be associated with higher levels of spontaneity. This paper empirically tests this assumption. Skills that have been acquired will be practiced daily in timed sprints. In addition, these stimuli will be probed weekly for spontaneous tacting in free play situations. The free play situations will be 10 minutes in duration, and will include the items trained and additional distractor items, enabling a comparison with other stimuli. An additional comparison will be done between children with autism and typically developing peers, yielding data on normative levels of spontaneous tacting in free play situations. The evaluation of assumptions is an important extension of our commitment to effectiveness and efficiency inapplied behavior analysisinstruction.

 

Assessing Rate of Acquisition and Generalization for Skills Taught Via Discrete Trial Instruction and Rate-Building in Learners With Autism

NICOLE PEARSON (The McCarton School), Mary Jane Weiss (The McCarton School), Kristen Foley (The McCarton School), Sara Pahl (The McCarton School), Chigusa Haldeman (The McCarton School), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College), Peter Gerhardt (The McCarton School)
Abstract:

Teaching skills to fluency has been described as more efficient and as associated with better generalization than teaching skills to mastery levels (i.e. accuracy). In this investigation, learners were taught several items of a program via discrete trial instruction and several items of a program via rate-building. Participants will be adolescent learners with autism, and the targeted skill will be receptive identification of community-relevant sight words. Data will be reported on the differential rates of acquisition between these two sets of items. Generalization will be assessed in two weekly probes for stimulus and setting/situation generality. Stimulus generalization will be probed on a weekly basis, in the training environment. Three different exemplars of trained stimuli will be used in weekly probes, including 2D and #d representations. In addition, setting/situation generalization probes will be conducted weekly in non-training/novel environments. The results will be discussed in the context of effective instruction. In addition, data will be analyzed with regard to commonly held assumptions about rate-building.

 

Differential Maintenance of Skills Taught With Rate-Building and With Discrete Trial Instruction in Learners With Autism

KRISTEN FOLEY (The McCarton School), Mary Jane Weiss (The McCarton School), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey)
Abstract:

One of the commonly held assumptions about skills taught to fluent levels is that they are better maintained than skills not taught to fluency. Previous work in this area has suggested that rate-building to fluent levels has resulted in excellent levels of maintenance up to 10 months post-acquisition. However, it was not clear whether such results were a consequence of timed practice or were simply a consequence of overlearning. In other words: is going quickly a critical element of training? Would maintenance levels be measurably lower in the absence of timed practice? In this study, maintenance is compared in 3 conditions across 5 learners with autism: a lean maintenance weekly probe schedule, a daily rate-building (sprints) condition, and a daily practice condition. Data will be presented across all three conditions up to 6 months post acquisition. Results will be discussed in the context of essential/ best practice elements of instruction.

 
 
Symposium #367
CE Offered: BACB
Getting Clinical Behavior Analytic Interventions Out to the World-Wide Community: Internet-based Training Methods for Behavioral Activation, Functional Analytic Psychotherapyand Acceptance and Commitment Therapy
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
603 (Convention Center)
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
Discussant: Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
CE Instructor: Jonathan Kanter, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The promise of behavior analysis has always been the effective dissemination of effective interventions. Yet the question of effective training, in today's global community, remains. How do we take our interventions and effectively train diverse practitioners across the globe in them? Technological advances that facilitate engaging and effective interaction via the world wide have resulted in a surge of methodologies for online training of practitioners. The potential benefits of using communication technology to train practitioners via the web are immense: Training can occur rapidly and reach practitioners who otherwise would be difficult to reach. This symposium will present new data on online trainings in acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT), functional analytic psychotherapy(FAP) and behavioral activation using an online therapeutic learning community. The online training methodology shared by these studies offers great promise for future rapid and effective training across the globe.

 

Activating Through the Internet: Results of Online Training of Behavioral Activation Techniques

JONATHAN W. KANTER (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Joseph Daniel Murphy (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), David E. Baruch (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), William Bowe (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Ajeng J. Puspitasari (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Kelly Koerner (PracticeGround)
Abstract:

Behavioral activation (BA), a behavior analytically informed, empirically supported intervention for depression, has potential strengths in terms of ease of training and maximum reach. A 4-hour web-based training sequence (3 classes over the course of 1 month) was employed to train a diverse group of therapists in BA techniques. Using evidence-based dissemination and implementation strategies, the course emphasized engagement, practice, feedback, and personal application of the material. Eight therapists were trained and collected weekly data over the course of training on uptake of BA techniques. Results indicated significant uptake of BA techniques over the course of training. Client outcomes, however, were not responsive to training.

 

Can We Be Intimate Through a Series of Tubes? Pilot Studies of Web-Based Functional Analytic Psychotherapy Therapist Training

GARETH I. HOLMAN (University of Washington), Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Kelly Koerner (PracticeGround), Mavis Tsai (Independent Practice & U. of Washington), Robert J. Kohlenberg (University of Washington)
Abstract:

Functional analytic psychotherapy (FAP) is a form of outpatient psychotherapy, grounded in clinical behavior analysis, whose hypothesized mechanism of action is the interpersonal interaction of client and therapist. FAP therapist training (FAPTT) aims to shape the interpersonal repertoires needed to practice FAP through a combination of didactic and experiential work undertaken in a small group setting. Here we present pilot data from two studies of a novel version of FAPTT administered via the internet. Therapists (n = 8 in Study 1; n = 10-12 in Study 2) met virtually for 2 hours weekly over 2 months and completed individual homework between sessions. Therapists completed assessments at pre- and post-training. Primary therapist outcomes were burn-out and FAP-specific competencies. A subset of therapists also recruited clients who completed assessments of therapy relationship and interpersonal function at pre- and post-training. Preliminary results indicate that web-based FAPTT is feasible and acceptable, though client recruitment was limited. However, the only outcome to demonstrate an effect of training in these small samples was therapist-reported FAP competencies. Results are discussed in terms of a behavior analytic account of FAP competencies and training impact. Strategies for assessing impact of training on client outcomes in future studies are reviewed.

 

A Comparison of Internet-Based Consultation Versus Instructor-Led Workshop for Training Therapists in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy

Jennifer Villatte (University of Nevada, Reno), JOANNE STEINWACHS (Private Practice), Matthieu Villatte (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) is an empirically supported treatment based on behavioral principles and relational frame theory. ACT has been shown to be effective in treating a range of problems in living, including depression and anxiety and the management of chronic medical conditions, and has even improved the uptake of other empirically supported treatments among mental health counselors. However, few studies have examined the effectiveness of ACT dissemination and implementation strategies. Research on psychotherapy dissemination and implementation suggests that traditional instructor-led workshops may not be sufficient to achieve and sustain therapy competence and adherence, but online training and consultation groups can significantly improve training outcomes. The current study compares a traditional 2-day ACT workshop to two styles of 8-week online consultation groups, one focused on technical skills-training and the other focused on applying functional analysis and intervention to the therapeutic relationship. We will examine the impact of these three training strategies on therapist burnout, therapeutic alliance, therapist psychological flexibility, and treatment adherence at pre, post, and 3-month follow-up. This paper will present results of this pilot study and address feasibility issues in conducting online training of clinical behavior analysis.

 
 
Symposium #368
Don't Shoot the Kid! (The New Art (err... Science) of Parenting)
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
605 (Convention Center)
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

While there is a wealth of research to demonstrate the ability of parents to effectively implement behavioral programs after intensive training, research in the area of parents' ability to implement programs without stringent training is far less common. Whether we like to admit it or not, most parent training is done on a consultative basis and what happens between sessions can ultimately "make or break" our clients' success. Intensive training methods are typically expensive and time consuming; more over, they are often aversive for both the parent and the child. In an effort to examine some more feasible methods to conduct parent training, two specific parent-training models (textual and video modeling) and their effects on parent praise delivery will be presented. Also, some everyday problems, like toilet training and increasing activities of daily living, will be analyzed in the context of everyday confounds, like culture and age. Lastly, some methods to make data collection more "parent friendly" while still maintaining validity will be presented.

 

Prepping Parents for Life Without the Clinician

KERRI YOUNG (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Klapatch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

While there is a wealth of research on the effectiveness of parent training programs and their success in training parents to implement behavioral interventions, there is far less evidence supporting parent implementation when the clinician's involvement is limited. As we know, the success of our treatment plans is dependent on the consistent implementation of the procedures. Results will be reported from a functional assessment of the contingencies that affect parental implementation of the treatment procedures (Allen and Warzak, 2000) along with a comparison from a survey conducted in 2011by clinicians. Suggestions for more “parent friendly” treatment plans will be discussed in regards to the potential issues and areas of concern.

 

No Drips, No Drops! (Teaching Parents to Toilet Train Kids of All Ages)

JENNIFER KLAPATCH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Toilet training programs are prevalent in the literature. However, as a child ages, the amount of time it takes to fully train the child and have the skill maintain increases (Christophersen, 2003). The current presentation will compare two case studies where a modified version of Azrin and Foxx (1981) method was used to toilet train a 5-year-old and a 13-year-old whose parents initially implemented training but then required an intensive intervention from the clinician for completion of the program. Both clients were able to meet the criterion of self-initiating in multiple settings; however, treatment involvement on the part of the clinician was significantly higher for the 13-year-old. Implications for training parents will be discussed, specifically in regards to the role age differences play in whether or not a toilet training program will be successful and how to best train parents to implement these programs without the aid of costly intensive clinician intervention.

 

The Family That Prays Together, (and Follows the Plan Together), Stays Together

IMRAN A. KHAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Arranging effective contingencies in the client's environment involves much more than antecedent manipulations and identifying reinforcers. In order to maximize outcomes, especially when providing in-home therapeutic services, the behavior analyst must take the family's values and belief system into account. Otherwise, a serious disconnect may result between what goes on in the living room and the "therapy room." The following case study discusses how a family's perspectives on religion and morals had an effect on the leisure activities and acquisition rates of a 13-year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Individualized programming is described per the client, as well as the family's needs to demonstrate additional variables the behavior analyst must take into consideration when programming for effective in-home therapeutic services.

 

Parent Training: A Supplement to the Non-Existent Parent Training Manual

JENNA L. WAZ (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

The effectiveness of two behavioral parent training strategies, a written protocol and video modeling, were compared among three parents of children age seven and under. All the participants emitted some form of inappropriate behaviors that warranted programming and all attended an elementary school Head Start program. The written protocol was compared to Webster-Stratton's Incredible Years BASIC parent training program. Data were collected on the parents' attending, praise, and delivery of tangibles during 30-minute observations in their home. The results showed that behavioral parent training using both written protocol and video modeling increased parents' attending, praise, and delivering of tangibles when interacting with their children compared to baseline.

 
 
Panel #369
A New Dimension of Behavioral Intervention to Tobacco Addiction: Social Injustices and Treatments of Different Populations
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
708 (Convention Center)
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sherman Yen (Asian American Anti-smoking Foundation)
ALLISON Y. LORD (Asian American Anti-Smoking Foundation)
C.J. CONRAD (Asian American Anti-Smoking Foundation)
RICHARD COOK (Penn State University)
Abstract:

The presented session is unique in that it deals with three issues; social injustices, tobacco prevention for minority groups, and the treatment techniques for different populations. This is the first time social injustice and the other related issues are discussed regarding tobacco prevention. Tobacco industries pay millions of dollars each year to state governments. The state governments are supposed to use the money given to them towards tobacco use prevention and intervention, but the money is not spent on the intended area. This session is an attempt to get behaviorists involved in the unfortunate dilemma and reverse the trend of abusing finances. Special techniques, such as a CO2 test and the Computer Quitting Keys, will be introduced.

 
 
Symposium #370
CE Offered: BACB
New Directions in Indirect Functional Assessment of Behavior Disorders
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 2C (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Richard Smith, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional behavioral assessment techniques are widely used to identify the environmental influences on problem behavior in schools, clinics, and residential environments. Due to several limitations associated with experimental analysis and descriptive assessment procedures, many practitioners elect to use indirect assessment procedures, such as interviews and checklists, to guide treatment selection. The papers in this symposium will present evaluations of advances in indirect assessments aimed at improving their reliability, validity, and generality across populations.

 

Analyses of Agreement Among Multiple Respondents to the Motivation Assessment Scale and Questions About Behavioral Function, and Correspondence of Outcomes With Experimental Analysis

CARLA M. SMITH (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Amy E. Peterson (University of North Texas), Joseph Dracobly (University of Kansas), Audrey H. Shivers (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

An analysis of interrater agreement across multiple respondents on anecdotal assessments was compared with experimental functional analysis outcomes for correspondence. Experiment 1 evaluated the agreement of multiple respondents on the function of problem behavior for 27 individuals across 42 target behaviors using the Motivation Assessment Scale (MAS) and the Questions About Behavioral Function (QABF). Results showed agreement on the primary maintaining consequence for 4 or 5 of the 5 respondents in 52% (22/42) of the individuals target behaviors with the MAS and 57% (24/42) with the QABF. Experiment 2 examined whether correspondence occurred between the anecdotal assessment results and experimental functional analysis (EFA) results for 7 individuals selected from Experiment 1. Correspondence between the QABF assessment and the EFA was found for 6 of 7 participants, and 4 of the 7 showed correspondence between the EFA and the MAS. This study showed that the QABF had higher correspondence with analog assessments than the MAS thus, supporting the previous findings of Paclawskyj et al. (2001).

 

Effectively Translating the Questions About Behavioral Function AssessmentWith an Eye Toward Reliability

CRISTINA M. VEGA (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Indirect functional behavior assessment instruments are used to preliminarily identify potential functions of behavior and have only been available in English. This study developed a Spanish version of the Questions About Behavioral Function (QABF) indirect assessment instrument. Forward and back-adaptation committees were used in the translation process. Subsequently, the QABF and the QABF-Spanish (QABF-S) were administered to a group of 80 bilingual participants to assess both the reliability and validity of the assessments. A factor analysis yielded four factors that were consistent with the four subscales examined in this study. Reliability coefficients were good for the attention, escape, and tangible subscales on both the QABF and QABF-S, but were poor for the nonsocial subscale on each instrument. Thus, it appears that the versions of the instrument evoke common responses from respondents for social reinforcement functions but further refinement may be needed to identify nonsocial contingencies. Contributions, limitations, and directions for future research will be discussed.

 

School-Based Functional Behavior Assessment: Evaluation of Student-Guided Functional Assessment Interviews

SHERRY MULLEN MCDERMOTT (University of Oregon), Cristy Coughlin (University of Oregon), Cynthia M. Anderson (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

The majority of evidence guiding the use of functional behavioral assessment (FBA) in schools is derived from research evaluating the utility of conducting FBAs with individuals with significant difficulties in controlled, experimental settings. Because of this, there is considerable concern regarding the applicability of the methods and tools involved in the FBA process to higher-functioning students in applied settings. A commonly used method of FBA in schools is interviews. Most often interviews are conducted with teachers and research on the reliability and utility of such interviews has produced mixed results. An alternative to teacher-conducted interviews is to interview the student regarding the putative function of his or her problem behavior. Student-guided interviews could be conducted instead of teacher interviews or as a compliment to teacher interviews and direct observations. To date only 2 studies have assessed student-guided functional assessments. In this study we evaluated the reliability of student-guided FBAs by comparing results to results of teacher-conducted FBA interviews and to structural analyses conducted in the classroom.

 

School-Based Functional Assessment: Capacity Development and Scaling

CYNTHIA M. ANDERSON (University of Oregon), Anna Marshall (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

The literature base supporting the utility of functional assessment for deriving efficacious interventions is robust yet function-based support remains elusive in schools. This may seem somewhat surprising given that functional assessment is written into federal guidelines (e.g., IDEA) yet the conceptual logic of functional assessmentand function-based support is not typically a part of the school culture. Skillful use of functional assessment and the resulting development of function-base support requires (a) conceptual understanding of environment-behavior relations, (b) adequate time to conduct assessments and develop interventions, (c) knowledge of the school/classroom context and (d) systems to measure progress. When behavior analysts consult with schools they are able to conduct the assessment, build a support plan, and develop a system to progress monitor however they often lack the "contextual fit" to match the intervention and data collection system to the skills, values, and capacity of the teacher. An alternative is to built internal capacity in function-based support. In this presentation we discuss a system for building district and within-school capacity around function-based support and review data documenting the ability of districts and schools to implement function-based support with fidelity.

 
 
Symposium #371
CE Offered: BACB
Use of Technology and Community Based Service Delivery to Expand Applied Behavior Analysis Services to Underserved Populations
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 3B (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sean D. Casey (Iowa Department of Education)
Discussant: Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Sean Casey, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Delivery of quality applied behavior analysis (ABA) services can be a challenge for low income families and/or for families outside of major urban centers. These obstacles can make the appropriate consultation with trained behavior analysts extremely difficult. We present three papers that present delivery models that have or can potentially overcome these obstacles. The first paper describes a community based program that focuses on parent training and intensive ABA therapy for low income families with children with autism and developmental disabilities. The second paper describes and demonstrates the use of a teleconsultation model to conduct functional analyses and provision of function-based treatment recommendations for families of young children with autism in rural settings. The third paper will also describe and demonstrate the usefulness of internet webcam technologies to provide descriptive assessments and treatment for problem behavior and daily living skills. These papers will be discussed by Dr. Patricia Kurtz who is currently the Director of the Neurobehavioral Outpatient Services at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and who has vast experience in the evaluation of problematic behavior exhibited by children with developmental disabilities.

 

Providing Applied Behavior Analysis Services to Low Income Families in Home and Community Settings. A Partnership Between a University and Community Service Providers

JEANNIE M. AGUILAR (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk), Christina L. Fragale (Meadows Center for the Prevention of Educational Risk), Pamela J. White (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk at the University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk)
Abstract:

An autism pilot program was created in collaboration with the Austin Travis County Integral Care Center and The University of Texas at Austin in order to provide intensive applied behavioral analysis therapy to low income families in the Austin community. The program served to provide master's level graduate students in the area of Autism and Developmental Disabilities and Early Childhood Special Education with experience working with families directly in home and community settings usingapplied behavior analysistechniques. Another focus of the program was to train parents to implement the strategies used in therapy sessions to facilitate generalization of skills. Families were given 6 months of 10-15 hours of weekly intensive behavioral therapy. A description of student training, assessment of children, and program implementation is provided for the first 3 families piloted through the program.

 

Telehealth Delivery of Functional Analysis and Functional Communication Training to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders in Rural Communities

YANIZ C. PADILLA DALMAU (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa), Scott D. Lindgren (University of Iowa Hospitals & Clinics), John F. Lee (University of Iowa), Jennifer Kuhle (University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Trained behavior consultants delivered functional analysis (FA)and functional communication training (FCT)through telehealth to young children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASDs) who displayed problem behavior. Participants were 9 young children between the ages of 18 months and 6 years who were diagnosed with ASDs. Participants lived in rural communities in Iowa and lived an average of 228 miles away from the major hospital that housed the behavior consultants. All procedures were conducted during weekly telehealth consultations in the participants' regional clinics, an average of 12 miles from their homes. Local parent coaches were trained via telehealth by behavior consultants to provide on-site support during consultations. Functional analyses were completed within a multielement design to identify the environmental variables that maintained problem behavior. FCT was implemented in the context identified by the FA within a noncurrent multiple baseline design. Interrater agreement was assessed during 30% of sessions and averaged over 90%. Two case studies will be presented. FA results suggested that both participants' problem behavior was maintained by escape from demands and access to tangible items. FCT for escape was implemented and reductions of problem behavior were over 90% across participants. Results suggested that FA and FCT can be conducted effectively and efficiently through telehealth.

 

Clinical Supervision to Children With Disabilities via Internet in Argentina

MAURO MASCOTENA COOK (FLENI)
Abstract:

Argentina is the second largest country of South America after Brazil, and the 8th largest country in the world. Its total area is approximately 2.7 million km^2. With 40 million inhabitants in the whole country, more than 12 million lives in Buenos Aires and Greater Buenos Aires. Main health services are sited in Buenos Aires, and long distances are a big obstacle for families inside the country who want to receive attention or to consult for supervision and guidance for local therapeutic intervention and management of situations at home. Trained behavior consultant conducted descriptive analysis of problem behavior and clinical supervision on daily living skills by video reviews of previously sent material by the family, and conducted interviews with parents and local therapists through webcam via internet. Participant was a 6-year-old girl with severe mental retardation, no verbal communication and problem behavior, who lives in a small town near Tucuman, 1281 Km from Buenos Aires. Improvement was observed in problem behavior (tantrums) and daily living skills (eating more independently), suggesting the web consultation to be a valid alternative to the family to receive guidance.

 
 
Symposium #372
The Use of Direct and Indirect Measures of Preference to Assess the Social Validity of Behavioral Interventions Used With Individuals Diagnosed With Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 3C (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Carrie Brower-Breitwieser (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Jeffrey H. Tiger (Louisiana State University)
Abstract:

This symposium presents research on the evaluation of participant and stakeholder preferences for behavioral interventions commonly used with individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. In the first study, function-based treatments for off-task behaviors were evaluated in vocational settings. Following the determination of an efficacious treatment, direct and indirect social validity assessments were completed. The data indicated that participants demonstrated preference for the efficacious treatment, and that stakeholders found this treatment to have social validity. In the second study, two types of instructional lesson plans were compared (simplified vs. technical). Data on teacher precision and performance were collected. Indirect assessments of teacher preferences for instructional lesson plans were conducted, and results indicated that teachers demonstrated preference for simplified lesson plans. The final study evaluated the use of a concurrent operant preference assessment to evaluate participant preference for behavioral interventions. This direct preference data was then compared to data obtained using indirect assessments (e.g., parent/teacher report) of preference. Results indicated that the concurrent operant preference assessment was an effective tool to determine participant preference, more so than teacher/parent report.

 

A Comprehensive Social Validation Process: Identifying Effective, Preferred, and Acceptable Interventions for Adolescents With Autism

MAGDA M. STROPNIK (New England Center for Children), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England College), Stacy E. Edinburg (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

The current study extends social validity research in the area of function-based treatment to off-task behavior in a vocational context. The initial treatment evaluation showed that a multiple schedule with a self management component was an effective treatment for two adolescents off-task behavior which was sensitive to both escape and tangible reinforcement. Secondary efficacy measures indicated that the multiple schedule was more effective than two other potential treatment options (a mixed schedule, which involved the same amount of reinforcement, or extinction alone). Prior to introducing the treatment to a community setting, social validity assessments were conducted with both the adolescents and other relevant stakeholders. Interobserver agreement was collected during 33% of efficacy sessions and 65% of preference sessions. Agreement averaged above 93% across efficacy sessions and 100% across preference sessions. An objective social validity assessment conducted with the adolescents showed that both preferred the multiple schedule treatment to either a mixed schedule or extinction alone. A comprehensive indirect social validity assessment indicated that stakeholders found the goals of the intervention important, the procedures acceptable, and the outcomes desirable. The results are discussed in the context of improving vocational outcomes for adolescents with autism spectrum disorders.

 

Simplified Instructions for Teaching Students With Autism: Teacher Preference and Effects on Procedural Integrity

SORREL RYAN (New England Center for Children), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children), Theresa Cerrone (New England Center for Children), Renee C. Mansfield (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Reading and following detailed, technical instructions can be time consuming and difficult. In this study, effects of lesson plans with a simplified format and more colloquial language were compared against more detailed, technical lesson plans. Teacher precision (percent of teaching tasks implemented correctly) and teacher preference were compared across a group of teachers teaching 2 tasks to four students. One task (toothbrushing) was taught using task analysis (TA), and the other task (identifying categories) was taught using discrete trial training (DTT). For each student, one task was taught using the simplified form, and the other was taught using the detailed form. Teacher precision was high using both sets of instructions; although on average, teacher performance was higher using the detailed form than the simplified form (TA: 99% vs. 97%; DTT: 100% vs. 91%). A paper and pencil survey of teacher preference showed that teachers greatly preferred the simplified instructions.

 

Use of Concurrent Chains Preference Assessment Procedure to Evaluate Preference for Behavioral Interventions With Children Diagnosed With Developmental Disabilities

CARRIE BROWER-BREITWIESER (Idaho State University), Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Conrad Hillman (Idaho State University), Cy Nadler (Idaho State University)
Abstract:

The present study used a concurrent-chains operant preference assessment to evaluate preference for two behavioral interventions commonly used with children who exhibit escape maintained problem behavior: stimulus fading (SF) and a combined approach that includes both SF and functional communication training (SF+FCT). Results of the concurrent operant preference assessment were then compared with parent and teacher predictions of the participants' preference for behavioral intervention. Overall the results indicate that preferences for interventions were measurable and stable. Concurrent chains preference assessment, then, was a useful tool for evaluating participant preference for behavioral interventions with children diagnosed with developmental disabilities. The data also indicate that indirect measures (e.g., parental and teacher report) for assessing preference are less accurate than direct measures of participant preference. Implications and suggestions for future research are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #373
CE Offered: BACB
The Human Developmental Process and How Our Conceptual Understanding of It Can Affect Instructional Decisions
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
610/612 (Convention Center)
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre)
Discussant: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
CE Instructor: Nicole Luke, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This series of three papers investigates the current understanding of developmental concepts such as those of behavioral cusps, verbal developmental theory, and cusps as nodes from a nonlinear behavioral systems viewpoint. Each paper presents a different element of these conceptualizations but all three papers focus on the relevance of these concepts to educational outcomes. The authors believe that an integration of developmental theory into educational practice holds great promise for educational outcomes and the treatment of individuals with developmental disabilities. The three papers discuss the theories, review relevant findings in the field, and propose next steps in the integration of these theories into practical application. The first paper describes assessment tools that incorporate verbal behavior development theory and discusses the implications of inducing missing cusps and capabilities. The second paper investigates the effects of Verbal Developmental Protocols on verbal developmental cusps. The third paper reviews the history of the concept of behavioral cusps, considering their role in the developmental process, and proposes an alternative way to conceptualize cusps as nodes.

 

Assessing Cusps and Capabilities to Inform Curriculum Choices in Individualized Programming

NICOLE LUKE (Surrey Place Centre), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University)
Abstract:

This paper describes the use of assessment tools grounded in a functional assessment of language to drive curricular choices in an instructional setting. Assessing learners according to their levels of verbal behavior allows the instructor to think about the learner in a different way. This, in turn, allows the instructor to design instruction with a different focus and, perhaps, to look at the acquisition of necessary repertoires for independence in a new way. Both the Preschool Inventory of Repertoires for Kindergarten (PIRK) and the Verbal Behavior Developmental Assessment (VBDA) will be reviewed and case studies will be used to demonstrate the translation of assessment findings into programming for children with missing cusps and capabilities. Behavioral cusps and capabilities will be defined for this particular context. The implications of inducing cusps and capabilities will be outlined and we will explore the relationship between instructional methods and a child's Verbal Developmental profile.

 

Using Verbal Developmental Protocols to Provide a Foundation for the Emergence of Early Developmental Cusps

DOLLEEN-DAY KEOHANE (Nicholls State University), Mara Katra Oblak (CABAS-AIL), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University)
Abstract:

We investigated the effects of three verbal developmental protocols on increases in pre-listener, listener, and early speaker observing responses and the emergence of certain verbal developmental cusps. These cusps, included, for some, the ability to be reinforced by listening to voices and looking at faces. They also included, for others, the ability to come under instructional control and observe both two-dimensional and three-dimensional objects. Early developmental cusps may be missing in children with developmental delays, regardless of their chronological age. We review findings from case studies of young children enrolled in full day preschool classrooms that were based on inclusion models of instruction. The classrooms were structured on child-directed models of learning and included children with identified disabilities as well as typically developing children for most learning activities across the school day. We discuss the outcomes of use of these Protocols and their impact on the children as well as on the instructional model.

 

Are Behavioral Cusps Really Developmental Nodes?

GARY D. NOVAK (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract:

"The behavioral approach has long been underrepresented in developmental psychology. Its emphasis on process, interaction, environmental influences, and the individual makes it a good fit with a dynamical systems approach. We think the synthesis of these views-the behavioral systems approach-provides a powerful and coherent view of the process of human development" (Novak & Pelaez, 2004). The concept of behavioral cusps was defined as "any behavior change that brings the organism's behavior into contact with new contingencies that have even more far-reaching consequences" (Rosales-Ruiz & Baer, 1997). In recent years the concept has been treated in many ways, including as a synonym for pivotal response class, and has taken on well-deserved interest by those interested in treating problem behaviors. This paper will look at the original concept of behavioral cusps, and consider their role in the human developmental process as well as implications for treatment interventions. The paper will examine cusps from a nonlinear behavioral systems viewpoint and raise questions about whether cusps may be seen better as nodes from which later developmental pathways emerge.

 
 
Symposium #374
Theoretical and Practical Issues in Matching-to-Sample and Stimulus Equivalence Procedures
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
403 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Experimental Analysis
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College)
Discussant: Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Matching-to-sample procedures have been used to study different complex human behaviors. The first speaker will present a study by Steinnum and Arntzen that explores the use of matching-to-sample procedures with older adults diagnosed with dementia. Such procedures can be useful for detecting specific behavioral deficits that characterize this condition. The talk will describe the introduction of several variations of identity matching-to-sample procedures to a single participant. The next speaker will present a study by Lian and Arntzen that employs a linear series training structure to examine the effects of delayed matching-to-sample on stimulus equivalence responding. A linear series training structure is especially suited to obtain a detailed picture of all properties of stimulus equivalence. Young adults are here exposed to several different delays during the training of the conditional discriminations prerequisite for stimulus equivalence testing. Finally a study by Eilifsen and Arntzen that examines the status of the directly trained conditional discriminations during tests for stimulus equivalence will be presented. Adults are here exposed to tests that include randomly interspersed unreinforced baseline trials. Results from this study show that the baseline discriminations in general remain intact during testing, also for participants not responding in accord with equivalence.

 

Remembering Functions in Patients With Dementia

HANNA STEINGRIMSDOTTIRE (Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College)
Abstract:

Up to date there is a lack of publications on experiments using stimulus equivalence procedures for studying complex behavior in patients with dementia. However, in this experiment remembering functions were studied in patient diagnosed with Alzheimer. The participants, an 80-year-old male, MMSE (Mini-Mental State Examination) score was 10. Due to results from pre-categorization of identical stimuli he was exposed to identity matching to sample (MTS). The stimuli used were South Park figures TM. There were four phases in the experiment with identity matching; 1. Simultaneous MTS, nine stimuli 2. Simultaneous MTS, nine stimuli with specific instruction, 3. Simultaneous MTS, six stimuli 4. Delayed MTS-0s, six stimuli. The results showed that the participant's number of correct responding was around 47% in the first phase. Therefore a specific instruction was introduced (phase 2). Then, his number of correct responses increased to 68% during training, but during the test phase (no hint provided) they declined to 61%. In the 3rd phase correct responding was 93% during training but declined again during the test phase (66% correct). In the 4th phase the average number of correct responding during training was 49%. This increased to 52% correct responding later on. Suggestions are made for future experiments.

 

Training Conditional Discriminations in Delayed Matching-to-Sample and Linear Series Training Structure

TORUNN LIAN (Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College)
Abstract:

Delayed matching-to-sample refers to a conditional discrimination procedure where a delay is imposed between removal of sample stimulus and the presentation of comparison stimuli. Lately several studies have investigated the effects of delayed matching-to-sample on responding in accord with equivalence. The main findings are that the delayed matching-to-sample (DMTS)procedure produces high outcome of derived responding. Most of these studies have arranged many-to-one (MTO comparison as node) and/or one-to-many (OTM sample as node) training structures, training structures that in themselves are associated with high equivalence outcome. The linear training structure has shown to be less effective than both OTM and MTO structures in demonstrating responding in accord with equivalence, but allows investigating more properties of equivalence relations than the OTM and MTO structures. The purpose of the present experiment was to investigate the effects of DMTS in linear training structure on the establishment of baseline conditional discriminations and responding in accord with equivalence.

 

Maintenance of Baseline Conditional Discriminations During Tests for Stimulus Equivalence

CHRISTOFFER K. EILIFSEN (Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College)
Abstract:

The probability of stimulus equivalence responding has been shown to vary as a function of different experimental procedures. It is possible that this variation can be related to differences in the retention of the trained baseline discriminations during the test for stimulus equivalence, and that the probability of retention is affected by procedural variables. In a study by Eilifsen and Arntzen (2009) the conditional discriminations prerequisite for testing equivalence were trained using a linear series structure. In the subsequent test, unreinforced baseline trials were randomly interspersed among trials testing for the relations that define equivalence. Results from this study showed that the majority of the participants not responding according to equivalence still responded according to the directly trained relations. The current study examines whether these results can be replicated when other training structures are employed. Adult participants were trained using a linear series, one-to-many, or many-to-one training structure. Results show that there are participants in all three groups responding to criterion on the probes for baseline relations, while not responding according to equivalence. These results are of importance as they pertain to a central theoretical question concerning why some experimental participants do not show stimulus equivalence responding.

 
 
Paper Session #375
Choice Behavior I
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
404 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB
Chair: Brent L. Alsop (University of Otago)
 

Does Food-Rate Ratio Affect Sensitivity to Food-Amount Ratio?

Domain: Experimental Analysis
CARLOS F. APARICIO (Savannah State University), William M. Baum (University of California, Davis), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
 
Abstract:

Short- and long-term effects of food deliveries on preference have been documented when either a constant overall rate of food delivery or a food-rate ratio changes across components within daily sessions and food-amount ratio changing across phases. But the lack of evidence showing that control of preference becomes more local as food amount varies, suggests that variations in the amount and frequency of food act in similar ways to control preference. This paper will show that sensitivity to food-amount ratio increases when food-rate ratios are unequal. In a choice situation, the food-amount ratio changed across seven components within daily sessions and three food-rate ratios changing across phases. Components in which the food-amount ratio opposed the food-rate ratio, showed a substantial (close to 0.5) sensitivity. In components where the food-amount ratio was the same as the food-rate ratio, sensitivity was about zero because of a ceiling effect. We concluded that food-rate ratio does affect sensitivity to food-amount ratio.

 

Patterns of Responding in a Three-Alternative Concurrent Schedule.

Domain: Experimental Analysis
BRENT L. ALSOP (University of Otago)
 
Abstract:

Six pigeons were trained in a three-alternative concurrent-schedules procedure. The food reinforcers were distributed across the three alternatives in a ratio of 9:3:1 using interdependent scheduling. The arranged overall rates of reinforcement were varied across conditions from 6 reinforcers/minute to 0.75 reinforcers/minute. Global analyses compared the allocation of behaviour between the 9:3 and 3:1 alternatives within each condition (i.e., where the ratio of reinforcers between the alternatives was the same, but the local rates of reinforcement were different). Global analyses also investigated whether the allocation of behaviour across the three alternatives changed across conditions as a function of overall reinforcer rate. Local analyses examined whether the source of the last reinforcer (rich "9" key, intermediate "3" key, lean "1" key) affected the subsequent pattern of responding among the alternatives. These analyses focused on the probabilities of various sequences of visits among the keys, and the duration of these visits before the pigeon switched again.

 

Principles of Reinforcement: The Effect of Deprivation Level, Reinforcer Quality, and Response Requirement on Ratio Schedule Performance

Domain: Experimental Analysis
LEWIS A. BIZO (University of Waikato), Rebecca Bjarnesen, Therese Mary Foster (University of Waikato)
 
Abstract:

Predictions of Killeens (1994) mathematical principles of reinforcement (MPR) were tested with domestic hens as subjects in a series of experiments that manipulated deprivation level, reinforcer quality, and response requirement. In Experiment 1 hens experienced 3 levels of food deprivation, and were run at either, 100%, 90% or 80% of a free-feeding body weight and key pecks were reinforced according to an ascending series of random ratios. In Experiment 2, hens either pecked a key or pushed a "door", each at two different force levels, and responses were reinforced according to an ascending series of fixed ratios. In Experiment 3, key pecks will be reinforced with either wheat or corn according to an ascending series of random ratios. Data collection is ongoing. Thus far, response rates were typically higher when the animals were the more food deprived and when the response requirement was modest, and were generally fastest at smaller ratios and slowest at larger ratios. On random ratios as the ratio requirement increased response rate increased to a peak and then decreased with further increases in the ratio requirement. MPR described the hens' performance adequately, however, there were deviations from predictions of the model, and these will be discussed.

 
 
 
Paper Session #376
Temporal Discounting, Framing, and Percentile Schedules
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
405 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB
Chair: Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota)
 

Temporal Discounting of Different Outcomes Differs as a Function of Measurement Technique

Domain: Experimental Analysis
JEFFREY N. WEATHERLY (University of North Dakota), Adam Derenne (University of North Dakota)
 
Abstract:

Temporal discounting has garnered much research interest partially because rates of discounting have been correlated with a number of disorders. However, research suggests that rates of discounting may vary as a function the procedure employed, not just as a function of (pseudo-) independent variables. The present study had 156 undergraduates complete a temporal-discounting task that involved five different outcomes (finding one's ideal dating partner, cigarettes, winning $100,000, being owed $100,000, and obtaining one's ideal body image). For one group, the fill-in-the-blank (FITB) method was used to measure discounting. For the other group, a multiple-choice format was used. Rates of discounting of every outcome varied as a function of technique employed, with more discounting observed with the FITB method for four of the five outcomes. Finding systematic differences in temporal discounting as a function of measurement technique highlights not only the complexity of studying discounting, but the difficulty in applying the findings from its study.

 

Gains, Losses, and Temporal Discounting: Using the Framing Effect to Influence Discount Rates

Domain: Experimental Analysis
LORI PARKER (University of Central Arkansas), Shawn R. Charlton (University of Central Arkansas)
 
Abstract:

Individuals with high temporal discount rates engage in more problem behaviors than do persons with lower discount rates. Given these consistent differences, it is important to develop methodologies to influence individual discount rates. This paper reports on a series of studies that demonstrate the utility of "framing" in changing discount rates. Three experiments demonstrate that reframing discounting questions to focus on either gains or losses produces distinct discount rates. In Experiment 1, participants were given the choice of either "$100 minus X amount right now" or "$100 in Y days". This reframing of the question places the emphasis of the task on the costs incurred by choosing the immediate option. Participants in the framed condition showed significantly lower discount rates compared to controls. Experiments 2 and 3 reframed the delayed outcome as including either a bonus or a penalty. Results indicate that participants were more willing to wait for a bonus and less willing to wait for a penalty, despite the absolute outcome of both conditions being identical. Results from these studies suggest that reframing self-control choices, a type of antecedent manipulation, may be an effective method for encouraging decreased temporal discounting.

 

Framing and Production Cost on Resources Using a Common Dilemma Game

Domain: Experimental Analysis
NAYLA CRISTINA DA SILVA (Universidade de Brasília), Dyego De Carvalho Costa (Universidade de Brasília), Clarissa Nogueira (Universidade de Brasília), Laercia Abreu Vasconcelos (Universidade de Brasília)
 
Abstract:

The tragedy of the commons can provide an experimental environment for studying social dilemmas. The aim of this study was to investigate the effect of two experimental histories (framing) of resource construction on the individual choices in a common dramma game as an experimental analogue of macrocontingencias. The design was between-subject, ABA. The procedure consisted of two conditions using the Public Good Game (PGG). In the first condition the participants were asked to use the resourses by choosing between 3 or 6. In the second condition, before using the resourses, there was a construction phase in which the participants had to build the resourses For the construction and use of resourses the framing could be Fish or Money. Therefore, two variables were manipulated: the framing and the construction. The results showed differences in resource utilization due to the framing and construction. When Fish was the framing, there was an increase in resourses. When Money was the framing, there was a decrease in resourses.

 

Obstacles to Research on Percentile Schedules With Humans

Domain: Experimental Analysis
KERRI L. MILYKO (Precision Teaching Learning Center), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada), Kimberly Nix Berens (Fit Learning)
 
Abstract:

The effects of percentile schedules are rarely investigated within the human population. The few studies that have successfully evaluated percentile schedules with humans have measured interresponse times, duration behaviors, key press variability, or carbon monoxide levels. Therefore, many dimensions of behavior are left as uncharted territory. When venturing into the world of percentile schedules, there is little precedence when developing methodologies, especially when measuring a new dimension of behavior. This paper highlights various steps that eventually resulted in a solid methodology of investigating percentile schedule effects with humans. This methodology not only shapes human responding using the percentile schedules, but also investigates a variable in the percentile schedule, density of reinforcement, while measuring streams of responding, or response frequencies within set intervals of time.

 
 
 
Symposium #377
Innovations in the Schools: Increasing Effective Use of Behavioral Procedures
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 1C (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa)
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Promoting the systematic application of applied behavior analytic procedures in the schools is critical for changing teaching practices and promoting desired student behaviors. To date, research in the schools has tended to focus more on measuring changes in individual students behaviors then on measuring the implementation of applied behavior analytic technologies by teachers or consultants. This symposium will focus on different models for training teachers and support staff to use behavior analytic procedures in their work with students. In each talk, data will be presented on changes in the use of targeted procedures by school staff. First, Jennifer McComas will review a multiple baseline design measuring teachers use of a visual prompting system for increasing rates of academic engagement by a group of Native American students. Second, Sacha Pence will present the results of a pyramidal model designed to train teachers to use different types of preference assessment procedures with students in their classrooms. Third, Brenda Bassingthwaite will describe a statewide training model focused on increasing the skills of school-based behavioral consultants in conducting function-based behavioral assessments and interventions. Timothy Vollmer will serve as discussant and will review the studies in terms of their strengths and limitations as well as directions for future work.

 

Increasing Effective Teacher Practices

JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota), Ida Downwind (Minneapolis Public Schools), Shawna Peterson-Brown (University of Minnesota), Katherine M. Haegele (University of Minnesotta), David Parker (University of Minnesota), Beth Brown (Anishinaabe Academy Division of Indian Work)
Abstract:

The percentage of Native American students who are successful in the formal education system is remarkably low. In Minneapolis, less than 30% of Native American 1st and 4th grade students are proficient readers, compared to 82% of their White peers. Furthermore, in 2009 only 57% of Native American students graduated from high school, compared to 93% of their white peers. One way to increase academic success is to increase active engagement in classroom instruction and activities. Evidence suggests that one way to increase student active engagement in classroom-based instruction is for the teacher to provide a high rate of opportunities to respond (OTRs). We created visual prompts of Native American (Ojibwe and Dakota) commonly used phrases and posted them in classrooms. Observation of teachers’ rates of OTRs within a multiple baseline design indicated an increase in OTRs with the posting of the visual prompts and a concomitant increase in active student engagement. When completed, results for three teachers will be presented. Results are discussed in terms of implications for working with classroom teachers and improving student academic engagement via changes in teaching practices.

 

Increasing Accurate Preference Assessment Implementation Through Pyramidal Training

SACHA T. PENCE (West Virginia University), Claire St. Peter Pipkin (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Preference assessments allow for a direct evaluation of tangible and edible items that may serve as reinforcers. The ability to conduct preference assessments is an important skill for individuals who work with children. The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of a pyramidal training model on teachers' acquisition of preference assessment procedures. During Experiment 1, 3 special education teachers trained 5 special education teachers and 1 clinician to conduct paired-choice, multiple-stimulus-without-replacement (MSWO), and free-operant preference assessments. Training included modeling, feedback, and role plays. All six trainees acquired skills related to the three preference assessments during the training sessions and demonstrated generalization of the preference assessments in their classrooms. During Experiment 2, 5 teachers who served as trainees in experiment 1 trained 18 preschool teachers. During training sessions, all preschool teachers met mastery criterion on all three preference assessments. The pyramidal training was effective, using teachers to train peers in a relatively short period of time. Training trainers to implement skills such as preference assessments may increase teachers acceptability and incorporation of behavior analysis procedures into the school setting.

 

The Challenging Behavior Service: Training Consultants in the Schools to Conduct Experimental Analyses

BRENDA J. BASSINGTHWAITE (University of Iowa Children's Hospital), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Tory J. Christensen (University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa), John F. Lee (University of Iowa), Linda J. Cooper-Brown (University of Iowa), Jennifer Kuhle (University of Iowa), Sean D. Casey (Iowa Department of Education)
Abstract:

The State of Iowa is divided into 9 area education agencies (AEA) that provide a variety of educational services to school districts across the state. The Department of Education is supporting each AEA having at least 2 full-time behavior consultant positions to provide services to students engaging in challenging behaviors. Consultants are expected to have expertise in conducting functional behavior assessments and planning interventions for students. Needs assessments completed by the 33 hired behavior consultants indicated significant need for training in experimental analysis. No consultant met criteria for level of experience in conducting functional analyses, antecedent analyses, and concurrent operants assessments when the initiative began in the fall of 2009. Behavior analysts from the University of Iowa provided training to the consultants while conducting clinic-based and school-based assessments. Consultants learned skills in the area of data collection, data analysis, and experimental analyses. Outcome measures included direct observation measures of consultants' skill development in targeted areas. Data from the first 2 years of the project will be presented.

 
 
Symposium #378
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating and Supporting the Use of Headsprout Early Reading® and Headsprout Reading Compression® With Diverse Learners
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 1B (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University)
CE Instructor: J. Hughes, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The symposium is a collection of studies evaluating the use of the online reading programme Headsprout Early Reading® (HER) and the online Headsprout Reading Compression® across three populations of children with varying additional learning needs. The first paper reports the use of HER within a state funded special educational school with children with moderate to severe learning disabilities and physical disabilities. Paper two investigates the use of HER with children in a mainstream school who have English as an Additional Language (EAL). Paper three investigates the benefits and the practical challenges of using HER and HRC with children with a diagnosis of autism. Paper four is an investigation into the addition of a ‘look-back’ contingency in HRC.

 

Evaluating Headsprout Early Reading With Children With Learning Disabilities

EMILY TYLER (Bangor University), Bethan Williams (Bangor University), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Michael Beverley (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis, University of Wales)
Abstract:

This study investigated the effects of Headsprout Early Reading (HER) on reading and language skills of children with various special educational needs (SEN). Eleven children aged between 9 and 16 and attending a special needs school were randomly assigned to either the experimental group (receiving HER intervention) or waiting list control group. Two children in another SEN setting also received HER intervention to control for researcher involvement. All participants were assessed on a range of reading and language abilities, including word recognition, basic early literacy skills, expressive and receptive vocabulary and articulation. In assessments conducted after 10-weeks, statistically significant improvements in the experimental groups compared to the control group were limited to word recognition and some basic early literacy skills. These findings suggest HER can be successfully implemented with some children with SEN, and may help improve reading and language skills.

 

Using Headsprout Early Reading and Headsprout Reading Comprehension With Children With Autism

FAYE RAPLEY (Bangor University), Corinna Grindle (Bangor University), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Maria Saville (Bangor University), Kath Huxley (Westwood ABA Class)
Abstract:

Several studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of the online reading programme Headsprout Reading Basics (HER) with typical learners; however there have been no studies to empirically determine the effectiveness of the program for children with autism. Study 1 examined the use of HER with four participants with a diagnosis of autism. The research design used a single subject pre/post test design. A number of standardised tests were taken prior to and following the Headsprout intervention in order to assess the effects on the participants reading and spelling. HER had positive impacts on participants reading accuracy and spelling however there were limited improvements in reading comprehension. Future research should address the limitations on teaching reading comprehension. Study 2 was a pilot investigation of the use of Headsprout Reading Comprehension with 3 children who had completed the HER programme and had a diagnosis of Autism. The results of that study indicate that with additional procedures from ABA, children with autism can use and benefit from HRC.

 

The Use of Headsprout Early Reading With Children in Mainstream Schools With Reading and Language Deficits

MICHAEL BEVERLEY (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis, University of Wales), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Emily Tyler (Bangor University), Bethan Williams (Bangor University)
Abstract:

The ability to read is essential if children are to access the rest of their academic curriculum and failure to read effectively can have significant detrimental effects on their future life choices and future prospects. This study sought to increase the existing database to support the effectiveness of Headsprout Early Reading (HER) an internet based reading programme that over the course of 80 episodes teaches children to read. Children who were identified as struggling readers by their classroom teacher were pre-tested and then randomly allocated to either receive the HER intervention or teaching as usual. Results from the data show that HER is an effective early reading programme for children with reading delays.

 

An Addition to Headsprout Reading Comprehension: the "Look Back" Contingency

HIROFUMI SHIMIZU (Headsprout), Melinda Sota (Headsprout), Marta Leon (Headsprout), T. V. Joe Layng (Headsprout), April Heimlich Stretz (Headsprout), Victoria Ford (Headsprout), Jay Thompson (Headsprout)
Abstract:

Headsprout Reading Comprehension teaches learners to answer reading comprehension questions in four categories: literal comprehension, inferential comprehension, main idea (summative) comprehension, and derived meaning (vocabulary) comprehension. In the original version of the program, learners read a narrative or expository passage onscreen and are presented with reading comprehension questions sequentially. Learners select an answer to each question by clicking on a written answer presented onscreen, and receive either confirmatory feedback or a correction routine depending on the answer selected. This presentation will describe the design and effects of adding a new requirement for learners that is not present in the initial version of the program. This requirement (the "look back" contingency) has learners locate the part of the passage that contains the information necessary to answer the question. That is, learners have to click on a portion of the passage (varying from a phrase to several sentences) before they can click on a possible answer. The purpose of this new contingency is to direct learners to find the answer in the passage before they attempt to answer the question posed. This contingency is in effect during early phases of the program in order to establish the target behavior, and is faded out in later phases of the program. Two studies are reported in this presentation: one draws data from learners in Headsprouts learning laboratory, and one draws data from learners using the program in schools and homes. Within each study, there is a control condition (using data collected before the look back contingency was implemented) and a look back condition (using data collected after the look back contingency was implemented). Comparing these two conditions would yield information about any effects of adding the look back contingency. Furthermore, there are two comparisons to be made within each of these two conditions: early phases of the program and late phases of the program. Comparing the early and late phases would provide information on whether any effects of the look back contingency are maintained after the contingency is faded out from the program.

 
 
Symposium #379
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing Appropriate Preschool Classroom Behaviors
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 1A (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Nicole Heal (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Nicole Heal, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Kindergarten teachers hold high behavioral expectations for children entering their classrooms at the beginning of each school year. As such, it is important to identify effective behavior change procedures to promote the development of school readiness skills (e.g., social, academic, and communication skills) to increase the likelihood that children will experience early success in school. The speakers in this symposium will present studies on the effects of individual or group-wide behavior analytic interventions on increasing appropriate classroom behaviors of preschool children. The first study compared the efficacy of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior and response cost on on-task behavior. In addition, child preference for the behavior change procedures was assessed. In the second study, the direct and indirect effects of three types of group-oriented contingencies (independent, interdependent, and dependent) for decreasing problem behavior and increasing on-task behavior was compared. The third investigation assessed the effects of a multiple schedule on attention seeking responses during circle time in three preschool classrooms. The final study compared the effects of brief and continuous signals during delays to reinforcement on tolerance to the delay (i.e., waiting) while also evaluating the differential effects of whether the delay was signaled by a caregiver or a peer.

 

A Comparison of the Effectiveness and Preference for Differential Reinforcement and Response Cost

ERICA SEVERTSON (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Steven W. Payne (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Several researchers have shown that response cost (loss of a specific reinforcer) is an effective procedure for decreasing problem behavior; however, there is little research comparing response cost to reinforcement-based procedures (e.g., Iwata & Bailey, 1974). The purposes of the current study are to (a) directly compare response cost to differential reinforcement of an alternative behavior (DRA) for increasing on-task behavior (i.e., tracing letters and shapes) of typically developing preschool children and (b) determine child preference for these two procedures. Results of the study suggest (a) response cost and DRA are equally effective in increasing high levels of on-task behavior of typically developing preschool children (6/6), and (b) most participants prefer DRA to response cost (4/6). The results suggest that earning and losing reinforcers are equally effective procedures for increasing and maintaining appropriate on-task behavior. However, our data suggest that typically developing preschool children prefer to earn reinforcers rather than lose reinforcers that they already have.

 

An Analysis of Group-Oriented Contingencies and Potential Side Effects

STEVEN W. PAYNE (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Matthew Newquist (Partners in Excellence)
Abstract:

Individualized contingencies placed on behavior have been shown to be effective in changing the behavior of a single individual. Group-oriented contingencies, however, have been shown to be an efficient method for changing the behavior of multiple individuals simultaneously. There are several types of group-oriented contingencies, including independent (individual contingencies for each member), interdependent (contingency on the behavior of the entire group) and dependent (contingencies on the behavior of a subset of the group). Although all types of group-oriented contingencies have been shown to be effective in changing behavior, there is little research comparing them. Also, multiple studies have anecdotally reported side effects that may occur as a result of group-oriented contingencies. However, few studies have directly collected data on these potential side effects. In the current study, we compared the effects of three types of group-oriented contingencies (independent, interdependent, and dependent) for decreasing problem behavior and increasing on-task behavior for typically developing preschool-aged children. In addition, data on vocalizations relevant to problem behavior and on-task behavior were collected from videotapes of the sessions. Implications for the use of group-oriented contingencies and the potential importance of side-effects are discussed.

 

The Effects of a Multiple Schedule on Hand Raising During Circle Time in Preschool Classrooms

KRISTINA VARGO (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Nicole Heal (Southern Illinois University), Kelly E. Scott (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Elizabeth Kooistra (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
Abstract:

Preschool and kindergarten teachers expect children to sit appropriately and not disrupt others during group instruction. However, children often engage in high rates of attention seeking responses that may distract other students from learning opportunities. In addition, children often receive attention for both appropriate and inappropriate attention seeking behaviors and are unable to discriminate when attention is or is not available from the teacher. The purpose of the current study was to assess the efficacy of a multiple schedule indicative of the availability of attention for hand raises during circle time in a typical preschool classroom. Results showed that the rates of hand raises decreased in the extinction component of the multiple schedule for all three classrooms and increased or maintained in the reinforcement component. Rates of interruptions and problem behaviors varied across classrooms. Results suggest that a multiple schedule indicative of the availability of attention from a classroom teacher can be used in typical preschool classrooms to maintain hand raise responses at appropriate levels.

 

The Effects of Therapist-Mediated Signals and Participant-Mediated Responses on the Delay Tolerance of Typically Developing Preschool Children

MATTHEW NEWQUIST (Partners in Excellence), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (University of Kansas), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Some young children have difficulty waiting for things they want (i.e., tolerating delays). The purpose of the current study was to (a) compare the effects of providing a brief versus a continuous signal during delay to reinforcement on preschool children's tolerance of delays and (b) assess whether children's delay tolerance was differentially affected by caregiver-mediated or child-mediated signals to delay. Three typically developing preschool children who demonstrated sensitivity to magnitude of reinforcement and no tolerance of 5-min delays to reinforcement participated in the current study. Results suggest that brief and continuous caregiver signals, as well as brief participant responses were not effective for enhancing delay tolerance. However, continuous participant responses enhanced delay tolerance for all three participants. That is, providing participants with preferred leisure items during delays to reinforcement increased participants' choice of large, delayed reinforcers. The data from the current study suggest that in order to increase delay tolerance (and possibly decrease the likelihood of problem behavior during delays to reinforcement) caregivers could choose a few of their child's highly preferred toys and only allow access to those toys when the child must wait for something he or she wants.

 
 
Symposium #380
CE Offered: BACB
Sustainable, Broad-Scale Organizational Change: Understanding the Critical Success Factors
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
710/712 (Convention Center)
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Laura L. Methot (CLG, Inc.)
Discussant: W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Manuel Rodriguez, M.S.
Abstract:

Organizational Behavior Management practitioners have for decades worked in all types of organizations: large and small, for-profit and not-for-profit, government, public and private. We have worked in whole organizations and divisions or units. Out of these experiences OBM scientist-practitioners have contributed to a body of knowledge that has verified the effectiveness of several types of interventions including feedback and coaching among many others. As our field grows, the types of questions we address are becoming more complex. Two important questions professionals in our field are currently addressing concern the size or complexity of problems we can successfully address and how change in organizations can be sustained over time, long after we have left and as current and future leaders exit and enter the scene. This symposium brings together three presentations addressing sustainable, broad scale organizational change. They discuss the specifics of their interventions and identify best practices and critical success factors for sustaining broad-scale change over time.

 

Supporting Large Scale Organizational Change in a Mining and Refining Operation

Judith A. Johnson (CLG, Inc.), Laura L. Methot (CLG, Inc.), MANUEL A. RODRIGUEZ (Continuous Learning Group, Inc.), Kelly L. Therrien (CLG, Inc.)
Abstract:

Last year we presented preliminary data from three pilot studies. The goal of the intervention was to create an environment that delivers sustainable, superior results through employees who understand their business and consistently deliver on their commitments. Leader behaviour change was the primary lever-leaders were coached to use behavioural tools and concepts to impact front line employee behaviours. Through the pilots we learned some important lessons on how to identify organizational and senior leader readiness to proceed with the coaching as well as critical success factors for setting up the intervention prior to going live to coaching and setting divisions up for sustainability post coaching. The learnings have been applied to three new divisions and results show that the magnitude of leader behaviour change is predictive of field level behaviour change, and the use of behavioural data in daily and weekly performance discussions positively impacts leading and lagging business results. An additional 12 divisions are in process and showing the same pattern of impact. Discussion will include analysis of the importance of getting leaders at all levels aligned on goals and establishing data-based performance reviews early in the change process. Behaviour and results data will be displayed in a multiple baseline across divisions format.

 

Overcoming Consequence History to Achieve Sustainable Change

TRAVIS G. MCNEAL (CLG, Inc.)
Abstract:

During the current economic downturn, leaders from many industries have been challenged to find ways to reduce costs, often delivering products and services with fewer people. Leaders in petroleum refining are no different. As petroleum refining leaders have sought to make their organizations more efficient they have turned to one lever that can produce quick gains; the individual performance of their leaders and workforce. In the past, however, efforts made to improve leader and performer performance have often resulted in a return to baseline levels once the intervention is complete or when leaders change roles. This paper illustrates how one petroleum refining company utilized several principles of behavior analysis to accelerate organizational change and ensure those changes are sustained for years to come. To accomplish this, leaders were equipped with tools and coaches to help uncover current influences on performance and change aspects of the environment to make desired performance more likely. Data will be presented on changes to leader behaviors and leading and lagging indicators. These data serve as further evidence that organizations can benefit significantly from applying principles of behavior analysis. The author will also discuss methods used to decrease the likelihood of a return to baseline levels of performance.

 

Enhancing Organizational Culture Change Using Cross-Functional Senior Leader Behavioural Scorecards and Data-Based Project Reviews

LAURA L. METHOT (CLG, Inc.), Judith A. Johnson (CLG, Inc.)
Abstract:

Many organizations espouse a vision of "one team, one goal" largely defined by what they deliver to their customers and how they deliver it (e.g., safe and cost effective delivery of X units of product to market). Organisational systems are, however, frequently set up such that business units and functional divisions operate in silos wherein their success can sub-optimize the organizational whole. Organisational systems analysts (e.g., Rummler and Brache 1995, Gilbert 1996, Brethower, 2000) contributed, among other important ideas, that of reconcilability of sub-system goals to ensure the best whole system outputs to the ultimate customer. In our work in geographically dispersed and matrixed organizations, our clients have helped us identify some best practices for creating alignment across organizational sub-systems and ensuring reconciliation of sub-system goals (e.g., Johnson et al, 2008, Methot and Grieg, 2006). In our current work we have carried forward these practices to establish behavioural scorecards and a system for monthly reviews to help leaders effectively act on commitments to shared success. Additionally, we explore a system of data based stewardships within project workstreams to ensure that each unit-level intervention produces the best impact in ways that enhance whole-system outputs.

 
 
Paper Session #381
Job Satisfaction and Stress
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
704/706 (Convention Center)
Area: OBM
Chair: Thomas C. Mawhinney (University of Detroit Mercy)
 

Commuting Time Effects on Job Satisfaction

Domain: Experimental Analysis
ADHI BASKARA EKANANDA (Satria Cendekia Utama)
 
Abstract:

In the big cities, where the traffic condition is bad throughout the weekdays, employees experience enhancing stress level when they are commuting to their offices. Spending time on the road for a couple hours to and from the office will influence employees' job satisfaction. However, there is a possibility that employees still have motivation to go to the office because of some issues. This paper aims to find out what kind of issues that can negate the stress level caused by traffic jams: monetary (salary) and non-monetary (working condition) issues. The first experiment will examine whether the stress level as a mediating variable of commuting time will influence job satisfaction or not. The second experiment design will be 2 (commuting time to the office: more than an hour vs. less than an hour) X2 (salary level: minimum wage rate vs. 25% above minimum wage rate) between-subject. The third experiment, working condition will be the moderating variable, with design: 2 (commuting time to the office: more than an hour vs. less than an hour) X2 (working condition: favorable vs. unfavorable) between-subject. The dependent variable for the last two experiments is job satisfaction.

 

Job Satisfaction In Two Research Cultures: Industrial and Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior Management/Applied Behavior Analysis

Domain: Theory
THOMAS C. MAWHINNEY (University of Detroit Mercy)
 
Abstract:

Contributors to the Industrial/Organizational Psychology (IOP) culture began publishing research, in the Journal of Applied Psychology (JAP), regarding job satisfaction and job performance when Thorndike (1917) published an article entitled, "The Curve of Work and the Curve of Satisfyingness". No "official" mention was made regarding the role of job satisfaction in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM) until 1980 when Brandon Hall clarified the journal's and the OBM culture's values. The author compares job satisfaction terms/constructs from the perspectives of IOP and OBM. The "grand theory" of each culture is presented, rooted, respectively, in works of Lewin (IOP) and Skinner (OBM). The author suggests that members of the OBM culture adopt Hopkins (1999) recommendations that OBM embrace what Hopkins calls, "The Principles of Behavior as an Empirical Theory" and use those principles to explain why that theory should "work" as well as its utility as a guide for those who would devise and implement behavior change efforts in the traditions of OBM and, perhaps, ABA.

 

CANCELLED: An Examination of the Effects of Feedback and Acceptance and Commitment Training on Direct Support Professional Active Treatment Implementation, Stress, and Job Satisfaction

Domain: Experimental Analysis
JOHN C. PINGO (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
 
Abstract:

This experiment examined the effect of a verbal and written performance feedback system with a low cost probabilistic contingency reward program and an 8-hour acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) training program on the frequency and technical competence of active treatment provided by direct care staff to people with disabilities. The experiment used a pretest/posttest design with a waitlist control group and two intervention groups. Direct care staff serving children and adults with developmental disabilities in a residential and small group home settings participated in the experiment. The first intervention group received only the feedback intervention while the second intervention group received the feedback intervention and the ACT training. After attrition the group sizes were control(n = 12), feedback only (n = 12), and feedback plus ACT (N = 17). The groups were quasi-randomly assigned. Both intervention groups performed significantly better than the control group. The feedback plus ACT group outperformed the feedback only group by 27.8% in frequency of active treatment at post-test. The result was statistically significantly at the .05 level of significance. The feedback plus ACT group also exhibited superior but nonsignificant improvements over the feedback only group in the areas of competency of operant teaching techniques (14.9%), percentage of clients engaged in purposeful activities (10.7%), and percentage of clients with learning or leisure materials within arms reach (11.0%). Regression analyses found a weak positive correlation between age and frequency of active treatment (R2 = .11, F(1, 39) = 4.99, p < .05), a weak positive correlation between psychological flexibility as measured by the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-2 (AAQ-2) and job satisfaction, A weak negative correlation between psychological flexibility and self-reported workplace stress, and a weak negative correlation between stress and job satisfaction. Self-reported levels of psychological flexibility, workplace stress, and job satisfaction remained stable for all three groups from pre to posttest despite the increased performance expectations on direct care staff in the two intervention groups. Possible explanations for the differences in performance are discussed.

 
 
 
Panel #382
Making an Impact: What Behavior Analysis can Gain From Going to Therapy
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 3A (Convention Center)
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Timothy C. Fuller (University of Nevada, Reno)
TIMOTHY C. FULLER (University of Nevada, Reno)
WILLIAM C. FOLLETTE (University of Nevada, Reno)
CLAUDIA DROSSEL (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The application of the science of behavior has made significant contributions into areas of societal concern. However satisfied practitioners of behavior science are with the impact behavior analysis has made into these areas, there continues to be examples where the principles of behavior can be applied and significant change realized. There may be no better example of areas where behavior analysis can make a significant impact than with the concerns often encountered in clinical psychology. It is the purpose of the panel to present a variety of insights regarding the impact behavior analysis can make and domains in which these impacts can be realized. The theme of this panel is the beneficial results that can come from the interaction between behavior analysis and clinical psychology.

 
 
Symposium #383
Teaching Applied Behavior Analysis to Pre-Service Teachers: Trials, Tribulations and Triumphs
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 1D (Convention Center)
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Natalie Allen-Williams (Weber State University)
Abstract:

In the context of special education teacher training programs, knowledge and skills in behavior analysis sometimes compete with training requirements in other areas (e.g., delivery of instruction, assessment). In this symposium, presenters will describe methods for teaching applied behavior analysis research and applications to preservice teacher trainees. Allen-Williams and Alexander will describe incorporation of behavior analysis content into various courses and preservice teachers feedback on their level of preparation at a western university. Yurick will discuss various obstacles to a conceptually systematic sequence of behavior analytic practice in a pre-service special education program at an urban, Midwestern university. These considerations will be discussed in the context of a capstone, curriculum methods course, which requires a supervised clinical experience. This presentation will describe the development of an interdisciplinary graduate program in behavior analysis, which first delivers behavior analysis and then provides students the opportunity to specialize. Strategies for housing courses within different departments and colleges will be discussed. Nobel will outline several tactics used to embed principles of behavior into multiple courses in a special education licensure program, noting successes and failures. Student feedback will be shared providing evidence that the inclusion of behavioral principles positively impacted their successful teaching behaviors.

 

Infusing Applied Behavior Analysis into Non-Traditional Courses: Foundations and Applications

NATALIE ALLEN-WILLIAMS (Weber State University), Melina Alexander (Weber State University)
Abstract:

Teaching at a university where courses specific to applied behavior analysis (ABA)are not offered, the presenters have been challenged to educate our students in the principles of ABA. The presenters have incorporated teaching ABA principles and developing student research skills in classes that previously lacked this component; specifically the classroom management course. In this course students are taught how to implement action research in their practicum and student teaching experiences. We oversee these projects that reinforce ABA principles. Along with this we have incorporated ABA principles in our foundations and reading courses, two courses which previously did not contain any content related to the specifics of ABA. The presenters will describe how ABA principles have been infused and provide student feedback on how these efforts have impacted their skills.

 

Application of Behavioral Strategies in a Curriculum Methods Course Clinical Experience for Pre-Service Undergraduate and Graduate Students.

Amanda L. Yurick (Cleveland State University), CHERIE ANN FISHBAUGH (Southeastern Pennsylvania Autism Resource Center)
Abstract:

As the only Board Certified Behavior Analyst on faculty, the inclusion of principles of applied behavior analysis in both instructional and behavior management courses can be challenging. Throughout their coursework, university students may be subjected to a variety of disciplines and orientations. Although this diversity of perspectives provides a broad survey of perspectives, there is little depth to understanding any singular disposition. Further exacerbating this tendency to superficial understanding of behavior is the variance in the quality and expertise of any particular course instructor, which is a significant challenge for universities that employ many part time or adjunct faculty. In this session, the presenter will discuss the various obstacles to a conceptually systematic sequence of behavior analytic practice in a pre-service special education program at an urban, Midwestern university. These considerations will be discussed in the context of a capstone, curriculum methods course, which requires a supervised clinical experience. Implications for course and program development as well as recommendations for clinical or field supervisors will be addressed.

 

Flavors of Behavior Analysis-Developing an Interdisciplinary Approach in a Discipline-Specific Institutional Framework

CORINNE M. MURPHY (West Chester University), Mareile A. Koenig (West Chester University), Phillip K. Duncan (West Chester University)
Abstract:

Traditionally, academic institutions recognize disciplines through the institutional framework of programs, departments and colleges. For instance, criminal justice often exists as a curricular program housed within a sociology department that is member of the College of Human Ecology. Most behavior analysts would categorize behavior analysis as its own discipline; in fact it is a discipline that spans all human behavior. Institutional frameworks do not support such encompassing disciplines resulting in behavior analysis programs that are housed in academic departments forcing faculty to "cook" the science to "taste" like the department discipline, e.g., psychology, special education, criminal justice, et cetera. While areas of specialization within behavior analysis (industrial/organizational, autism) are critical to successful application of behavior analysis, so too is the true science itself. This presentation will describe the development of an interdisciplinary graduate program in behavior analysis, which first delivers "flavorless" behavior analysis and then provides students the opportunity to specialize. Strategies for housing courses within different departments and colleges will be discussed. Issues concerning the implementation of such a program will be addressed including faculty course loads across departments and colleges as well as how to ensure that students are afforded the opportunity to specialize with a particular population.

 

Behaviorism is Just for Classroom Management: How to Embed Applied Behavior Analysis into a Special Education Licensure Program at a Non-Traditional University

MICHELE M. NOBEL (Antioch University Midwest)
Abstract:

One of the biggest challenges of working in a School of Education is overcoming the belief that behavioral principles and tactics should only be taught in the classroom management course. The presenter will describe the challenges of working in a primarily constructivist environment, as both a faculty member and as a program chairperson. The presenter will outline several tactics used to embed principles of behavior into multiple courses in a special education licensure program, noting successes and failures. Student feedback will be shared providing evidence that the inclusion of behavioral principles positively impacted their successful teaching behaviors.

 
 
Panel #384
CE Offered: BACB
Behaving Differently: Educational Approaches That Take Behavior Analysis Into the Mainstream
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 1E (Convention Center)
Area: TBA/OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CE Instructor: Janet Twyman, Ph.D.
Chair: Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University)
JANET S. TWYMAN (University of Massachusetts E.K. Shriver Center)
CLOYD HYTEN (ADI)
PETER C. BEMSKI (Regis University)
JEANINE PLOWMAN STRATTON (Furman University)
Abstract:

This panel is composed of 4 individuals who are by definition educators, working to disseminate knowledge about behavior analysis and measuring success in the skillful applications of that knowledge by those they are charged with teaching: children, adult students around the world, employees at all levels and across types of business, and citizens learning to sustain positive environmental practices across their communities. The panel members have had good success in creating effective approaches to these varied groups and are learning lessons along the way about what works. In particular, each has had experience in managing the context for change. That is, how the conditions beyond the learner-the school governance/educational funding system, the university academic community, the cultural and business practices of the workplace, and the uneven landscape of community interventions-how these conditions impact what occurs and what can/needs to be done. The work they are doing holds great promise for the dissemination of behavior analysis. Each approach has had and will continue to have highly significant impact worthy of our appreciation. For all of us, this panel provides a forum for discussing what we are learning about taking behavior analysis into mainstream practice. Dr. Twyman will share what she has learned about what to do and what not to do with educational technology at the front line of school curriculum in America. Her current work puts her in the forefront of exploring how best to design practices for success. Dr. Stratton is applying her skills in establishing new behaviors to sustain positive environmental practices across the university community and beyond, including the conditions that affect success. Dr. Bemski is leading a team to design a total business school curriculum in which every course has at its core the science of behavior analysis. Master's degrees in business will require fluency in behavior analysis and applied research using behavioral strategies to create measurable impact. His audience is world-wide, reaching approximately 10,000 campus and Internet-based working adults at any point in time. Dr. Hyten has bridged academic teaching of behavior analysis to doing so as anorganizational behavior managementconsultant in varied workplaces of America and beyond. He will share what he has learned about translating the science to practical tools for employees.

 
 
Paper Session #385
Meeting Challenges in Different Service Areas II
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
601 (Convention Center)
Area: TPC
Chair: Temple Sharese Lovelace (Duquesne University)
 

Applied Behavior Analysis and Culturally-Responsive Practice: Practice Meets Purpose in Urban Education

Domain: Service Delivery
TEMPLE SHARESE LOVELACE (Duquesne University), Kaleigh N. Bantum (Duquesne University), Tricia Serdy (Duquesne University), Kara McGoey (Duquesne University)
 
Abstract:

As educators are trying to meet the demands of educating urban students, the notion of attending to culture is critical. Multi-cultural education, cultural competence and culturally-responsive practice are central themes in the literature that promote the effective education of culturally and linguistically diverse students with and without exceptionalities. This paper presentation will analyze the themes of culturally-responsive practice and evaluate how the dimensions of applied behavior analysis can lend themselves to an environment that brings effective, intentional practice from the instruction and intervention methods currently used in other instructional environments (e.g., clinical settings, special schools, home settings) to the forefront of urban settings. Additionally this presentation will challenge attendees with a new look at cultural diversity and how behavior analysis can be a more intentional partner in the education of culturally and linguistically diverse students with and without exceptionalities.

 

Merging Behavior Analysis and Dialectical Behavior Therapy at a Maximum Security Psychiatric Hospital

Domain: Theory
KAIL H. SEYMOUR (Fulton State Hospital)
 
Abstract:

It is not uncommon for behavior analysts to be inserted into challenging clinical and applied situations with little guidance and limited understanding of what is expected from them. Multiple potential reasons for these difficulties could be postulated such as difficulty learning our technical language/philosophical orientation, misunderstandings about our general foci/procedures, confusion regarding our support/material requirements, limited or non-existent access to a local peer support network, etcetera. In this presentation, I will describe my most recent experience of deciphering how to apply my behavior analysis skills to clinically impact the clients at a dialectical behavior therapy (DBT) program at an inpatient maximum and medium security psychiatric hospital in central Missouri. Discussion points will include a description of my current occupational setting, my initial experiences with DBT, my efforts to synergize behavior analysis with DBT, and my continuously evolving role as a behavior analyst at this facility. A contextual perspective of the relation between behavior analysis and DBT [e.g., behavioral descriptions of DBT protocols, the utility of these techniques on the wards, a description of my initial (and ongoing) interest in working at a DBT facility as a behavior analyst, etc.] will also be discussed throughout the presentation.

 

Dialectical Behavior Therapy: A Behavior Analytic Review of Concepts and Procedures

Domain: Theory
KAIL H. SEYMOUR (Fulton State Hospital)
 
Abstract:

People diagnosed with borderline personality disorder often absorb an overwhelming amount of clinical resources in comparison to other diagnoses. Further, these clients have historically experienced limited therapeutic progress, especially in relation to those expended resources. Dialectical behavior therapy (DBT), sometimes described as a "Third Wave" behavior therapy along with acceptance and commitment therapy and functional analytic psychotherapy, primarily focuses on these clients and has shown much clinical promise in randomized control trials. However, for behavior analysts interested in learning about DBT, much of the language (especially basic terminology, underlying theoretical concepts, and therapeutic procedures) can be confusing, distracting, and frustrating. This unfamiliar vocabulary may potentially trigger compulsory counterarguments from behavior analysts based on terminological misunderstandings rather than empirical, functional, or pragmatic concerns. In this presentation, I will attempt to unpack some of the basic concepts and procedures used in DBT (e.g., mindfulness, validation, dialectic, acceptance, dysregulation, bio-social theory, etc.) in terms of (underlying) behavioral principles in an attempt to clarify the similarities and differences between DBT and the functional contextualistic/behavior analytic philosophical orientations.

 
 
 
Symposium #386
A Multi-Disciplinary Approach to the Analysis of Verbal Behavior: From Theory to Practice
Monday, May 30, 2011
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 2B (Convention Center)
Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Laurel Behavior Support Services)
Discussant: Robert Dlouhy (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

This symposium presents three related yet distinct perspectives on the analysis of verbal behavior which together calls for a closer collaboration among linguists, speech and language pathologists, and behavior analysts. The first paper examines the development of Skinners analysis of verbal behavior in a historical context. The William James Lectures (Skinner, 1947) referred to many linguistic sources that are absent from Verbal Behavior (Skinner, 1957). The importance of these linguistic sources in understanding Skinner's analyses of verbal behavior is discussed, and an interdisciplinary approach to verbal behavior is emphasized. The second paper examines the extent to which the verbal behavior milestones assessment and placement program (the VB-MAPP) serves as a valuable language and social skills assessment program and curriculum guide for Japanese-speaking children diagnosed with autism. It highlights bilingual intervention as behavior analytic, while maintaining an interdisciplinary approach with linguistics and cultural studies. The third paper suggests that the fields of speech and language pathology and applied behavior analysis share many common goals, despite having different conceptual foundations. This presentation will suggest that the concept of form and function unites the two fields, and that a bigger clinical impact on language intervention programs is possible by working together.

 

Linguistic Sources in Skinner's William James Lectures

MARIA DE LOURDES PASSOS (Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro)
Abstract:

This paper discusses the importance of Skinner’s unpublished William James Lectures (1947) for the understanding of his approach to verbal behavior. The authors referred to by Skinner in the William James Lectures were identified and classified by field of knowledge. These references were divided between the ones that were later cited in Skinner’s Verbal Behavior (1957) and those that were not. The William James Lectures (1947) referred to many sources that are absent from Verbal Behavior (1957). Some of these sources are from the field of linguistics. The importance of these sources to understand Skinner’s analyses of verbal behavior is discussed, and an interdisciplinary approach to verbal behavior is emphasized.

 

Bilingual Behavior Intervention for Japanese- Speaking Children With Autism: A Study Using Verbal Behavior Milestone Assessment and Placement Program

SAKURAKO SHERRY TANAKA (Laurel Behavior Support Services)
Abstract:

This pilot study examines the extent to which Verbal Behavior Milestone Assessment and Placement Program (VB MAPP) serves as a valuable language and social skills assessment program and curriculum guide for Japanese-speaking children diagnosed with autism living in Greater Vancouver area, BC, Canada. VB MAPP is the most current, and thorough, assessment and program development resource available for applied behavior analysts working with young children, which applies Skinners verbal behavior hypothesis to general and clinical pedagogies. The examination of two case studies over 12 months reveals the advantages and limitations of VB MAPP for bilingual intervention for the said population, identifying (a) areas easily translatable and applicable to clinical practice and Japanese language classroom (b) areas that require further research into cultural and linguistic consensus among the Japanese-speaking population (i.e. how the "norms" of verbal behavior among the Japanese-speakers might differ from that of English-speakers), and (c) other ecological factors that may influence the preference and compatibility of VB MAPP for the purpose of bilingual intervention. The study will thus highlight bilingual intervention as evidence-based and behavior analytic, while maintaining a collaborative interdisciplinary approach with linguistics and cultural studies.

 

Form and Function: Uniting Speech and Language Pathologists and Applied Behavior Analysts

MARK L. SUNDBERG (Sundberg and Associates)
Abstract:

The professional fields of speech and language pathology and applied behavior analysis often share the clinical focus of teaching communication skills to individuals who fail to acquire effective language skills, such as those with autism. However these two professions are based on vastly different theoretical foundations (Hegde, 2010). The current paper will suggest that the concepts of form and function identify a clear role for both professions, and that the two professions need each other. Skinner (1957) identified these two roles in the following statement, "Our first responsibility is simple description: what is the topography of this subdivision of human behavior? Once that question has been answered in at least a preliminary fashion we may advance to the stage called explanation: what conditions are relevant to the occurrence of the behavior-what are the variables of which it is a function?" (p. 10) Collectively, the content from these two professional fields can have a bigger clinical impact on language intervention programs than each can have separately.

 
 
Paper Session #387
Recent Advances in Behavioral Pharmacology
Monday, May 30, 2011
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
301 (Convention Center)
Area: BPH
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas)
 

Environmental Factors Modulate Apomorphine-Induced Pecking Stereotypy

Domain: Experimental Analysis
JONATHAN W. PINKSTON (University of North Texas)
 
Abstract:

When given to pigeons, the direct-acting dopamine agonist apomorphine induces stereotyped pecking. To investigate the nature of apomorphine's effects, we have examined several possible environmental factors that could control the expression of the pecking stereotypy. First, we examined contextual variables. Pigeons received various doses of apomorphine prior to an observation period. During some periods, the experimental chamber was illuminated with white light and illuminated with infrared light during other sessions (functionally darkness for the pigeons). Under white light, sensitivity to apomorphine was greater than under infrared lighting and the stereotypy was more consistent in form. Second, we examined reinforcement variables that could be important in the expression of stereotypy. Pigeons were trained to respond on a multiple fixed-interval 5-min schedule of grain delivery. Across components, the first response after 5 min produced 2-, 4-, or 8-seconds access to mixed grain. In different pigeons, apomorphine either increased or decreased response rate. In either case, the potency of apomorphine was inversely related to the magnitude of grain provided at the end of the interval. The findings indicate reinforcement parameters are important for the expression of apomorphine-induced pecking. Overall, our data indicate the pecking stereotypy is a highly regulated form of behavior that is sensitive to a number of environmental factors.

 

CANCELLED: The Effects of Neurotensin Agonist, PD149163, on Visual Signal Detection Task Performance

Domain: Experimental Analysis
TODD HILLHOUSE (Northern Michigan University), Adam J. Prus (Northern Michigan University)
 
Abstract:

The operant visual signal detection task has been used to study sustained attention in rats since the 1950s. Sustained attention is the ability to direct attention and focus on one stimulus for a period of time. Various neurotransmitter systems have been indicated to be important for attention. For example, drugs that enhance acetylcholine release in the prefrontal cortex are found to improve attentional performance, whereas drugs that block acetylcholine release disrupt performance. Additionally, antipsychotic drugs are found to disrupt the ability to detect stimulus increase in this task. Neurotensin agonists, which have antipsychotic-like properties, have not been evaluated in the visual signal detection task. In the present study, the neurotensin agonist PD149163 and the atypical antipsychotic clozapine were evaluated in a visual signal detection task, where signal and blank trials occurred at random and at 1-24s intervals. Consistent with pervious findings, clozapine had no effect on correct rejections; however, it dose-dependently decreases correct hits. Interestingly, PD149163 had no effect on correct rejections or correct hits. Although neurotensin agonists produce antipsychotic-like behavioral effects in preclinical models, these antipsychotic-like effects were not demonstrated in the signal detection task. Presumably, a drug that produces antipsychotic-like behavioral effects without disrupting attentional performance may provide a new therapeutic avenue.

 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #388
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Transforming High Poverty Neighborhoods: First Steps From the Behavioral Sciences

Monday, May 30, 2011
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
607 (Convention Center)
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Anthony Biglan, Ph.D.
Chair: Patricia Bach (Illinois Institute of Technology)
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute)
Anthony Biglan, Ph.D. is a Senior Scientist at Oregon Research Institute and the Co-Director of the Promise Neighborhood Research Consortium. He has been conducting research on the development and prevention of child and adolescent problem behavior for the past 30 years. His work has included studies of the risk and protective factors associated with tobacco, alcohol, and other drug use; high-risk sexual behavior; and antisocial behavior. He has conducted numerous experimental evaluations of interventions to prevent tobacco use both through school-based programs and community-wide interventions. He has also performed evaluations of interventions to prevent high-risk sexual behavior, antisocial behavior, and reading failure. He and colleagues at the Center for Advanced Study in the Behavioral Sciences published a book summarizing the epidemiology, cost, etiology, prevention, and treatment of youth with multiple problems (Biglan et al., 2004). He is a former president of the Society for Prevention Research. He was a member of the Institute of Medicine Committee on Prevention, which recently released its report documenting numerous evidence-based preventive intervention.
Abstract:

Prevention science has arrived at the point where it is realistic to experimentally evaluate comprehensive interventions to improve child and adolescent development in high poverty neighborhoods. This presentation will review the evidence in support of this statement. Numerous family and school interventions that have been shown to prevent multiple problems and to enhance the development of prosocial behavior are available. I will then describe one such comprehensive intervention that has been developed on the basis of this evidence. It includes evidence-based programs, policies, and evidence-based kernels. I will then lay out the multiple baseline experimental design that is proposed for evaluating it. In addition, I will describe work we have been doing on the use of acceptance and commitment therapy to help organizations with issues of stress, social cohesion, and organizational flexibility.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #389
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Applied Behavior Analysis and the Developmental, Individual Difference, Relationship-Based (DIR/Floortime) Model: Compatible or Incompatible?

Monday, May 30, 2011
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Korbel Ballroom 2A (Convention Center)
Domain: Experimental Analysis
CE Instructor: Robert Ross, Ph.D.
Chair: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College)
ROBERT K. ROSS (BEACON Services)
Dr. Ross is the Senior Vice President of Curriculum and Research at Behavioral Education Assessment and Consultation Inc. (BEACON Services). BEACON Services provides intensive behavioral educational services to children diagnosed with PDD/Autism and behavioral and learning challenges. BEACON Services works in both early intervention and school age programs. He received his Doctorate in Educational Leadership at NOVA Southeastern University and his Masters degree in Applied Behavior Analysis from Northeastern University and is a nationally Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D). Dr. Ross is a primary instructor in the BCBA certification programs at Cambridge College in Cambridge Massachusetts and The University of Massachusetts at Dartmouth for BEACON Services. In addition to his teaching and research responsibilities Dr. Ross works directly with individuals with Autism and Aspergers Syndrome as part of his active caseload responsibilities. Dr. Ross serves as a consultant to the Judge-Baker Manville School at Boston Children's Hospital. This school serves children with a range of emotional and behavioral challenges, and his focus is on developing behavioral and instructional interventions for children with Aspergers Syndrome. He also consults to the Perkins school for the Blind's program for children with severe behavioral and learning challenges. Prior to his tenure at BEACON Services Dr. Ross held the position of Behavior Analyst at the Evergreen Center School in Milford, MA. He has worked for the Massachusetts Department of Mental Retardation as a Psychologist and in a similar capacity for a private non-profit program for adults with disabilities. Dr. Ross also serves as the Chair of a Professional Review Committee as part of the State of Rhode Islands Division of Developmental Disabilities oversight of services to individuals with disabilities. He is also a member of the Human Rights Committee for the Evergreen Center Adult Supports program. BEACON Services is active in pursuing cutting edge research in the treatment of children with Autism Spectrum Disorders and Dr. Ross oversees all research activities at BEACON Services. BEACON is currently focusing research efforts in such areas as early literacy, social and play skills, and application of visually supported instructional methods. Dr. Ross has presented on these and other topics at regional, national and international conferences.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts providing early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) to children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) may be asked to provide other interventions or collaborate with those providing other services. A large number of supplemental and or competing therapies exist, some of which have empirical support while many others do not. This workshop is designed to comprehensively review the philosophical underpinning, assessment methods, instructional goals and specific instructional practices involved in the implementation of EIBI and the developmental, individual difference, relationship-based (DIR/Floortime) model. This review suggests that a number of specific practices of DIR/Floortime are in direct contradiction to and may undermine the effectiveness of behavior analytically based interventions used in EIBI services. Video exemplars will be use to illustrate these differences. The ethical issues associated with combining these two approaches will also be discussed.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #390
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Computational and Economic Approaches to Normal and Pathological Cognition

Monday, May 30, 2011
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
401/402 (Convention Center)
Area: SCI; Domain: Experimental Analysis
CE Instructor: Read Montague, Ph.D.
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
READ MONTAGUE (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute)
Read Montague is a professor in the Department of Physics at Virginia Tech and Director of the Human Neuroimaging Lab at the Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute.  His work focuses broadly on computational approaches to motivated learning and decision-making ranging from the neurobiological level to the behavioral level.  This work uses a range of computational techniques, neuroimaging methodologies, physiological probes, and new approaches to studying social interaction to address the way that the human nervous system values the world around it and makes choices predicated on those valuations.  In recent years, he has been involved in the MacArthur Foundation effort in Neuroscience and Law and some of his recent work has addressed issues of negligence and recklessness from a neurobehavioral perspective.  Professor Montague also holds posts at University College London and is an honourary professor in the Gatsby Computational Neuroscience Unit in the same institution.  He is currently involved in developing a new area called computational psychiatry, which seeks to depict normal and pathological mental function in terms of functioning or malfunctioning computations.  His work has been published in a range of outlets including Science, Nature, Nature Neuroscience, Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, Neuron, and the Journal of Neuroscience.  He is the author of a layman’s level book on decision-making called “Why Choose This Book?” and his work has been profiled in a number of major news outlets including the New York Times, New York Times Magazine, BBC World Service, Seed Magazine,  and numerous others.  His most current work focuses on the difficult problem of willful choice, the ways it might be measured, and the ways in which it is perturbed by disease and injury.
Abstract:

The pervasiveness of decision-making in literally every area of human endeavor highlights the importance of understanding how choice mechanisms work and their detailed relationship to underlying neurobiological function. This talk surveys the recent and productive application of game theoretic probes (economic games) to mental disorders. Such games typically possess concrete concepts of optimal play, thus providing quantitative ways to track when subjects' choices deviate from optimal. This feature equips economic games with natural classes of control signals that should guide learning and choice in the agents that play them. These signals and their underlying physical correlates in the brain are now being used to generate objective biomarkers that may prove useful for exposing and understanding the neurogenetic basis of normal and pathological human cognition.

 
 
Poster Session #391
AUT Poster Session 4
Monday, May 30, 2011
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. Discounting of Delayed Outcomes of Treatments for Problem Behavior or Language Development by Parents of Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
DANA M. SWARTZWELDER (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan A. Call (Marcus Autism Center), Addie F. Andrus (Marcus Autism Center), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

There are a number of variables that have been shown to affect choice making (e.g., de Villiers & Herrnstein, 1976). One such variable is the degree to which individuals discount the value of delayed outcomes (Mazur, 1987). For example, when presented with a choice between two equivalent outcomes, one of which is available immediately, and the other of which is available following some delay, most individuals will select the immediate outcome. Recent research on delay discounting has shown that certain populations are more susceptible than others (Madden, Bickel, & Jacobs, 1999). One population that has not been included in this literature is caregivers of children with autism. There are many treatments for children with autism which claim to produce therapeutic changes in behavior with varying amounts of time. The purpose of this study was to compare the degree to which parents of children with autism with either severe problem behavior or language deficits discount delays. Data were analyzed using area under the curve (Myerson, Green, & Warusawitharana, 2001). A person that engages in more discounting will have less area under the curve than a person with a large amount of area under the curve.

 
2. Increasing Self-Control When Reinforcement is Delayed
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CHRISTOPHER ILCONICH (Bancroft), Jessica A. Fedezko (Bancroft)
Abstract:

The current study examined the use of delayed reinforcement in conjunction with visual and auditory cues to teach self-control to a 17-year-old male diagnosed with autism. The participant engaged in high rates of self-injurious, aggressive, and disruptive behaviors to primarily gain access to tangible items. He was able to independently request items, but waiting for them often lead to the occurrence of these behaviors. A changing criterion design was used to increase the duration that reinforcement was delayed and decreased problem behavior. During treatment, the participant selected an item from a picture menu and was prompted to wait for what he had chosen. A wait card and timer were visible and upon successful completion of the interval he was given the requested item. Sessions were conducted in a treatment room and generalization probes were initiated on his living unit. Results will be discussed in terms of the participant's ability to delay reinforcement and decrease problem behavior, as well as implications for further generalization and maintenance.

 
3. The Effects of Price Manipulation on Response Allocation During Work Tasks
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CHRISTOPHER MANENTE (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), James Maraventano (Douglass Devlopmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Suzy Wichtel (Douglass Devlopmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Irene Zilber (Rutgers University), Lauren Alison Pepa (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey)
Abstract:

Practical issues arise when trying to intervene with escape-maintained problem behavior in adults with autism. Assessment and treatment of such classes of behavior are particularly problematic in adult populations given that they often involve increased intensity, complexity, and learning history coupled with the greater physical stature and strength of adult learners when compared to their school-age counterparts. This is particularly problematic when practitioners attempt to implement escape extinction with this population. The present study explored the possibility of addressing escape-maintained problem behavior in adults with autism by establishing a behavioral economy and manipulating the cost of desired items and activities and the value of preferred and non-preferred tasks. During baseline, the student had the opportunity to select from a variety of jobs (some preferred/some non-preferred) that paid $1 each. In addition, a menu of reinforcers was provided (some high preference/some low preference) at a cost of $1 each. The "pay" for jobs and the "price" for reinforcers were then manipulated and the effects on response allocation observed. The pilot data to this point indicate that the participant started allocating responding to lower preference jobs to access higher preference items more quickly.

 
4. Token Versus Tandem Schedules: An Evaluation of the Efficacy of Conditioned Reinforcement in a Clinical Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JULIE STINE (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Jonathan Seaver (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Token economies have potential application for use in facilitation and maintenance of behavior change. However, findings from basic research suggest token and chained schedules yield lower response rates and longer post-reinforcement pauses when compared with similar tandem schedules of reinforcement. Applied research supports the use of token economies in increasing appropriate behavior and reducing problem behavior, but has not provided an analogue to basic research. Response rate on an arbitrary task was compared during token and tandem schedules of reinforcement. Does the use of conditioned reinforcement result in higher response rates?

 
5. The Effects of Second-Order Pairing and Reinforcer Quantity on Conditioning Different Reinforcer Values in Coins With Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
KARRIE WEPPLER (QSAC, Inc.), Ronald Lee (QSAC, Inc.), Ali Diwany (QSAC, Inc.)
Abstract:

Weppler et al (2010) demonstrated that a second-order token-conditioning procedure was as effective as a first-order pairing procedure in increasing preference for and the reinforcing properties of neutral stimuli. The purpose of the present study was to extend these findings by using second-order pairing to condition differential preference and reinforcing properties to a penny, nickel, and dime. Two children with autism participated in this study. Different quantities of pennies were paired with corresponding quantities of back-up reinforcers. Concurrently, a matching-to-sample procedure was used to pair a penny, nickel, or dime with 1, 5 or 10 pennies, respectively. A multiple-baseline-across-participants design was used to evaluate the effects of these procedures on the preference for each coin. The reinforcing effectiveness of each coin was assessed using a progressive-ratio schedule. The results demonstrated that the conditioning procedure systematically increased the preference for each coin for both participants. Additionally, from most-to-least preferred, coins were preferred in the order of dime, nickel, and penny. The order of preference was also positively correlated to the reinforcing effectiveness of each coin during progressive-ratio tasks.

 
6. Responding Under Open and Closed Economies in an Early Intervention Program
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
AMY K. DRAYTON (University of Michigan), Tiffany Kodak (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Karen A. Toussaint (Louisiana State University)
Abstract:

Reinforcement for desirable behaviors is a major component of effective interventions for children with developmental disabilities. A body of behavior analytic research has examined whether behavior is influenced by the restriction of specific reinforcers to the research setting. In this literature, an open economy is said to exist when a reinforcer is available both within and outside of the research setting. A closed economy exists when an individual can gain access to a reinforcer only by performing target behaviors within an experimental session (Hursh, 1980, 1984). Basic and applied research has consistently found that animals and humans perform target behaviors more frequently under closed economies than under open economies (Hursh, 1980; Kodak, Lerman, Call, & Trosclair, 2007; Roane, Call, & Falcomata, 2005). The purpose of the current project is to extend the studies of Roane et al. (2005) and Kodak et al. (2007) by evaluating whether the type of economy influences acquisition of targeted skills in two preschool children diagnosed with autism. The baseline and experimental conditions were compared using an adapted alternating treatments design. During open economy sessions, items that are highly preferred but are available to the participant outside of the research sessions were provided contingent on accurate responding. During closed economy sessions, only one highly preferred item was provided contingent on accurate responding. This item was not available to the participant outside of the research sessions. The results indicate that the economy did not influence acquisition, but the quality of the reinforcer did. Acqusition was primarily influenced by gaining access to the participants most highly preferred item.

 
7. CANCELLED: Using Pairing as a Method for Broadening the Reinforcement Repertoire in Individuals With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
NATHAN LAMBRIGHT (Rutgers University), Amy Paige Hansford (Rutgers University), Yair Kramer (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Irene Zilber (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis procedures for skill acquisition and behavior reduction rely heavily on reinforcement procedures. Reinforcement-based procedures can be difficult to implement with learners who have restricted interests. In the current investigation, a procedure was developed with the intention of increasing the range of preferred items in three individuals with preservative interests. An initial paired choice preference assessment and reinforce assessment was conducted; which included two preferred items, and five items without a history of engagement. The two items with the lowest selection rates were targeted for the assessment. The first neutral target was paired with the highest preference item in the assessment. After at least five pairing trials, and preferably after the item showed increases in preference based on the daily multiple stimuli without replacement, a subsequent paired choice preference assessment and reinforce assessment were conducted. The same procedure was subsequently conducted on the second neutral target. The results reveal that five of the six items targeted increased in preference; however the some were only by a small degree. The reinforce assessment results indicated some increase in work allocated to access and item for one student, and none for the other two. These results indicate that it may be possible to develop preferences for individuals with autism, but the development of reinforcers may be more problematic.

 
8. Clinical Application of Enhanced Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing With a 5-year-old Boy With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CASSONDRA M GAYMAN (Marcus Autism Center), Amber L. Valentino (The Marcus Autism Center), Gereen R. Francis (Children's Healthcare of Atlanta)
Abstract:

One of the defining characteristics of autism is lack of development of vocal behavior. Research investigating alternative technologies that may prove effective in producing vocalizations has begun to emerge. Stimulus-stimulus pairing (SSP) is designed to establish vocal stimuli as automatic reinforcers. The current study used components of the enhanced SSP protocol as described by Esch, Carr, and Grow (2009), with a 5 year old male with autism. Two vocalizations, which were previously observed to have been emitted by the participant but not under echoic control, were presented. One of the two vocalizations was selected as a target to be paired during the SSP phase. An additional programmed reinforcement phase was conducted in order to strengthen the response targeted during the SSP phase. The targeted sound increased during the SSP phase, while the nontargeted sound remained low. The targeted sound was emitted at lower rates during the programmed reinforcement phase until a clinical modification was made that included a vocal prompt and direct reinforcement for echoic behavior. Final results indicated increased rates of and echoic control over the targeted vocalization.

 
9. Comparing Mand-Training Efficiency With Selection-Based and Topography-Based Communication Systems
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
KATHRYN BARLOW (Louisiana State University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Louisiana State University), Sarah K. Slocum (Louisiana State University), Sarah J. Miller (Louisiana State University)
Abstract:

It is common to teach alternative communication systems such as sign language (a topography- based system) or picture exchange systems (a selection-based system) to individuals with deficient vocal verbal repertoires. Previous researchers have demonstrated the expedited efficiency of topography-based communication systems in the acquisition of tacts, intraverbals, and receptive behavior; however, researchers have not directly compared topography- and selection-based systems in the acquisition of mands. We did so in the current study by simultaneously teaching both a selection-based mand (picture exchange) and a topography-based mand (manual sign) for identical items via an adapted alternating-treatments design. We replicated these results via a multiple baseline design across target items. We will discuss our results in terms of determining effective and efficient verbal behavior interventions.

 
10. A Direct Comparison of Selection-BasedVersus Topography-Based Manding in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
EVELYN ROMERO (Geneva Centre for Autism), Kerry Maisels (Geneva Centre for Autism), Tracie L. Lindblad (Four Points Intervention Strategies, Inc.)
Abstract:

Deficits in communication form part of the primary diagnostic criteria for autism. Even with early intensive intervention including speech instruction, some children may fail to acquire useful speech (Tincani, 2004). Training in augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) is an option for children with autism who do not readily learn speech. Two AAC modalities, sign language and picture exchange communication system (PECS), show promise for teaching communication to nonvocal learners. Given the positive reported outcomes for each modality, choosing between sign language and PECS may be difficult. This study will report preliminary results of a direct comparison of sign language and PECS training in three preschool aged children with autism using an alternating treatment design with initial baseline phase and final best-treatment phase. Imitation assessments were conducted prior to treatment to explore the relationship of pre-existing skills to the acquisition of each modality. Paired-stimulus preference assessments were conducted to identify and develop a hierarchy of preferred items to be used in communication training. Five preferred items were identified for each child, and were used in both communication modalities. Each child receives four 20-minute training sessions per day. PECS training is adapted from Bondy and Frost (1994) and manual sign is being taught in similar phases as in PECS. During the best-treatment phase only the most effective training modality will be administered to teach requests. Results will compare percentage of correct trials per session and number of mands for items in view emitted during training sessions. Rates of acquisition, and word vocalizations for each modality will also be compared.

 
11. An Evaluation of a Blocked-Trials Procedure to Teach Intraverbal Discriminations to Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
EINAR T. INGVARSSON (University of North Texas), Rachel Lee Koelker (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

We evaluated the utility of a blocked-trials procedure, previously described by Saunders and Spradlin (1990), to teach intraverbal discriminations to children with autism. In this procedure, individual elements of complex discriminations are targeted in separate, alternating trial blocks. The size of the trial blocks and the permitted number of errors is gradually reduced contingent on performance, and eventually the elements are presented in random order. In the current evaluation, our goal was to apply this approach to discriminations between pairs of questions that differ with respect to one word (e.g., "What do you sweep?" vs. "What do you sweep with?"). Baseline probes were conducted with several question sets, each containing 4 question pairs. We then conducted blocked-trials discrimination training with one question pair at a time, and repeated the baseline probes following mastery of each question pair. Preliminary data with one participant-an 8-year-old boy with autism-show that responding during probes reached 100% correct only for those question pairs that had been trained. The data also suggest that a reduced number of trials to criterion and a reduced number of errors might occur with repeated training. Data collection with additional participants is planned.

 
12. Enhancing Vocal Responses Through the Use of Communication Cards
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Wing Yan Lam (California State University, Los Angeles), VAHE BABAKHANIAN (California State University, Los Angeles), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (Center for Behavior Analysis and Language Development), Daniel B. Shabani (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is a differential reinforcement procedure where alternative communicative responses (e.g., vocal mand, sign, card exchange) are taught and gradually "replace" the problem behavior. This replacement occurs when the alternative response allows the individual to access the same reinforcer that previously maintained problem behaviors. In the current investigation, an ABAB design was used to examine the effects of FCT on the rate of problem behaviors with a 19-year-old female diagnosed with autism. During baseline, problem behavior resulted in caregiver's attention for 20 seconds. During treatment, an array of FCT cards (i.e., attention by caregiver and access to tangibles) were presented. Contingent on card exchanges, access to the maintaining reinforcer was provided. In addition, vocal responses began to emerge during card exchanges. During a return to baseline, vocal responses continued in the absence of the cards. These data suggested that vocal responses may have been partially evoked by the presence of the communication cards. Results will be discussed in terms of their implication for communication training.

 
13. Treatment Intensity and Language Development in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JOSEPH M. VEDORA (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services)
Abstract:

There is a significant body of research supporting the efficacy of applied behavior analysis (ABA) as an intervention for young children with autism. While some researchers have suggested that treatment intensity (i.e., number of hours per week) is a critical variable related to treatment gains, the exact relationship between treatment intensity and outcome is not clear. The purpose of the present study is to examine the relationship between treatment intensity of ABA and improvement in language development in children with autism under the age of three. A one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) was conducted to assess the relationship between low and high intensity groups and language gains, and to determine if the low or high intensity groups demonstrated statistically significant treatment gains in language. The implications of treatment intensity and its effects on treatment gains for young children with autism are discussed.

 
14. Systematic Staff Training for Center-Based Program Using the Analysis of Verbal Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
SHU-HWEI KE (SEEK Education, Inc.), Shu-Fen Kuo (SEEK Education, Inc.)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to investigate the effect on systematic staff training for center-based program serving preschool children with autism and developmental delays using the analysis of verbal behavior. One non-profit organization was given systematic approaches to staff training. The training procedure includes various training protocols, checklists, delivery procedures for discrete trial instruction of the basic verbal operants. The results were provided by students' acquisition on targeted skills based on assessment as well as the teacher's implementation fidelity. Questionnaires and interviews of staff members and teachers were used to collect the data for social validity. After training children with developmental delays made substantial progress on various skills, such as mand, tact, receptive instruction, imitation, echoic, intraverbal, play skills as well as decreased problem behaviors. The teachers' implementation fidelity measures also increased.

 
15. Using a Post Reinforcement Expanded Language Model to Increase Language Production in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JENNIFER SMITH (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services)
Abstract:

Children on the autism spectrum often have significant difficulties in the areas of communication and expressive language (Charlop & Haymes, 1994). Although there are many empirically supported interventions for teaching language skills to children with autism, most focus on teaching functional communication through direct reinforcement (Risley & Wolf, 1967; Wolf, Risley, & Mees, 1964; Koegel & Williams, 1980). Picture exchange communication (Charlop-Christy, Carpenter, Le,Leblanc & Kellet, 2002), functional communication training (Worsdell, Iwata, Hanley, Thompson, & Kahng, 2000), and mand training (Carol Murphy & Dermot Barnes-Holmes 2010) have all been proven effective treatment procedures to establish and expand language in children with autism. These procedures all provide a model and then deliver reinforcement for the occurrence of the targeted communicative response. The current study attempted to replicate findings suggesting that an expanded language model provided after correct responding to a model had been reinforced could result in increased language production (Werts, Wolery, Holcombe, & Fredrick, 1993). The data from the current study indicate that providing a post-reinforcement expanded model did not result in acquisition and generalized use of the expansion in three out of three subjects without additional intervention.

 
16. Functional Analysis of Circumscribed Speech in Children With an Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
REBECCA BEIGHTS (Auburn University), Melina Sevlever (Auburn University), Kristen Walstrom (Auburn University), Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Circumscribed interests (CI), a class of restricted and repetitive behaviors in autism spectrum disorders (ASD), interfere with adaptive social behavior in children (Klin, Danovitch, Merz, & Volkmar, 2007). Despite this documented impairment, few studies have examined the function of CI speech, and even fewer have examined treatments for CI speech. The present study was an extension of functional analysis (FA) methodology used for bizarre speech (DeLeon, Arnold, Rodriguez-Catter, & Uy, 2003; Lancaster et al., 2004). To determine functions of CI speech in children with an ASD, a modified brief FA (Northrup et al., 1991) was conducted. After an appropriate control condition was identified, subsequent test and control conditions were presented to determine the function of CI speech in children with an ASD. Test conditions included traditional ones and also modifications to attention and demand conditions. Preliminary results indicated that attention was the function for one participant; whereas, the function identified for the second participant was automatic reinforcement. Given the uniqueness of CI speech compared to traditional problem behaviors assessed using FA, modifications to the conditions, procedures, and analysis may be necessary in order to determine functional control. Additionally, suggestions for improving the operationalization of CI speech are discussed.

 
17. The Effects of Various Auditory Stimuli on Eye Contact While Tacting and Manding
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
NANCY K. WARREN (Autism Behavior Consulting Group, Inc.), Anne Lau (Autism Behavior Consulting Group, Inc.)
Abstract:

Five participants, ranging from 4 to 6-years-oldand all diagnosed with autistic disorder, exhibited abnormal patterns of eye contact when engaging in verbal behavior. A multiple baseline across participates will be used to evaluate the effects of TAG (Teaching with Acoustical Guidance) procedures on the participant's eye contact patterns. The current study was designed to investigate whether the use of TAG is effective in increasing eye contact during tacting and manding as well as to investigate the subsequent effect on eye contact during manding following tact training alone. TAG procedures allow for a specific behavior to be reinforced more consistently and immediately than other types of reinforcers, such as edibles and tangibles. Since TAG eliminates the need for descriptive praise or verbal feedback, it may be useful in increasing the efficiency with which early intensive behavior interventionservices are delivered and autistic behaviors are normalized.

 
18. Behavioral Reduction of Eye Poking
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
NANCY K. WARREN (Autism Behavior Consulting Group, Inc.), Kimberly Henkle (Autism Behavior Consulting Group, Inc.), Anne Lau (Autism Behavior Consulting Group, Inc.)
Abstract:

A 5-year-old female with autism and visual impairment engaged in self-injurious eye-poking. A series of direct observations to identify the maintaining variable(s) of eye poking did not suggest a socially mediated positive reinforcement function. Response blocking of finger-eye contact did not produce a reduction in eye poking or attempts. To address her visual impairment, an intervention to teach the participant to wear her prescription glasses involved putting mands and other activities on extinction, and making preferred foods, toys, attention and other activities contingent on the participant wearing her glasses. Although the eye glasses were prescribed for the participant's weak eyesight, teaching her to wear her glasses consistently had the unexpected collateral effect of eliminating her dangerous eye poking behavior. An unplanned reversal occurred and experimental control over eye-poking behavior has been demonstrated. The mechanism of action for the observed elimination of eye-poking is unknown. The discussion will address possible explanations and suggest future directions for their evaluation.

 
19. Impact of Use of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) on Functional Communication for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Literature Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
DANA BATTAGLIA (Eden II Programs), Mary Bainor (The Genesis School), Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University)
Abstract:

The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) is a well established hierarchical system for teaching picture exchange to augment communication (Frost & Bondy, 1994). It is estimated that 1/3 to1/2 of individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) do not develop functional speech (Mirenda, 2003). For such individuals use of picture exchange may be a viable treatment option to minimize maladaptive behavior. The present body of literature regarding efficacy of PECS for picture exchanges has yielded mixed results in terms of effects on communication (Carr & Felice, 2007; Carre, et al., 2009), behavior (Charlop-Christy, et al., 2002; Ganz, et al., 2009), and speech (Charlop-Christy, et al., 2002, Ganz & Simpson, 2004). The objective of this poster is to review the presently available literature on the correlation between PECS and behavior in individuals with ASD. Controlled empirical studies will be presented. Summary and Conclusion will be included, as well as identification of areas for future research.

 
20. Increasing Appropriate Language Through Play of Twins on the Autism Spectrum by Manipulating Attention
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MARY SUSAN MCCLURE (Verbal Behavior Clinics of Texas, LLC), Jennifer McClure (Verbal Behavior Clinicis of Texas, LLC), Eva Hutcheson (Verbal Behavior Clinics of Texas, LLC), Melisa Garza (Verbal Behavior Clinics of Texas, LLC), Meghan Rinaldi (Verbal Behavior Clinics of Texas, LLC), Manuela Oropeza (Verbal Behavior Clinics of Texas, LLC)
Abstract:

Preceding research has revealed ways in which a typical sibling can interact with their sibling with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). As models for their sibling, the typical sibling can assume the teacher role by initiating the social interaction, and providing a method in which the sibling with ASD can better communicate (Tsao and Odom, 2006). Since children with ASD have problems with joint attention and appropriate communication with typical siblings, they may not be able to understand social cues, which results in social withdrawal (Bass and Mulick, 2007). This study first used reinforcers, and then established motivation to increase interaction between the Caucasian male dyad (Age = 4.9). Then they were guided through a play scenario with prompted play. The attention of therapists was either provided or withdrawn depending on whether the sibling with ASD appropriately responded to the sibling initiating the social interaction. It was predicted that by shifting the attention towards the responsive sibling, the non-responsive sibling was more likely to use appropriate language during play in order to regain the attention. Results suggest that over the duration of three months, prompted language became less prevalent and spontaneous language increased dramatically. Other case studies will be added.

 
21. Comparison of Expressive Acquisition of Pictures With and Without Prior Receptive History
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
KELLI PERRY (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

When we begin training children to identify objects, typical practice is to begin with receptive identification and then progress to expressive identification. Sometimes we put emphasis on the receptive identification and then fail to follow with training expressive skills. Wynn and Smith (2003) suggested that generalization between expressive and receptive identification may be possible, but is not always guaranteed. The purpose of this study was to compare the expressive acquisition of picturesfor children whohad previous receptive training versus expressive acquisition of picturesfor children whodid not have previous receptive training. Three children, ranging from 2-4 years of age, with a generalized receptive repertoire and a strong echoic repertoire, were selected from an early childhood developmental delay classroom. They were taught tacts for eighty pictures, 40 of which they had previous receptive training and 40 who had no previous receptive training, broken into 20 sets.

 
22. The Effects of Tact Versus Echoic Prompts on the Acquisition of Intraverbal Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
NICOLE M. CARLISLE (St. Cloud State University), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Skinner's (1957) verbal operant, the intraverbal, accounts for several social and academic skills that children generally acquire. There is little research on how to best teach intraverbal behavior. The purpose of this study was to determine whether a tact prompt or an echoic prompt was more successful in teaching intraverbals (Fill-in-the blank phrases). A tact prompt consisted of the tutor presenting a picture to prompt the correct response while an echoic prompt consisted of the tutor vocalizing the correct response. An alternating treatments design was used to examine the effects of the two different prompt conditions. Participants were 3 male children diagnosed with autism ages 2-3 with extensive tact and echoic repertoires but with limited intraverbal repertoires. Results indicated that, while both the echoic and tact prompt conditions were successful in teaching intraverbal behavior, the echoic prompt was more effective than the tact prompt for all participants. Results were further supported in changes in a pre-test to a post-test, and by follow up sessions (for 2 children) conducted at 1 week, 2 weeks, and 1 month. This research suggests possible best practice procedures that may be used to facilitate the acquisition of intraverbals in young children with autism.

 
23. Examining the Effects of a Natural Environment Teaching Model Derived From VB-MAPP Curricular Goals
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
TARA FREDERICK (ABC Consultants, LLC), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University), John C. Barnard (ABC Consultants, LLC)
Abstract:

A 3-year-old boy, diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), received at-home therapy three times per week. An early intensive behavior intervention (EIBI) curriculum was developed based on assessment results and curricular goals derived from the VB-MAPP. Due to idiosyncratic factors in the home, a natural environment teaching (NET) approach was selected as most readily implementable. Acquisition data across expressive and receptive language domains were recorded and compared in 3 different categories: numbers, features, and emotions. Access to preferred play activities was used to positively reinforce completion of each session. After comparing the number of sessions it took to master each category and the percentages correct within each session, the results showed that receptive language was mastered in fewer sessions than expressive responses for the features and emotions categories while expressive numbers were mastered before receptive numbers. The results suggested that an EIBI program utilizing an NET model can yield rapid acquisition of language-based skills.

 
24. Reinforcement Thinning Based on Performance During Most-to-Least Prompting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
DANIEL L. LESAGE (One Step at a Time Behavioral Services, LLC), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston - Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Most-to-least prompting is commonly used to teach skills to individuals with autism; however, little research has been conducted on the most effective methods for thinning reinforcement during the procedure. The purpose of this study was to compare performance percentage criteria for reinforcement thinning during most-to-least prompting to improve the efficiency of teaching novel tasks. One 8-year-old male diagnosed with autism was taught to identify novel words using a 20%, 50%, and 80% criterion for thinning reinforcement. For each condition, reinforcement was programmed following the next less intrusive prompt across sessions based upon performance within each session. In particular, a less intrusive prompt must have been used during the specified percentage of trials (i.e., 20%, 50%, or 80%) in the session before reinforcement was discontinued for responses following more intrusive prompts. In addition, the participant was exposed to a control condition in which reinforcement was delivered following all responses, regardless of the prompt level required. For this participant, the 20% criterion was the most efficient in increasing independent responding, followed by the 50% criterion. Due to lack of independent responding during the 80% and control conditions, the 20% criterion was implemented for these skills, and independent responding subsequently increased.

 
25. Effects of Two Different Quantities of Comparison Stimuli on a Match-to-Sample Task For Learners With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
PRANALI BHATT (Garden Academy), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), David W. Sidener (Garden Academy), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College)
Abstract:

Clinically, behavior analysts often use different quantities of comparison stimuli when conducting match-to-sample procedures. To date, however, no studies have investigated whether different quantities of comparisons affect acquisition of matching performances. The present study examined the effects of 3 or 5 comparison stimuli on percent of correct selection responses during a match-to-sample task. The participants were three students with autism. Participants were taught to match five written names of U.S. states to their five corresponding maps of states using a 3-choice match-to-sample procedure and another five written names of states to their corresponding maps using a 5-choice match-to-sample procedure. An alternating treatment design embedded within a multiple probe design allowed a comparison of the two conditions across the three participants. The results showed that all three participants learned to match faster with the 3-choice procedure.

 
26. Comparison of Rates of Acquisition in Conditional Discrimination of Discrete Trial Presentation: Tabletop versus Scan-Board
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
REBECCA ERLI PARENTEAU (May Institute)
Abstract:

The acquisition skills of students with developmental disabilities has been a topic of research by many experimenters. One technique that has been shown to help students learn is to change the presentation style or materials used during teaching sessions. There are many different approaches to teaching students to acquire new skills, but research is limited in comparing stimuli presentations during discrete trials. The purpose of the following study is to compare the acquisition rate of sight words for four students with autism when presented either horizontally on a tabletop or vertically on a scan-board using a simultaneous treatment design. Preliminary results indicate that in baseline student's had a higher rate of sight-reading on the scan-board than they did on the tabletop.

 
27. The Evaluation of Vocal Mand Training on Increasing Functional Communication to Replace Vocal Stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
RACHEL DACOSTA (BEACON Services), Christian A. Benavides (BEACON Services)
Abstract:

Vocal mand training is a well researched procedure for teaching functional communication skills to children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) that has proven effective in past research (Bourret, Vollmer, & Rapp, 2004). In addition to deficits in functional communicative responses, many children with ASD also exhibit vocal stereotypy. Research has suggested that response interruption and redirection (RIRD) may decrease vocal stereotypy with such children (Ahearn, Clark, MacDonald, & Chung, 2007). The present study combines these two procedures to increase functional communication while reducing vocal stereotypy in a young child with autism. Furthermore, the current study extends past research by attempting to maintain reductions in vocal stereotypy following the withdrawal of redirection. This study also builds on past research by Dib & Sturmey (2007) which produced corollary reductions in stereotypy while teaching skills through discrete-trial-teaching.

 
28. An Evaluation of a Response Prompt Assessment
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JESSICA L. SEAVER (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Acquiring new skills can be difficult for students with autism. Research is still needed to identify a teaching procedure which helps students learn most efficiently. Three different teaching modalities were compared in a multi-element design using novel Lego constructs: 1) verbal+gestural, 2) model, and 3) manual guidance. All the procedures were taught with a forward task analysis to 5 different participants. Once a participant acquired one construct associated with a specific teaching procedure, 3 new constructs were presented and taught with the same modalities for replication purposes. In a 2nd phase, novel Lego constructs were used again to compare three different prompt fading procedures: 1) delay fading, 2) least-to-most fading, and 3) most-to-least fading. In a final generality phase, clinically relevant skills were used to replicate and generalize findings obtained in the first two phases. The results of this assessment will be used to further evaluate and develop an assessment which identifies the most efficient teaching procedure for individuals with autism.

 
29. Treatment of Severe Self-Injury in a School Setting Using Standard Celeration Charting for Visual Inspection
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
STUART LAW (University of Nevada, Reno), Melissa Nosik (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The use of standardceleration charts is presented as a method to keep raw data in a clinical case, and used as the primary means of visual inspection. Frequency data was hand-drawn on standard celeration charts for a 13-year-old female with severe self-injurious behavior throughout all treatment phases. An analogue functional analysis was conducted prior to treatment in-home and determined function of problem behavior to be specific forms of attention related to physical contact. Treatment consisted of limiting access to physical forms of contact contingent on the occurrence of self-injury while still preventing injury. This intervention consisted of the use of artificial blocking devices to prevent injury while limiting the physical contact. Re-introduction to the school environment resulted in increases in this behavior and changes in topography that limited this type of intervention in the school setting. A natural environment functional analysis in the school setting yielded similar results regarding function of problem behavior being attention in the form of physical contact. Further treatment approaches within the school were used to fade the use of the arm splints and reduce self-injury to manageable levels.

 
30. A Comparison of Various Mastery Criteria for Teaching Skills to Young Children Diagnosed With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
NICOLE C. SCHARRER (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Katie Wiskow (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Allie Marie Hensel (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire)
Abstract:

When teaching new skills to children diagnosed with autism, skills are taught to a predetermined criteria. A criterion is selected that presumably will result in the skills maintaining after treatment ends. In the past, skills have been taught for varying numbers of days. For example, Eikeseth & Hayward (2009) taught skills to criteria for one session and Tarbox, Madrid, Aguilar, Jacobo, & Schiff (2009) taught skills to criteria for three sessions. The current study is an investigation of the effect of teaching a skill to various criteria (i.e., varying number of days at 100%) on skill maintenance for children with autism. Skills were taught to 100% accuracy for one day and then were put into a maintenance phase. In maintenance, skills were checked daily, then, if accuracy fell below 100% skills were put back into an acquisition phase and taught to 100% accuracy for the previous number of days in acquisition plus one day (i.e., skills were in acquisition for one day, then two days, then three days, etc.).

 
31. A Case Study on Use of Activity Schedules in Elementary School for a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
HIROYUKI MATSUSHITA (Institute of Disability Sciences, University of Tsukuba), Shigeki Sonoyama (University of Tsukuba)
Abstract:

Picture prompts are often used for one of the self-management strategies to facilitate task and activity engagement for children with autism. Pierce and Schreibman (1994) point out that using pictorial self-management is efficient in that the picture book is small, is readily transported to novel settings, and can be easily faded. Recently, activity schedules are used as the cue to perform tasks independently for children with autism (McClannahan, MacDuff, & Krantz, 2002). Most children with autism often fail to perform the activities even though their skills and someone's prompts are enough to do them correctly. McClannahan and Krantz (1999) suggested that it is efficient to use activity schedules for them to perform activities and tasks independently. In this study, we examined the effect of using activity schedules to encourage a child with autism to engage in the tasks independently and to shift the next activity smoothly in elementary school settings. We also evaluated the extent to which the teacher could easily accept this procedure and could follow it strictly. As results, the participant could use the activity schedules also in school, although the materials and procedures of schedules are required some modifications fitting to school settings.

 
32. Using Challenging Behaviors as a Form of Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JOANNA FERNANDEZ (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract:

A combination of a differential reinforcement of other (DRO) behavior and non-contingent reinforcement (NCR) program was used in a school setting for a client with autism. The DRO program was used to decrease self-stimulatory behaviors by reinforcing the absence of self-stimulatory behaviors. This DRO was based on a fixed time interval that gradually increased as the client was successful at not engaging in self-stimulatory behaviors. The client would receive 1 token for every interval he succeeded and upon earning 3 tokens was given a 1 minute break where he was allowed to engage in the self-stimulatory behaviors. The NCR program was set at a 30 second fixed interval whereby the client received attention every 30 seconds throughout academic activities. For this client, allowing engagement in self-stimulatory behaviors as a form of reinforcement for refraining from engaging in the behavior during academic tasks created a high level of motivation and compliance in the classroom.

 
33. An Evaluation of Instructive Feedback for Teaching Play Skills During Standard Discrete Trial Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CHRISTINA WELDY (St. Cloud State University), Laura L. Grow (St. Cloud State University), Tiffany Kodak (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Interventions for play skills are often a component of early intervention for children with autism. Thus, developing efficient and effective teaching procedures for play skills is an important area of research. Research has demonstrated that instructive feedback is an effective procedure for increasing adaptive skills without direct training (Whalen, Schuster, Hemmeter, 1996). This study evaluated the utility of embedding instructive feedback for play skills during the reinforcement interval of a standard discrete trial for a different skill. Sarah, an 8-year-old female previously diagnosed with autism, participated in the study. Throughout the evaluation, the experimenter taught Sarah two sets of adjectives. For one set, the experimenter included play skills models during the reinforcement interval (i.e., instructive feedback). The reinforcement interval for the other set of adjectives remained unchanged. An adaptive alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the effects of instructive feedback on play skills during discrete trial training. Sarah acquired eight multi-component play skills as a result of the embedded instructive feedback. The results are discussed in terms of implications for teaching approaches in early intervention and the behavioral mechanism responsible for the behavior change.

 
34. A Tale of Doors and Walls: Decreasing Disruptive Stereotypic Behavior in the Classroom Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Amy Katherine Loukus (Southern Illinois University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), KELSEY BERRY (Southern Illinois University), Frank D. Buono (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The present study evaluates the effects of matched stimulation on disruptive stereotypic behavior in a child with autism. Following informal functional assessment in the naturalistic setting, a paired choice preference assessment will be conducted to identify functionally matched, highly preferred items for use during intervention. Baseline measures indicate high rates of disruptive stereotypic behavior (kicking and flipping doors and door handles) in the classroom. A single-subject reversal design will be utilized where treatment consisting of non-contingent access to the selected highly preferred, functionally matched stimulus will be provided and effects on behavior analyzed. Additionally, a stimulus fading procedure will be used to maintain low levels of stereotypic behavior across settings during follow up observation. Implications regarding the treatment and maintenance of disruptive stereotypic behavior using alternative stimulation of functionally same reinforcing activities will be presented, with implications for classroom productivity and academic growth noted.

 
35. Increasing the Accuracy of Target Echoic Responses in a Child With Autism: Effects of Incorporating PROMPT Strategies
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MICHELE L. NEWMAN LEFEBVRE (Douglass Devlopmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Douglass Devlopmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Margaret Marino (Douglass Devlopmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Amy Paige Hansford (Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske (Douglass Devlopmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey)
Abstract:

Behavioral teaching methods are often used to successfully develop and expand the vocal communication repertoires of individuals with autism. The current case study explores the effect of integrating strategies from PROMPT (a neuro-developmental approach for speech production disorders) into behavioral programming for individual students with autism. In an adapted alternating treatments design embedded within a multiple baseline design, three pairs of specific vocal targets were taught (one target in each pair assigned to PROMPT or behavioral teaching). Effects were compared across teaching sessions and in generalization probes outside of the teaching sessions. Pilot data from the first participant (a 9-year-old boy with autism) show no improvement in target sound production in generalization sessions, but revealed comparable levels of correct prompted and independent target vocalization production within teaching sessions for both methods. Similarities and differences in the two approaches, as well as follow-up data from this and other participants will be presented.

 
36. Reducing Object Shaking in a 9-Year-Old Boy With a Diagnoses of Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
SMITA AWASTHI (Association for Behavior Analysis of India), Kinnari Bhatt (Association For Behavior Analysis of India)
Abstract:

A 9-year-old boy with severe behavior of constantly shaking every object was placed on an intervention based on behavior analytic principles. His behavior of shaking objects, teaching materials, and anything he had access to interfered with learning goals. When the behavior was stopped or blocked it led to immediate crying. Baseline data suggested the boy shook objects 100% duration in all settings, table top teaching, free play, natural environment training, mealtime. A behavioral intervention based on differential reinforcement of low response ratewhere he alternated between discrete trial and natural environment training versus sitting on a chair on a VI schedule allowing indulgence in stereotypic behavior was introduced. The intervention is in place for 25 hrs/week. Data collected showed a trend of reduction in stereotypic behavior and generalization was observed in 9 weeks, howeverafter a 2 week vacation, behaviors were observed at baseline levels. The intervention was repeated with shorter VI schedules and he is able to work at the table for 5 minutes without shaking objects and teaching materials, playing with toys being conditioned as reinforcers. The intervention is continuing in one-on-one setting and plans to be generalized at home.

 
37. Using Establishing Operations to Teach Manding for Information: Teaching to Ask "Why?"
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
KENDRA MCDONALD (The Aurora School)
Abstract:

Verbal behavior teaches manding using the principles within establishing operations-deprivation and aversions. In 1957 B. F. Skinner notes that the mand is under the functional control of relevant conditions of those motivators. Much of the research on manding has been done on using these motivators to produce requests for items, activities, edibles, etcetera. Very little research has been done on using EOs to teach manding for information, specifically for asking "why" questions. Dr. Mark Sundberg suggests research based on Skinner's analysis on verbal behavior (specifically manding) that looks at bringing verbal behavior under EO control using a stimulus transfer procedure. This study focuses on teaching a child with autism to mand for "Why?" Teaching to mand for "why" was taught to an 11-year-old child with autism by transferring the stimulus control from textual prompts to independent manding by contriving establishing operations within an AB design for which reinforcement became available upon emitting the question "Why?" Follow up sessions showed manding for "why" was a maintained manding skill.

 
 
 
Poster Session #392
BPH Poster Session 4
Monday, May 30, 2011
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. Assessing Social Behavior in a Mouse Model of Neurodevelopmental Disorders Using Single-Subject Methodology
Area: BPH; Domain: Experimental Analysis
T. CAMILLE KOLU (Imagine! Behavioral Health Services), Jennifer Blaze (Rutgers University), Camille Fineza (University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey), Baria Hafeez (Rutgers University), Megha Mandalaywala (Rutgers University), Carrie Yochum (University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey), George Wagner (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

These studies assessed social behavior in prepubescent mice in the context of our neurodevelopmental model of disorders with social components. We manipulated variables including genetic background, postnatal treatment with an autism phenotype-related toxicant (valproic acid), and the behavioral environment or conditioning history of 4 week old mouse pups. The primary behavioral objective was to increase approach to initially novel stimuli as a function of presenting those stimuli in the same spatial context as novel peers (social contextual conditioning). Results indicate that the frequency of approaching once-novel stimuli, and the frequency and type of approaching novel, non-sibling peers, is altered by one week of contextual conditioning. During contextual conditioning, mice lived in housing that alternated daily between environments "enriched" with either highly palatable cereal or the presence of a peer mouse, and environments deprived of either cereal or a peer mouse. Here we describe some of the functional relationships observed between the social behavior of a mouse and its unique history of conditioning, toxicant exposure, and/or genetic background. Results reveal that contextual manipulations enrich the behavioral environment building social rapport thus supporting social interaction in vulnerable individuals.

 
2. Money and Sex: Single and Cross-Commodity Discounting in Stimulant Addicts
Area: BPH; Domain: Experimental Analysis
DAVID P. JARMOLOWICZ (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Warren K. Bickel (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Reid D. Landes (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Darren R. Christensen (University of Melbourne), Lisa Jackson (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Bryan A. Jones (Kent State University)
Abstract:

Intertemporal choice provides important insights into the way that individuals discount various delayed commodities. For example, drug users discount drugs at a steeper rate than they do money (Madden et al., 1999). Because stimulant users also engage in risky sexual behaviors, it is possible they also disproportionately discount delayed sexual reinforcers. Although such between-commodity comparisons advance our understanding of addiction, little is known about the mechanisms that drive these differing discounting rates. For instance, are drug reinforcers discounted steeply because they quickly loose their value, or are immediate drugs disproportionately valuable? This study of 13 treatment-seeking stimulant addicts analyzes intertemporal choices of two commodities (equated amounts of sex and money), specifically between sex nowversus sex later (S-S), money nowversus money later (M-M), sex nowversus money later (S-M), and money now versus sex later (M-S). Changes in the delayed commodity were associated with large and significant changes in discounting rates, whereas changes in the immediate commodity resulted in modest and on-significant changes. These findings suggest that stimulant users not only discount sexual reinforcers more steeply that they do money, but also that this differential discounting occurs because sexual reinforcers are rapidly devalued.

 
3. A Response-Bout Analysis of Rat Lever-Press Responding for Milk Reinforcers: Implications for Elucidating Mechanisms of Drug Action
Area: BPH; Domain: Experimental Analysis
J. ADAM BENNETT (Western Michigan University), Kathryn M. Kestner (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras
Abstract:

Reinforced responding has previously been conceptualized as alternating between two states: (1) periods of engagement and (2) periods of disengagement. In order to obtain quantitative estimates of these two distinct components of responding, log-survivor functions have been used to characterize rat nose-poke and, to a lesser extent, lever-press responding. The present study attempted to replicate the finding that rat lever-press responding produces a broken-stick function and also determine if the two-mode conceptualization of response rate generalizes to responding for milk reinforcers. Rats responded on a 2-component multiple schedule for milk reinforcers. Individual IRTs were collected, organized into 0.1s bins, and the proportion of IRTs longer than some time (t) was plotted as a function of time (t) on a semi-logarithmic scale in order to construct survivor functions. Similar to the matching law analysis, which has previously been used to elucidate mechanisms of drug action, survivor functions might allow one to determine whether a certain drug produces its effects by altering motor control or reinforcer efficacy.

 
4. Some Effects of Ambient Temperature on Reinforcing Efficacy of Methamphetamine in the Rat: Conditioned Place Preference and Self-Administration
Area: BPH; Domain: Experimental Analysis
RACHEL S. FODI (University of Pittsburgh), Jessica E. Minsterman (Allegheny College), Mallorie L. Hoover (Allegheny College), Ashley Brandebura (Allegheny College), Ashley L. Conroy (Allegheny College), Stephanie L. Alberico (Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College)
Abstract:

Rats were trained in a standard conditioned place preference (CPP) procedure and examined with (+) methamphetamine (1.0- 5.6 mg/kg). One side of the chamber was paired with 3.0 mg/kg (+) methamphetamine (I.P.) while the other side was paired with saline injections (1ml/kg bwt). Dose response determinations were then made in the presence of temperatures of 75F, 68F, and 50F chamber temperatures. Methamphetamine (1.0- 5.6 mg/kg) produced dose-related increases in the overall time spent in the methamphetamine-paired side of the chamber under room temperature conditions (68F). Conversely, under the cool temperature (50F), CPP appeared at higher doses than the training dose. In the warm temperature (75F) CPP appeared at lower doses. In experiment two, rats were trained to self-administer methamphetamine (0.3 mg/ml) under a progressive ratio (PR) schedule of oral drug presentation. Response rates for different values of the PR were low and not distinct from saline. These preliminary data suggested that methamphetamine (PO) at the dose studied did not show a reinforcing function. The present data marginally support previous findings that the reinforcing properties of psychomotor stimulants may be enhanced by increases in ambient temperatures.

 
5. Estradiol has No Effect on Homecage Caffeine Self-Administration by Ovariectomised Rats
Area: BPH; Domain: Experimental Analysis
DEBRA J. SPEAR (South Dakota State University), Chad Konrad (South Dakota State University)
Abstract:

Substance use often peaks when estrogen levels are highest. Previous studies have shown that estradiol slightly increased caffeine self-administration by ovariectomized rats under an FI 30 schedule when a 1% saccharin + 1% caffeine solution was concurrently available. In the current study, the effects of estrogen on caffeine self-administration in the home cage were studied. Ovariectomized rats had free access to the 1% saccharin + 1% caffeine solution. On selected days estradiol (0.015 or 0.02 ug/kg) was administered in a peanut oil vehicle. Neither dose of estradiol altered the amount of saccharin + caffeine fluid consumed, although the typical decrease in food consumption and body weight for 2-3 days following estradiol administration was observed. Context, schedule-induced polydipsia vs. free home-cage access, may alter the effects of estradiol on caffeine self-administration.

 
6. CANCELLED Temporal and Probability Discounting by Smokers Following Acute Smoking Abstinence
Area: BPH; Domain: Experimental Analysis
RICHARD YI (University of Maryland), Reid D. Landes (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences)
Abstract:

Although temporal discounting is thought to model intertemporal decision-making relevant to smoking relapse, it remains unclear if changes in temporal discounting occur as a function of acute smoking abstinence. The purpose of the present study was to comprehensively examine temporal and probability discounting by cigarette smokers following smoking abstinence. Twenty-seven heavy cigarette smokers completed temporal and probability discounting asssessments following normal smoking and 24-hour smoking abstinence. Rates of discounting were calculated using an exponential-power discounting model, and analysis of estimated parameters using parametric methods indicate greater temporal discounting of hypothetical money gains following smoking abstinence compared to normal smoking. Inversely, no difference was observed in the temporal discounting of hypothetical money losses, nor in any probability discounting conditions. Though intertemporal decision-making does appear to be impacted as a function of smoking abstinence, the present results suggest it may be limited to positive outcomes.

 
7. Performance-Based Pay Increases Work Output and Work Satisfaction Compared to an Hourly Wage in a Therapeutic Workplace for Heroin Abuse
Area: BPH; Domain: Experimental Analysis
MIKHAIL KOFFARNUS (Johns Hopkins University), Kristen L. O'Reilly (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Kyle Wolfe (Johns Hopkins University), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract:

While performance-based pay is sometimes used to increase worker productivity, few comparisons of performance-based pay to a set hourly wage exist in conditions that closely mimic a standard workplace. In the current study, participants enrolled in a therapeutic workplace for heroin abuse were paid to engage in job-skills training on multiple keyboarding training programs. On one of the training programs, a set hourly wage was earned, while on the other training program, payment was partially based on keying speed and accuracy. Total payment earned was adjusted to be nearly equal in the two conditions, and the payment method assigned to each training program was randomly determined for each participant. In the performance-based payment condition, participants keyed more, keyed more accurately, advanced further in the training programs, and reported more satisfaction with the training programs. These results will be discussed, along with participant characteristics that predicted keying performance and sensitivity to contingencies.

 
8. Contingency Management for Maintaining Abstinence With Adults Who Have Recently Quit Smoking Cigarettes
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
REBECCA M. FULCHER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Klapatch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John P. Smagner (Chicago Behavior Development, LLC)
Abstract:

The effectiveness of contingency management techniques for maintaining abstinence in cigarette smoking was evaluated in the current study. Participants were three college students who reported a history of habitually smoking and who reported quitting in the last five days. The study used a within-subject alternating treatments design with contingent and non-contingent conditions, where vouchers were delivered either contingent or not contingent on low levels of carbon monoxide (CO). Participants maintained low to zero levels of smoking throughout the intervention, and breath samples indicative of smoking were more likely to occur in the non-contingent voucher condition than in the contingent voucher condition for two participants. Participants maintained low CO levels at follow-up and self-reported smoking significantly less at the end of the study than before they had quit smoking.

 
9. Resistance to Change by Pharmacological Disruptors: Rate and Temporal Effects
Area: BPH; Domain: Experimental Analysis
RACHEL DOVE (University of North Texas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas), Richard Lamb (University of Texas HSC-H)
Abstract:

Behavior momentum theory suggests stimulus-reinforcer relationships determine operant behaviors resistance to change. In general, operant behavior maintained under conditions of denser reinforcement are less sensitive to disruptive manipulations than behavior maintained by leaner conditions. Though momentum theory has accounted for resistance to change data under a variety of circumstances, disruption by pharmacological agents has often failed to fall in line with the theory's predictions. We have begun a series of studies to investigate further the generality of previous findings. Pigeons were trained to respond on a multiple fixed-interval 5-minute schedule of grain delivery. During different components, the first key peck to occur after 5 minutes produced 2, 4, or 8 seconds access to grain. Several drugs were tested for their ability to disrupt fixed-interval performance. Disruption was assessed in terms of both the effects on relative response rate and on temporal patterning during the interval. Only the alpha-2 agonist clonidine disrupted response rate in a manner consistent with behavioral momentum theory. In most cases, the temporal-disrupting effects of drugs were consistent with the predictions of momentum theory: temporal patterns maintained by the largest magnitude of food delivery were less sensitive to the disrupting effects of the drugs than patterns maintained by the smaller magnitudes.

 
10. Effects of Delay Order on Delay-Discounting Functions and Effects of d-Amphetamine
Area: BPH; Domain: Experimental Analysis
SHANA R. BAILEY (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Determinants of impulsive choice may be studied by employing delay-discounting procedures in which choice is arranged between one food pellet delivered immediately and three food pellets delivered after a delay. Delay to delivery of the three food pellets can be varied across blocks within a single session, allowing for assessment of choice at a range of delays within a session. Order of delay presentation is a procedural variable that may impact level of delay discounting. Phase 1 of the present study used a group design to evaluate effects of order of delay presentation on delay discounting. Eight male Sprague-Dawley rats served as subjects and a discrete-trials, within-session delay-discounting procedure was used. For four rats, delays to delivery of the larger reinforcer increased across blocks and for four rats delays decreased. Data show that order of delay presentation has little or no effect on levels of delay discounting (impulsive choice). Phase 2 of the study is designed to assess effects of acute d-amphetamine administration on delay discounting maintained by different order of delay presentations (ascending or descending).

 
11. Effects of Reinforcer Magnitude and d-Amphetamine on Delay Discounting in Rats
Area: BPH; Domain: Experimental Analysis
WILLIAM J.P. REILLY (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

d-Amphetamine has been found to alter rates of delay discounting, but effects of d-amphetamine may depend on baseline levels of delay discounting. To explore this possibility, the current study was designed to generate different baseline levels of delay discounting by manipulating reinforcer magnitude across choices for either a smaller, immediate and larger, delayed reinforcer in a discrete-trials, within-session delay discounting procedure. Eight male Sprague-Dawley rats served as subjects. For four of the subjects, choice was first between one immediate and three delayed food pellets (delay increased across session) and then between two immediate and six delayed food pellets (delay increased across session. For the other four subjects, the conditions were reversed. Data show that levels of delay discounting are lower when choice is between two immediate and six delayed reinforcers than when choice is between one immediate and three delayed reinforcers. Thus, increasing the magnitude difference between the smaller, immediate reinforcer and larger, delayed reinforcer resulted in lower rates of delay discounting. Choice following d-amphetamine administration on the two baseline conditions will also be presented.

 
12. The Discriminative Stimulus Effects of Methamphetamine in Male Japanese Quail
Area: BPH; Domain: Experimental Analysis
LEVI BOLIN (University of Kentucky), Chana Akins (University of Kentucky)
Abstract:

Methamphetmine (METH) abuse and dependence continue to be a growing health concern for which there are currently no approved pharmacological treatments. Drug discrimination (DD) techniques are a potential screening tool for candidate pharmacotherapies for the treatment of psychostimulant dependence. The purpose of the current research is to develop a model of DD in Japanese quail and investigate the role of the dopamine system in the discriminative stimulus effects of METH in quail. Three (N = 3) adult male Japanese quail (Coturnix japonica) are being trained to discriminate METH 3.0 mg/kg (i.p.) versus saline on a semi-random order training schedule. Quail receive an injection of the training drug or saline 5 min prior to training sessions and are then presented with two response keys. Completion of 30 responses on the injection-appropriate key yields food reinforcement whereas non-specific responses are recorded but have no preprogrammed consequence. Discrimination criteria is set at > 90% overall drug-appropriate responding with fewer than 10 incorrect responses before delivery of the first reinforcer (i.e., > 75%) for 10 consecutive days. The data shown represents training performance expressed as percent drug-appropriate responses to the first reinforcer and overall across the most recent training sessions. These quail are near meeting discrimination criteria and will then enter a test phase. During the test phase, a METH dose-response function will be determined and various dopaminergic drugs will be tested for their ability to substitute for or alter the discriminative stimulus effects of METH. Drug discrimination studies with quail will contribute to translational research directed at the development of pharmacotherapies for METH dependence.

 
 
 
Poster Session #393
CBM Poster Session 4
Monday, May 30, 2011
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. Comparison of Men and Women's Drinking and Recall of Their Consumption: A Field Study
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
THOMAS A. BRIGHAM (Washington State University), Kristin Onorati (Washington State University), Joshua Palmer (Washington State University), Mathew Eisenhower (Washington State University), Raymond Sacchi (Washington State University)
Abstract:

In a 1987 study, college male and female drinkers leaving a bar filled out a questionnaire about their drinking and took a breathalyzer test. Men were fairly accurate in their recall of drinking but women were less accurate. Further, men had significantly higher blood alcohol levels (BAL) than women. These differences were attributed to the greater experience men have with consuming alcohol. Given the changes in the patterns of alcohol consumption by college men and women, the study was replicated with a substantially larger sample size. It was predicted that women would be more accurate in their recall of consumption and have higher BALs than those in the 1987 sample while men would perform about the same. 80 men and 35 women participated in the current study. The results confirmed the prediction for women as the correlation between recalled consumption and breathalyzer results increased from r = .284 to r = .555 and the mean BAL increased from .04 to .92. The results for men were mixed as the accuracy of their recall declined from r = .766 to r = .636 while their BALs increased from .077 to .095. The findings are interpreted in relation to the literature on college student drinking.

 
2. Skills Training in Addictions Brief Counseling
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MELINA CHAVEZ (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Faribia Lopez Cervantes (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Abstract:

In Mexico, substance abuse is a public health problem for which effective interventions have been designed. The aim of this study was to evaluate the skills acquired during brief training counseling programs which allow a rapid assessment and implementation of effective strategies in changing substance abuse. We worked with 360 health care givers, 67% women and 23% men, with a 32-year-old age average. We used a pre-experimental design and an observational system based on a checklist to evaluate five structured steps: Screening, dialoging, goals setting, the process of change's accompanying and following. The results showed that 65% of the sample mastered the ability to avoid judgments about consumption, 61% plan to follow-up sessions and 48% suggest abstinence for snuff or drugs. The results showed that the technological procedure allowed increasing the skills of brief advice compared to those who do not have the resources. It was concluded that strategies of the interventions should be reinforced and we need to provide technological processes to improve the care of substance users.

 
3. Effect of Brief Advice Training Accompanied With a Description of Technological Procedures Over a Therapist Behavioral Interaction
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
TANIA GORDILLO, Silvia Morales Chaine (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Abstract:

In Mexico, there exist many training programs for professionals in addictions. However, thereare few behavioral changes assessments. The aim of this study was to identify the effect of brief advice training accompanied with a description of technological procedures, over a therapist behavioral interaction. We worked with 665 health professionals from different states. We used a pre-experimental design and a Observational Code (adapted from Chamberlain et al, 1984) that evaluates six behavioral categories. The results showed high response rates in the categories of information search (1), attitude (.83) and listening (66). Particularly, was noted that getting just the description of technological processes allowed higher response rates of social interaction (information searching and positive attitude). Brief training plus procedures description was effective too. We conclude that brief advice training was effective to increased social interaction behaviors in health caregivers. However, technological description was enough to effectively replicate the behavioral procedures (Wolf, Baer and Risley, 1968).

 
4. Database of the Therapist Behaviors in Sessions of Behavior Therapy
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
SONIA BEATRIZ MEYER (Universidade de São Paulo)
Abstract:

To increase understanding of what does behavior-analytic therapists to bring about change, a database of behavior therapy sessions was created. The categories analyzed were "request for information", "facilitation", "information", "recommendation", "interpretation", "empathy", "approval" and "disagreement". Data from 626 sessions of 19 dissertations, theses and Brazilian research on behavior therapies were grouped. Some results: "request for information" showed a high percentage in the database, higher at the beginning of therapy. The more experienced the therapist, the lower the proportion of questions. "Recommendation" strategy was used less, but was present in most of the therapies and with large fluctuations. Its occurrence in the first session was low, increased and decreased again after 4 months of therapy. Experienced therapists "recommended" more than the less experienced. The category "interpretation" was one of the most frequent and showed an increasing trend. The second most frequent was "to provide consequences" ("empathy", "approval" + "disagreement") and did not show trends. "Facilitation" was stable in time and "information" presented a decreasing tendency. Experienced therapists "facilitated" more in the first sessions than the less experienced, "informed" more at the beginning of therapy, but then less, "provided more consequences" and "interpreted" with similar frequencies.

 
5. Categorical Analysis of Risk Exploitation (CARE): A Behavioral Assessment of Vulnerability to Domestic Violence
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
AMBER KUZMA (Project 12Ways), Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University), Dana M. Harvey (Southern Illinois University), Jennifer Lynn Bechtold (Project 12-Ways)
Abstract:

Every year thousands of people, mostly women, are victims of domestic violence. Many have been victimized multiple times over an extended period, but continue to remain in high-risk relationships. This study demonstrates the utility of a diagnostic tool to determine a woman's vulnerability to domestic violence. Specifically, a protocol, the Categorical Analysis for the Risk of Exploitation (CARE), was developed consisting of scenarios presented to women who then describe how they would behave/react in each scenario. The scenarios are designed to test the woman's vulnerability to exploitation in three areas: emotional, physical, and sexual. A fourth "neutral" category of no-risk scenarios is also included. Results from administering the CARE to women with and without a history of domestic violence support the discriminant validity of the CARE. That is, women whohad been victims of domestic violence scored significantly higher (i.e., evidenced greater risk) than women without such a history. Fortunately, initial single-case studies suggest that behavioral training on problem solving and self-protection may effect substantial reductions in risk scores on the CARE.

 
6. Improving Reading in Adult Students
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
HILDER VALDIMARSDÓTTIR (Akershus University College), Lilja Yr Halldorsdottir (University of Akershus), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College)
Abstract:

The literature for training of reading fluency in adults is rather limited and only a few studies have examined the generalization effects of fluency training to untrained passages. The present study used a delayed multiple probe design across subjects and precision teaching to evaluate the effects of reading support, repeated reading, and error correction procedure composed of drill and prompt on reading fluency in three university students. Generalization to unpracticed passages was also checked. All the participants read below average reading speed and one had the diagnoses of dyslexia. The aim for each participant was set as 1.5x acceleration from the average reading speed on baseline. Training consisted of 1-min timing implemented every weekday and each passage was read four times in each session or until the aim was reached, whichever occurred first. The participant recorded the best reading of the day on a standard celeration chart. When the aim was reached a new passage was introduced in the next session. After the intervention, baseline passages were represented to evaluate generalization to untrained passages. Results so far indicate that the intervention can increase reading fluency in adult students. Results for generalization and the third participant are not yet completed.

 
7. Assessment of Preferences in Elderly and Persons With Dementia
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JORN ARVE VOLD (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis), Jon A. Lokke (Ostfold University College), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College)
Abstract:

Preference assessment and reinforcer assessment are standard procedures in the treatment of problem behaviors in populations with delayed development. However, in long-term residential care for elderly individuals such procedures are not implemented. Despite the common occurrence of problem behaviors in residential care units, only a limited number of studies have examined the functional determinants of problem behaviors, and implemented functionally based interventions. Applied behavior analysis is almost unknown in the Norwegian geriatric ward system. In the current study, bachelor students have been trained in preference assessment and reinforcer assessment. We report data from an attempt to formally assess elderly clients' preferences. The instrument consists of 81 items. Both nurses and the elderly were asked to rate different stimuli. A total of 26 residents are included in the assessment.

 
8. Treatment of Problem Behavior in Elderly Using Fixed-Time Presentation of Reinforcing Stimuli
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JORN ARVE VOLD (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis), Jon A. Lokke (Ostfold University College), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College)
Abstract:

Elderly individuals in long-term residential care often exhibit problem behaviors such as physical aggression, wandering, and repetitive vocalizations. Despite common occurrence of problem behaviors in residential care units, only a limited number of studies have examined the functional determinants of problem behaviors, and implemented functionally based interventions. As far as we have learned from behavior analytic literature, only one participant with dementia has been treated with NCE procedures (Non Contingent Escape; Baker, Hanley & Matthews, 2006) or fixed time (FT) presentation of escape possibilities. Applied behavior analysis is almost unknown in the Norwegian geriatric ward system. In the current study, bachelor students have been trained in functional assessment, reinforcer assessment, and FT procedures. We report data from the treatment of problem behaviors in a long-term residential care institution in Norway. Results are promising with a clinically significant reduction of problem behavior.

 
9. Utilizinga Motivation System to Reduce Physical Aggression and Improve Participation in Therapeutic Activities for an Adult Male With an Acquired Brain Injury
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
GLENN PATRICK ADRIAN (Ontario Association for Behavior Analysis), James CK Porter (Ontario Association for Behavior Analysis), Ryan Ibay (Ontario Association for Behavior Analysis), Derek Manning (Ontario Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

Mr. Y is a 20-year-old male who sustained a brain injury following a motor vehicle accident. He has a significant learning history, engaging in high risk behaviors which included sexual assault charges and an alcohol addiction. Following a brief stay in a rehabilitation center, he was transferred to the neurobehavioral unit, where he was exhibiting daily verbal and physical aggression, sexually and inappropriate behaviors, and a lack of insight into his personal safety. A single subject A-B design was utilized. Following baseline, a hypothesis and intervention plan was developed. This included a non-contingent reinforcement procedure and motivation system in the form of a token economy. The client provided informed consent for the intervention. The purpose of the intervention was to teach the client the necessary skills to follow a schedule of meaningful rehabilitation activities, without engaging in physical aggression. Adifferential reinforcement of alternative behaviorprocedure was also utilized. Interobserver agreementdata was collected on an intermittent basis. Train the trainer method was used and social validity measures were obtained. Following the implementation of the intervention, the frequency of physical restraint used by staff significantly reduced from a mean of 1.42 times per day, to mean of 0.025 times per day post intervention and was maintained until discharge. Participation in rehabilitation activities improved from a mean of 26 minutes per day at baseline, to a mean of 147 minutes per day following the intervention and this was maintained until discharge and his mobility improved. He was safely transitioned back to the community without requiring psychotropic medication. He began to make better decisions and reestablished social relationships. He learned the necessary skills to self regulate without becoming physically aggressive or engaging in sexually inappropriate behaviors.

 
10. An Alternative Way to Teach Match to Sample of a Naturalistic Nature for Tramatic Brain Injuries
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
KEVIN J. MARCHINI (ReMeD)
Abstract:

The subject of this study is a 50-year-old survivor of a traumatic brain injury, whose characteristics include confusion, disorientation, global aphasia and agitation with episodes of verbal aggression. These sequelae contribute to an inability to functionally communicate verbally or through writing. The subject also performed poorly on standard matching-to-sample trials and could not make sense of written words. Secondary to this presentation the subject became confused when staff attempted to initiate activities, leading to verbal aggression, property destruction and non-follow through. However, despite these significant deficits, in specific situations the subject could display highly contextual behavior, i.e. initiating a shower after staff presented shower supplies in the bathroom. As a result this project considered verbal behavior concepts, stimulus equivalence and alternative ways of teaching match to sample in the development of a strategy to incorporate naturalistic objects already occurring within the context to certain activities. Emphasis was placed on the naturalistic nature of the objects in an effort to support a trial at home, making generalization critical to the intervention

 
11. The Effects of Fluency Training of Facial Expressions in Adults With Acquired Brain Injury
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
NATALIE A. FORBERG (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Michael P. Mozzoni (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jeff A Kupfer (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John P. Smagner (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

In the current study, the experimenter will be systematically replicating and extending previous research on facial expression awareness training. The effects of facial expression recognition training will be evaluated using a multiple baseline design across subjects with individuals with acquired brain injury, and data will be analyzed using visual inspection of line-graph data. The study will be conducted in following four phases: 1) baseline, 2) labeling facial expressions and characteristics of the expressions that demonstrate the emotions of happy, sad, angry, and surprise, 3) train facial expression identification to fluency aims, and 4) generalizing same facial expressions with novel stimuli using new photographs.

 
 
 
Poster Session #394
DDA Poster Session 4
Monday, May 30, 2011
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. Are Repeated Assessments of Behavior Function Necessary When Evaluating Psychotropic Medication Effectiveness?
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MARIA G. VALDOVINOS (Drake University), Kirstin Uran (Drake University)
Abstract:

Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) are often prescribed psychotropic medication to treat behaviors such as aggression and self-injury. Evaluation of these medications is often based on caregiver report or changes in frequency of behavior. Rarely do care providers, however, conceptualize psychotropic medications as stimuli potentially serving as motivating operations. Instead, the view may be that medications are the solution for difficult to treat behaviors. As such, decreases in behavior should not be the only consideration when evaluating medication effectiveness. We propose that evaluations regarding the possible change in function of behavior should also be considered when using psychotropic medication to treat problematic behaviors. This research involved completing multiple functional assessments throughout psychotropic medication changes. A total of 15 participants have been enrolled in the study. Participants have included individuals with a diagnosis of intellectual disability and other comorbid diagnoses (e.g., autism) who exhibited behaviors such as aggression and self-injury. Psychotropic medication changes were recommended by treating physicians and approval for medication changes are made by treatment teams (neither of whom are affiliated with the authors). Initial interviews were conducted to determine operational definitions for problem behaviors and hypotheses regarding behavior function. Following the initial interview with caregivers, standard analogue functional analyses were conducted using a multielement design. These assessments were then repeated no less than 2 weeks after psychotropic medication changes were made. Our data revealed changes in the conditions under which behavior occurred. Below are graphs depicting data for one of our participants, Randis. These data suggest that, indeed, repeated assessments of behavior function should be conducted when evaluating the effectiveness of any given medication as both rate and conditions under which behavior occurs may change.

 
2. A Comparison of Different Types of Graphic Displays of Functional Analysis Data: A Preliminary Study
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CHRISTINA GARRISON-DIEHN (University of Nevada, Reno), David A. Pyles (The Chicago School, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

This study examined the ease of interpretability and reliability of visual inspection of data across five different graphical displays using a paper-based survey. Twelve participants were first asked to evaluate which graphs they preferred for interpretation of functional analysis data. Participants were then asked to interpret four different functional analysis data sets displayed in five types of graphs: line graphs, multi-element graphs, histograms, cumulative records and standard celeration charts. Results indicate that histograms, on average, took the least amount of time to analyze, but those present problems due to obscured trends and variability of the aggregate data. The multi-element graph took, on average, the longest amount of time to analyze and the reliability of analysis across observers was either similar to or worse than other graphic displays. Excluding the histogram, the cumulative record took, on average, the least amount of time to analyze and had the highest inter-rater agreement. Results are discussed with implications for future research to determine optimal systems of visual analysis.

 
3. Applying Relative Percent Difference to the Functional Analysis of Problem Behaviour
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
ROSS VIOLO (George Brown College), Kieva Sofia Hranchuk (George Brown College), F. J. Barrera (Private Consultant Practice)
Abstract:

Applying functional analysis (FA) within uncontrolled settings on chronic or complex behaviour poses significant threats to the internal validity of an assessments experimental design. These conditions may result in a lack of demonstrated experimental control leading to inconclusive, incorrect, or subjective interpretations. The following study analyzed the undifferentiated FA results of traditional linear graphic analysis of problem behaviour by averaging the relative percent difference (RPD) between an experimental condition and its preceding control condition. Case studies from the primary literature where initial FA results were undifferentiated but demonstrated masked social functions were reanalyzed using RPD. Results extrapolated a functional relationship between problem behaviour and a socially mediated reinforcer, illustrating the utility of RPD to the analysis of problem behaviour. Further research on a novel reversal design, in which each experimental condition is preceded by a control condition, and the application of RPD as an objective tool for interpreting FA results will be discussed.

 
4. The Potential Impact of Attention During the Functional Analysis of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
ELIZABETH A. MASLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa L. Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kathryn Grampp (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Tessa Taylor Rivet (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Identifying environmental events that may play a role in the maintenance of inappropriate mealtime behavior is an important component in developing effective packages for the treatment of food refusal. Previously, functional analyses have been utilized to identify maintaining variables for inappropriate mealtime behavior. The current study evaluated a parent-conducted functional analysis of inappropriate mealtime behavior for a 6-year-old girl admitted to an inpatient feeding program for the assessment and treatment of feeding difficulties. Control (continuous attention and access to a preferred activity), attention, escape, and tangible conditions were evaluated within a functional analysis. Initial results indicated potential escape, attention, and tangible functions maintaining inappropriate mealtime behavior. Subsequent analysis further manipulating the presence of attention revealed low levels of inappropriate mealtime behavior during conditions in which attention was delivered continuously, and high levels of inappropriate mealtime behavior during conditions in which attention was not available. Initial results from functional analysis may have lead to false positive findings; subsequent analyses were necessary to identify what variables maintained the individuals inappropriate mealtime behavior.

 
5. Gauging the Effects of Frequent Preference Assessments on Response Accuracy
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
AINSLEY THOMPSON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mandy M. Triggs (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Abbey Carreau-Webster (Kennedy Krieger Institutue)
Abstract:

Several studies have demonstrated the utility of preference assessments and reinforcer choice on adaptive responding in persons with intellectual disabilities, but few have used response accuracy, arguably the most pertinent measure in an instructional context, as the dependent measure. This study examined the effects of three consequence conditions on accuracy of academic task performance in two children diagnosed with intellectual disabilities. The conditions included praise alone, delivery of a preferred item identified prior to the analysis, and delivery of a preferred item identified prior to daily work sessions. The effects of these conditions on the cumulative number of correct responses across sessions were examined. Both preferred stimulus conditions produced a higher cumulative number of correct responses than praise in the same number of sessions. Stimuli identified daily resulted in slightly accelerated performance in one participant, but no differences in the second participant, whose most preferred stimulus was invariant across days. The results extend the findings of prior studies demonstrating the advantages of frequent preferences assessment to a response accuracy, rather than response maintenance, context.

 
6. Further Analysis of Stability and Disruption of Preference
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
DANA M. GADAIRE (University of Southern Maine), Michael E. Kelley (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center), Crystal N. Bowen (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Clinicians and researchers rely on assessments of preference to identify items and activities that are likely to function as reinforcers during assessment and intervention. Questions still remain about the stability of preference over time, the conditions under which stable preferences may be disrupted, and the reemergence of preference once it is disrupted despite continued procedural refinement. In Experiment 1, we systematically replicated past research on stability of preference. In Experiment 2, we arranged motivation operation (MO) manipulations for 9 individuals whose data in Experiment 1 met the operational definition for stability of preference. Despite identical MO manipulations across participants, the extent to which stable preferences were disrupted varied across individuals. In Experiment 3, we conducted motivation gradient assessments that were designed to detect the disruption and reemergence of motivation over the course of time. Results suggested that the motivation gradient assessment may be a useful procedure for determining the likelihood of reemergence of motivation over time.

 
7. Evaluation of a Modification to a Preference Assessment to Reduce Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
SOYEON KANG (University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk), Christina L. Fragale (Meadows Center for the Prevention of Educational Risk)
Abstract:

Paired stimulus (PS) preference assessment is one of the most commonly used procedures to identify potential reinforcers (Hagopian, Long, & Rush, 2004). In the PS format (e.g., Fisher et al., 1992) the experimenter presents two items simultaneously and asks the participant to choose one. After selecting an item, the participant has brief access to it before it is removed. When the chosen item is withdrawn, the participants with problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items may engage in their problem behavior (Kang et al., 2010). Highly occurring problem behavior during the assessment may interrupt and cease the procedure. That can ultimately lead to inaccurate or no results about the potential reinforcers. Therefore this study examined a modification to the current PS formats that could be made to avoid problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items. The experimenter administered the current PS format and the modified PS format 5 times in a random order for 3 children with developmental disabilities whose problem behavior was maintained by access to tangible items. The rate of problem behavior that occurred during each format was compared. The results of the study suggest that the modified PS format was effective in reducing problem behavior. The results can provide empirical recommendations for the preference assessment.

 
8. Assessing the Predictive Validity of a Paired-Choice Preference Assessment Using a Progressive Ratio Schedule
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JOHNNA R. CONLEY (The Chicago Schoolfor Professional Psychology), David A. Pyles (The Chicago School, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Determining if a paired-choice preference assessment accurately predicts reinforcer value is important in order for instructional time to be used appropriately. This study evaluated the correlation between the rankings of stimuli based on a paired-choice preference assessment and the amount of responding each stimulus maintained. Three children between the ages of 4 and 9 and diagnosed with a developmental disability participated in this study. A paired-choice preference assessment was conducted with each participant to identify least-, moderately-, and highest-preferred stimuli. The stimuli were then arranged into a concurrent progressive ratio schedule to determine the reinforcing value of each stimulus. Results indicated that all stimuli functioned as reinforcers in the presence of one another with variability in responding observed across sessions and within sessions with respect to each stimulus. Additionally, the stimulus associated with the most responding during a given session varied for all participants. The results of this study along with results of similar research warrant hesitation before implementing preference assessments to identify an individual stimulus as having the highest reinforcing value.

 
9. Identifying the Optimal Number of Items to Use During Multiple-Item Preference Assessments
Area: DDA; Domain: Experimental Analysis
DEBORAH L. HATTON (University of Manitoba), Carly Thiessen (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Dickie C.T. Yu (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba)
Abstract:

Two frequently used preference assessment procedures are paired-stimulus (PS) and multiple-stimulus without replacement (MSWO) assessments. To assess an array of items, PS involves presenting 2 items per trial and pairing each item with every other item on subsequent trials. In contrast, MSWO involves presenting all items on the first trial. A selected item is not replaced and the remaining items are presented on the next trial, and so on until the last 2 items are presented. MSWO is more efficient than the PS procedure, but many people with developmental disabilities are unable to discriminate between more than 2 items. I evaluated the effectiveness of a simple test to predict the optimal number of items that a person can discriminate. Each participant received a PS assessment to establish a preference hierarchy among 8 items, an optimal-number test, and an MSWO assessment for the same 8 items. Contrary to what was expected, the most preferred item identified by the PS assessment was not selected above chance level during the MSWO assessment on trials when the number of items matched the optimal number.

 
10. Choice Between Negative and Positive Reinforcement as a Treatment for Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
KRISTIN ANNE KIEL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cindy T. Graham (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mackenzie Wyatt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Escape extinction is a common treatment for individuals with escaped-maintained problem behavior (Piazza, Fisher, Hanley, Remick, Contrucci, & Aitken, 1997). However, escape extinction alone may not reduce undesirable behavior to acceptable levels. Rather, programmed consequences in the form of positive and negative reinforcement contingent on compliance in the absence of problem behavior may be warranted. Researchers have examined the concurrent availability of both forms of reinforcement in demands contexts (DeLeon, Neidart, Anders, & Rodriquez-Catter, 2001; Kodak, Lerman, Volkert, & Trosclair, 2007). The participant in the current study is a 10-year-old male diagnosed with Cornelia de Lange Syndrome. The participant was exposed to two treatments for his escape-maintained destructive behavior: negative reinforcement in the form of a break and positive reinforcement in the form of a highly-preferred edible item contingent on compliance in the absence of destructive behavior. In a latter phase, the participant was able to choose between the treatment options while the reinforcement schedule was thinned. The results demonstrated that despite schedule thinning, the participant continued to choose the positive reinforcer a majority of the time.

 
11. A Comparison of Constant Time Delay Instruction With High and Low Treatment Integrity
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Onur Kurt (Anadolu University), OZLEM CETIN (Anadolu University), Elif Tekin-Iftar (Anadolu University)
Abstract:

Constant time delay is known as an effective response prompting procedure on teaching discrete as well as chained skills to individuals with various ages and disabilities. Moreover, research has shown that it is used with high treatment integrity. However, there are several barriers which may prevent to deliver instruction with high treatment integrity. This study was designed to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of constant time delay delivered with high treatment integrity and constant time delay with low treatment integrity in teaching object naming to children with developmental disabilities. Low treatment integrity was defined as not delivering controlling prompt 30% of all teaching trials. An adapted alternating treatment design was used to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of two levels of treatment integrity with constant time delay on the acquisition of the object naming. Three male students with autism participated in the study. Results showed that all three children learned their target behaviors on the criterion level with both conditions. Mixed findings were obtained for efficiency of instruction.

 
12. A Comparison of Resetting and Non-Resetting Intervals During Treatment with Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
EMILY HULL BELLACI (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston - Clear Lake)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the strengths and weaknesses associated with resetting differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) and non-resetting DRO procedures. Experiment 1 includedone participant diagnosed with autism. In this experiment, we implemented each variation of DRO in a multielement design to compare the effects of the treatment on the target behavior and the occurrence of other problem behaviors. Although the data showed similar decreases in the target behavior across each variation, higher rates of other problem behaviors were seen in the non-resetting DRO. In Experiment 2, we evaluated participant preference for procedural variation withone participant diagnosed with mild pervasive developmental disorder. The participant showed a preference for the resetting DRO. These findings suggest some possible advantages to using a resetting DRO over a non-resetting DRO. However, onlyone participant was included in each experiment; therefore, further research is needed.

 
13. An Extension on Choices Between Positive and Negative Reinforcement During Treatment for Escape-Maintained Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
IFAT BILITZER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Linda Nguyen (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rachel C. Maher (Trellis Services, Inc.), Theodosia R. Paclawskyj (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

When given a choice between positive or negative reinforcement for escape-maintained behavior, task difficulty and the schedule of reinforcement may influence an individual's choice (DeLeon et al., 2001). Positive reinforcement may be selected more often when the task is simple and the schedule of reinforcement is dense. When there is an increase in difficulty of tasks or when the schedule of reinforcement is thinned, a shift in preference of reinforcement may occur. The present study examined changes in preference for reinforcement for escape-maintained behavior. The participant was a 19-year-old female diagnosed with autism, cerebral palsy, mental retardation, and a seizure disorder. A functional analysis and a subsequent demand assessment determined that her problem behavior was maintained by escape from task demands. The treatment package consisted of training in picture card exchange to request positive reinforcement (snack) or negative reinforcement (break from the demands) in conjunction with extinction for maladaptive behaviors. Results showed that positive reinforcement was preferred more often. However, as the schedule of reinforcement was thinned, and as the level of demand difficulty increased, there was more variability in the participant's selection of reinforcement, and a shift in preference was observed.

 
14. Preference for Choice of Reinforcement During the Treatment of Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MEGAN B. BLACK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erin Ann Schaller (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cindy T. Graham (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Reinforcement procedures are effective in increasing compliance and reducing escape-maintained problem behavior. Many researchers have examined the effects of participant choice between positive and negative reinforcement during treatment (DeLeon, Neidert, Anders, & Vodriguez-Catter, 2001); however, these investigators have not compared the presentation of choice between reinforcers against the presentation of the same reinforcers without a choice. Studies manipulating the presentation of choices between reinforcers or tasks have produced inconsistent results, particularly in single-operant arrangements (Lerman et al., 1997; Parsons, Reid, Reynolds, & Bumgarner, 1990). In the present investigation, we conducted a component analysis to determine whether the individual exhibited differential responding dependent on the type of reinforcer provided for compliance. Three phases were evaluated including (a) a choice between a highly preferred edible and a break, (b) a highly preferred edible, and (c) a break. Results demonstrated that providing the individual with a choice between reinforcers yielded the lowest rates of problem behavior relative to providing the edible or break alone. These findings extend previous research and provide support that individuals may prefer a choice between reinforcers in the demand context.

 
15. Differential Reinforcement to Decrease Prompt Dependency
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
LINH B. LY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cindy T. Graham (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Prompt dependency is a problem that may arise when working with individuals with developmental disabilities (Clark & Green, 2004; Oppenheimer, Saunders, & Spradlin, 1993). Differential reinforcement of compliance had been successful in increasing independent responding (Hausman, Kahng, & Ingvarsson, unpublished manuscript; Karsten & Carr, 2009). However, some tasks require an initial instruction (e.g., letter identification). Differentially reinforcing the level of prompting required has not been evaluated. A 12-year-old boy diagnosed with autism and mental retardation participated in the current study. During baseline, compliance after either the verbal prompt or gestural prompt resulted in praise only. During treatment, two conditions were evaluated. In the first condition, compliance after the verbal and gestural prompt was reinforced with praise and an edible. In the second condition, only compliance after the verbal prompt was reinforced. Results indicated that when reinforcement was contingent on compliance after the verbal prompt, compliance was high. Further, when reinforcement was provided after compliance after both the verbal and gestural prompts, compliance was low.

 
16. A Comparison of Printed and iPod-Delivered Schedules for Increasing Independent Task Initiation and Completion
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
TONI R. VAN LAARHOVEN (Northern Illinois University), Justin Olson (Northern Illinois University), Leanne M Wadman (Northern Illinois University), Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University), Anna Brady (Northern Illinois University), Heather Johnson (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract:

An alternating treatments design was used to compare the effectiveness of written versus picture/auditory schedules for increasing independent task initiation and completion of scheduled activities for three young adults who attended a community-based transition program. Participating students had developmental disabilities and/or autism and were identified as needing a great deal of prompting from adults to initiate and complete scheduled activities. Unprompted independent correct responses were measured for students who were using a written checklist that they had been using for the majority of the school year and this was compared to a picture/auditory schedule presented on an iPod Touch. Two of the three participants performed better when the iPod was used, while the third student initially performed better with the checklist and then better with the iPod as her comfort with using it increased. All three participants selected the iPod as the preferred prompting system; however, one student also indicated that she would prefer no prompting system. A discussion of the practical use of an iPod will be presented.

 
17. Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention for a Child With Down's Syndrome
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
ATLI F. MAGNUSSON (The Diagnostic and Counselling Center), Helga Kristinsdottir (The State Diagnostic and Counseling Center), Anna-Lind Petursdottir (University of Iceland), Sigridur L. Jonsdottir (State Diagnostic and Counseling Center, Iceland)
Abstract:

Early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) has become a relatively widely selected intervention for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Numerous studies have shown EIBI to be more effective than other interventions (see Eikeseth, 2009). Children with Downs syndrome usually receive early intervention. However, traditionally these children are not offered EIBI. The only study published on children receiving behavioral intervention with developmental disorders other than autism (Eldevik, Jahr, Eikeseth, Hastings, & Hughes, 2010) showed that they made more progress than children receiving other types of interventions. In this poster an ongoing study on the effects of EIBI for a child with Down's syndrome will be described. Data from a multiple baseline design indicate that the child is making progress due to the intervention, showing immediate increase in the level of correct responding from the mean of 36.7%, 0% and 0% to 99.3%, 93.6% and 72.3% respectively across different tasks. Data will also be presented on some process measures, i.e. number of intervention hours per week, average number of discrete learning trials per day and average number of mastered skills per week.

 
18. The Utility of a Task Preference Hierarchy Based on Response Latency
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
ERIN ANN SCHALLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kathryn Jann (University of Florida), Megan B. Black (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Robert Drowos (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

When results of a functional analysis of severe problem behavior (Iwata et al., 1982) are inconclusive, a more specific analysis of problem behavior may be warranted for the subsequent identification of a function-based treatment. For example, if tasks included into the condition assessing negatively-reinforced behavior are considered preferred tasks by the individual, results may yield a false-positive outcome (Call, Pabico & Lomas, 2009). In these situations, identification of tasks that increase the establishing operation of the demand condition is needed. A demand assessment may be useful when little or no responding is observed during an initial functional analysis because relevant motivating operations are absent from the demand condition (Roscoe, Rooker, Pence, & Longworth, 2009). We are conducting a study to evaluate if response latency is predictive of response rate within a demand context. The dependent measures include latency to the first problem behavior (i.e., duration of time elapsed from the onset of session to the first instance of problem behavior) and rate of problem behavior. Results of this study could yield an efficient way to identify a task preference hierarchy that could be used for inclusion into a demand analysis for the assessment of problem behavior maintained by negative reinforcement.

 
19. The Use of a "Later" Card to Decrease Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior During Demand Presentation
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
BRIDGET MCKENNA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Natalie Rolider (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Molly Gemp (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Functional communication with extinction has been shown to be an effective treatment for escape-maintained problem behavior in individuals with developmental disabilities (e.g., Fisher, Piazza, Cataldo, Harrell, Jefferson, & Conner, 1993). Functional communication training provides such individuals with an appropriate communication method to avoid tasks (e.g., Lalli, Kasey, & Kates, 1995); however, some tasks, such as those involving self-care, are often essential and cannot be completely avoided. In the current investigation, the use of the functional communication response "later" was evaluated as a treatment component for one individual who demonstrated escape-maintained self-injurious behavior in the context of activities of daily living. When the "later" card was available, the participant was given the opportunity to defer demands and tasks to a later time. The participant was then required to complete the tasks after a brief (e.g., 5 min) delay using 3-step guided compliance. Results showed that the opportunity to postpone completion of activities of daily living reduced problem behavior for 51.2% of trials. The functional communication response was generalized to various other tasks. When functional communication for postponement was combined with additional treatment components, problem behaviors were eliminated, and compliance was observed in 98% of trials.

 
 
 
Poster Session #395
DEV Poster Session 4
Monday, May 30, 2011
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. The Effects of a Rotated Protocol Immersion Package to Induce Higher Order Verbal Capabilities With Students Diagnosed With Developmental Delays
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Longano (The Fred S. Keller School), NOOR YOUNUS SYED (Teachers College, Columbia University), Heather Green (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

This study investigates the effects of a rotated protocol immersion package on the emergence of early observing responses as a prerequisite for higher order verbal behavior with students diagnosed with developmental disabilities. Nine students between the ages of 1- and 3-years-old participated in the study. The intervention consisted of total immersion in a rotation of 5 pre-listener protocols (Keohane, Delgado & Greer, 2009; Greer & Ross, 2008) designed to induce foundational verbal developmental capabilities. The protocols consisted of Sensory Matching Across the Senses, Conditioning Sustained Eye Contact of 2D and 3D Stimuli, Conditioning Adult Voices, and Conditioning Adult Faces. The students were chosen as participants because they did not reliably orient towards voices in their environment and did not respond to their names when called by the teacher. The dependent variables in the study consisted of the learn units to criteria across instructional objectives pre- and post-intervention, as well as observing responses. Other variables being investigated include sustained eye contact of two-dimensional and three-dimensional stimuli, adult voices as a conditioned reinforcer, appropriate toy play in the free-play setting and sensory matching across the five senses. A multiple probe design is used in the study, which is currently ongoing.

 
2. Effects of Social Reinforcement Contingent on Conventional or Unconventional Responses on Generalized Creativity by Older Adults
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
COURTNEY POLENICK (Youngstown State University), Stephen Ray Flora (Youngstown State University)
Abstract:

Increasing creativity in older adults may have beneficial effects on measures of daily functioning and overall quality of life. The purpose of this study is to examine the effects of social reinforcement (i.e., verbal praise) contingent on two types of responses in an object uses task on two subsequent measures of generalized creativity. Participants were aged 60 years and older, living in the community or in an assisted and independent living facility. In a counterbalanced within subjects design, participants were asked to provide usual object uses in one session and unusual object uses in another session. There were at least two days between the two experimental sessions. During generalization tasks, participants made pictures from circles and generated story titles based on subject prompts. Reinforcing unusual uses increased subsequent production of original pictures and increased the number of story titles and original story titles compared to reinforcing usual uses. These findings suggest that providing social reinforcement for creative or unconventional responses in a task (e.g., giving unusual object uses) may increase creative responding in subsequent, unrelated tasks by older adults.

 
3. Teaching Time Telling to Adults With Mild Intellectual Disability
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Subin Tom Mathews (University of Waikato), THERESE MARY FOSTER (University of Waikato)
Abstract:

In Part 1, three adults with mild intellectual disability and with minimal skills were taught to tell the time to the nearest 5 min interval with an analogue clock. The target skill was trained in 12 phases, with different skills trained in each phase (such as the hour, half-past the hour etc). Each phase involved acquisition training, discrimination training and a review. A multiple-probe design was used over phases. The training brought about improvements in the time-telling skills of all participants. It took between 48 and 65 days, with at least 30 min of training each day. Part 2 aimed to compare the effects of fast practice, slow practice and no practice on the retention and generalization of the time-telling skill. An alternating-treatments design was used. The results indicated that, while periods without practicing led to the deterioration in the accuracy of the skill both types of practice helped to maintained it. There was no difference in the retention or generalization of the skill following rate-building to a fluency performance standard or the same amount of rate-controlled practice.

 
4. The Use of Multiple Exemplar Instruction to Induce the Naming Capability in Children With Disabilities
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
NICOLE LUKE (Surrey Place Centre), Andrea Paszti (Surrey Place Centre), Julia Jones (Toronto Partnership for Autism Services)
Abstract:

Naming is a language function that is crucial for learning and is often absent in children with developmental disabilities such as autism. Four children from 5-6 years of age were selected to engage in multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) in order to induce this capability. All of these children attended a centre-based intensive behavioural intervention (IBI) program and were selected based on the following criteria: demonstration of vocal verbal language capabilities consisting of, at minimum, one word mands and tacts, possession of the capacity to comply with instructions, possession of the capacity to be reinforced by the observation of two-dimensional visual stimuli, demonstration of the capacity for sameness, and demonstration of the lack of the full Naming capability. Initial assessment consisted of teaching matching two-dimensional novel stimuli. Following teaching, participants were selected based on the inability to demonstrate the Naming capability when given pointing, tacting, and impure tact/intraverbal tasks using the same set of materials. A delayed multiple baseline probe across participants was used and materials were counter-balanced across participants.

 
5. Antisocial Behavior as a Behavioral Cusp
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JULIANNA RUFINO, Elenice Seixas Hanna (Universidade de Brasília)
Abstract:

There's no agreement in psychology, psychiatry and sociology about the conceptualization of antisocial behavior or the best treatments to diminish the presentation of it. In his book Antisocial Boys (1992) Patterson describes a model of development of the antisocial behavior different from what has been discussed before. He defines the antisocial behavior as a coercitive event, contingent to other family member' or peer's behaviors, that can modify or alter the probability to modify these behaviors. Thus, Patterson's theory of development stages of antisocial behavior has a similar notion to another paradigm in behavior analysis-the concept of behavioral cusps. Rosales-Ruiz and Baer (1997) define it as a behavior that can expose the individual's repertoire to new environments, specially new reinforcement and punishment contingences and new stimulus control. Antisocial behavior is under control of basic learning processes and, as a behavioral cusp, might have a learning cumulative effect as discussed by Patterson (1992). Antisocial behavior might, in terms of probability, lead to other antisocial repertoires even more severe and bring damaging consequences for the individual as to the direct and indirect social context. Therefore, it's important to consider initial environments in which the antisocial behavior may develop, as the familiar environment.

 
 
 
Poster Session #396
EAB Poster Session 4
Monday, May 30, 2011
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. The Effects of Basic Reinforcement Schedules on Chicks' Operant Responses and Preferences for Imprinted Stimulus
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
FUKUKO HASEGAWA (Tokiwa University), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University)
Abstract:

A stimulus comes to be a reinforcer for an arbitrary operant response through imprinting. The present study investigated the effects of basic reinforcement schedules on chicks key-peck response rates and preferences for an imprinted stimulus. Newly hatched chicks were exposed to the moving red cylinder. After that, their preferences for the stimulus were tested in the situation where both the stimulus and a novel stimulus were simultaneously exposed to each chick. Only chicks which preferred the familiar stimulus were used as the subjects for the remaining sessions. The chicks key-peck responses were shaped by using the imprinted stimulus as a reinforcer. After the establishment of the response, they were divided into the following four groups, FR 5, FI 5 sec, VI 5 sec, and VR 5 groups. They were trained to peck the key in each schedule of reinforcement over five sessions. After the training, we carried out the second preference test. Figure 1 showed that the key-peck response rates were lower in the following order, VR, FR, VI, and FI groups. Figure 2 showed the results of two preference tests. Although two interval-schedule groups did not show any preference shift, two ratio-schedule groups showed the preference shift.

 
2. Parametric Analysis of Delay of Reinforcement Effects on Fixed Ratio and Yoked Interval Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
EZRA GARTH HALL (West Virginia University), David P. Jarmolowicz (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Although a number of studies have examined delay-of-reinforcement effects on variable-interval (VI) schedules (e.g., Sizemore & Lattal, 1978; Richards, 1981; Reilly & Lattal, 2004; Shahan & Lattal, 2005; Williams, 1976) less is known about the effects of delays on other schedules. The few studies that have examined delay-of-reinforcement effects on fixed-ratio (FR) schedules (Morgan, 1972; Topping, Johnson, & McGlynn, 1973; Meunier & Ryman, 1974) have failed to demonstrate the negative relation between response rate and delay duration typically seen on VI schedules, raising the possibility that delays interact differently with interval and ratio schedules. The present experiment examined this possibility by exposing behavior maintained on FR and interval schedules which were yoked to provide the same rate and temporal distribution of reinforcement to a series of delays that increased across sessions. This process was systematically replicated across a wide range of FR requirements. Orderly delay-of-reinforcement gradients were obtained for both the FR and interval schedules, yet no interaction between schedule type (i.e., FR or interval) was observed.

 
3. Time Allocation During Conjoint Variable Schedules of Responding and Not-Responding
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
ANDREW R. CRAIG (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Key pecking was maintained on a variable-interval schedule of food reinforcement for two White Carneau pigeons during baseline. During experimental conditions, a tandem variable-time, differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior schedule similar to that used by Lattal and Boyer (1980) was superimposed over the underlying variable-interval schedule with no change in stimulus conditions. According to this schedule, alternative reinforcement was occasionally delivered contingent upon a pause in responding of at least 5 s. Three different frequencies of alternative reinforcement were available in separate experimental conditions with alternating baseline conditions. These frequencies were arranged such that the ratios of programmed pause-dependent and response-dependent reinforcement rates across components were 3:1, 1:1, and 1:3 for both subjects. Preliminary results suggest that the subjects allocate a percentage of time to pausing that roughly matches the percent of reinforcement obtained according to the schedule of pause-dependent reinforcement. Data collection is still in progress. Further analyses will be conducted to generate a generalized matching equation for both subjects following exposure to all experimental condition. Reference Lattal, K. A., & Boyer, S. S. (1980). Alternative reinforcement effects on fixed-interval performance. The Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 34, 285-296.

 
4. Performances of Unnoticed Human Participants Under Mixed Schedule of Reinforcement: A Comparison Between Button-Pressing and Operandum-Tilting
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
MASAHIRO MURATA (Teikyo University), Yumi Kato, Ryousuke Kawashima (Teikyo University), Kaname Mochizuki (Teikyo University)
Abstract:

The aim of the present experiment was the comparison of human schedule performance with or without awareness under mixed reinforcement schedule. We built a triaxial acceleration sensor in a game pad to include tilting, swinging and yawing of the pad in the definition of operant. Adopting these definitions of operant could make it difficult for participants to be aware of the experimental contingency and could prevent the interaction of verbal behavior with schedule performances. We examined the university students' schedule performances under mixed FI FR DRL FR schedule using this device and compared them with conventional schedule performances.

 
5. Re-Examining Stimulus Control of Respondent and Operant Responding: A Consideration of Procedural and Conceptual Distinctions
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
JENNIFER A. WADE (Temple University), Paul D. Neuman (Bryn Mawr College)
Abstract:

Although respondent and operant response classes are typically viewed as distinct, some research has also focused on the interplay between operant and respondent behavior (Hineline, 1986; Pear & Eldridge, 1984; Marcucella, 1981). The current experiment is a replication of Marcucellas (1981) study using a multiple schedule which suggested distinct discriminations. In the multiple schedule, short components where responding does not produce a consequence precede longer components during which a random interval-1 minute (RI 1) schedule of reinforcement was operative. The current experiment introduced modifications to Marcucellas (1981) procedures that addressed potential limitations of the original work. First, yoked pigeons included to provide support for the claim that pecks during the short components were respondent in nature. Second, the short components were lengthened from 1.5 seconds to 6 seconds to make timing favorable for respondent discrimination. Finally, a blackout period was introduced after a reinforcer was delivered during a RI- 1 minute schedule of reinforcement to strengthen the contingency between CS and US pairings. Data from the experiment support differential rates of responding during components where pecking produced a consequence and when it did not. Procedural and conceptual bases of respondent and operant conditioning including stimulus control and timing are addressed.

 
6. Enhancement of Operant Response Acquisition With Delayed Reinforcement Using Brief Food-Paired Stimuli
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
ANDREW T. FOX (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that brief stimuli at the beginning of response-reinforcer delays can enhance operant response acquisition in rats and steady-state responding in pigeons. Multiple experiments in our lab have failed to replicate this enhancement of response acquisition in rats. In one of these experiments, the rats even experienced pre-pairing of the stimulus and food prior to response acquisition sessions. However, no attempt was made in that experiment to ensure that the stimulus-food pairings actually affected behavior; it was unclear whether the failure to replicate was due to the stimulus being ineffective during operant acquisition or if the pre-pairing was ineffective. Therefore, a modification to the procedure was made whereby hopper-checking could serve as an indicator of the ability of the food-paired stimulus to affect behavior prior to acquisition sessions. During response acquisition, this same stimulus was presented 0, 3, or 12.5 s into 30-s response reinforcer delays. No-stimulus and backward pairing controls were also investigated. Robust enhancement of response acquisition by food-paired stimuli was observed.

 
7. The Establishment of Lever-Pressing by Rats With Intermittent-Delayed Conditioned Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
KARINA BERMUDEZ (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Carlos A. Bruner (Universidad Nacional de Mexico)
Abstract:

The purpose of this experiment was to study the acquisition of lever-pressing (R) by rats in the absence of preliminary training with intermittent-delayed conditioned reinforcement. Rats were exposed to two concurrent schedules. One of these was held constant across the experiment and consisted of a random time 60 s schedule that controlled the pairing of a 1 s illumination of the cue-light above the lever with the delivery of a food pellet. The other schedule consisted of a tandem random interval (RI) 7.5, 15 or 30 s fixed time (FT) 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 s that controlled the degree of intermittency and of delay of the conditioned reinforcer (Sr) after a given lever-press. Three rats each were exposed to a different combination of RI and FT values. Response rates decreased with longer R- Sr delays under the three different frequencies of Sr. At most R-Sr delays, absolute response rates were similar with the Sr frequencies set by the RI 7.5 and 15 s schedules but lower with the frequency set by the RI 30 s schedule. These findings suggest that any previously neutral stimulus that has been correlated with primary reinforcement can reinforce new responses and thus contribute to a large degree to build complex response repertoires in different individuals.

 
8. Effects of Reinforcer Magnitude on Response Acquisition With Unsignaled Delayed Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
AMY DAWSON (College of Charleston), Kaitlyn P. Brierley (College of Charleston), Chad M. Galuska (College of Charleston), Adam H. Doughty (College of Charleston)
Abstract:

Six rats were exposed to a tandem fixed-ratio 1 differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior 30-s schedule with reinforcer magnitude at one or six pellet(s) across groups of three rats. The rats exposed to the larger reinforcer magnitude acquired the lever-press response more rapidly than the rats exposed to the smaller reinforcer magnitude. The present results extend the literature involving response acquisition with unsignaled delayed reinforcement by systematically replicating several earlier findings, including the effects of body weight on responding maintained by unsignaled delayed reinforcement and trace conditioning with differentconditioned stimulus-unconditioned stimulusintervals.

 
9. Schedule-Specific Effects of Briefly Delayed Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
AUGUST F. HOLTYN (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

When a brief (0.5 s) unsignaled delay to reinforcement is imposed on responding maintained by a variable-interval (VI) schedule, response rates and the number of short (< 0.5 s) interresponse times increase. At issue in the present experiment is whether a similar effect would be obtained using a schedule of reinforcement that involves a different contingency, specifically a variable-ratio (VR) schedule. Four pigeons were exposed to a multiple schedule with two components that differed based on the schedule of reinforcement in effect. In one component, the pigeons responded on a VR 50 schedule. In the other component, they responded on a VI schedule in which the distribution of reinforcers in the preceding VR component determined the intervals between reinforcers. In other words, a multiple VR 50 yoked VI schedule was arranged. Once responding stabilized, a brief unsignaled delay to reinforcement was added to both components. In the initial conditions, responding increased in the VI component for three of the four pigeons, while responding in the VR component varied across pigeons. Further replications, currently underway, are being conducted to determine the variables controlling these differences in responding.

 
10. Resurgence of Caregiver Responses During Simulated Mealtimes
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
AARON D. LESSER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Amber E. Mendres (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract:

Resurgence is characterized by the re-emergence of previously reinforced responses when alternative responses are subsequently reinforced and exposed to extinction (e.g., Bruzek, Thompson, & Peters, 2009). The current study was designed as a systematic replication of procedures described by Bruzek et al. in the context of a simulated mealtime. In Phase 1, a target response was negatively reinforced by the termination of a putative aversive auditory stimulus. Once the participant engaged in the response for a specified period of time Phase 2 began. During Phase 2, the target response was exposed to extinction. When the participant ceased to engage in the target response for a specified period of time the final phase was initiated. In Phase 3, an alternative response was reinforced while other responses were not reinforced and subsequently exposed to extinction within the same session. Resurgence occurred if the target response that was reinforced in Phase 1 increased relative to a control response when extinction was in effect for the alternative response. The results indicated that resurgence occurred for three of nine participants, and extinction-induced variability was also noted for the majority of participants. Procedural variations are described to explain deviations from results reported by Bruzek et al.

 
11. Rich to Lean Transitions and Their Punishing Effects on Key Pecking in Pigeons
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
EMILY L. BAXTER (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Abstract:

Under a variety of circumstances, rich (i.e., high reinforcer magnitude) to lean (i.e., low reinforcer magnitude) transitions are viewed as aversive relative to other transitions (rich-rich; lean-rich; lean-lean). That is, longer post-reinforcement pauses under fixed-ratio (FR) schedules, aggression, or escape are observed. In past studies, the rich-lean transition is signaled by a compound stimulus of the size of the past reinforcer and the discriminative stimulus that signals the upcoming large or small reinforcer. Using certain procedures, it is difficult to directly determine if the rich-lean transition is aversive without using both stimuli. In the present study, each transition (i.e., lean-lean, lean-rich, rich-rich, and rich-lean) is associated with a unique discriminative stimulus. Therefore, the aversive effects of each transition can be evaluated individually by using the stimulus as a punisher. Four pigeons currently are responding on a FR schedule in the presence of 4 discriminative stimuli and the reinforcer magnitude is equal. Post-reinforcement pauses are comparable across the 4 stimuli. Next the reinforcer magnitude will be adjusted to create the 4 transitions. Following stable performance, the rich-lean stimulus will be presented contingent on responding to determine the effectiveness of it as a punisher.

 
12. The Effects of Open and Closed Economies on Token Reinforcer Effectiveness
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JONATHAN IVY (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Token reinforcers are assumed to be relatively free from the effects of motivating operations. Although this property of token reinforcement has conceptual support, further research is needed to empirically demonstrate the veracity and limits of this assumption. This current study manipulates economy type as a motivating operation. One individual participated in this study. Open and closed economies were evaluated in an ABA reversal design. In the open economy condition the participant received pre-session access to the back-up reinforcers. In the closed economy condition the access to the back-up reinforcers was restricted. Progressive token production schedules of reinforcement were used to identify the break point for each condition. The exchange production and token exchange schedules were the same across all conditions. The results show that response rates were lower in the open economy condition, when compared to a close economy condition. The implications of open and closed economies on token based reinforcement programs will be discussed.

 
13. Signaling the Optimal Escape Point Reduces the Frequency With Which Pigeons Make the Sunk Cost Error
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
ANNE C. MACASKILL (University of Florida), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College)
Abstract:

The sunk cost error occurs when people or animals persist in a course of action in which they have already invested time, effort, or resources in spite of having received feedback indicating that an available alternative response will likely produce a higher pay-off. Navarro and Fantino (2005) developed an experimental analogue of the decision making context in which this error can arise that was used in the current study with four pigeons as subjects. The procedure presented subjects with a choice between two response alternatives: the schedule key on which one of four ratio schedules was programmed on a given trial, and the escape key that canceled the current trial, and re-determined the ratio available on the schedule key for the next trial. In order to minimize response requirement on this task it is necessary to identify both whether it is optimal to make an escape response, and, if it is, when to do so. The current study varied the discriminability of the optimal escape point by adding stimulus changes in some conditions but not others. When signals were present, subjects made more-optimally-timed escape key responses, and also made fewer sunk cost errors.

 
14. The Trader Game: An Analysis of Risky Behavior
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), ANTONIO LUIZ MIGLIATO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

Economic games are useful tools for the study of decision-making and aim to analyze how participants allocate their resources. There are situations whose outcomes are both unknown and uncertain and are affected by contextual variables. A behavioral game-like experimental model can be used to assess these variables. The model employed in this study used multiple trials and a forced choice paradigm between two alternatives in which the participant decided between risking or not his/her hypothetical money. An alternative offered the possibility to maintain the amount received, and another provided the opportunity to invest money, opting for a situation in which could have a profit or loss, both allocated at the same time in the same alternative. The questions were presented to 38 adults of both genders in a paper and pencil format, and the experimental setup in a room at the local university. The results revealed two profiles of investors. The Conservatives invested when the chances of winning are high in relation to losses; and the aggressive ones, who invested even when the chances of winning were equal to losses. Thus, variables such as probability of gain and loss proved to be decisive in the process of selecting participants.

 
15. Purchasing Task for Cocaine: Elasticity of Demand as an Under-Recognized Aspect of Impulsivity
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
NATALIE ROSE BRUNER (Johns Hopkins University), Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract:

Drug purchasing tasks have been successfully used with heroin, nicotine, and alcohol to assess simulated drug consumption, allowing for behavioral economic assessment of demand elasticity (sensitivity to price). However, a purchasing task for cocaine has not been investigated. The primary aim of this study was to determine the feasibility of using a cocaine purchasing task (CPT) in 35 cocaine-dependent individuals. Demand elasticity for a drug and impulsivity are considered processes fundamental to addiction. A second aim was to examine whether demand elasticity for cocaine is related to impulsivity measures, including delay discounting and the Barratt Impulsivity Scale (BIS)-11. Demand curves were generated from responses on the CPT. The validity of the CPT was supported by its correlation with self-reported cocaine use. While low demand elasticity was associated with higher scores on the BIS-11 motor subscale, greater delay discounting was more closely associated with higher scores on the BIS-11 non-planning and cognitive subscales. Elasticity was not significantly correlated with delay discounting. Although delay discounting (insensitivity to delayed contingencies) has traditionally been regarded as an aspect of impulsivity, the present data suggest that lower demand elasticity (insensitivity to price contingencies) may be an under-recognized aspect of impulsivity distinct from delay discounting.

 
16. CANCELLED: An Appropriate Index for Resurgence for Pigeons
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory
SATOSHI OBATA (Tokiwa University), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University)
Abstract:

Resurgence is defined as reoccurrence of previously reinforced behavior when recently reinforced behavior is extinguished. Most previous studies have not investigated the phenomenon quantitatively. If there is an index showing the magnitude of resurgence quantitatively, we can examine the functional relation between independent variables of resurgence and the magnitude as a dependent variable in more detail. Thus, we calculated the probability of resurgence (POR) based on response rates of the target behavior in both the elimination and the resurgence conditions for pigeons. We used the formula 1 for calculating POR. m1 is mean key-peck response rates over the last three sessions of the elimination condition for a pigeon. m2 is mean key-peck response rates for each session of the resurgence condition for that pigeon. Positive value means that subjects showed resurgence. The value of zero and negative values mean that subjects did not show resurgence. The results showed clear variation in magnitude of resurgence among pigeons. Thus, POR is an appropriate index of the magnitude of resurgence.

 
 
 
Poster Session #397
EDC Poster Session 4
Monday, May 30, 2011
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. Examining the Effects of Number Heads Togetheron Quiz Results With Students Identified With Emotional Behavioral Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Experimental Analysis
WILLIAM HUNTER (University of Cincinnati), Todd F. Haydon (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated that number heads together (NHT), a peer mediated intervention, is more effective than the traditional teacher led instruction in academic areas such as language arts, social studies, and science. The current study compared the effects of two number heads together strategies during a middle school math lesson. Five middle school students with emotional behavioral disorders participated in the study. An alternating treatment design was used to determine the effectiveness of NHT upon the participating students' on-task behavior, total percentage of quiz scores, correct answer percentage on administrated quizzes and accurate completion percentage of multiplication algorithms. The current study extended the previous studies through the incorporation of a preference stimulus assessment to determine the effectives of number heads together +incentives and included the participating students Woodcock Johnson III math computation scores to determine and develop the pre-test and post-test. Social validity assessments for the participating teacher and students are included within the results. A discussion on study limitations, implications, and future research directions is included.

 
2. The Effects of Student Developed Practice Questions on Quiz Performance
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
WILLIAM J. WARZAK (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jennifer S. Kazmerski (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Sarah G. Ross (North Carolina State University)
Abstract:

Writing practice quiz questions may improve quiz performance but which students benefit from this procedure? We examine student performance across "no questions" (baseline) and "questions" conditions and evaluate the performance of low baseline performers (1st quartile) versus moderate baseline performers (2nd & 3rd quartile) versus high baseline performers (4th quartile) to ascertain which students benefit most from this procedure. Sixty-five students enrolled in two social science courses, taught by the same instructor and of similar content, participated. Following baseline, students developed five multiple-choice questions, each week, relevant to material covered during that week of class (i.e., "questions" condition). A multiple baseline across courses was used to evaluate the effects of intervention on quiz performance.First quartile of one class performed significantly better in the questions condition but this was not replicated in the second class. Nevertheless, the data suggest that having students generate quiz questions is a useful didactic tool more likely to benefit those students who begin with poorer performance. Statistical analyses (ANOVA) confirmed a significant interaction between condition and baseline performance; namely, those students whose baseline scores fell in the lowest quartile improved significantly from baseline to intervention F (3) = 2.97, p = .018.

 
3. Effect of Behavioral Tutoring on Undergraduate Academic Performance
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Travis Niemier (University of Central Missouri), DUANE A LUNDERVOLD (University of Central Missouri)
Abstract:

A multiple-baseline design across four students, with an embedded reversal design with two participants, was used to examine the effects of behavioral tutoring on chapter and final (pre-post) exam scores and treatment acceptability ratings. Behavioral tutoring was provided to self-selected participants once per week for 60 minutes. Significant improvement in chapter and final exam scores were obtained with exam scores equal to the mean of the class section. Behavioral tutoring was rated very acceptable by participants. Behavioral tutoring provides a structured method to enhance critical study skills, conceptual learning and improve in class performance. Large scale implementation and evaluation of behavioral tutoring with university students is needed before wide spread dissemination on college campuses.

 
4. Social Skill Acquisition and Generalization: The Relevance of Consistently Brief and Progressive Inter-Trial Intervals
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MEGHAN E. ROBINSON (New England Center for Children), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England College)
Abstract:

Four preschool students were taught to say "thank you" when presented with an item from a teacher. All teaching conditions occurred in the morning, and tests for generalization occurred in the afternoon with a different teacher. Two of the four participants demonstrated acquisition and generalization of the thank you response in the consistently brief inter-trial interval teaching condition (approximately 3 s transpired between trial ending and a new trial beginning). One participant demonstrated acquisition of the response with consistently brief inter-trial interval teaching but required a progressive inter-trial interval (i.e. trials separated in time progressively longer intervals such as 3 s, 10 s, 30 s, 2 min, 4 min, then 16 min) to achieve generalized responding. Data analysis suggested that this participant's correct performance was likely influenced by the model prompt of the corrective feedback rather than the evocative event of a teacher presenting an item to the student. Results of this study suggest that when consistently brief inter-trial interval teaching does not result in generalization of skills, progressive inter-trial intervals may facilitate generalization of newly taught responses.

 
5. Comparing Two Match-to-Sample Instructional Formats: TabletopVersus PowerPoint
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
RISHI E. CHELMINSKI (New England Center for Children), Cammarie Johnson (New England Center for Children), Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

This study compared procedural integrity measures in two formats of match-to-sample (MTS) instruction using a multiple baseline design in which the training order was counterbalanced across 6 participants. In one format, instructional stimuli included picture cards presented on a board (tabletop format). In the other format, a laptop computer was used and stimuli were presented using PowerPoint (PowerPoint format). Training sessions were conducted as roleplays supplemented by itemized feedback on skills from a procedural integrity (PI) checklist, and continued until 100% PI was demonstrated. Itemized feedback was followed by performance improvements in 69% of opportunities. The tabletop procedure took fewer sessions to train (mean=5) than the PowerPoint procedure (mean=7), but skills learned from the PowerPoint procedure generalized more to the tabletop procedure than in the other direction (2 of the 3 participants who first completed training in the PowerPoint procedure required no additional training to run the tabletop procedure with 100% PI). During follow-up sessions, participants performed marginally better using the PowerPoint procedure (mean=90% PI) than the tabletop procedure (mean=86% PI).

 
6. The Effects of Direct Instruction Flashcard and Reading Racetrack Procedures on Core Word Mastery by a Child With Autism
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
RANDY L. WILLIAMS (Gonzaga University), Chelsea M. Barberio-Kitts (Gonzaga University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of the Direct Instruction Flashcard (DIF) system and Reading Racetrack procedure on mastery of core words by an 8-year-old boy with autism. A single subject multiple baseline design across three sets of core words was used to evaluate the combined use of Direct Instruction Flashcard system and Reading Racetrack procedure. A clear functional relationship was shown between core word accuracy and Direct Instruction combined with Reading Racetrack. The procedures were cost effective in terms of time, money, and effort.

 
7. Using an iPod Touch to Teach Social and Self-Management Skills to Students With Emotional and Behavioral Disorders
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JESSE W. JOHNSON (Northern Illinois University), Erika Blood (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract:

An elementary student with emotional and behavioral disorders was taught to use an iPod Touch to view video models of social skills associated with independent work completion and appropriate participation in cooperative learning groups. An intervention consisting of video modeling and self-monitoring was then implemented during math group. The student showed significant improvement when video modeling was implemented but still showed some variability in his performance from across sessions. When a self-monitoring component was added using the iPod Touch, the student showed further improvements in this time on task as well as further reductions in disruptive behavior.

 
8. The Effects of Conditioning Reinforcement for Observing Faces with Voices on Rate of Learning and Responses to Environmental Stimuli for Children With Autism
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
SUZANNE FRANCOIS (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jacqueline Maffei-Lewis (Teachers College, Columbia University), Amanda C. Philp (Teachers College, Columbia University), Kimberly Mosca (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

We used a delayed multiple probe design in this study to investigate the effects of conditioned reinforcement for observing faces with voices on the rate of learning and observing responses. Participant A, B and C were 6-year-old males diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. The dependent variables in this study were the number of learn units to criteria and observing responses during the pre-intervention and post-intervention probe sessions. A preference assessment was also conducted during pre and post intervention probes to determine if faces with voices and/or faces voices without faces was a conditioned reinforcer. The independent variable was the observing faces with voices procedure. The results show that Participant A met criterion on his first and second interventions, Participant B met criterion on the first intervention, Participant C is currently in intervention. The post-intervention probe sessions for Participants A and B showed an increase in observing responses and an increased rate of learning. However, when the preference assessment was conducted the results showed that faces with voices were not a conditioned reinforcer. Therefore, both participants returned to intervention to condition faces with voices as reinforcers, further decrease learn units to criterion and increase observing responses.

 
9. The Effects of Standard Learn Unit Instruction and Model Learn Unit Instruction on the Rate of Acquisition of Textual Responding
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
YNDIRA ACOSTA (Teachers College, Columbia University), Alison M. Corwin (Columbia University)
Abstract:

A counterbalanced reversal design across participants was employed to compare standard learn unit conditions and modern learn unit conditions for students who have the naming capability. Three students diagnosed with autism and one typically developing first grade student participated in this study. The rate of learning, the number of sessions required to meet an objective during textual responding, was measured across three conditions: (a) standard learn unit instruction, (b) model demonstration learn units for previously incorrect textual responses, and (c) a model demonstration learn unit consisting of the participant listening to the experimenter textually respond to the whole story one time. All students had the naming capability in their verbal repertoire. Rate of learning across the three conditions was measured and compared to determine what type of instruction was the most beneficial to the students' learning. The study took place in a first gradeCaomprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis of School (CABA)AIL classroom in New Jersey. The student-to-teacher-to teacher assistant ratio in the classroom was 14:1:2. It was found that both Participants A and C's rate of learning was faster during model learn unit instruction than in standard learn unit instruction.

 
10. Rate of Student Learning as a Function of Accurate Learn Unit Presentations
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MATTHEW HOWARTH (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

We report the outcome of training teachers to deliver presentations that met the criteria for learn units on rates of learning of students with autism spectrum disorder. The dependent variable in the study was student's rate of learning as measured by numbers of learn units-to-criteria for instructional objectives. The independent variable was training teachers to deliver accurate learn units via a written feedback procedure. The design utilized was a multiple baseline across participants. The participants in this study were 3-adult females enrolled in Masters Programs for education, which either recently obtained or were pursuing teacher certification. The participants taught 5 children aged 5 through 8 years old, diagnosed with autism who demonstrated significant language delays in a publicly funded special education classroom. The results of training teachers in the presentation of instruction as learn units demonstrated educationally significant outcomes for students rate of learning and the training procedures used in the study functioned to teach the teaching repertoire to the participants.

 
11. The Effects of Speaker Immersion on the Emergence of Generalized Mands With Autoclitics
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Matthew Howarth (Teachers College, Columbia University), CRYSTAL LO (Teachers College, Columbia University), Elizabeth Sarto (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The experimenters of this study tested the effects of the speaker immersion training procedure on the numbers of independent tacts and autoclitic mands emitted by four second grade students with language delays using a time-delayed multiple probe design. The participants received daily 10-minute speaker immersion sessions in which the experimenters created multiple establishing operations to increase verbal operants. Results demonstrated increased autoclitic mands emitted across all participants following the speaker immersion intervention.

 
12. An Investigation of the Relationship Between Reading and Tact Acquisition
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
HALEY PELLEGREN (Teachers College Columbia University), Lisa Gold (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to test the effects of reading on students acquiring new tacts. During Experiment 1, the participants were three elementary school students who were placed in a self-contained CABAS® classroom within a district-based program. Participant 1 was a 10-year-old boy who functioned at a reader / writer and emerging self-editor level of verbal behavior and was selected because his reading abilities ranged from grade level and above and comprehension skills were on grade level. Participant 2 was a 12-year-old boy who functioned at a reader / writer and emerging self-editor level of verbal behavior and was selected because his reading abilities ranged from grade level and above and comprehension skills were on grade level. Participant 3 in this study was a 9-year-old male who functioned as a speaker / listener, emergent reader / writer level of verbal behavior. He was chosen for this study because he was reading fluently and wanted to test his comprehension skills. This study implemented a time-lagged multiple probe experimental design. The dependent variable was the acquisition of new tacts, while the independent variable was the reading condition. Results thus far demonstrate a functional relationship between reading comprehension and the acquisition of new tacts for Participants 1 and 2, while Participant 3 is still in treatment sessions. Experiment 2 tested the effects of tact acquisition on the same participants by having them listen to the story read orally by a teacher. The dependent variable in this experiment was the acquisition of new tacts (Set 2) while the independent variable was the second reading condition. Results show that both participants acquired the set of tacts within two sessions. Results of both studies are compared in the discussion of Experiment 2.

 
13. Analysis and Acquisition of English Skills for International Collaborative Research
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
KAEKO SAITO (Shirayuri University), Yuka Koremura (Keio University), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Abstract:

When it comes to English, Japanese graduate students learning behavior analysis are only good at reading because they are "trained" to read many related articles written in English. For the advancement of their research, one of the critical activities is to share their idea with many people, and English is one of the most prevalent languages for research activities. When we set an eventual goal as an international collaborative research, they are required to haveskills otherthanreading: speaking, listening, and writing. Therefore the purpose of the current study is to improve Japanese graduate students' English skills. We analyzed the use of English in terms of skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing) in a collaborative research environment, and assessed them for intervention on their deficits. Two female graduate students majoring in behavior analysis participated in this study. A multiple baseline design across skills was adopted to illustrate the effects of training on four language skills. During the intervention, participants were also instructed to self-monitor their tasks at homes.

 
14. International Certificate in Applied Behavioral Studies
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
MONIKA M. SUCHOWIERSKA (Warsaw School of Social Psychology), W. Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University)
Abstract:

The poster will describe a project that is jointly financed by the US Department of Education and the European Commission. The project will implement an international program of study aimed to add value to the study of psychology, and specifically to allow participating students to earn an International Certificate in Applied Behavioral Studies (ICABS). Two US universities and two European universities participate in the project. During the project period, 24 American students will study in Europe for one academic semester. During the same period, 24 European students will study in one US partner university. Faculty members will carry out teaching and research assignments at partner institutions. A joint curriculum has been created to allow students to take behaviorally-oriented courses that will be the basis for obtaining the ICABS.

 
15. Effect of Function-Based Classwide Interventions for On-Task Behavior in A General Education Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
YOICHI GOMI (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Abstract:

The present study examined the effects of the function-based classwide interventions for the students' on-task behavior during lessons in a general education classroom. Two boys, Jun and Ken, who engaged in high rate of off-task behavior and a classroom teacher participated. Descriptive functional assessment for two boys suggested that their off-task behavior occurred because of the lack of discriminative stimulus for on-task behavior. It also suggested that they were often off-task during waiting time for the next instruction. As function-based classwide interventions, two antecedent intervention components were introduced. First, the list of tasks the students in the class had to do were visually presented at the blackboard in the front of the classroom. Second, some tasks which the students could finish independently were added to the list to reduce their waiting time. The results showed that the function-based classwide interventions were effective for enhancing on-task behavior for Jun. In addition, according to the anecdotal data,his classmatesalso positively affected the interventions. On the other hand, for only Ken, the additional individualized interventions were needed to prompt and reinforce his on-task behavior. The results were discussed in terms of the functional relationship between the assessment and the intervention plan.

 
16. Paraphrase Assessment in College Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CARLOS SANTOYO (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Maria del Refugio Lopez Gamiño (FES Iztacala UNAM)
Abstract:

Analysis and reading comprehension of scientific texts is relevant for successful performance in university classrooms. Some recent research has raised the paraphrase as a promoting factor of reading comprehension. The paraphrase implies where the original idea is integrated expanding or restructuring the background, leaning on a vocabulary (lexicon) and grammatical organizers learned from past experiences, including references. The paraphrase can be considered as an initial component for the understanding of texts that can lead later in the analysis and drafting of new texts on the basis of information provided from others. Therefore this study aims to evaluate the issue text paraphrases, identifying and classifying such issue in accordance with the categories proposed in the literature. A random selection of a group of psychology students of the first courses was conducted. The materials were three texts of experimental analysis and the participants worked with them during one week for each text. The students responded to a questionnaire. The results show that students more often emit low levels of paraphrase when they identify textually the information in the paper. The students with high levels of paraphrase on the model categories where they must make inferences.

 
17. Behavioral Observation of the Relationship Between Children's Play and Social Interaction During School Recess
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
SHUHEI SAKAMOTO (Kwansei Gakuin University), Junko Tanaka-Matsumi (Kwansei Gakuin University)
Abstract:

Recent studies have shown that children's play has a large influence on development. Social interaction with the peer through play builds the social skills. The purpose of this study was to observe the relation between the type of play and social interaction during recess of grade-school children. Ten children were chosen by their teacher, five of them (three boys and two girls) often played and the rest of them (two boys and three girls) did not. Based on Rubin's definition (Rubin, 2001) , the target behaviors were the type of play (group, parallel, and solitary play), and social interactions (positive, negative, and non interaction). We observed these behaviors in recess on the school ground and in the classroom during 2 weeks. The method of observation was an interval recording. The 20-min recess time was divided into 1-min intervals for recording and analysis. The occurrence rates of the target behaviors were calculated and the type of play and social interaction were analyzed. Group play and positive interaction were found to have a positive relationship as well as solitary play and non interaction. These results suggest promoting children's play is a natural way for increasing positive peer interaction.

 
18. Time for Solving a Problem Affects the Maintenance of On-task Behavior: Implication for the Response Effort in Academic Setting
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
RYOJI NISHIYAMA, Junko Tanaka-Matsumi (Kwansei Gakuin University)
Abstract:

Childrens on-task behavior decreases when engaging in tasks consisted of problems which they can not answer accurately (Gickling & Armstrong, 1978). Furthermore, even when children s performance reaches an adequate accuracy level, if the task requires effort and time to solve, the children would not choose engaging in such a task (Skinner, 1998). Therefore, we assessed the functional relationship between response effort, defined by time for solving a single problem, and on-task behavior during engagement in math computation tasks of a 7-year-old boy with difficulty in academic performance in Japan. In baseline phase, the child exhibited a decrement of on-task behavior when engaging in the effortful task. Additionally, in intervention phase, contingent praise for solving each problem improved on-task behavior, however, it could not sustain on-task behavior much longer in such a situation. The present findings suggest that, if we are to maintain on-task behavior and prevent off-task behavior during academic training, it is important to estimate the response effort, in addition to estimate the accuracy. Based on this finding, we developed a training program for this child and he has improved his math computation skills without off-task behaviors.

 
19. The Use of Constant Time Delay: A Literature Review
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
CANAN SOLA (Anadolu University), Ozlem Toper Korkmaz (Andadolu University), Elif Tekin-Iftar (Anadolu University)
Abstract:

Constant time delay is a response prompting procedure. It can be defined as delivering prompt after task direction to ensure correct response from a learner. The studies showed that it is an effective method in teaching discrete as well as chained skills. It has been used since the early 1970s to teach various skills to individuals with various disabilities. A review of 34 research studies on the use of constant time delay in teaching various tasks is analyzed in terms of demographic variables such as participants (ages and disabilities), settings, materials, procedural variables such as probe format, delay sessions, delay interval, response interval, teaching format, outcome measures such as effectiveness, efficiency, maintenance, generalization, and social validity, and methodological adequacy such as dependent and independent variable reliability. The studies published between 1995 to 2009 are reviewed. Based upon the findings, future research needs and implications of the constant time delay interval will be discussed in the poster sessions.

 
20. The Use of Most to Least Prompting: A Literature Review
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
METEHAN KUTLU (Anadolu University), Elif Tekin-Iftar (Anadolu University)
Abstract:

Most to least prompting is a response prompting procedure and the prompt is faded systematically in an hierarchical order. The studies showed that it is an effective method in teaching discrete as well as chained skills. It has been used since the early 1970s to teach various skills to individuals with various disabilities. A review of 13 research studies on the use of most to least prompting in teaching various tasks is analyzed in terms of demographic variables such as participants (ages and disabilities), settings, materials, procedural variables such as probe format, delay sessions, delay interval, response interval, teaching format, outcome measures such as effectiveness, efficiency, maintenance, generalization, and social validity, and methodological adequacy such as dependent and independent variable reliability. The studies published between 1995 to 2009 are reviewed. Based upon the findings, future research needs and implications of the most to least prompting will be discussed in the poster sessions.

 
 
 
Poster Session #398
OBM Poster Session 4
Monday, May 30, 2011
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. A Comparison of the Effects of Positive and Negative Reinforcement Contingencies on Safety Rule Following Behaviors
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Jaehee Lee (Chung-Ang University), SHEZEEN OAH (Chung-Ang University), Jin A Park (Chung-Ang University)
Abstract:

This study compared effects of positive and negative reinforcement contingencies on safety rule following behaviors. Sixty participants were randomly assigned to one of two experimental conditions: positive and negative reinforcement contingencies. A computerized work task that simulated welding was developed for this study. Participants had to follow seven safety and quality related rules while performing each welding task. Participants were asked to complete 100 welding tasks and paid for their work. Participants under the positive reinforcement contingency earned a base pay of 5,000 won (equal to USD 4.50 approximately) at the beginning of the experiment and could earn additional 50 won for completing each task if they followed all of the seven rules. Participants under the negative reinforcement contingency earned 10,000 won at the beginning of the experiment and could lose 50 won for completing each task if they did not follow any rule. The two base pay amounts were displayed on the computer screen and subsequent increases and decreases in the pay amount in both conditions were displayed immediately after participants completed each task. The results showed that there was no significant difference in generating the rule following behaviors between the two groups.

 
2. Using Interviewee Feedback to Evaluate and Modify an Interview Process
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
AMY BARANEK (May Institute), Emily Huber Callahan (Institute for Child Development, Binghamton University), Kathryn Dingman Boger (McLean Hospital), Caroline Harrington (May Institute), James K. Luiselli (The May Institute)
Abstract:

Association of Psychology Postdoctoral and Internship Centersinterviews are highly competitive processes for both the interviewee as well the organization interviewing applicants. There are very few truly behavioral placement sites for pre-doctoral internships. The May Institute is an organization that is behavioral in practice. Several interviewees who matched to the May wanted to take a data-based process and use it to evaluate and change the interview process for pre-doctoral interns at the May. A survey was designed to capture the different aspects of the interview process. This survey was produced on Survey Monkey and all interns who had undergone the same interview process and matched with the May where contacted via e-mail and asked to complete the survey. Based on the survey results, many changes were made to the interview process. These changes included the room set up, presentations made, and many other aspects. Following the changes in the interviews, all the new interviewees who completed the interview process were then asked to complete the survey. Upon completion of the surveys, the pre and post change results were compared. It was found that satisfaction ratings increased after the changes were implemented for the interview day and the satisfaction ratings remained stable for aspects not modified.

 
3. CANCELLED: Negative Reinforcement: It Ain't all That Bad. Using Goal Setting, Feedback, and Negative Reinforcement to Improve Staff Behavior
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
DAREN CERRONE (Hawthorne Country Day School), Tina Marie Covington (Hawthorne Country Day School)
Abstract:

Ingham and Greer (1992) demonstrated that accurate teacher presentation rates increased as a function of frequency and feedback provided by supervisors using the TPRA (Teacher Performance Rate Accuracy). A collateral effect of improved student learning was found as a result. An analysis of the number of observations conducted by supervisors in a school that used applied behavior analysis as a foundation for teaching showed that over the last 3 years the numbers of observations significantly decreased. The present study sought to test the effects of several researched based tactics and measure the effectiveness of the tactics in increasing the number of observations conducted by supervisors. The tactics tested included goal setting, feedback, and negative reinforcement. A multiple baseline across staff showed that while goal setting and feedback increased the number of observations conducted, the data showed that the use of negative reinforcement had the most effective and stable increase in the data. A reversal will be initiated to test the long term maintenance of the supervisor's behavior.

 
4. The Effects of Self-Management on Supervisory Behaviors at a Construction Site
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
KYEHOON LEE (Chung-Ang University), Jaehee Lee (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung-Ang University)
Abstract:

Reviews indicated feedback provided to workers is the most effective intervention to change performance in organizational settings. However, supervisors hardly receive feedback on their own behaviors. This study implemented a self-management techniques to improve supervisory behaviors at a construction site in South Korea. Self-management in the current study consisted of goal setting, self-monitoring and providing reinforcers for two supervisory behaviors; (a) conducting safety observations and (b) interacting with workers for safety improvement. Two supervisors severed as participants. An AB within-group design was adopted. After baseline (A), self-management technique was implemented (B). Results suggested that self-management was effective in increasing the two supervisory behaviors. Moreover, the increased supervisory behaviors were associated with improvement in workers' safety performance.

 
5. An Examination of the Relative Effects of Supervisor-based and Employee-Based Safety Managements on Safety Performance at a Construction Site
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
KWANGSU MOON (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung-Ang University), Yong joon So (Chung-Ang university)
Abstract:

The present study compared the effects of two types of safety management on employees' safety performance at a construction site: supervisor-based and employee-based safety management. Participants were 40 construction workers. Three supervisors conducted observations and collected data. In the supervisor-based safety management, supervisors' safety related behaviors were targeted. The supervisors (a) set a goal for the numbers of safety observation and interaction with the workers per day, (b) monitored their goal achievement daily, (c) earned small monetary reward once a month when the goal was met. In the employee-based safety management, workers' safety performance was targeted. The intervention consisted of (a) feedback, (b) goal setting, and (c) low cost rewards. Feedback was delivered biweekly to the workers. A monthly goal was set and adjusted based on the safety performance in the previous month. Also, rewards were delivered when the monthly goal was met. An ABAC design was adopted. After baseline (A), the supervisor-based safety management (B) was introduced, which was followed by a withdrawal phase (A). In the final phase, the employee-based safety management (C) was introduced. Results showed that the supervisor-based safety management was as effective as the employee-based safety management in increasing safety performance of the employees.

 
 
 
Poster Session #399
TPC Poster Session 4
Monday, May 30, 2011
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. Dissemination of Behavior Analytic Procedures in Rural Areas
Area: TPC; Domain: Service Delivery
CLAIRE ST. PETER PIPKIN (West Virginia University), Sarah Ott (West Virginia University), Susannah Poe (West Virginia University), Allison Serra Tetreault (West Virginia University), David P. Jarmolowicz (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Mark R. Clingan (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Early and intensive intervention based on behavior analysis improves rates of skill acquisition and decreases problem behavior for young children, particularly those with developmental disabilities or autism. Yet, promoting behavior analytic practice in rural areas is constrained by several barriers, including cost, geographic availability, and personnel availability. One way to reduce these barriers is through the delivery of behavioral services through telemedicine. Telemedicine typically involves the use of technologies, such as video or internet, in the delivery or dissemination of health information and practices. In theory, rural caregivers could be remotely trained on the implementation of behavior-analytic procedures, which would avoid some of the limitations found with in-vivo trainings. However, telemedicine delivery of services is associated with a variety of other barriers, including technology literacy, reading level, compliance with training procedures, and attrition. These barriers, and potential solutions, will be described in the context of a telemedicine-based program designed to train parents on discrete trial instruction currently being implemented in rural areas of West Virginia.

 
 
 
Poster Session #400
VRB Poster Session 4
Monday, May 30, 2011
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. Effects of Different Audiences on Children]s Do-Say Correspondence
Area: VBC; Domain: Experimental Analysis
MARIELE DINIZ CORTEZ (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

This study investigated the role of the audience on children's self-report accuracy. Participants were four 9-10-years-old children who exhibited high do-say correspondence. The "doing" task consisted of reading aloud a written word. The "saying' task consisted of reporting on the accuracy of the textual response after the computer's feedback. Pretest sessions verified the frequency of corresponding reports as a function of increasing the probability of errors. The audience test evaluated the frequency of accurate reports as a function of different audiences. Only the correct and accurate reports were followed by points. The amount of points required to obtain the high preferred item, however, was higher than the amount received during the session. After checking their total points, participants reported how many points they obtained. Self-report accuracy was evaluated in three conditions: while engaging in the task, while reporting to different audiences, and while choosing the item. Three out of four participants' self-report accuracy decreased in at least one of the three conditions as a function of the audience. For these children, correspondence training sessions were conducted. Audience seemed to be a relevant controlling variable on children's self-report accuracy since the presence of different audiences controlled different patterns of correspondence.

 
2. Manipulating Skinner's Verbal Operants in an Online Class
Area: VBC; Domain: Experimental Analysis
AUTUMN N. MCKEEL (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Nicholas Mui Ker Lik (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

This study was intended to determine if there was an effect of the responses by the instructor(s)/experimenters in an online class on the textual verbal behavior (typed sentences) emitted by students during weekly chat sessions, and how student participation in the class changed as a result. The experimenters examined effects of the differential provision of positive feedback to students during both a teaching assistant condition and a professor condition in a between groups design. A teaching assistant conducted her chat session as normal, but provided a great deal of positive feedback to students who asked questions and provided comments related to the class to only half of the class. The course instructor, who also had regularly scheduled chat sessions with the students provided a great deal of positive feedback and praise for particpation among students in the remaining half of the class. Questions were answered to all students, but positive feedback for participation was not given to all of the students. Chat logs were analyzed to determine the types of verbal responses which were typed between the two groups of students who received differential positive feedback. Chat logs also analyzed the content of the students' typed behaviors, sentence length, attendance to chat sessions, and differential responses from the baseline to intervention phases.

 
3. Contextual Control of a Merger of Stimulus Equivalence Classes and the Emergence of Topography-based Responding in Geology Instruction
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
SADIE L. LOVETT (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The goal of this study was to examine the use of a stimulus equivalence protocol in the instruction of advanced learners by teaching relations among stimuli that were of gradually increasing complexity. The adequacy of a selection-based training procedure in producing topography-based responding was also evaluated. Participants were first trained on relations between the names, pictures, and chemical compositions of three different minerals. Tests for equivalence and tests to evaluate participants ability to provide typed topography-based responses to each stimulus were then administered. Participants were then trained and tested on relations for three additional minerals. Training on relations between members of the separate sets of mineral classes was then conducted using contextual cues identifying that the minerals were similar in regards to belonging to the same mineral class or having the same hardness rating. Participants were then tested to evaluate contextual control of the merger of the equivalence classes. Preliminary results show that equivalence relations emerged between the stimuli, and selection-based training is sufficient to produce proficiency in a topography-based response format.

 
4. Transfer of Emotional Functions Using Derived Relational Responding
Area: VBC; Domain: Experimental Analysis
LEANNA MATTILA (Youngstown State University), Julie Blaskewicz (Youngstown State University), Michael C. Clayton (Youngstown State University)
Abstract:

Contextually controlled transfer of functions through equivalence relations provides a tool for exploring complex human behavior. Appropriately responding to emotional cues is a necessary social skill. Further, sensitivity to variations in emotional responding as a function of changing contextual cues is essential for effective social behavior. The present study was designed to improve upon the Tyndall, Roche, and James (2009) study and to help clarify the complex relationship between functional equivalence and stimulus equivalence. Stimuli included six neutral and six aversive pictures, as well as 12 nonsense syllables. Undergraduate students volunteered, and were tested individually, with random assignment to the neutral or aversive condition. The five phases consisted of respondent training, operant training, transfer of function test, equivalence training, and equivalence test. In prior research, the majority of participants proceeded beyond Phase 3 (transfer of function test), and those in the aversive condition required more trials to form stimulus equivalence relations. The current project resulted in 28% of participants progressing beyond Phase 3, and no significant group differences in Phases 4 and 5. All stimuli included faces, which likely made discrimination as a function of valence (neutral/aversive) more challenging.

 
5. Ordinal Function Transfer Through Equivalence Classes in Deaf
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
ALICE ALMEIDA CHAVES DE RESENDE (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

The current study attempted to investigate syntax construction in the Brazilian Portuguese language under the perspective of equivalence class formation and multiple exemplars training. First, four classes of four stimuli each were formed: subject, verb, preposition and complement, A, B, C and D, respectively. Next, in modified constructed-response matching-to-sample task (CRMTS), four participants learned to put the sequence A1B1C1D1 together from a pool of words each corresponding to a position in the sequence. Next, linear tests for the three remaining sequences were conducted. Finally, tests for the emergence of the sequence construction using words which did not participate in the equivalence class formation procedure were introduced. The results showed that all participants learned the conditional relations, forming four concepts, and equivalence relations. They also learned the sequence and showed emergence of the sequence relations to include the remaining members of the equivalence classes and also the emergence of new sequences involving non-trained words. Although the results seem promising we found some limitations for educational applications since in Portuguese many verbs ask for the same preposition but also a single verb may ask for different prepositions. A discussion is offered on how to best develop a procedure to overcome such limitations.

 
6. A Replication of a Study to Reduce Palilalia
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
GLADYS WILLIAMS (Centro de Investigación y Enseñanza del Lenguaje), Maria DeMauro (David Gregory School), Stephen John Wuensch (David Gregory School), Jacqueline Brunton (David Gregory School)
Abstract:

This study is replicating the findings of Karmali, Greer, Nuzzolo-Gomez, Ross & Rivera-Valdes-Reducing Palilalia by Presenting Tact Corrections to Young Children with Autism (2005). The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 21, 145-153. A six-year-old female student with autism attending a special needs school in a large metropolitan area is participating in this study. We are using a multiple baseline design across two settings: work and play. The purpose of this intervention is to replace the palilalia with mands and tacts. The procedure consists of interrupting the palilalia with a tact correction. When the student engages in rapid, nonsense talk, she is interrupted by making her repeat something about the task she is engaging in or about something salient to the environment. The results are replicating those of the above aforementioned study, indicating that the procedure is effective in the reduction of palilalia.

 
7. Effectiveness of Teaching Tacts Using Two-Dimension and Three-Dimension Modalities
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Susan Fontenot (Georgia State University), LAURA D. FREDRICK (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

It is evident by the amount of literature on verbal operants that it is an important skill for early learners. Impairments in communication are a core feature of autism and other developmental disorders and typically involve a delay or total lack of communicative speech (Kelly et al., 2007). It has been shown that through specific training of the verbal operants those with communication delays can be taught the verbal operants. Further research in the area of generalization is needed, as this research has only been published in the past few years. There has been research in the area of using one verbal operant to teach another functionally independent operant, however, there has been very little research done on teaching within each operant. The better method of teaching tacts using one modality of the target, such as a 2-D picture, to teach children with developmental disabilities the correct label of that object and later teaching the 3-D representation of that object is the purpose of this study.

 
 
 
Panel #401
CE Offered: BACB
Life after Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention in Autism
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Korbel Ballroom 4F (Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jane Howard, Ph.D.
Chair: Andy S. Bondy (Pyramid Educational Consultants)
TRISTRAM SMITH (University of Rochester Medical Center)
JANE S. HOWARD (California State University, Stanislaus)
ADRIENNE M. PERRY (York University)
Abstract:

Early, intensive behaviorally based interventions for those with Autism Spectrum Disorder have generated an excellent evidence base as well as great interest by consumers. In general, the model calls for 30 to 40 hours of primarily one-on-one training during the first year of intervention for children 5 years and younger. While statistics vary, nearly half the children provided this intervention by well training and supervised trainers achieve substantial improvements in a wide array of skills. For those who respond well and rapidly, there is a push toward integration into mainstream educational settings, from pre-school to elementary school. However, given that many children do not display this maximal outcome, how should we proceed? It appears that many opt to continue to provide primarily 1:1 instruction, often continuing with materials and lessons that are not functionally derived in terms of contact with school, home and community environments. This distinguished panel will discuss what evidence there is to continue the initial intervention package as well as discuss how best to arrange for lessons and strategies that promote ongoing functional skill acquisition far beyond the first years of training.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #402
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Behavior Economics, Genes and Cannabinoids: Environmental and Biochemical Contributors to Food Reward in the Context of Obesity
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
401/402 (Convention Center)
Area: BPH/EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Erin Rasmussen, Ph.D.
Chair: Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Presenting Authors: : ERIN B. RASMUSSEN (Idaho State University)
Abstract:

Obesity is the result of a long-term pattern of a situation in which food is especially reinforcing and exercise is not. The cannabinoid neurotransmitter system plays a role in food reinforcement and obesity, though much of the research on this is limited to free-food intake as a dependent variable. This presentation will review findings from our laboratory in two areas. One, we will describe attempts to isolate behavioral mechanisms involved with food reinforcement in animal and human studies using behavioral economic experiments, including demand analysis, the delay discounting procedure, and choice. Two, we will discuss the role of cannabinoid drugs (e.g., rimonabant and 2-AG) on food reinforcement, food-associated stimuli, and exercise as a reinforcer. Throughout the presentation, we will include data from the obese Zucker rat, a genetic model of obesity, to illustrate genetically-influenced differences in food and exercise reinforcement, as well as behavioral sensitivities to cannabinoid drugs. A pattern from these studies emerges: the more effortful the arrangement of food is, the less genes play a role in food consumption.

 
ERIN B. RASMUSSEN (Idaho State University)
Dr. Erin B. Rasmussen is an associate professor of psychology at Idaho State University. She conducts research on the behavioral pharmacology and behavioral economics of food and exercise reinforcement using animal models of obesity, as well as humans, with special emphasis on drugs that affect the cannabinoid and opioid neurotransmitter systems. She has published her research in such journals as the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Pharmacology, Biochemistry, and Behavior, Behavioural Pharmacology, and Behavioural Processes. She is the current president of the Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis. Dr. Rasmussen received her PhD in 2001 from Auburn University under the direction of Dr. Christopher Newland. She previously served on the faculty of the College of Charleston (2001-2004).
 
 
Paper Session #403
Studies in Behavioral Medicine
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
603 (Convention Center)
Area: CBM
Chair: Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University)
 

Melanoma Detection as a Problem in Stimulus Control

Domain: Experimental Analysis
THOMAS S. CRITCHFIELD (Illinois State University), Elizabeth A. Dalianis (University of Maryland), Niki Howard (Illinois State University), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas), Adam Derenne (University of North Dakota)
 
Abstract:

Melanoma, the most deadly of skin cancers, is detected mainly by visually inspecting the skin, but detection by patients and most medical professionals is notoriously unreliable. We report preliminary findings from a laboratory program aimed at understanding the stimulus control issues involved in visually detecting melanoma symptoms. Unlike some kinds of cancers, in which the symptoms are highly standardized across individuals, melanoma is hard to detect because the baseline characteristics of individual lesions (moles) varies greatly. Therefore, the most important indicator of melanoma progression is a change in an existing lesion. Using methods drawn from both psychophysics and operant discrimination research, we are focusing on determining the smallest amount of lesion change that a typical viewer can detect when images of lesions are presented on a computer screen. This work is expected to be the foundation for later research on how to rapidly establish finer-grained discriminations, which in turn can inform clinical efforts to promote better melanoma detection by patients and by health professionals.

 

Behavioral Multi-Component Treatment of Elevated Blood Pressure

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MARTTI T. TUOMISTO (University of Tampere), Lauri Parkkinen (University of Tampere), Jyrki Ollikainen (University of Tampere), Matti Turtiainen (City of Joensuu)
 
Abstract:

This intervention was a randomized controlled study of behavioral multi-component treatment of elevated blood pressure (BP) based on the functional analysis of eating (diet and use of salt) and exercise behavior in connection to work and leisure time. In addition, smoking, use of alcohol, relaxation, and acceptance of emotional responses were targeted. The control group received treatment as usual according to national Finnish treatment guidelines of diabetes treatment mainly based on giving information regarding elevated BP and metabolic syndrome. The treatment program consisted of 10 sessions for 4 months in the experimental group and 6 sessions in the control group for 11/2months each session lasting 1 1/2hours. Participants were 22 working individuals in both groups aged 18-65 years who had their BP above 140/90 mmHg. Exclusion criteria included cardiovascular diseases that affect BP and some serious diseases. We will report the 2-year follow-up results of the study. BP has been and will be measured with the standardized cuff method, using automatic monitoring during 24 hours, and by self-monitoring at home. The treatment of eating and exercise behavior in the experimental group was done by using functional analysis of the treatment-relevant behaviors, problem solving, direct and precision teaching, values work, positive reinforcement by shaping, behavioural contracting, using step counters, and Nordic walking as a treatment package. Also, food diary (weekday and weekend day), exercise, sleep and relaxation diary were used. The main aim of the study is to test new methods to improve life style change in the treatment of elevated BP. The dependent measures are BP (casual, ambulatory, self-measured), lipid profile, and well-being measured as emotional responses (such as anger, anxiety, and depression), sleep, and life quality. Treatment results have shown significant reductions in resting systolic and diastolic BP of 7.5/ 3.2 mmHg, respectively, in the experimental group and 4.5/ 1.8 mmHg, respectively, in the control group. The same measurements in the 6-month follow-up were the following: 5.4/ 2.3 mmHg and 4.9/ 1.6 mmHg. We will analyze the 2-year follow-up results to see if the treatment gains have been maintained.

 
 
 
Paper Session #404
Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) Time-Series Studies
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
605 (Convention Center)
Area: CBM
Chair: Clodagh Mary Murray (National University of Ireland Galway)
 

A Component Analysis of the Effects of Graduated Exposure and Differential Reinforcement on Phobic Behaviors

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JONPAUL D. MOSCHELLA (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno), Amanda N. Adams (California State University, Fresno), Amanda Mortimer (California State University, Fresno)
 
Abstract:

Anxiety disorders are one of the major psychological health issues confronted by the recipients and treated by the providers of mental health services today. Anxiety has historically been a central research topic of mainstream psychology. Although behavior analysis has paid relatively little attention to the subject in the past, there has been a growing interest by behavior analytic researchers on the subject, and a small number of studies on specific phobias a subset of anxiety disorders have been conducted. The findings of this research point to the effective combination of the behavioral techniques of graduated exposure and differential reinforcement in the treatment of specific phobias. However, there are no known studies that have examined the efficacy of these individual treatment components. The current study conducted a component analysis of graduated exposure and differential reinforcement. Three California State University, Fresno students participated in this research. Results suggest that no single component was more effective than the other, and that the employment of one technique or the combination of the techniques should be determined by (a) the individual seeking clinical support for specific phobia, and after (b) appropriate consultation with relevant clinical service providers.

 

Outcomes of Behavioural Intervention for Anger Management and Decreasing Inappropriate Social Behaviour in an Adult Male With Traumatic Brain Injury

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CLODAGH MARY MURRAY (National University of Ireland Galway), Olive Healy (National University of Ireland, Galway)
 
Abstract:

This paper describes a programme of behavioral intervention for a 37-year-old male with traumatic brain injury who was 16 years post-injury at the beginning of intervention. Functional assessments were conducted. Targets for treatment included inappropriate social comments and advances, inappropriate sexual behavior, impulsivity, confabulation, aggression including shouting, swearing, shaking fists and occasional property destruction. These behaviors served as a barrier to his integration into social and vocational settings. The programme devised incorporated antecedent and consequence based strategies, including behavioral contracts between the client and the therapist and the client and his family, non-contingent reinforcement, differential reinforcement and self-monitoring. After 6 months a modified cognitive behavioral therapy anger management programme was introduced. Contracts were renewed prior to anger management training and a schedule of reinforcement was used to increase the quality and quantity of homework completed. Behavior analysts and neuro-psychologists liaised to increase the efficacy of treatment. The nature of this partnership is discussed. Data regarding frequency of inappropriate behaviors, and in-session behavior is presented.

 
 
 
Invited Tutorial #405
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Organizational Behavior Management Consulting-Some of the Challenges of Growth
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
607 (Convention Center)
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Terry McSween, Ph.D.
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors: : TERRY E. MCSWEEN (Quality Safety Edge)
Abstract:

Growth creates unique challenges for behavioral consulting firms. As Quality Safety Edge (QSE) has grown from a practice of three friends to a multi-million dollar consulting firm, it has struggled with a number of those challenges. The first challenge for all businesses is generating business. In particular, international sales created a special set of issues. A second challenge, growth meant adding consultants, which created the challenge of "industrializing the service," that is, standardizing the approach and materials so that all consultants used a consistent approach in providing services. The third challenge was a bit more subtle. As consultants have success with an implementation strategy, they tend to adapt that approach, and over time, they begin to have too much consistency and lose the flexibility to modify their plans in ways that might better serve the customer. Finally, implementing behavioral solutions internationally requires a sensitivity to cultural differences. Dr. McSween will describe QSE's experience with these challenges and what has been done to address them.

 
TERRY E. MCSWEEN (Quality Safety Edge)
Dr. Terry E. McSween is President and CEO of Quality Safety Edge, an organization that helps improve business success and profitability through leadership development and behavioral safety. He has developed an original method for creating ownership for organizational change through local-level, employee involvement in the design process. His approach results in increased participation in safety and performance improvement efforts, minimizing resistance to organizational change. Dr. McSween has received numerous awards for his work in safety improvement. He received the 2009 Life Time Achievement and 2001 Significant Contribution awards from the Organizational Behavior Network. He also was awarded the Johnson & Higgins Scrivener Award for his article “Improve your safety program with a behavioral approach” published in Hydrocarbon Processing from American Society of Safety Engineers for the outstanding technical article on safety and health published outside of the society. His book, The Values-Based Safety Process, second edition, was published in 2003 by John Wiley & Sons of New York, NY.
 
 
Panel #406
CE Offered: BACB
Public Policy Strategies and Tactics for Behavior Analysts
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Korbel Ballroom 3A (Convention Center)
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Gina Green, Ph.D.
Chair: Gina Green (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts)
WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children)
GINA GREEN (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts)
SUZANNE LETSO (Connecticut Center for Child Development)
NEIL T. MARTIN (European Association for Behaviour Analysis)
Abstract:

Many behavior analysts have only recently begun to appreciate that public policies can substantially affect behavior analytic research, training, and practice. Consequently, our field was largely ill prepared for the recent increase in laws and regulations governing the practice of applied behavior analysis. Panelists will discuss lessons they have learned from working on such laws and regulations, with an emphasis on strategies and tactics that have proven effective and ineffective. Current and pending policies affecting behavior analysts will be reviewed, and the audience will be encouraged to raise issues that concern them.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #407
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Verbal Behavior Development as We Understand It Now
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Four Seasons 4 (Convention Center)
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Theory
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: R. Greer, Ph.D.
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Presenting Authors: : R. DOUGLAS GREER (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

In the first decade of the 21st century we advanced understanding of how experiences lead to the emergence of verbal developmental cusps and cusps that are new learning capabilities. Protocols for preverbal developmental cusps lead to: listener cusps involving conditioned reinforcement for observing responses and generalized imitation as foundation for the joining of observing and producing. Other protocols (a) induce echoic-to-mands and tacts, join see-do with hear-echo, (b) induce tacts, transform motivational control across mands and tacts, (c) induce autoclitics frames, induce non-scripted social verbal exchanges in non-instructional settings, (d) induce verbal observational learning, induce conditioned reinforcement for tacts, (e) transform stimulus control across the listener and speaker within the skin, (f) induce incidental learning of new words for things (Naming), (g) join Naming and reading comprehension, (h) induce functional writing, and evoke verbal stimulus control in complex problem solving in children and the scientist. Current evidence suggests there is "no poverty of stimulus:" the stimulus control is located in indirect or remote contact with basic principles of behavior made possible by certain experiences, experiences that can be provided by expert behavior analysts. I shall describe how what we know has changed what can be done.

 
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Dr. Greer has taught at Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of the Arts and Sciences for 41 years, sponsored 155 PhD dissertations, taught over 2,000 master students, founded the Fred S. Keller School, authored 13 books and 155 research and conceptual papers, served on the editorial board of 10 journals, and developed the CABAS� school model for special education and the Accelerated Independent Model for general education (K-5). He has received the American Psychology Association�s Fred S. Keller Award for Distinguished Contributions to Education, International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis by the Association for Behavior Analysis International, Contributions to The Fred S. Keller School, and May 5 as the R. Douglas Greer Day by the Westchester County Legislature. He is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and a CABAS� Board Certified Senior Behavior Analyst and Senior Research Scientist. He has taught courses at the universities of Almeria, Grenada, Cadiz, Madrid, Oviedo, and Salamanca (in Spain), Oslo Norway Askerhaus College, University of Ibidan in Nigeria, and University of Wales at Bangor. Greer has served as the keynote speaker at the at the Experimental Analysis of Behavior Group in England, the National Conferences on Behavior Analysis in Ireland, Israel, Korea, Norway, and in several states in the USA. He contributed to the development of several schools based entirely on scientific procedures and comprehensive curriculum based assessment in the USA, Ireland, Sicily, England, and Spain.
 
 
Symposium #408
CANCELLED: Accessing Function and Stimulus Equivalence in Non-Humans
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Korbel Ballroom 1F (Convention Center)
Area: AAB/EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
Chair: Ron F. Allen (Simmons College)
Discussant: Jeff A. Kupfer (Jeff Kupfer, Professional Association)
Abstract:

Historically, principles of behavior have been discovered and explored through laboratory research, often with non-human animals as subjects. More recently some behavioral phenomena and procedures have been studied and employed with predominantly human participants. For example, behavior analytic intervention with problematic responding in humans is routinely guided by the results of functional assessment, while interventions with problematic behaviors in non-humans have relied on default technologies. Similarly, stimulus equivalence (i.e., the emergence of untrained stimulus-stimulus relations following the establishment of conditional discriminations sharing stimulus elements) has been studied almost exclusively with humans. In fact, evidence of stimulus equivalence in non-humans may be lacking altogether. The present studies and discussion extend the use of these procedures and principles to the behavior of non-humans. In the first study, data from new functional assessment procedures are employed to identify possible controlling variables for problematic animal behaviors, allowing the design and implementation of tailored interventions rather than default or canned procedures. In the second study, olfactory stimuli are employed in the development of conditional discriminations in a search for reflexivity, symmetry, and transitivity. Finally, a review of studies of stimulus equivalence procedures in non-humans is provided.

 

CANCELLED: Using Functional Assessment to Change Problematic Behavior in Dogs

TERRI M. BRIGHT (Simmons College)
Abstract:

As a species, dogs (canis lupus familiaris) are forced via evolution and domestication to walk the tenuous line between being animals and being family members in western society, and most dogs are ill-suited for the latter occupation. Many dog trainers, shelter personnel and pet owners are not equipped to use behavior analytic methods to change dog behavior; in fact, archaic methods are often the default go-to strategies. With this simple behavioral analytic tool which focuses on the function of problem dog behaviors, more effective behavioral interventions could be designed that would allow for better-behaved dogs. In this study, an assessment tool, the FAAB (Functional Assessment of Animal Behavior) was created to assess and analyze animal behavior, and preliminary results are favorable.

 

CANCELLED: Accessing Stimulus Equivalence Using Olfactory Stimuli in a Pet Canine

TERRI M. BRIGHT (Simmons College)
Abstract:

Generalized matching to sample using olfactory stimuli was investigated, along with formation of stimulus classes of three different olfactory stimuli via differential outcome. The subject was a 5-year-old bull terrier. Conditioned reinforcement (a "clicker") was used to indicate correct choice, and a 5-sec time-out on a leash was used as a correction procedure for wrong choice. Preliminary research with this subject showed symmetry when stimuli used as reinforcers were reversed with sample stimuli, i.e., where orange-orange pairing resulted in reinforcement with liver, when liver was presented as a sample, the dog correctly selected orange as the matching stimulus. Building upon this research, three discrete odors were used in place of compound stimuli.

 

CANCELLED: A Review of Investigations of Stimulus Equivalence With Non-Human Animals

RON F. ALLEN (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College)
Abstract:

Stimulus equivalence describes how specific stimuli are related to one another, via the formal properties of reflexivity, symmetry and transitivity, following a shared history of reinforcement. A critical aspect of equivalence is the emergence of untrained stimulus-stimulus relations (due to the emergence of novel forms of stimulus control) based on context (stimuli may serve as members of multiple classes contingent on context). From an evolutionary perspective it would seem logical that non-human animals would categorize stimuli into classes, contingent on context (e.g., friend, foe, safety, danger, etc). However, to date the general consensus is that empirical evidence documenting the formation of stimulus equivalence in non-human animals is lacking. The purposes of this talk are to review past research regarding the investigation of stimulus equivalence with non-human animals, review current theory that attempts to account for this discrepancy between humans and non-humans and suggest new methodologies that may document the formation of equivalence with non-humans animals.

 
 
Symposium #409
CE Offered: BACB
Video Modeling: How, How Much and With Whom?
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Korbel Ballroom 4E (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Faye I. Carter (STAR, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Faye Carter, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will begin to answer some of the more relevant questions posed in current video modeling literature. Subjects will include individuals with diagnoses of autism, between the ages of 5-14 years old, and mild to moderate cognitive delays. Four separate single-subject studies will address relevant questions with regards to video modeling. Study1 will evaluate the effects of varying dosage levels of video modeling on the acquisition of daily living skills in two children including a 6-month follow-up. Study2 will extend on Study1 by further investigating the effectiveness of dosage level of video modeling on the acquisition of daily living skills in two children by fine-tuning the dosage levels. Study3 will evaluate the effects of dosage level of video modeling on the acquisition of pretend play skills in two children. Finally Study4 will evaluate the use of siblings as video models to teach daily living skills to individuals.

 

Use of Video Modeling to Teach Daily Living Skills in Individuals With Autism

MAYU FUJIWARA (STAR, Inc.)
Abstract:

Research shows that video modeling is an effective teaching tool across multiple domains including teaching social skills, play skills, conversational skills, and daily living skills. The current literature has evaluated the effects of video modeling in comparison to in-vivo training, type of trainee depicted in the video, effects across environments, as well as functioning level of the individual. Little is known with regards to the effects of dosage level on acquisition rate of behaviors. This single subject, multiple-baseline, across subject design will evaluate the effects of varying dosage levels of video modeling on the acquisition of daily living skills in two 5-7-year-old boys with autism. The study will include a 6-month follow-up. Each subject will be presented with three daily living skills that they are expected to perform. Each daily living skill will be associated withone of three conditions, a control condition (modeling only), a video modeling condition where the video is viewed onlyone time, and a video modeling condition where the video is viewed 10 times. A 2-week follow-up and a 6-month follow up will be conducted to determine maintenance of skill. Reliability of data collection and fidelity of implementation of study protocol will be conducted.

 

Use of Video Modeling to Teach Daily Living Skills in Individuals with Autism- A Follow-up

Abstract:

Research shows that video modeling is an effective teaching tool across multiple domains including teaching social skills, play skills, conversational skills, and daily living skills. The current literature has evaluated the effects of video modeling in comparison to in-vivo training, type of trainee depicted in the video, effects across environments, as well as functioning level of the individual. Little is known with regards to the effects of dosage level on acquisition rate of behaviors. This single subject, multiple-baseline, across subject design will evaluate the effects of varying dosage levels of video modeling on the acquisition of daily living skills in two children with autism. Each subject will be presented with three daily living skills that they are expected to perform. Each daily living skill will be associated with one of three conditions, a video modeling condition where the video is viewed onlyone time, a video modeling condition where the video is viewedthree times, and a video modeling condition where the video is viewedfive times. A 2-week follow-up and a 6-month follow up will be conducted to determine maintenance of skill. Reliability of data collection and fidelity of implementation of study protocol will be conducted.

 

Use of Video Modeling to Teach Pretend Play Skills in Individuals With Autism

AMANDA JACOPETTI (STAR, Inc.)
Abstract:

Research shows that video modeling is an effective teaching tool across multiple domains including teaching social skills, play skills, conversational skills, and daily living skills. The current literature has evaluated the effects of video modeling in comparison to in-vivo training, type of trainee depicted in the video, effects across environments, as well as functioning level of the individual. Little is known with regards to the effects of dosage level on acquisition rate of behaviors. This single subject, multiple-baseline, across subject design will evaluate the effects of varying dosage levels of video modeling on the acquisition of pretend play skills in two children with autism. Each subject will be presented with three pretend play skills that they are expected to perform. Each play skill will be associated with one of three conditions, a control condition (modeling only), a video modeling condition where the video is viewed onlyone time, and a video modeling condition where the video is viewedfive times. A 2-week follow-up will be conducted to determine maintenance of skill. Reliability of data collection and fidelity of implementation of study protocol will be conducted.

 

Teaching Independent Living Skills to a Child with Autism Using Video Modeling with a Sibling as Model

STEVEN H. TROYER (San Francisco State University)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated that video modeling may be effective for teaching social, communication, play, and independent living skills. Video modeling has been examined in a variety of ways, i.e., modeler; skill being taught. The purpose of the current investigation was to extend on the study conducted by Reagon et al., 2006 which focused on use of sibling as model to teach a child play skills. The present study served to evaluate the effectiveness of a video modeling program using a sibling as model in teaching self-help skills to a young child diagnosed with autism. A four-year old girl with Autism took part in the study and her 7 year-old brother served as a model. The effectiveness of this procedure was evaluated using an AB design replicated across two independent living skills. Results of this study may suggest that video modeling may be an effective intervention when using sibling as model.

 
 
Symposium #410
CE Offered: BACB
Watching Others: Teaching Eye Contact, Joint Attention, and Observational Learning to Children With Autism
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Korbel Ballroom 4D (Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
Discussant: Linda A. LeBlanc (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Judah Axe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Making eye contact is critical for learning new skills and is often delayed in children with autism. Making eye contact is necessary for responding to peoples facial expressions, initiating joint attention with others, and learning through observation. We have many behavior analytic techniques for establishing these skills with children with autism, including video modeling, tactile prompts, script fading, and positive reinforcement. The three papers in this symposium are evaluations of the use of those techniques on teaching observational skills to children with autism. The first paper evaluated the use of tactile prompts on increasing eye contact and responses to facial expressions. The second paper analyzed the effects of prompting, reinforcement, and script fading on the acquisition and generalization of initiating bids for joint attention. The third paper examined the use of teaching a monitoring response to increase observational learning of word labels with children with autism. These three papers make important advancements in our technologies used to teach social skills. Watching others and responding to faces, pointing out interesting items in the environment, and learning from other are all critical skills children with autism need to succeed in school and in the community.

 

Effects of Tactile Prompts on Eye Contact and Responses to Facial Expressions With Children With Pervasive Developmental Disorder - Not Otherwise Specified

JUDAH B. AXE (Simmons College), Christine J. Evans (Simmons College)
Abstract:

Children with autism exhibit delays in making eye contact and responding to facial expressions. Previous research shows that video modeling is effective in increasing responses to facial expressions. In addition, tactile prompts have been shown to increase social initiations with children with autism. In the current investigation, 3 children with autism wore tactile prompts during 4 min conversations and 4 min play interactions with an adult. In the context of a multiple baseline across subjects design, the tactile prompt increased eye contact and responses to facial expressions with all 3 subjects. Interobserver agreement was over 90% for instances of eye contact and responses to facial expressions across subjects and conditions. Both 30 and 15 s intervals were assessed and 15 s intervals maintained instances of eye contact at higher levels. A token system of reinforcement was used with one participant to increase instances of eye contact above levels without the system. Future research should identify natural communities of reinforcement that maintain eye contact and responses to facial expressions at high levels so that the tactile prompt can be faded.

 

The Effects of Prompting, Reinforcement and Script Fading Procedures to Teach Children With Autism a Generalized Repertoire of Initiating Bids for Joint Attention

SANDRA R. GOMES (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College)
Abstract:

Many children with autism do not share and spontaneously seek enjoyment, interests, or achievements with other people. These skills, typically referred to as joint attention, are often seen in children of typical development at approximately 9 months of age. Joint attention skills play a fundamental role in language and social development. Although, many studies have assessed joint attention skills, only a few researchers have investigated teaching procedures. In the current study, a concurrent multiple baseline design with a multiple probe across 4 participants with autism was used to evaluate the use of prompting, reinforcement, and script fading procedures on the acquisition of a generalized repertoire of joint attention skills. Forty-eight stimuli from four different experimenter-defined categories were used to increase generalization of joint attention skills from trained stimuli to novel stimuli. Bids for joint attention systematically increased in the presence of both training and novel stimuli and settings for all 4 participants.

 

Increasing Observational Learning of Children With Autism: Effects of Teaching a Monitoring Response

Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime A. DeQuinzio (Private Practice), JAIME STINE (Alpine Learning Group), Gizem Tanol (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Observational learning has been defined as learning that results from observing the responding of others and/or the consequences of such responding (Catania, 1998). In the present study, the observational learning sequence was defined as a peer modeling a response and encountering consequences delivered by an instructor, the participants monitoring that response, and the participants engaging in a similar response following a delay in the absence of the peer model. A training condition in which participants were taught monitoring responses and a probe condition in which monitoring was not used were alternated using a multi-element design. During the training condition, two children with autism were taught to monitor the responding of a peer while observing the peer label words. The monitoring response consisted of both a verbal response to the question, What did she say? and a matching response in which the participant was required to match the word labeled by the peer to a grid containing all target words. Acquisition of the word labels was later measured by presenting the same words used in the training condition and asking the participants to label them in the absence of the peer. Probe measures were used to evaluate generalization of the observational learning skills acquired during analog training to new stimuli (i.e., novel words labeled by peers). For the first participant, the percentage of test trials with a correct word label increased during the training condition in which the monitoring response was trained, but not in the probe condition in which the monitoring response was not taught. Once the monitoring response was taught in the probe condition, correct responding to probe word labels increased bolstering the argument that monitoring was required for observational learning to occur. We expect similar results for the second participant.

 
 
Symposium #411
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating the Efficiency of Non-Traditional Staff Training in Autism Interventions
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Korbel Ballroom 4B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Mary Lynch Barbera (Barbera Behavior Consulting)
Discussant: Guy S. Bruce (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Mary Barbera, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Staff training in the field of autism interventions is an on-going challenge. Immediate solutions are needed to provide staff training to meet the on-going needs of schools and service providers. This symposium will review three studies with different research designs (multiple baseline across participants, a pre/post test group design and a quasi-experimental MANOVA design with an experimental and control group). Two studies will measure the effectiveness of Autism Training Solutions, an on-line video-based training program and one study will report on the difference between fluency and non-fluency based procedures on retention and application.

 

Impact of Online Training Videos on the Implementation of Mand Training by Four Paraprofessionals in a Special Education Setting

EMALEY BLADH MCCULLOCH (Autism Training Solutions), Anne Lau (Autism Behavior Consulting Group, Inc.)
Abstract:

The National Autism Center spearheaded the National Standards Project in 2010, which provided a standard for effective, research validated education and behavior interventions for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). With the number of individuals with autism increasing and the lack of trained professionals becoming more apparent, solutions are needed to provide training on a larger scale. Traditional training approaches such as classroom discussion, lecture, and role-playing formats require an expert and the trainees be together in the same location for a significant amount of time. Alternative training approaches may need to be developed so that trainees can access training on demand and supervisors can still oversee the training process. One such possibility is online training. Very little research has been done on the effectiveness of using online training to teach evidenced based interventions to staff who provide services to individuals with autism. This presentation will outline and report the results of a multiple baseline design study, which evaluated the impact of online training videos on the implementation of mand training with four paraprofessionals in a school setting.

 

Evaluation of a Video-Based E-Learning Program to Train Therapist in Foundational Knowledge of Autism and Behavior Analytic Interventions

AMY D. WIECH (Autism Behavior Consulting Group, Inc.), Emaley Bladh Mcculloch (Autism Training Solutions), Annie M. Collins-Castillo (Autism Training Solutions)
Abstract:

There has been a recent increase in applied behavior analysis (ABA) service availability since many states have passed legislation requiring insurance companies to provide ABA services for individuals with autism. Agencies are faced with new requirements and limited time and budgets for training staff. A more efficient way needs to be developed to train therapists on demand. This presentation will describe an evaluation of Autism Training Solutions, an e-learning tool that was used to train newly hired behavior therapists in the foundational knowledge of autism and behavioral analytic interventions. The study used a pre-post group design to evaluate knowledge acquisition in new employees. In addition to quantitative results, survey results regarding the participants experiences and attitudes toward e-learning will also be reported. This study will explore whether e-learning can provide effective training in foundational knowledge of autism and behavior analytic interventions.

 

Measuring the Effects of a Fluency-Based Autism Training on Emerging Educational Leaders

MARY LYNCH BARBERA (Barbera Behavior Consulting)
Abstract:

This presentation will discuss the results from a multivariate analysis of variance (MANOVA) design study which evaluated the effects of a fluency-based procedure to train emerging educational leaders on naming the verbal and non-verbal operants, which may be needed to effectively teach children with autism. This MANOVA is an extension of a single subject design study on a staff training package presented at ABAI in 2007. Fluency building has been shown in past studies to improve long-term retention and application of skills. This quasi-experimental study compared treatments with and without fluency procedures to determine if fluency based procedures improved retention and application of naming verbal and non-verbal operants. Graduate education students in four classes at Alvernia University participated in the study with two classes making up the experimental group and two other classes serving as the control group.

 
 
Symposium #412
CE Offered: BACB
Promoting Successful Transitions to Alternate Settings
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Korbel Ballroom 4A (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Rita M. Gardner (Melmark New England)
Discussant: Paul A. Dores (Psychologist in Private Practice)
CE Instructor: Frank Bird, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium will review three case studies that discuss key factors and necessary skills that are critical for a successful transition of a student back to a public school from a private placement, or from special education to adult services, as well as from a residential group home to the family home. In each case to be reviewed, identified students needed to develop a variety of requisite skills in anticipation of their new setting. Additionally, a variety of transition team skills were necessary to develop which included the development of an individual transition plan, parent training plan, staff training plan, as well as the development ofindividualized education planspecific goals that targeted clinical, educational, vocational, social and domestic objectives. One presentation will discuss the transition of a student with autism who transitioned to a public school setting after a number of years in a private, non-profit school. A second presentation will discuss the transition of a young adult in a residential school back to his family home. A third presentation will discuss the transition of young adults after many years in a private, non-profit residential school into community adult services programming.

 

Transition to Public School: A Successful Planning Model

AMANDA KENNEDY (Melmark New England), Paulette E. Burdick (Nashoba Regional School District), Helena L. Maguire (Melmark New England), John Demanche (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

This presentation will discuss the planning and preparation that took place over the course of a year to transition a young man with autism to his local public school. The presentation will review the planning stages, as well as the colloboration efforts with parent, public school staff and other BCBA staff. This presentation will also review the necessaryindividual education plangoals that were introduced during the preparation year to ensure the needed skills were learned by the student. Specific steps and procedures used during the planning stages will be described. Pre and post data collected across specific challenging behaviors as well as skill acquisition programs will be shared. Finally, the successes and limitations of this planning model will be discussed to promote more effective transitions to occur. An update as to how this student is currently performing will also be shared. This will be a joint presentation sharing information from the private school provider as well the public school BCBA.

 

Going Home: Facilitating a Successful Return

SILVA ORCHANIAN (Melmark New England), Helena L. Maguire (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

This presentation will discuss the planning and preparation that took place over the course of several years to transition a young man from a residential group home setting back to his family home. The presentation will review the planning stages, as well as the collaboration efforts with parents and public school staff. This presentation will also review the necessaryindividualized education plangoals that were critical to guiding successful skill acquisition to ensure a successful transition. Specific steps and procedures used during the planning stages will be described. Behavior plan strategies and contingencies that were developed for the family home to target and maintain appropriate skills in the home will also be reviewed. Data collected across targeted transition skills will be shared. Finally, the successes and limitations of this planning model will be discussed to promote more effective transitions to occur. How and what the student is doing today will be shared during this presentation.

 

The Transition to Adult Services: What Does a Success Model Look Like?

FRANK L. BIRD (Melmark New England), Lisa A. Studer (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

This presentation will discuss the planning and preparation that took place over the course of 2 years to transition young adults from a residential group home setting to an identified adult service provider. The presentation will review the planning stages, as well as the collaboration efforts with parents, private school provider and adult service providers. This presentation will review the factors that influence a successful transition of young adults into the adult service system. Necessary individual transition planning goals that were critical to guiding a successful transition will be discussed. Specific steps and cross training procedures with adult service staff will be described. Environmental and behavior plan modifications will be reviewed that assisted in promoting an adapted setting to meet the unique needs of each young adult. Data collected across targeted transition skills will be shared. Finally, the successes and limitations of this planning model will be discussed to promote more effective transitions to occur. The current status of each young adult relative to their performance will be shared during this presentation.

 
 
Symposium #413
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Behavioral Intervention for Children With Autism
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Korbel Ballroom 4C (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Discussant: Sigmund Eldevik (Akershus University College)
CE Instructor: Adel Najdowski, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A substantial amount of scientific research has validated early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) as an effective treatment for autism. However, the provision of EIBI is a complex process, consisting of hundreds (or thousands?) of component procedures and policies, implemented over the course of years. Many of the details of service provision remain relatively unaddressed by research. This symposium presents three papers that address details of service provision. The first paper presents data on a regression analysis conducted on relations between age, treatment intensity, and learning rate across over 200 children with autism receiving behavioral intervention services. The second paper examines the effects of the duration of breaks in services on loss of acquired skills. The third paper describes the development and validation of a brief tool for evaluating treatment integrity of discrete trial training during direct observations. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Dr. Sigmund Eldevik.

 

Analysis of Age, Treatment Intensity, and Learning Rate in a Large Group of Children With Autism

TALYA VOGEL (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Arthur E. Wilke (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Diane Perrine (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jennifer Ranick (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

Early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) has been shown to produce robust treatment effects for children with autism, across a large amount of research. Past research has examined the relationship between several variables within treatment programs to evaluate the moderating impact that specific factors have on treatment outcomes. Granpeesheh et al. (2009) examined relations among treatment intensity, age, and learning rate, across 4 months of treatment, and found that treatment intensity significantly impacts outcome, particularly for young children. The present study replicates and extends the findings of Granpeesheh et al. (2009) with a larger group of children (>300) and across a longer duration of time (i.e., 24 months). Regression analyses indicated that both age and treatment intensity were significant predictors and accounted for a substantial portion of the observed variance in learning rate. Given the heterogeneity of the disorder, it is important for treatment providers tailor interventions to the needs of specific children. The data from this study is discussed in relation to these factors that are important to manipulate on a system-level in order to optimize skill acquisition and maximize treatment gains.

 

The Effects of the Duration of Breaks in Services on Regression of Skills in Children With Autism

THERESA BARTHOLOMEW (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Sienna Greener-Wooten (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

Early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) has been proven to be effective for the treatment of autism. Parents of children with autism and behavioral service providers often assert that breaks in EIBI services, caused by gaps in funding for services, school holidays, and other many other variables, may cause children with autism to "lose" skills acquired during intervention. However, very little research has directly evaluated this possibility. In the current study, the effects of the duration of breaks in services on the degree of skill regression was analyzed. Data collection is ongoing but data collected thus far indicate that the degree of regression varies across clients but that some skills suffer from significant decreases in accuracy following breaks in services. Results are discussed in terms of the need for continued services during breaks and on potential practical solutions, such as "home work" implemented by parents and other family members.

 

Development and Validation of a Brief Instrument for Evaluating Procedural Fidelity in Discrete Trial Training

CATHERINE PETERS (Center For Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Taira Lanagan (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Evelyn R. Gould (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

Research has established early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) as a proven treatment for autism and discrete trial training (DTT) as a critical component of it. However, substantial variability exists in the quality and fidelity of treatment implementation. Quality of the implementation of DTT is integral to the success of an EIBI program and assessing the integrity of it must therefore be an important component of the intervention. This presentation describes the development of a brief treatment integrity data collection tool, comprised of 13 components to evaluate the integrity of DTT. Both reliability and validity of the tool were evaluated. High degrees of interobserver reliability were obtained and a radio operator curve analysis was used to determine a valid criterion for calculating a passing score.

 
 
Symposium #414
CE Offered: BACB
Current Practices in Caregiver Training
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Korbel Ballroom 3B (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Henry S. Roane (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University)
CE Instructor: Henry Roane, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Training caregivers in the implementation of behavioral interventions is critical to promote generalization of treatment gains. This symposium will present four examples of current procedures to train caregivers in a variety of operant-based procedures. The first presentation describes a sequential model of training caregivers in the implementation of treatments for pediatric feeding disorders. This model progresses from written instructions to therapist feedback and parallels training procedures utilized of other forms of problem behavior. The second presentation describes an approach to merging a behavioral intervention for two siblings diagnosed with autism, both of whom exhibited aggressive behavior. The children's mother was trained in the implementation of the combined treatment. The third and fourth presentations focus on the use of technology to enhance caregiver training. The first of these describes the use of computer-based procedures to train parents in the implementation of behaviorally based skill acquisition programs for children with autism. The final presentation describes the use of tele-health procedures to train caregivers in the implementation of protocols to treat pediatric feeding disorders. These results suggest that tele-health outcomes were similar to outcomes obtained in an outpatient clinic.

 

Sequential Application of Caregiver Training Procedures to Implement Pediatric Feeding Protocols

MEGHAN M. PANGBORN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract:

The purpose of the study was to evaluate the effectiveness of current caregiver training practices by implementing each step of training sequentially, to teach parents to implement mealtime protocols. A multiple baseline design was implemented across four caregivers (two dyads). Therapist-fed meals were conducted prior to training to identify an effective intervention to increase food acceptance and decrease food refusal. The training package consisted of seven components: observation, written and verbal protocol review, video review, structured observation, modeling, role-play, and immediate feedback. Levels of correct implementation of mealtime protocols, by caregivers, were evaluated throughout the training process by having caregivers conduct meal sessions following each training component to determine if additional training was necessary. Results showed that the training procedures were effective in teaching caregivers to implement mealtime protocols, and systematic introduction of the training components produced systematic changes in correct caregiver implementation. In addition, all participants completed training without requiring all seven training components.

 

Training Parents of Autistic Siblings in the Implementation of a Multi-Function Differential Reinforcement Program

NIAMH DOYLE (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University), Heather Kadey (State University of New York, Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Approximately 10-20% of children with autism are likely to have a sibling with that disorder. Under such circumstances, caregivers may be faced with implementing separate interventions for their children, possibly at the same time. Merging different treatments to decrease both children's problem behavior may permit for more fluid parent responses and increased procedural integrity. The current study describes the approach we employ when treating problem behavior displayed by siblings with autism. This case described the treatment of aggression displayed by a 7-year-old girl and her 6-year-old brother, both of whom had a diagnosis of pervasive developmental diorder not otherwise specified (PDD-NOS). Separate functional analyses identified a different maintaining reinforcer for each child's aggression. These behaviors were then treated separately using functional communication training and delay fading. To ensure that the caregiver would be able to manage these siblings' behaviors concurrently, a 600-s resetting differential reinforcement of other behavior schedule was implemented which was based on the separate functions of each child's behavior. The treatment was introduced across siblings sequentially in accordance with a multiple baseline design. Initially therapists conducted these sessions, before training the caregiver to implement the treatment. Results showed a decrease in aggression for both children relative to baseline.

 

Randomized Trial of an eLearning Program for Training Parents of Children With Autism in Principles and Procedures of Applied Behavior Analysis

JINA JANG (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

Effective training of parents and other caregivers is an integral part of top-quality treatment programs in applied behavior analysis (ABA). However, training programs are often time-consuming and costly to operate. In addition, global dissemination of training is limited as it often requires direct instruction on the principles and procedures of ABA by professionals within the field. The development of electronic training programs (sometimes referred to as "eLearning") may extend the accessibility of training to rural areas and therefore provide an alternative or supplement to traditional in-person training. A recent study demonstrated the effectiveness of an eLearning program for training newly hired behavioral therapists in the principles and procedures of ABA treatment for children with autism (Granpeesheh, Tarbox, Dixon, Peters, Thompson, & Kenzer, 2010). The current study replicates the Granpeesheh study, but randomly assigns participants to either immediate training (treatment) or delayed training (control). Data collection is still ongoing but initial results are demonstrating an average 67-point increase in percent correct on post-tests. Implications for cost-effectiveness and global dissemination in parent training will be discussed.

 

Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Problems: Comparing Follow-up Outcomes in the Clinic Versus Via Tele-health

JASON R. ZELENY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Lynn Farrell (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jana Frese (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Up to 45% of typically developing children and 80% of children with developmental disabilities (Chung & Kahng, 2006) experience feeding problems (e.g., food refusal, gastrostomy tube dependence). If left untreated, weight loss, dehydration, malnutrition, and impairments in cognitive functioning could result in the most severe cases. Behavioral interventions have been shown to be effective to treat pediatric feeding problems (Kerwin, 1999). However, there are a limited number of organizations and professionals in the country that specialize in the behavioral treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. Tele-health methods would allow a professional in one location to provide services to a patient in another location. Research has not yet evaluated the effectiveness of using tele-health methods to treat pediatric feeding disorders using behavioral techniques. We are comparing the outcomes (e.g., 5-s acceptance, mouth cleans, combined inappropriate mealtime behavior) of children discharged from an intensive day treatment program who are followed up in the clinic versus via telehealth. The children's parents implement treatment in both cases. Preliminary results suggest that clinically relevant outcomes are achieved regardless of the avenue of outpatient follow-up.

 
 
Symposium #415
Symposium: Examining Treatment Efficacy of Behavior Analytic Strategies to Address Feeding Issues Compared to the use of Occupational Therapy Strategies to Address These Same Feeding Issues for Children
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Korbel Ballroom 3C (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Joyce C. Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.)
Abstract:

Occupational therapy services are commonly recommended to address issues of feeding for children with developmental delays. Often, occupational therapy is funded for prior to the funding of applied behavior analysis (ABA). This symposium examines the treatment efficacy of behavior analytic strategies to address issues such as feeding when compared to occupational therapy. This symposium will present four studies. The first study will examine the effectiveness of shaping when introducing new foods across three participants. The second study exams the effectiveness of occupational therapy alone when treating selective eating and problem behaviors. The third study looks at shaping in combination with occupational therapy to treat eating and chewing. Finally, the fourth study compares a shaping alone condition and shaping and occupational therapy condition when treating selective eating and self-injurious behaviors. The results show that while some children might benefit from shaping in combination with occupational therapy when trying new foods, occupational therapy alone is not effective to treat selective eating and problem behaviors. However, shaping alone is effective when treating selective eating. It is important to note that across all studies the participants were chosen based on the services they were receiving at the time of the study. For example, the authors did not withhold occupational therapy from the participants during the study; they were included based on the current level of services they received at the time of the study. Overall, the results across all studies demonstrate that occupational therapy alone was not consistently effective when compared to the use of behavior analytic strategies that demonstrated consistency in effectiveness across all four studies.

 

Using Shape to Introduce New Food Items Across Three Children With Developmental Delays

HOANG NGUEYN (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.)
Abstract:

Shaping has been proven as an effective technique in teaching skills, specifically in addressing issues of feeding. The purpose of this study was to examine the use of a shaping procedure to introduce new food items across three children with developmental delays and to further expand the current literature. Three children with developmental delays participated in this study. This study consisted of a multiple baseline design across participants. The independent variable is shaping. The dependent variable is the number of new food items gained in participants eating repertoire. During baseline, all three participants had limited food intake in their repertoire, for example, one participant would only eat foods that were colored white. During intervention all three increased food repertoire to nine, seven, and eight foods gained. The results show that shaping is effective when introducing new food items for these participants. This study is important in this symposium as it sets the stage to provide a comparison of the efficacy of behavior analytic strategies and occupational therapy.

 

Examining the Efficacy of Occupational Therapy to Treat Selective Eating And Problem Behaviors for Three Children With Developmental Delays

JUNELYN LAZO (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.)
Abstract:

Occupational therapy is often recommended for children with developmental delays. According to the American Occupational Therapy Association, occupational therapy practitioners believe that a well-regulated sensory system can contribute to reaching important developmental outcomes. The purpose of our study was to examine the efficacy of occupational therapy to address selective eating and problem behaviors. These participants were chosen based on their current level of service at the time of the study. Therefore, these children were receiving occupational therapy to address the identified target behaviors. Three children with developmental delays participated in this study. Their target behaviors included selective eating, short on-task time and tantrums. Occupational therapy strategies such as a chewing tube, sensory toys and equipments, weighted blanket were implemented in an effort to change these behaviors. The results show that in an occupational therapy alone condition the identified target behaviors do not change across all three participants. For participant one, the use of sensory breaks was ineffective and only after using it as a reinforcer did it increase on-task time from two minutes during baseline to up to 10 minutes after the implementation of a sensory break as a reinforcer. During baseline for participant two problem behaviors occurred 15-20 episodes per two-hour session with duration of three minutes. During intervention, the level of behavior remained the same. For the third participant, problem behaviors such as tantrums increased after the implementation of occupational therapy strategies. During baseline the third participant, engaged in 0-3 episodes per day with duration of 5-10 minutes of problem behavior, following the implementation of occupational therapy, the frequency increased to 3-5 episodes per day with duration of 10-45 minutes per episode. Thus, occupational therapy alone was not effective in treating selective eating and problem behaviors unless occupational therapy strategies were used as a reinforcer. This study leads to the next study that presents the use of behavior analytic strategies and occupational therapy services combined condition to address feeding issues.

 

Examining the Efficacy of a Shaping and Occupational Therapy Combined Condition to Increase Eating and Chewing for Three Children With Developmental Delays

TRICIA M. CANTON (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to examine the efficacy of treatment when behavior analytic strategies were combined with occupational therapy to address eating and chewing behavior. Three children with developmental delays who qualify for early intensive intervention participated in this study. Their target behaviors included selective eating, difficulty chewing hard solid foods, and walking on tiptoes. The independent variables were shaping and occupational therapy strategies. The dependent variables included the number of new foods added to their repertoire and oral/motor skills learned. Overall, results show that combining behavioral strategies such as shaping and occupational therapy strategies was effective in addressing the targeted behaviors across the participants. For one participant, data indicate that the combination condition of shaping and occupational therapy strategies was not effective for chewing or eating. However, for the other two participants, shaping and occupational therapy strategies combined were effective for selective eating, chewing, and walking on tiptoes. During baseline, puree food and milk was the main source and snack foods for participant two and three respectively. During intervention, both participants were able to tolerate chewing bite sized pieces of food such as zucchini. This study leads to the next in our symposium that compares the effectiveness of a behavior analytic condition only versus a behavior analytic and occupational therapy condition.

 

Comparing the Effectiveness of a Shaping Condition and a Shaping in Combination With Occupational Therapy Strategies When Treating Selective Eating and Self-Injurious Behaviors for Children with Developmental Delays

JOHANNA F. LORCA (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.)
Abstract:

The previous studies examined the use of a behavioral strategies only condition, an occupation therapy only condition, a behavioral strategy and occupation therapy only condition, and finally this present study. This study compares the effectiveness of a shaping condition and a shaping in combination with occupational therapy when treating selective eating and self-injurious behaviors. Two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and one child with cerebral palsy participated in this study. Their target behaviors included selective eating and self-injurious behaviors. This a multiple baseline design across participants. The independent variables are shaping and occupational therapy strategies. The participants received intervention procedures based on shaping during Phase I of treatment. The participants then received intervention procedures based on shaping and occupational therapy strategies during Phase II of treatment. The results show that shaping alone was effective. For one participant, when shaping was combined with occupational therapy strategies, selective eating demonstrated increased improvement when compared to shaping alone condition. However, for the other two participants, shaping alone was as effective as shaping combined with occupational therapy.

 
 
Symposium #416
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Skills Training for Individuals With Autism and Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Korbel Ballroom 2C (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Raymond Miltenberger, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes four papers evaluating procedures for teaching important skills to individuals with developmental disabilities. The first paper by Godish and Miltenberger describes a video modeling intervention for teaching abduction prevention skills to children with autism. The second study by McFee and colleagues describes video self modeling and behavioral skills training procedures for teaching social skills to children with Asperger's Disorder and autism. The third paper by Bolechala and colleagues describes an evaluation of the Travel Assistance Device, a global positioning system enabled phone with software programmed to prompt individuals with disabilities to exit the bus at the correct bus stop. The final paper by Smith and Miltenberger is an evaluation of behavioral skills training and in situ training for teaching greeting skills to individuals with developmental disabilities.

 

Evaluation of Video Modeling for Teaching Abduction Prevention Skills to Children With Autism and Asperger's Disorder

DANIELLE S. GODISH (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

There is little research on teaching abduction prevention skills to children with autism. Video modeling has been shown to be a cost effective and easy to implement method to teach various skills to children with autism. The purpose of the present study was to assess the effectiveness of the video modeling technique for teaching children with autism abduction prevention skills. The second purpose of the present study was to investigate the effectiveness of behavior skills training (BST) and/or IST if the video modeling technique failed to be successful in teaching the participants the safety skills or if the skills failed to maintain overtime. The results showed that video modeling was effective in teaching all four participants abduction prevention skills and that IST was needed to help maintain the skills for one participant.

 

Teaching Social Skills to Children With Asperger's Disorder and Autism: An Evaluation of Video Self-Modeling and Behavioral Skills Training

KRYSTAL M. MCFEE (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Ashley Breeden (University of South Florida), Ivan DeVeaux (University of South Florida), Jennifer Rodriguez (University of South Florida), Jaclyn Fishman (University of South Florida), Ashley Carpenter (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of video self-modeling (VSM) and behavior skills training to teach social skills to adolescents with Asperger's and high functioning autism. The targeted social skills were social initiations and social responses. The video self-modeling alone condition was implemented first using a video feedforward approach. A behavior skills training (BST) procedure was implemented following the video self-modeling alone condition for each participant. BST consisted of instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. The frequency of each target behavior was scored from videotapes using 10-second frequency within interval recording. After the video self-modeling was introduced, a mean increase was demonstrated in the target behaviors for three of the four participants. However, following the video self-modeling plus behavior skills training procedures, the social skills increased further for each participant. Follow up measures showed that the social interactions for each participant remained higher than baseline, however slightly lower than levels during BST+VSM.

 

Evaluating the Effectiveness of the Travel Assistance Device on the Bus Riding Behavior of Individuals With Disabilities

ARICA BOLECHALA (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Sean Barbeau (University of South Florida), Marcy Gordon (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Independence for individuals with disabilities can be facilitated through the use of devices that have been created and adapted for these individuals. Research regarding the use of technology to afford independence to those with disabilities is growing as new devices are being created. One such device is the Travel Assistance Device (TAD) which has undergone conceptual tests to assess if the individual components of the device work as intended. The purpose of this research study was to determine whether the prompts given by the TAD would exhibit stimulus control over the participants behavior of pulling the cord to stop the bus at the appropriate time and exiting the bus at the appropriate stop. Results show favorable outcomes for the 3 participants who were able to pull the bus cord at the appropriate stops and exit the bus only when the TAD delivered prompts.

 

Behavioral Skills Training and In-Situ Training to Teach Greeting Skills to Adults With Developmental Disabilities

SHANNAN SMITH, Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Research has demonstrated that behavioral skills training (BST) is effective in teaching social skills to individuals with developmental disabilities, but often the skills fail to generalize. One strategy to promote generalization has been the use of in situ training. In an effort to improve upon previous research, BST plus in situ training was evaluated to teach greeting skills to adults living in a group home setting. The percentage of correct greeting responses was evaluated in a multiple baseline across participants design. Results showed that BST was only partially effective in teaching greeting skills to the participants. However, in-situ training resulted in a greater increase in correct greeting skills across all participants.

 
 
Symposium #417
CE Offered: BACB
Preference and Reinforcer Assessment in Older Adults With Dementia
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
610/612 (Convention Center)
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Jonathan Baker, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Research in the area of preference assessment has increased in recent years with respect to older adults with dementia residing in nursing homes, yet many questions remain. This symposium will begin to address some of these remaining questions. Data-based talks will include research on the efficacy of different preference assessment formats as well as the efficacy of group based preference assessments and activities. Although preference assessments with older adults with dementia are typically used to identify activities (i.e., there is no reinforcer assessment component) and generally involve the assumption that engagement in the item results in some form of automatic reinforcement, current knowledge on the effects of reinforcement are minimal for older adults with moderate to severe dementia. This symposium will include an initial data-based presentation on reinforcement in nursing home residing older adults with dementia. Finally, the implications of these studies and future events will be discussed.

 

Evaluation of Preference Formats and Types of Activities Offered in Nursing Homes with Older Adults with Alzheimer's Disease

AMANDA RIPLEY RYAN (Imagine! Behavioral Health Services), Maranda Trahan (Johns Hopkins University), Jenna Mattingly (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Paula K. Davis (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

There has been little research in the field of older adults and preference assessments. In fact, only one study previously has investigated if different preference assessment formats predict activity engagement (LeBlanc, Cherup, Feliciano, & Sidener, 2006). The purpose of this study was to replicate the previous study by comparing verbal and tangible formats of preference assessments and it extends that work by comparing productive and leisure activity preferences. Four older adults with dementia participated in the current study. Results replicated the findings of LeBlanc et al. in that preferences identified by both the verbal and tangible formats were comparable. In addition, both productive and leisure activities were preferred in all assessments. These results have implications for the types of activities offered in nursing homes (e.g., more productive activities) and the format used in conducting preference assessments.

 

Evaluating Activity Presentation Formats and the Amount of Interactions on Activity Engagement in Older Adults With Alzheimer's Disease

MARANDA TRAHAN (Johns Hopkins University), Paula K. Davis (Southern Illinois University), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The present study examined the use of manipulating activity presentation formats and the use of interactions to increase activity engagement in eight older adults with Alzheimers disease (AD) living in a special care unit of a nursing home. Three experiments were conducted. Experiment 1 compared two sets of activities (i.e., standard and novel) on engagement. Experiment 2 evaluated the effects of three different activity presentation formats-providing single activities, providing activity choices, and providing multiple activities-on engagement. Experiment 3 assessed the effects of various levels of interactions on engagement. Results from these three experiments extended the literature on use of choice interventions and the amount of interactions to provide to nursing home residents in order to increase activity engagement. Implications for these results will be discussed, and future research in the area is recommended.

 

Reinforcement and Extinction-Induced Behavioral Variability in Older Adults With Dementia

JENNA MATTINGLY (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The present study attempted to investigate the effects of extinction on the behavior of older adults with moderate to severe dementia. A touch screen computer displaying four large colored buttons was employed. Participants were exposed to three conditions: baseline, intervention, and a reversal. The target response (pressing green after yellow) resulted in a video stimulus in the intervention condition, and then the videos were withheld during the reversal condition. Data on button-pressing and vocal-verbal statements were visually analyzed to determine the effect of the videos on responding; however none of the participants acquired the task. Therefore, a discussion of extinction responding was not possible. Interesting findings in terms of reinforcement and implications for the treatment of problem behaviors in older adults with dementia are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #418
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group Career Award: Jack Michael's Contributions to Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
406 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB/TBA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Discussant: Teodoro Ayllon (Behavioral Consultant)
Abstract:

The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group is honored to recognize the career contributions of Dr. Jack Michael in furthering our understanding of human behavior. Three former students and colleagues of Dr. Michael will present papers reflecting on his life's work and its relation to the current state of the field. The presentations will describe and expand on Dr. Michael's contributions in elucidating our theoretical, experimental, and applied understanding of basic behavioral principles, and on the role of the behavioral educator in accurately disseminating and promoting behavior analysis. Dr. Caio Miguel will review the concept of the motivating operation and its role in understanding verbal behavior in both experimental and clinical settings. Dr. Mark Sunberg will review Dr. Michael's many contributions to translational research. Dr. Henry Schlinger will discuss Dr. Michael's contribution to education and the need to ensure that we continue to apply behavioral methods in teaching the next generation of behavior analysts. Dr. Ted Ayllon will serve as discussant for the session and will present the award. Please join us in celebrating the many achievements of Dr. Jack Michael.

 

Jack Michael's Motivation

CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University)
Abstract:

Jack Michael's most important contributions to the field of behavior analysis may be considered taxonomical. Concepts such as codic and duplic, selection and topography based verbal behavior, and most importantly the concept of motivating operations have changed not only the way we talk about behavioral phenomena, but also how we analyze them. This talk will focus on the concept of motivating operations (MO) by outlining its development from Skinner's (1938) concept of drive to its current status in the field of behavior analysis. Conceptually, Michael's term helped us shift our focus from the organism to the environment. It also played an important role in designing basic and applied research, and in understanding behavioral function in clinical settings.

 

Jack Michaels Contribution to Translational Research

MARK L. SUNDBERG (Sundberg and Associates)
Abstract:

Translational research "can be defined generally as inquiry that breaks new ground by uniting a concern for fundamental principles with a concern for everyday problems and outcomes" (Mace & Critchfield, 2010). Jack Michael has championed this effort for over 50 years, beginning with his early work with Ted Ayllon (1959) and the psychiatric nurse as a behavioral engineer. Jack's life's work is filled with many specific contributions to translational research such as his work on establishing operations, automatic reinforcement, and Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior. These contributions, along with hisAssociation for Behavior Analysispresidential address (1980) warning the field about the dangers of straying from the basic principles of behavior have defined Jack Michael. The current presentation will pay tribute to these and other translational contributions made by Jack Michael.

 

Producing Future Behavior Analysts: Lessons From a Distinguished Educator

HENRY D. SCHLINGER (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Nowadays, behavior analysts come mostly from the ranks of behavior technicians working in the area of autism. But many of these individuals only learn a collection of techniques for working with their clients; they don't learn the science and theory of behavior analysis. With the promise of becoming a Board Certified Behavior Analyst and of possible promotions and raises, some of these individuals apply to graduate programs in (applied) behavior analysis. Most of those who are accepted, however, require more instruction in becoming fluent in behavior analysis than would be necessary if they had learned it as an undergraduate. Moreover, if a cure for autism were suddenly discovered, the field would lose its biggest pool of potential behavior analysts. In this talk, I suggest that the best way to grow the field of behavior analysis in the long term is to increase the number of young behavior analysts, and the best way to accomplish that is to teach behavior analysis to undergraduates at major institutions of higher education. In the meantime, those behavior analysts who currently teach behavior analysis would do well to practice what they preach and to follow in the footsteps of Jack Michael by incorporating behaviorally-based approaches to teaching.

 
 
Symposium #419
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis of Gambling Behavior II
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
405 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
Chair: Nicholas Mui Ker Lik (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
CE Instructor: Nicholas Mui Ker Lik, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium will feature four presentations relating to behavior analysis and gambling. Topics will cover everything from rule governance to delay discounting paradigms.

 

Hypothetical Financial Status Can Alter Delay Discounting Values of Pathological Gamblers

Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), FRANK D. BUONO (Southern Illinois University), Autumn N. McKeel (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

Two experiments were completed within this topic. Initially online graduate students completed three different temporal discounting paradigms via an online survey website. The first procedure required the participant to a preference for a value now versus that of a value in the future. In the second procedure, individuals were asked to discount again, although they were given the following directions: "I want you to discount as if you had your ideal job and that job paid you 2 times more than you currently make." The third discounting procedure was similar to that of the second, with the difference being instead of making 2 times of what you are earning, you are making half of what you currently make. In the second experiment pathological gamblers with a South Oaks Gambling Screen (SOGS) score greater than 5 were exposed the same procedure as above. This study systematically replicated a previous study which found significant differences within the discounting rates.

 

Probabilistic Discounting Rates Before and After Exposure to a Simulated Die Roll Gambling Task

Jill DeFreitas (University of Nevada, Reno), Ashley West (University of Nevada, Reno), Erin E. Watkins (University of Nevada, Reno), BENJAMIN N. WITTS (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada), Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota), Daniel D. Houlihan (Minnesota State University, Mankato)
Abstract:

One method of evaluating risk-taking is through a probabilistic discounting task, in which an individual chooses between a smaller guaranteed reward and a chance at a larger reward (i.e. would you rather have $100 or take a 50% chance at getting $500 instead?). The consequences of risk-taking behavior should have an influence on future risk-taking behavior; therefore if the consequences of these behaviors are manipulated, we should see changes in risk-taking behavior. Participants are 50-100 students at the University of Nevada, Reno, who do not have a history of gambling problems, assessed with the South Oakes Gambling Screen. To start, participants are asked to complete an 84-question probabilistic discounting task, next they are asked to play a simulated die roll gambling game for 10 minutes in a lose, win, break-even, or control condition, and finally they complete the probabilistic discounting task again. In order to keep motivation to gamble high, participants are told that the individual who wins the most will have a chance at winning $50. The purpose of this study is to investigate the effects that gambling outcome has on probabilistic discounting.

 

Examining Transformation of Function in Gambling

NICHOLAS MUI KER LIK (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Much research has been done on the transfer of function and contextual control of slot machine games using previously neutral stimuli that were trained to participate in relations of "greater-than" and "less-than." However, much of that research has focused on the contextual control of slot machine play, while relatively little research has been done to demonstrate that such contextual control might exist in other games. The current study was thus aimed at examining a contextual control procedure with the game of roulette. Participants were allowed to play on a roulette game during a pretest session, and a measure of their preference for either the red or black color was determined. Participants were then exposed to a match-to-sample procedure that trained a relationship of "greater-than" and "less-than" to arbitrary stimuli. The arbitrary stimuli were then used in a conditional discrimination training procedure that established the relationship of "greater-than" with the color that was the opposite of the participants' preferred color during the pretest as a form of contextual cue training. Following the training, participants were allowed to play on the roulette game again, with their responses being recorded to determine if response allocation had shifted to favor the color that had been trained as "greater-than." In the event that no preference was shown during the pretest, a color was randomly chosen to be trained to participate in the "greater-than" relation.

 

Manipulating Rate of Slot Machine Play Through Stimulus Control

MOLLIE J. HORNER-KING (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jeffrey R. Miller (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Samantha Reed (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

The current investigation examined responding on simulated slot machine trials which all participants experienced a multiple schedule of reinforcement. A two-by-two mixed design was utilized. Participants were given rules regarding their rate of responding depending upon their assigned group. Results show gambling behavior may be brought under the control of rules describing how participants should respond. Extensions using instructional procedures to treat pathological gambling are discussed.

 
 
Paper Session #420
Equivalence, Concept Discrimination, and Analysis
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
404 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB
Chair: Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway)
 

Stimulus Equivalence and Verbal Ability in Autistic and Neurotypical Children

Domain: Experimental Analysis
DANNA M. CHALLIES (Massey University), Ian M. Evans
 
Abstract:

A growing body of research is demonstrating the role played by derived relations in a range of higher order behaviors such as language, understanding contextual control of behavior, abstract categorization and concept formation, and symbolic behavior (Dickins & Dickins, 2001; Dougher, Perkins, Greenway, Koons, & Chiasson, 2002). Emergent derived relations are acquired by neurotypical persons during early childhood development. Children with autism are suspected to be deficient in derived relations, as measured by hierarchical match-to-sample (MTS) procedures (stimulus equivalence behaviors), compared to neurotypical children (O'Donnell & Saunders, 2003) and also experience deficits in a broad range of higher-order behaviors. The research presented here investigates differences in MTS equivalence between age/sex matched neurotypical and autistic children, and also correlates stimulus equivalence ability in autistic children with their verbal ability as measured by the Receptive-Expressive Emergent Language Test (3rd Ed) (REEL-3), and the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales (2nd Ed) (Vineland-II). Stimuli were abstract, and delivered using a touch-screen computer. Data obtained indicate that autistic children have marked deficiencies in equivalence behaviors compared to neurotypical children, and MTS equivalence ability broadly correlates with measured verbal ability. A subset of children received further MTS training which resulted in a one non-verbal child achieving transitivity.

 

Non-Arbitrary Relational Interference With Auditory Stimulus Equivalence

Domain: Experimental Analysis
IAN T. STEWART (National University of Ireland, Galway), Julie Brosnan (National University of Ireland, Galway)
 
Abstract:

The current study aimed to show stimulus equivalence using auditory stimuli and to further investigate non-arbitrary interference with equivalence formation. Non-arbitrary interference with stimulus equivalence has previously been demonstrated using visual stimuli and this study examined the effect with auditory stimuli using an analogous design. Three groups [Same-Voice (SV), Different-Voices (DV), and Voice-Test (VT)] of 10 participants were trained and tested for the formation of three 3-member equivalence relations using recordings of spoken nonsense syllables as stimuli. In the SV condition, the voice used in training and testing was the same; in the DV condition, both training and testing involved different voices; while in the VT group, where maximum interference was expected, training involved the same voice throughout while testing involved different voices. Results showed levels of equivalence responding were markedly lower for the Different-Voices and Voice-Test group. Furthermore, and as predicted, levels of voice matching, in which the participant chose in accordance with non-arbitrary similarity rather than equivalence, were higher for the Voice-Test group than for the Different-Voices group.

 

Verbal Abstraction and Concept Formation: A Demonstration of Pragmatic Verbal Analysis

Domain: Experimental Analysis
MICHAEL N. REYNOLDS (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Seim (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University)
 
Abstract:

A category is a class of stimuli that are grouped together because they occasion a common response. Sometimes the stimuli share perceptual features (e.g., wavelengths of light) such as when one wavelength class produces the response R-E-D, which is discriminated from another class of wavelengths in whose presence the response is Y-E-L-L-O-W. The result is two perceptual concepts (Keller & Schoenfeld, 1950; Zentall et al., 2002). The wavelengths are not arbitrary, but the stimuli constituting the common response (e.g., R-E-D or Y-E-L-L-O-W) are arbitrary; that is, are the result of social convention in a verbal community. These arbitrary stimuli can be related to other arbitrary stimuli (e.g., R-E-D and Y-E-L-L-O-W are both C-O-L-O-R-S) that are distinguished from other arbitrarily stimuli (e.g., P-O-O-D-L-E are P-O-M-E-R-A-N-I-A-N are both D-O-G-S). The result is two associative concepts (Zentall et al., 2002)-arbitrary stimuli grouped based on their relation to other arbitrary stimuli. Based on the stimulus equivalence/derived relational responding literature, the wavelengths should be brought into a hierarchical relation with color without any explicit training, showing a process whereby the physical/non-verbal environment is becoming partially verbal in that it is participating in arbitrarily applicable relational responding (Hayes et al., 2001). Specifically, in this example, the response C-O-L-O-R is controlled by wavelength, but not any particular wavelength. As such, when a new wavelength is introduced (e.g., as P-U-R-P-L-E), without any training this wavelength class and name should be bi-directionally related to C-O-L-O-R, demonstrating what has been termed "pragmatic verbal analysis' (Hayes et al., 2001). In the present study, using conditional discrimination training (match-to-sample) procedures and stimuli consisting of geometric shapes and non-sense words, we attempted to model the process described above, which has implications for a behavioral understanding of topics typically studied by cognitive psychologists-concept learning and problem-solving. Sixteen participants have currently been enrolled in the study and the data are generally supportive of the predictions outlined by Hayes et al. (2001). See the accompanying figure for participants flow information.

 

Been Wrong So Long It Looks Right To Me: Training Multivariate and Neural Network Relations

Domain: Experimental Analysis
CHRIS NINNESS (Stephen F. Austin State University), Ginger L. Kelso (Stephen F. Austin State University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Robin Rumph (Stephen F. Austin State University), Robbie Steward (Stephen F. Austin State University), Elizabeth Kelly (Stephen F. Austin State University), Josh Staley (Stephen F. Austin State University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University)
 
Abstract:

We provide evidence showing that there are extraordinarily large numbers of published experiments in the social and behavioral sciences that have inadvertently employed concurrent t-tests, F-tests, chi-square tests, and other univariate procedures when multivariate procedures were needed to preclude the inflation of the type 1 error rates. This appears to occur in journals that emphasize single-subject methodology, but include large group experiments as well. We address this growing problem by training multivariate and neural network concepts using derived stimulus relations methodology. Using a multiple baseline design, two participants consistently failed to correctly identify accurate matrix-to-graph and graph-to-determinant relations. Following a brief computer-interactive treatment, both participants demonstrated the acquisition of mutually entailed graph-to-matrix and determinant-to-matrix relations; moreover, they consistently showed the ability to accurately identify combinatorially entailed graph-to-determinant and determinant-to-graph relations. These procedures provide the foundation for training more advanced matrix operations required to understand and employ multivariate and neural networks methodology and allow future researchers to develop experimental designs that control type 1 error rates (and increase the validity) of data-based research.

 
 
 
Symposium #421
CE Offered: BACB
Research on TeachTown: Basics in Preschool and Kindergarten Classrooms: Skill Acquisition, Generalization, Motivation, and Fidelity of Implementation
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Korbel Ballroom 1A (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Christina Whalen (TeachTown)
Discussant: Daniel Adam Openden (Southwest Autism Research)
CE Instructor: Christina Whalen, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Research on computer-assisted instruction (CAI) suggests that typically developing and special needs students may benefit from this teaching strategy in terms of skill acquisition, attention to task, motivation, and generalization. In addition, there are benefits for teachers including reduced paperwork, increased accuracy and consistency, and more time with students in off-computer activities. TeachTown: Basics (an applied behavior analysis (ABA)-based CAI program) has demonstrated efficacy with children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) with parent and teacher implementation. Recently, several studies have shown continued success for ASD students but have also demonstrated promising outcomes for other special needs students, at-risk students, and typically developing peers. This symposium will review studies and show data (as well as video clips) measuring computer-delivered ABA compared to traditional teacher delivery, acquisition of skills learned using the computer with various preschool and kindergarten students, generalization of skills to standardized developmental measures, motivation and associated behaviors on and off the computer, and fidelity of implementation of teachers and school staff. The importance of ABA-based technology solutions in todays classroom environments will be discussed along with future directions for TeachTown ABA-based technology interventions and research.

 

Effectiveness of TeachTown: Basics Computer-Assisted Intervention in Preschool and Kindergarten Classrooms

YASAMAN DIANAT (TeachTown), Christina Whalen (TeachTown)
Abstract:

Due to increasing numbers of special needs students, decreasing budgets and resources, and advancements in technology, delivery of applied behavior analysis (ABA) services via computers and other technologies is becoming increasingly important, particularly in school settings. TeachTown: Basics is a computer-assisted intervention that includes computer learning using ABA teaching strategies as well as naturalistic activities off the computer. Receptive language, cognitive, academic, and social skills are targeted on the computer and the off-computer activities supplement skills learned on the computer and also target play, imitation, expressive language, motor skills, and social interaction. The program is developmentally geared toward 2-7-year-old children. A brief overview of the program will be shown including video clips. The program is currently being used in over 200 school districts and research to date has shown encouraging results for children with autism in parent- and teacher-implemented studies. Results from these earlier studies will be reviewed. Recent research has shown similar positive results with other populations including preschool special education classrooms with multiple disabilities (89 students participated) and "at-risk" kindergarten students in low socio economic status (SES) areas (over 100 students participated). Data and video clips, as well as social validity findings from these studies will be shown.

 

Motivation of Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Teacher Fidelity of Implementation Using TeachTown: Basics Computer-Assisted Intervention

CHRISTINA WHALEN (TeachTown)
Abstract:

Maximizing student motivation leads to better skill acquisition and generalization, as well as improved language, socialization, and reduced behavior problems. A number of studies have demonstrated that computers may enhance motivation and lead to more robust outcomes for children. This is particularly true for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) who have been shown to often perform better on the computer than using traditional teaching techniques. This improvement in performance is likely to due to motivation, although there may also be some attention issues. Improved motivation with TeachTown: Basics has been demonstrated in several studies and this data will be shown, along with video clips showing students in on- and off-computer teaching scenarios. Although motivation may be an essential piece of successful interventions, fidelity of implementation is even more important. If students are not consistently using a particular intervention, positive outcomes are unlikely. One of the advantages of computer-assisted interventions such as TeachTown: Basics is the ability to measure implementation quickly and accurately. Data from usability of the TeachTown: Basics program will be shown including correlational data from three studies demonstrating that more time on the program leads to improvements on standardized developmental outcome measures.

 

ComputerVersus Teacher-Delivered Applied Behavior Analysis With Preschool Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders

RACHEL MCINTOSH (SARRC), Daniel Adam Openden (Southwest Autism Research), Christina Whalen (TeachTown)
Abstract:

Discrete trial instruction has shown to be one of the most effective interventions for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The difficulty with this method of instruction is that it requires 1:1 contact and many hours of instruction. In many cases, particularly in school settings, 1:1 with every child for several hours per day is not feasible. In addition, it can often be difficult to motivate a child duringone-on-one instruction and accuracy of data collection cannot be guaranteed. One option for supplementing discrete trial programs is to use computer-delivered applied behavior analysis (ABA) for at least some of the training. TeachTown: Basics has been shown to have some efficacy for building early developmental skills and may be a good program to use in early ABA programs. In this study, computer versus teacher-delivered ABA were compared withseven preschool students with ASD to assess accuracy, acquisition rates, generalization, and student motivation. In addition, ASD students and typical peers were assessed on standardized measures of language, cognitive, academic, and social skills to measure effectiveness of the Southwest autism Research and Resource Center (SARRC) ABA program with TeachTown: Basics integrated into the daily classroom schedule. Incorporation of technology into ABA will be discussed in terms of the need, the cost, the potential effectiveness, and the impact on school staff and parents.

 
 
Paper Session #422
Academic and Behavioral Support for Students in Middle and High School
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Korbel Ballroom 1C (Convention Center)
Area: EDC
Chair: Brendan C. Keenan (ABC Consultants, LLC)
 

Developing a Multi-Classroom Positive Behavior Support Program in a Public High School: Conceptual, Methodological, and Pragmatic Issues

Domain: Service Delivery
BRENDAN C. KEENAN (ABC Consultants, LLC), Karen M. Zeltman (ABC Consultants, LLC), Philip L. Concors (ABC Consultants, LLC), John C. Barnard (ABC Consultants, LLC)
 
Abstract:

Building capacity to support students with behavior disorders in a local public high school can provide distinct advantages to the school, students, families, and community as compared to placing multiple students in private programs. However, the development of behavior support classrooms presents many challenges to the resources of the school as it relates to staff training, faculty and administrative "buy-in", maintaining safe staffing ratios, and providing effective individualized academic and behavioral supports. Utilizing evidence-based classroom management techniques, an antecedent- and ecological-based prevention approach, and class-wide or larger group contingencies can often be a more efficient model as compared to a more reactive and response crisis-management paradigm. Program evaluation data will be presented including direct observation measures of staff behavior (e.g. praise to correction ratio) and student behavior (e.g. academic engagement). Program components will be described as well as lessons learned in regard to strengths and limitations of providing consultativepositive behavior support within a public high school.

 

Jump Start and Check and Connect: Academic Intervention Programs for Struggling High School Students

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
RICK SHAW (Behavior Issues), Joe Potts (Kent School District), Tracy Habrel (Kent School District)
 
Abstract:

Jump Start and Check and Connect were implemented as a response to intervention and school wide positive behavior support programs. The purpose of these programs was to decrease the number of failing classes for freshman enrolled at a public high school. These freshmen were identified for these programs based on previous academic struggles in middle school. For Jump Start all freshman were invited to attend a 3-day workshop just prior to the beginning of the school year. Parents were also invited to a dinner, workshop, and informational seminar. The workshop provided students with academic materials needed for school and educated the students about how to stay organized, the school rules and policies, how to check their grades online, e-mail teachers, and take notes, amongst other valuable study skills strategies. The identified freshman for Check and Connect met once a week with a mentor, who help the students stay organized, checked their grades, contacted their parents and teachers about missing assignments and upcoming tests or projects, and helped the students set weekly goals. Students who regularly attended school and participated in the program were successful in passing a majority of their classes.

 

Functional Relation of High School-Behavior Education Program and Academic Engagement for Escape Maintained High School Students

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JESSICA L. SWAIN-BRADWAY (University of Oregon)
 
Abstract:

Engagement in academic tasks is critical to completion of academic tasks, accumulating credits and graduating high school. The high school behavior education program (HS-BEP) is an intervention that is organized to increase academic engagement by providing explicit instruction in foundation organizational skills and participation in a check-in check-out cycle. Explicit instruction and repeated opportunities to correctly practice organizational skills decreases the likelihood that students will encounter academic punishers within the school environment. The HS-BEP research project is the application of behavior analysis to support academic engagement. Six high school students identified as, (a) at risk for school failure and (b) engaging in escape maintained behaviors, participated in a non-concurrent multiple baseline study that sought to determine if a functional relation existed between implementation of the HS-BEP intervention and increases in academic engagement. A functional relation was demonstrated for five of the six participants. Increases in academic engagement ranged from 20% to 60% in intervention phase. Additionally, academic engagement data for participants during intervention phase more closely mimicked peer composite data. This study demonstrates the efficacy and utility of a function-based intervention for increasing academic engagement for students at risk of school failure.

 

Hyperactivity, Depression and Low Academic Functioning as Targeted (Behavioral) Problems in Veracruz Middle Schools: a Behavioral Intervention Program

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Marco Wilfredo Salas-Martinez (University of Veracruz), ANDREE FLEMING-HOLLAND (Universidad Veracruzana), Esperanza Ferrant-Jimenez (University of Veracruz), Cesar G. Aguilar-Salazar (University of Veracruz)
 
Abstract:

In Veracruz, secondary school students obtained very low grades in national and international standardized tests in various indicators of academic performance, besides showing problematic behavior in school such as hyperactivity and depression. Their teachers do not have the strategies necessary to address these behavioral and scholastic problems. The purpose of this study was twofold: first, to quantify the occurrence and relation of the hyperactivity and depression in middle school students of five towns in Veracruz and compare this to the migrants or no migrants' status of their parents in the descriptive phase; second, to evaluate the effect of a behaviorally-based program of competency acquisition to diminish hyperactive behaviors in these adolescents, as well as the acquisition of basic learning strategies. The evaluation of the experimental intervention showed that the behavioral program of competency acquisition was effective in decreasing problem behaviors as well as acquiring basic learning competencies in these middle school students. This study demonstrates the importance of planned interventions on the part of state and federal educational authorities to diminish the number of school dropouts in rural and marginally urban populations. An integral approach to student health would favor better student performance at middle and high school levels.

 
 
 
Symposium #423
Teaching Programmes for Children With Autism Using Applied Behaviour Analysis and Derived Relational Responding Components:Two papers on teaching procedures-One on perceptions of Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
302 (Convention Center)
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Carol Murphy (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Discussant: Carol Murphy (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract:

Abstract Teaching programmes with applied behavior analysis (ABA) have been very effective with children with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder. An additional benefit may be to add a derived relational responding (DRR) component to ABA teaching programmes using positive reinforcement and feedback. DRR is thought to be related to higher cognitive skills in complex areas such as perspective-taking, and research has shown particularly that deictic skills are important. Perspective-taking is thought to be an area of difficulty for children with autism, and DRR teaching may be important. Teaching various relational responding skills to high fluency levels via a computerised programme (teaching machine) may also be beneficial.

 

Examining Perspective-Taking and Pre-Requisite Skills in Nine Children With Diagnosed Autism Spectrum Disorder

SARAH DUNNE (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Carol Murphy (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract:

The current research examined perspective-taking and pre-requisite skills with nine pre-school children aged between 3-5-years-old with a diagnosis of autism. All participants failed a baseline assessment protocol for deictic skills thought to be essential in perspective-taking, even after the introduction of extensive teaching with positive reinforcement and corrective feedback. Subsequently, skills thought to be prerequisite for perspective-taking were taught as follows: Joint attention 1 (JA 1) (mutual eye-to-eye-contact), JA2 (following eye-gaze of another), JA3 (mutual orienting toward an object), JA4 (directing the attention of another). Derived relational responding skills (DRR), also thought to be prerequisite in perspective-taking, were then targeted. Procedures were used to teach a hierarchy of DRR skills as follows: co-ordination, opposition, distinction, comparison, and hierarchical relations. A final procedure involved participants completing the initial perspective-taking protocol (deictic relations) on a second occasion to determine if teaching prerequisite skills resulted in an improved outcome for participants. Findings are discussed with regard to establishing guidelines for prerequisite levels of competence in attentional and DRR skills, and sequence of complexity of teaching procedures, to facilitate perspective taking skills.

 

Using the IRAP Computer Programme and Applied Behaviour Analysis to Teach Relational Responding in Children With Autism

HELEN KILROE (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Carol Murphy (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract:

The research aimed firstly to adapt the IRAP computer software programme to teach relational skills to four children with diagnosed autism. Pre-training was required for three out of four children in order to teach correspondence between the response options on the keyboard and the concepts of "same" and "different" on the computer screen. All four children then successfully completed the IRAP teaching programme and subsequent tests were conducted to determine if relational responding taught via the IRAP would generalise to natural environment situations. A multiple baseline design procedure was then used to compare tabletop and IRAP teaching for efficacy in terms of speed and accuracy outcomes in rapid relational responding for same/different, comparative and hierarchical relations, first with nonarbitrary and then arbitrary stimuli (text). Findings are discussed in terms of possible advantages of IRAP teaching machines.

 

Social Validity and Applied Behavior Analysis: An Attempt to Quantify Agreement With Positive or Negative Statements About Applied Behavior Analysis and Other Treatments Among Professionals in Ireland

ASHLEIGH BEST (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Carol Murphy (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract:

Social validity is important in applied behavior analysis (ABA), perhaps relatedly, professionals' perceptions of effectiveness and a caring approach regarding ABA and other treatments may influence practical decisions in clinical and applied settings. A questionnaire attempted to quantify agreement/disagreement with positive and negative verbal statements regarding applied behaviour analysis treatment and other treatments. The research was conducted with applied and clinical professionals and other groups in an Irish context. A Likert-type format presented a number of statements linked to four fundamental questions as follows: Is ABA Effective /Are Other Treatments Effective/ Is ABA Caring /Are Other Treatments Caring? A total of 290 respondents were surveyed from 9 sub-groups (approximately 30 participants from each sub-group). Overall data and subgroup data were graphed and evaluated to help determine if ABA is perceived in a positive or negative light because this may affect choice of treatment implemented in clinical and applied settings in Ireland. Findings are discussed in relation to dissemination and communication of the benefits of ABA treatments.

 
 
Panel #424
CE Offered: BACB
Suggestions and Strategies for the use and Investigation of Interteaching
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Korbel Ballroom 1D (Convention Center)
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CE Instructor: Philip Hineline, Ph.D.
Chair: Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno)
THOMAS E. BOYCE (Center for Behavioral Safety, LLC)
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University)
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work)
NANCY A. NEEF (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

For quite some time, behavior analytically oriented instructors have made efforts to move away from conventional lecture formats by incorporating behavioral teaching techniques into their classroom environments. One such approach to instruction, called interteaching, is characterized by a mutually probing, mutually informing conversation between two people (Boyce & Hineline, 2002). It has found success in improving students' comprehension of course material and their overall satisfaction with instruction. This panel will begin the discussion by briefly describing the nature and origins of the interteaching approach. An overview of interteaching research studies will also be provided, including those which have investigated the effectiveness of this approach in contrast to the traditional lecture format. The discussion will be centered on ways in which instructors can transition to the interteaching style, as well as conduct evaluative research on this approach. In addition, applications of interteaching, obstacles to interteaching, and conditions under which interteaching is most and least effective will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #425
CE Offered: BACB
Technology of Teaching: Ushering in a New Era of Behavior Analytic Teaching
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Korbel Ballroom 1E (Convention Center)
Area: TBA/TPC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Patrick E. McGreevy (Patrick McGreevy, Ph.D., P.A.)
Discussant: Patrick E. McGreevy (Patrick McGreevy, Ph.D., P.A.)
CE Instructor: Melissa Nosik, M.S.
Abstract:

One of the difficulties in the provision of behavioral treatment is the training of staff who implement our plans and protocols. Most behavioral treatment is delivered largely by people who have low salaries, low rates of job retention, and low levels of formal education. Much effort, time, and money is invested when these people are hired, and significant amounts are lost if they leave quickly, or require extensive training. These problems pale in comparison to the havoc inconsistent plan implementation can wreak on the lives of our most vulnerable consumers. In this symposium, the presenters will discuss methods by which staff members can more effectively and efficiently be trained. To begin, Melissa Nosik will discuss a training protocol she developed using a fully automated interactive video behavior skills training that yields promising results on treatment integrity. Both Roger Ray and Mark Malady will be discussing a software program Train-To-Code. This program has yielded very exciting results in which responses were added to the repertory of participants without direct training. Roger will discuss how and why this might happen while Mark will discuss the implications of this type of training and the future of staff training available because of the technologies being showcased in this symposium.

 

Evaluation of Video Based Training Technologies for Teaching Discrete Trial Instruction

MELISSA NOSIK (University of Nevada, Reno), Natalia Garrido (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Staff training is a critical element in assuring the effectiveness of behavior change agents in human services. Expense and time often limit the amount of training provided to staff members. Video based methods of training allow for flexible and repeated viewing. In this study, an entirely video based training package was developed from methods that have been most effective in producing best outcomes according to the training literature. The package consisted of competency based instructions with modeling and video feedback. A multiple baseline design across participants counter balanced for skills was used and staff treatment integrity was measured as a percent correct of critical elements. All four participants achieved 100% treatment integrity on at least one of the skills trained. Two of the participants did not reach 100% on one of the skills. Probes conducted 4-8 weeks after completion of training showed that all three of the participants evaluated maintained high levels of treatment integrity. A followup study compared a behavior skills training approach to video based training; these methods were evaluated for efficacy based on the levels of treatment integrity achieved by staff after having received them.

 

Train-To-Code Training Works, but How and Why?

ROGER D. RAY ((AI)2, Inc.), Rachel B. Ruah (Rollins College), Lauren E. Bourdon (Rollins College), Edwin R. Sanford (Rollins College)
Abstract:

Train-To-Code (TTC) is a computer-based errorless expert system for training direct observational coding skills. But TTC has also been demonstrated to be a highly effective system for training behavioral production skills, even though those behaviors were never directly performed by the observers during their training (c.f., Frizzell & Ray, 2011). Such production is generative behavior derived from watching others perform exemplar behaviors and subsequently selecting textual tacts for each (i.e., from "actively coding directly observed behaviors"). Oral prompts to produce such behaviors are also effective, even though no oral equivalents to the text-selected codes have been heard during training. The question remains as to whether it is the active coding that generates these repertories, or perhaps whether more passive training that presents the same video exemplars but substitutes the presentation of either textual or audio tacts as "instructional" stimuli might result in equivalent performances.

 

Train To Code: Exploring New Directions for Training Behavioral Procedures

MARK MALADY (University of Nevada, Reno), Nomara Santos (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Proper training of front-line staff to deliver behavioral treatment requires intensive resources. In addition to the already difficult task of effective training of staff members, behavior analysts often have the added challenge of doing so in a short amount of time with a small budget. Consequently, the development of technology to increase the effectiveness (both in terms of time and money) of training is of upmost importance. In order to increase the efficient use of these resources, we assert that practitioners are remiss if they ignore the current availability of computer technology. This paper examines one such technology that was developed on behavioral principles, Train To Code (TTC) which was found to more effectively teach individuals an errorless prompting sequence when compared to those who participated in a workshop model. We discuss the implications of using this technology and discuss future directions and applications for this approach to training of behavioral techniques. Our field has continually developed newer and more effective techniques to change behavior; however - our adaption of electronic technology has fallen far behind the use of new behavioral technologies. It is time for a convergence of the two to maximize our teaching abilities.

 
 
Paper Session #426
Historical Issues and Perspectives
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
601 (Convention Center)
Area: TPC
Chair: Kristjan Gudmundsson (Reykjavik College of Women)
 

Sexual Selection and its Consequences

Domain: Theory
BENJAMIN REYNOLDS, Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract:

This paper reviews the history of popular theories of sexuality including the development of feminism and masculism from functional political movements to structural political perspectives. Reductionist and mentalist biases are exposed. Evolutionary theories of sexuality are analyzed as potentially reductionist when ontogenically selected sexual contingencies of reinforcement are not considered. A functional contextualist model is examined and recommended in extinguising modern sex related problem behaviors including rape, anorexia, paraphilias, loneliness, and partner abuse, both verbal and physical.

 

The Experimental Origins of B.F. Skinner's Theory of the Operant: 1928-33

Domain: Theory
KRISTJAN GUDMUNDSSON (Reykjavik College of Women)
 
Abstract:

B.F. Skinner published his first book; The Behavior of Organisms, in 1938. He actually proposed his theory of operant behavior a little earlier-in a reply to the Polish physiologists, Konorski and Miller, in 1937. I propose that this theory is in fact not based on Skinner's earlier and famous Skinner-box, but that the notion of the operant originates in an altogether different context, that is so little known, that even Skinner himself was unaware of that origin. In 1983 I had the opportunity to ask him just that question, and at first he denied, but soon admitted, that the operant originates in an obscure experiment that he did a few years before, around 1934, on verbal behavior. I have this interview unpublished, but on tape. The upshot of all this is that, if correct, then it cannot be denied that the perceived view of the origins of Skinner's behaviorism is turned upside down. In short, Skinner's theory of operant behavior originated in an experiment on humans.

 

The Whole Organism

Domain: Theory
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract:

Historically behavioral psychologists distinguished their subject matter from that of biology by insisting that the organismic component of a psychological event was the "whole organism" as opposed to its parts, considered separately. The concept of the whole organism, as a unitary phenomenon, does not seem to be fully appreciated or widely accepted by behavioral psychologists of the present day, however. The aim of this paper is to clarify what the concept of the "whole organism" means and why it is important for psychologists to sustain a focus on the phenomena captured by this construction.

 
 
 
Symposium #427
CE Offered: BACB
Inner Behavior: How Do We Get There? What Data Do We Have?
Monday, May 30, 2011
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Korbel Ballroom 2B (Convention Center)
Area: VBC/CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Discussant: Douglas E. Kostewicz (University of Pittsburgh)
CE Instructor: Abigail Calkin, Ph.D.
Abstract:

For over 60 years, the progress in behavior analysis regarding inner behavior has focused primarily on the theories surrounding private events. While there are some data, mostly through the standard celeration chart, it is time for radical behaviorism to move from theory to the specifics of how to collect and view the data of inner behaviors. As we work towards the finer points of the analysis of inner behavior, we inch closer. A multimedia presentation analyzes the basis of radical behaviorism and leads to the differentiation of public from private events. A presentation and analysis of one persons detailed data-based view of her outer and inner behaviors shows us the relationship between these behaviors. Finally, there is an examination of the frequency, celeration, and variability using graphic and statistical analyses from ten studies. What makes it possible for an individual to tap what is in his or her inner world, to monitor that behavior, and change it? With the current progress in the gathering and analyses of these data, we have procedures we can use. We must take steps now towards a laboratory manual for practical use.

 

Reflections on Private Events: A Multimedia Presentation

MICHAEL KEENAN (University of Ulster)
Abstract:

In a mature science one would expect to find laboratory manuals that guide teachers and students in the analysis of, and control of, natural phenomena. Within radical behaviorism there is no such manual for dealing with conceptual issues that arise in the analysis of private events. The closest we get are statements relating back to Skinner's original writings on how our social community teaches us labels for private events. Given the persistent misrepresentation of behavior analysis and the confusion between methodological and radical behaviorism this state of affairs needs urgent attention. We need teaching gambits that allow students to see how the analysis of private events conducted by a scientist observing another person is useful to that same scientist who turns his/her attention to events that only s/he can see when his/her eyes are closed (or open). Can we bring students to the point where we deal with questions like this: "Whose private events are the events that participate in the ebb and flow of discussion in the corridors of science, those of a scientist looking at me, or mine?"

 

The 'Depressed Stance': Inner Behaviour's Observable Face

EMMA F. DOUGLAS-COBANE (Treehouse Trust)
Abstract:

"This is my depressed stance. When you're depressed, it makes a lot of difference how you stand. The worst thing you can do is straighten up and hold your head high because then you'll start to feel better." In spite of the humour of Charles Schulz's comment, research into inner behavior shows Charlie Brown's comment to be true. Much progress has been made in recent years in developing self-management techniques to measure and change inner behaviours. Evidence illustrates the effectiveness of adopting precision teaching techniques, such as daily 1-minute counting periods of positive affirmations, to reverse negative thoughts and feelings. However, few have examined and illustrated how such changes can impact observable behaviours. The standard celeration charts to be reviewed demonstrate the efficacy of daily 1-minute counting periods of positive affirmations in the form of SAFMEDS upon the reversal of depressive inner behaviours initiated by bereavement whilst assessing its effect upon a depressed observable behaviour. This is the first instance wherein an external measure, namely the Beck Depression Inventory, was also used. The implications and need for future research and application will be discussed.

 

Research Into Inner Behavior

ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract:

Philosophical discussions about inner behavior have existed at least since the time of Plato. Skinner's statement that there is no difference in the structure or nature of public and private behavior is a theoretical position that enabled Lindsley to discover and verify the research-based link between outer and inner behaviors. It's time to move on with more research, data, and further conclusions. However, the data-based study of inner behavior remains a topic more frequently challenged than researched. Thorny issues include whether there are instances of inner behavior that are not operant but, on first occurrence, are respondent with no verbal behavior associated with them. Ten formal studies published between 1973 and 2009 have given us a research base of 829 individual projects. We have learned much from these data, including the frequency and frequency ranges, the celeration (growth), and the bound (ranges of variability) of inner behaviors. The studies in this field offer many shared conclusions, detailed in the presentation, on which to base therapy techniques and to provide directions for future research.

 
 
Panel #428
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysts Legal (and Thus Ethical) Responsibilities Under Federal Special Education Law
Monday, May 30, 2011
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
Korbel Ballroom 1B (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Melissa Olive, Ph.D.
Chair: Melissa L. Olive (Walden University)
CLAIRE CHARLES (Developmental Disabilities Resource Center)
PAMELA M. MARTIEN (Developmental Disabilities Resource Center)
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Walden University)
REBECCA RYAN (Law Offices of Rebecca Ryan)
Abstract:

This three-part panel presentation covers the behavior analysts responsibilities to practice in special education settings or to be reimbursed by special education budgets. Paper1 will present the behavior analysts responsibilities for completing a functional behavioral assessment (FBA) under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act (IDEIA). Paper 2 will present the behavior analysts responsibilities for developing and overseeing behavior intervention plans (BIP) including the use of positive behavior supports (PBS). The third presentation will focus on the proposed federal requirements for restraint and time out as well as to briefly overview requirements in a few select states. The discussant will moderate a panel discussion, summarize key points, and respond to questions from the audience.

 
 
Panel #429
CE Offered: BACB
Observation and Data Collection With the iPhone, iPad, iTouch, and Other Smartphones: Elementary to Sophisticated
Monday, May 30, 2011
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Korbel Ballroom 4F (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CE Instructor: Raymond Romanczyk, Ph.D.
Chair: Raymond G. Romanczyk (State University of New York at Binghamton)
JENNIFER M. GILLIS MATTSON (Auburn University)
EMILY HUBER CALLAHAN (Institute for Child Development, Binghamton University)
RAYMOND G. ROMANCZYK (State University of New York at Binghamton)
Abstract:

The hallmark of behavior analysis is the use of systematic, frequent, and objective data collection that informs decision making. In most human services settings (as well as many applied research settings) systematic observation of behavior and environmental events pose significant time/resource hurdles. There are also the technical aspects of structuring and analyzing the resulting data with the concomitant problems of staff training and observer vigilance in applied settings. The panel will discuss essential issues in the practical and systematic conduct of behavior observation and behavior analysis. Emphasis will be placed upon use of commonly available hand held technology: iPhone, iPad, and iTouch, as well as other smartphones. Presentation will emphasize strengths and weaknesses of various options, and brief demonstrations will illustrate the points raised. A step by step example will be presented to allow attendees to immediately begin using a free, simple form of behavior observation. Examples and brief demonstration of several sophisticated commercial apps will be offered. Discussion of cost-benefit issues will focus on case examples of impact upon staff in alleviating behavior observation collection and analysis burdens. Disclosure: the presenters are authors of behavior observation software.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #430
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Autism as a Social Learning Disorder: From Research and Practice to Interpretation
Monday, May 30, 2011
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Four Seasons 4 (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/TPC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: William Ahearn, Ph.D.
Chair: Jeffrey H. Tiger (Louisiana State University)
Presenting Authors: : WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Research into the behavioral characteristics of autism has revealed evidence that this disorder represents a unique form of social learning deficit. Children with autism typically have communicative and social deficits and investigations have detailed how early these deficits appear. At 6 months of age, distinct differences are apparent in the nature of stimuli that are salient to children who will subsequently be diagnosed with autism. This tutorial will review research into early markers of social impairment in individuals with autism. Some of the topics discussed will include attention, joint attention, and social interaction. A review of teaching procedures for establishing these critical social responses will follow. During this review some of the challenges that clinicians face in not only producing and maintaining these skills but in fostering generalization of them will be discussed. Then a conceptual analysis of these social deficits will be presented to coalesce research findings, both structural and functional in nature, into an interpretation of autism as a social learning disorder. The purpose of this interpretation will be to highlight the most pressing matters faced by clinicians in designing effective instruction in social behavior while offering some possible solutions to these challenges.

 
WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children)
Bill Ahearn, Ph.D., BCBA-D, joined The New England Center for Children in August 1996, and currently serves at NECC as the Director of Research. He is also a Clinical Assistant Professor in Northeastern University�s Master's program in Applied Behavior Analysis and Adjunct Faculty in Western New England College's doctoral program. Bill was named the 2009 American Psychological Association - Division 25 awardee for Enduring Contributions to Applied Behavioral Research. Bill is the ACE coordinator for providing BCBA continuing education at NECC and for the Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy. He also serves on the Autism Advisory Committees for the Association of Professional Behavior Analysts and the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. Bill�s research interests include social skills in children with autism, verbal behavior, assessment and treatment of stereotypy, severe problem behavior, and pediatric feeding difficulties. He is also interested in resistance to change, behavioral economics, and conditioned reinforcement. His work has been published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Behavioral Interventions, Behavior Modification, The Lancet, Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders and has written book chapters on teaching children with autism and pediatric feeding problems in children with autism. Bill is currently on the Editorial Boards for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, and Behavioral Interventions and has served as a guest reviewer for several other journals. He has also been Principal Investigator on an NIH-funded grant with Dr. William Dube, is funded through by the Organization for Autism Research along with Dr. Becky MacDonald, and is a past-President of the Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #431
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

The Globalization of the American "Mind"

Monday, May 30, 2011
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
607 (Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Ethan Watters, Other
Chair: Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
ETHAN WATTERS (Author and Journalist, San Francisco, California)
Ethan Watters is an author and journalist who has spent the last two decades writing about psychiatry and social psychology. Most recently, he is the author of Crazy Like Us: The Globalization of the American Psyche. The book suggests that America is homogenizing not just the categorization and treatment of the mentally ill but the subjective experience of being mentally ill as well. He began his career writing about daycare abuse scares, satanic cult conspiracies, and other urban hysterias of the early 1990s. He was the first national magazine writer to expose therapists who lead their patients to uncover "recovered memories" of early childhood abuse. That work culminated in a co-authorship of Making Monsters: False Memories, Psychotherapy and Sexual Hyseria, a groundbreaking indictment of the recovered memory movement. Watters is a frequent contributor to The New York Times Magazine, Discover, Men's Journal, Details, Wired, and This American Life. His writing on the new research surrounding epigenetics was been featured in the 2003's Best American Science and Nature Writing series. Watters is co-founder of the San Francisco Writers' Grotto, a workspace for journalists, novelists, poets and filmmakers. He lives in San Francisco with his wife and children.
Abstract:

Mental illnesses are not spread evenly around the globe and across history. In a talk based on his recent book, Watters will review work by cross-cultural psychiatrists that has shown that mental illnesses appear in different cultures and periods in history in endlessly complex and unique forms. Because the troubled "mind" has been perceived in terms of diverse religious, scientific, and social beliefs of discrete cultures, "madness" in one place and time often looks remarkably different from "madness" in another. But with increasing globalization, things are changing quickly. The remarkable diversity once seen among different cultures' conceptions of madness is disappearing. Mental illnesses identified and popularized in the United States are spreading across cultural boundaries with the speed of contagious diseases. Indigenous forms of mental illness and healing are being replaced by disease categories and treatments made in the USA. To lay bare these international trends, Watters will explore four case studies: the rise of anorexia in Hong Kong in the 1990s; the spread of post-traumatic stress disorder and trauma therapy to Sri Lanka after the Boxing Day tsunami; the changing notions of schizophrenia in Zanabar; and the selling of depression to Japan after that market was open to serotonin-specific reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs).

 
 
Invited Paper Session #432
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Increasing the Probability of Students Engaging in Assigned Work: The Additive Interspersal Procedure and the Discrete Task Completion Hypothesis

Monday, May 30, 2011
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Korbel Ballroom 2A (Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CE Instructor: Christopher Skinner, Ph.D.
Chair: Jennifer L. Austin (University of Glamorgan)
CHRISTOPHER SKINNER (University of Tennessee)
Christopher Skinner graduate from Lehigh University with a Ph.D. in school psychology in 1989. He became associate professor in 1993 and Full Professor in 1995 and served as coordinator of School Psychology programs since 1993 (including Mississippi State). His programs have been reviewed and accredited by APA, NASP, State Departments of Education, and NCATE. Skinner has a passion for behavioral theory and practice. Since graduation he has have made over 200 peer-reviewed presentations and published over 150 peer-refereed journal articles. Many of these papers have described IN VIVO applied remediation studies (i.e., experiments, often using single-subject designs) where Skinner and his students applied behavioral theory, research methods, problem solving strategies, and interventions. However Skinner has also advanced the field with innovative conceptual and theoretical work including randomly selecting contingency components, precisely measuring learning rates, tootling, the additive interspersal procedures, and the discrete task completion hypothesis.
Abstract:

Within classroom settings, students can choose to engage in desired behavior or a host of competing alternative behaviors. Enhancing relative rates of reinforcement can increase the probability of students choosing to engage in assigned work. In this presentation, I will review research on variables that affect choice. I also will describe and analyze research on the discrete task completion hypothesis (when given an assignment comprised of many discrete tasks, each complete task is a reinforcer) and the additive interspersal procedure, which show how educators can arrange contingencies such that students choose assignments requiring more effort (e.g., 20% more long math problems) by adding even more work (some additional shorter problem). Those who attend will acquire an understanding of how the classroom (and life) is essentially a continuous choice paradigm and how those choices affect learning. In addition, attendees will learn a counterintuitive procedure designed to enhance the probability of students choosing to do higher effort work. Finally, I hope to expand attendees' basic understanding of reinforcers and describe how learning histories, along with rate, quality, and immediacy of conditioned reinforcement, can interact with effort to influence choice classroom.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #433
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Neurotransmitter Interactions Involved in Selection of Instrumental Responses and Effort-Related Choice Behavior

Monday, May 30, 2011
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
401/402 (Convention Center)
Area: SCI; Domain: Experimental Analysis
CE Instructor: John Salamone, Ph.D.
Chair: Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
JOHN SALAMONE (University of Connecticut)
I received my undergraduate degree in Psychology in 1978 (Rockurst College), and my Ph.D. in Psychobiology from Emory University in 1982 (Advisor: Darryl Neill). I received a NSF postdoctoral fellowship to work with Susan Iversen at the Experimental Psychology Laboratory at Cambridge University in England (1982-1983). After a few years of working in the pharmaceutical industry (Merck, 1984-1986), I was a research fellow at the University of Pittsburgh, where I worked with Michael Zigmond and Edward Stricker. I joined the Psychology and Neuroscience faculty at the University of Connecticut in 1988, and I am now a Board of Trustees Distinguished Professor, in the Psychology department. I am head of the behavioral neuroscience division, and chair of the Program in Neuroscience.
Abstract:

There are numerous problems with the traditional view that brain dopamine (DA) systems, particularly in the nucleus accumbens, directly mediate the "rewarding" or primary motivational characteristics of natural stimuli such as food. The present review is focused upon the involvement of nucleus accumbens DA in the selection of instrumental responses based upon effort-related processes. Viewed from the framework of behavioral economics, the effects of accumbens DA depletions and antagonism on food-reinforced behavior are highly dependent upon the work requirements of the instrumental task, and DA depleted rats show altered elasticity of demand for food. Moreover, interference with accumbens DA transmission exerts a powerful influence over effort-related choice behavior. Rats with accumbens DA depletions or antagonism reallocate their instrumental behavior away from food-reinforced tasks that have high response requirements, and instead these rats select a less-effortful type of food-seeking behavior. Nucleus accumbens DA and adenosine interact in the regulation of effort-related functions, and other brain structures (anterior cingulate cortex, amygdala, ventral pallidum) also are involved. Studies of the brain systems regulating effort-based processes may have implications for understanding drug abuse, as well as energy-related disorders such as psychomotor slowing, fatigue or anergia in depression and other disorders.

 
 
Panel #434
Monetary Analyses: Measuring an Interventions' Value
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
704/706 (Convention Center)
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Daniel Reimer (University of Nevada, Reno)
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (University of Nevada, Reno)
TIMOTHY D. LUDWIG (Appalachian State University)
JEFFERY PETER WELLS (Utah Juvenile Justice Services)
Abstract:

This panel will discuss the method, application and role of monetary analyses (cost-benefit, cost-effectiveness and benefit analysis) in organizational and large system settings. Each panelist will demonstrate their experience applying monetary analyses in field, experimental or conceptual settings and discuss their contributions to the use of monetary analyses in their areas of expertise. Specifically, the areas of safety and health interventions in work organizations, traditional and technologically based organizational behavior management projects involving both quality and production improvement as well as in behavioral safety, and a comprehensive review of The Journal of Organizational Behavior Management will be represented. The panelists will make suggestions pertaining to the future use of monetary analyses, sources of error commonly seen in application, flaws in the methodology of monetary analyses, and the practicalities of applying a monetary analysis into research. The panelists will also discuss the implementation costs of application, such as professional time, administrative costs, materials and how to calculate organizational costs and benefits to produce an accurate monetary analysis of a behavioral intervention.

 
 
Symposium #435
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluation of Vocational Training Approaches for Increasing Access to Employment for Young Adults With Autism
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Korbel Ballroom 4E (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Susan Wilczynski (National Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Keith Allen, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Among employment-age adults with disabilities, some of the lowest employment rates are for individuals on the autism spectrum. Even among individuals with Asperger’s syndrome or high functioning autism, the vast majority are unemployed. Due to the social-communicative deficits associated with the disability, traditional job training and coaching methods are often counterproductive or impractical. Unfortunately, little has been done to develop alternative job training approaches. This symposium describes the results of a series of projects designed to address this need. The project involved a collaborative partnership between a University Center for Excellence in Developmental Disabilities and a local private business. In three separate data-based projects, using single subject research designs, we evaluated both the feasibility and efficacy of using video modeling, behavioral skills training, visual text cuing, and finally, an iPad-based application involving elements of all three approaches. The initial project involved teaching the participants to perform a job involving product marketing in a retail setting. The second project involved teaching participants a job involving the delivery of educational fire safety programs. The third project involved teaching participants to pack and ship merchandise in a warehouse setting. Results and future directions are discussed.

 

Use of Video Modeling to Teach Vocational Skills to Adolescents and Young Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorders

Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), DUSTIN WALLACE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Diana Renes (University of Nebraska at Omaha), Scott L. Bowen (Signs and Shapes International), Raymond V. Burke (The Prevention Group)
Abstract:

We examined the benefits of video modeling to teach vocational skills to adolescents and young adults with Autism Spectrum Disorders. In a collaborative project between a University Center for Excellence in Developmental Disabilities and a local private business, video modeling was used to teach the job skills necessary to perform successfully while wearing a WalkAround mascot to promote products and entertain customers in a retail setting. Seven participants diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders, ages 16-25, were observed wearing the costume before and after watching a video model perform the required skills in both scripted and naturalistic scenes. In two separate studies in two retail locations, direct observations of participants’ skill use showed that all of the participants learned to use multiple skills in combination or sequence after watching the video model. The participants also reported that they enjoyed the work and anecdotal reports from supervisors were positive. Implications and potential vocational applications are discussed.

 

Evaluation of Two Instruction Methods to Increase Employment Options for Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorders

Raymond V. Burke (The Prevention Group), Melissa S. Anderson, Scott L. Bowen (Signs and Shapes International), Monica Howard (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), KEITH D. ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

We evaluated the efficacy of a vocational training program including behavioral skills training, and a "performance cue system" (PCS; a proprietary iPhone application adapted for the study) to teach targeted social-vocational skills to six young adults with an autism spectrum disorder. In two separate studies, participants were employed to assist in the delivery of a fire safety education program. Participants were asked to wear an inflatable fire fighter WalkAround mascot costume and to perform 63 scripted behaviors in coordination with a fire prevention specialist who was the lead program presenter. In Study 1, 3 participants were initially exposed to established company training procedures comprised of behavioral skills training components to determine whether they met mastery of the skills. If necessary to reach criteria, participants were then exposed to a performance cue system. In Study 2,3 additional participants were provided with the performance cue system alone, and then behavioral skills training if required. A single case, multiple-baseline design across subjects was used to evaluate efficacy of each intervention. Preliminary results indicate that 5 of 6 participants reached criterion only after introduction of the cue system while the sixth reached criterion with behavioral skills training alone. Implications and potential use of the PCS in other employment settings is discussed.

 

An Enhanced Performance Training and Support System for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders

RAYMOND V. BURKE (The Prevention Group), Scott L. Bowen (Signs and Shapes International), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

This investigation was designed to evaluate the effectiveness of a personal digital assistant (PDA)-based assistive device on the performance of employment-age individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) working in a job involving packing and shipping for a local manufacturer. Specifically, this study assessed the feasibility of an integrated training and support system that can function as a portable assistive device to increase the likelihood that individuals with ASD can successfully perform job tasks. Participants were 3 young adults diagnosed with Asperger's, high functioning autism, or pervasive developmental disorder (NOS). Participants were asked to complete job tasks related to packing and shipping products in containers. The training and support system included video, photos, text, and audio training and prompting features on a hand-held PDA. The device was evaluated in a multiple baseline with reversal design. All aspects of the intervention took place at a manufacturing plant. The primary outcome was the percentage of shipping tasks completed per amount of time taken to complete shipping. Participants job satisfaction and the satisfaction of their legally authorized representative were also assessed in each condition.

 
 
Symposium #436
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Interventions to Improve Communication and Treat Challenging Behavior in Children With Disabilities
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Korbel Ballroom 4D (Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Terry S. Falcomata (University of Texas at Austin)
CE Instructor: Terry Falcomata, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and other disabilities often exhibit communication deficits and challenging behavior. Communication deficits and behaviors of excess often impact academic and social functioning. In this symposium, four papers will be presented describing innovative approaches to the use of communication-based behavioral interventions for children with ASD and other disabilities. First, Pamela White and colleagues present data on the use of functional communication training (FCT) and multiple schedules of reinforcement in the treatment of challenging behavior exhibited by children with ASD. In the second paper, Mandy Rispoli and colleagues present data on the use of parent implemented FCT in the treatment of challenging behavior exhibited by a child with ASD related to interruptions of restrictive behaviors. In the third paper Russell Lang presents data on the use of role-play and video self-modeling to increase communicative responses in a child with selective mutism. Last, Wendy Machalicek presents data on the effectiveness of parent-implemented FCT to treat challenging behavior occasioned by interruptions of stereotypy exhibited by children with autism diagnoses.

 

An Evaluation of Functional Communication Training and Multiple Schedules of Reinforcement in the Treatment of Challenging Behavior With Multiple Functions

PAMELA J. WHITE (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (University of Texas at Austin), Christina L. Fragale (Meadows Center for the Prevention of Educational Risk), Colin S. Muething (University of Georgia), Aron Weinberg (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) has been demonstrated to be an effective treatment for challenging behavior across many studies. A growing number of studies have evaluated the utility of incorporating compound schedules of reinforcement during FCT to enhance its effectiveness (e.g., to facilitate reinforcement thinning). In this presentation we will present the results of several evaluations of FCT and multiple schedules of reinforcement in the treatment of challenging behavior maintained that serve multiple functions for children with autism diagnoses. First, we conducted functional analyses of challenging behavior and demonstrated the presence of multiple functions of challenging behavior. Next, we established a stimulus (e.g., wristband) as a discriminative stimulus in the presence of which mands for the respective functional reinforcers (i.e., escape, attention, preferred activities) would be honored. Participants were taught to mand for the SD and, in the presence of the SD, to mand for the respective functional reinforcers. Last, reinforcement thinning was incorporated by incorporating delays to access to the SD. Results suggested that the use the FCT and multiple schedules of reinforcement approach was effective at decreasing multiple maintained challenging behavior. Interobserver agreement was obtained during at least 20% of sessions for each evaluation and averaged above 90%.

 

Treatment of Behavioral Inflexibility in Children With Autism Using Functional Communication Training and Delayed Reinforcement

MANDY J. RISPOLI (Texas A&M University), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Siglia P. H. Camargo (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University)
Abstract:

Restricted and repetitive behaviors are a core diagnostic characteristic of individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and the interruption of these behaviors often leads to challenging behavior. This study evaluated the use of a parent implemented intervention consisting of functional communication training and tolerance for delayed reinforcement in order to decrease challenging behavior evoked by interruption of restrictive behaviors in a young boy with autism. Results revealed a decrease in challenging behavior, an increase in appropriate communication, and generalization to untrained restrictive behaviors.

 

Title: Behavioral Intervention to Treat Selective Mutism Across Multiple Social Situations and Community Settings

RUSSELL LANG (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract:

This study evaluates a behavioral intervention for a 9 year-old girl with selective mutism. Intervention consisted of role play and video self-modeling. The frequency of spoken initiations, responses to questions, and communication breakdowns was measured during three social situations (i.e., ordering in a restaurant, meeting new adults, and playing with new children) and in three community settings. Results demonstrate increases in spoken initiations and responses and decreases in communication breakdowns across all situations and settings. Directions for future research are offered.

 

Parent Implemented Functional Communication Intervention to Treat Challenging Behavior of Children With Autism

WENDY A. MACHALICEK (University of Wisconsin-Madison)
Abstract:

This study evaluates the effects of parent-implemented functional communication training and subsequent reinforcer fading on challenging behavior occasioned by the interruption of stereotypy exhibited by two children with autism. Preliminary results suggest that parent-implemented functional communication training may lead to reductions in challenging behavior occasioned by the interruption of stereotyped and repetitive behavior. A multiple baseline design across participants will be used to evaluate the effects of the intervention on challenging behavior and appropriate communication.

 
 
Symposium #437
CE Offered: BACB
Examining Interventions for Automatically-Maintained Problem Behavior: Response Interruption Redirection, Sensory Integration, and Response Competition
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Korbel Ballroom 4A (Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Paul D. Neuman (Bryn Mawr College)
Discussant: Paul D. Neuman (Bryn Mawr College)
CE Instructor: Kristen Maglieri, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Stereotypic behavior has been found to occur commonly in persons with autism. It is typically, but not always, maintained by automatic reinforcement by the sensory consequences produced by engaging in it. A number of effective interventions have been developed but stereotypy often persists as a problem when active treatment is not in place. Interventions for directly treating this class of problem behavior, response interruption/redirection (RIRD), response competition, and sensory integration, will be discussed in this symposium. The first paper will be delivered by Keira Moore. She will discuss systematic evaluations of various sensory integration approaches that are similar to response competition treatments. The next two presentations will be delivered by Kristen Maglieri. The first examines the effects of RIRD for vocal stereotypy when implemented either with or without response cost. The second presentation will discuss a comparison of sensory integration procedures with noncontingent matched stimulation presented to compete with stereotypic behavior.

 

Sensory Integration as a Treatment for Automatically Maintained Stereotypy

KEIRA M. MOORE (New England Center for Children), Catia Cividini-Motta (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), Kathleen M. Clark (New England Center For Children)
Abstract:

According to sensory integration (SI) theory, autism is caused by an individual's inability to integrate and adaptively respond to sensory input (Ayres, 2005). It can be presumed that SI would be most effective for behavior maintained by sensory consequences and if it is effective then it is likely due to SI serving as an abolishing operation. Two children with autism who displayed automatically reinforced motor and vocal stereotypy participated in this study. Following functional analysis, sensory activities were chosen by a researcher trained in Sensory Integration to present to the participants for SI. This researcher also trained all of the teachers who worked with each student on the Willbarger brushing and deep pressure therapy protocol. SI was implemented by providing either the sensory diet items plus brushing and deep pressure therapy, or brushing and deep pressure therapy only, approximately 9 times per day. The effect of the sensory diet (both with and without brushing and deep pressure) on stereotypy was evaluated in an ABAB-type design. Stereotypy was measured twice daily, 2-3 times per week during baseline and treatment. Results showed that the sensory diet was not successful in decreasing target behavior for either participant. The results of this study do not support SI as an effective treatment approach.

 

The Effects of Response Interruption and Redirection With and Without Response Cost on Vocal Stereotypy

Ciara O'Neill (Trinity College Dublin), KRISTEN A. MAGLIERI (Trinity College Dublin)
Abstract:

The treatment of vocal stereotypic behavior has gained more attention in recent years. One intervention recently demonstrated to be effective is the response interruption and redirection (RIRD) procedure (Ahearn, Clark, MacDonald, & Chung, 2007; Liu-Gitz & Banda, 2010). The original procedure included response blocking and differential reinforcement for appropriate vocalizations; however, further investigations have also included an additional response cost component (Miguel, Clark, Tereshko, & Ahearn, 2009). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of RIRD with and without response cost for 4 children diagnosed with autism. Analogue functional analyses were conducted with each participant, which indicated that vocal stereotypy was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Next, two treatments were evaluated using a multiple baseline across participants and alternating treatments design. Results indicated that both treatments were effective in reducing vocal stereotypy. However, for all participants, a greater reduction in the vocal stereotypy was observed when RIRD was combined with a response cost. Practical and ethical implications as well as directions for future research will be discussed.

 

A Comparison of Sensory Integration Therapy and Noncontingent Matched Stimulation on Automatically Maintained Behavior

Ciara Tolan Finn (Stepping Stones ABA School), KRISTEN A. MAGLIERI (Trinity College Dublin)
Abstract:

Sensory integration therapy (SIT) is commonly recommended by occupational therapists as a treatment for stereotypic behavior for children with autism. SIT has been said to be effective by changing how the brain processes and organizes sensations through sensory stimulation applied to the body via the vestibular, proprioceptive and tactile systems (Ayres, 1979). Unfortunately, little scientific evidence has been provided which supports the utility of this intervention. Within the behavioural literature, access to enriched environments (Horner, 1980) and noncontingent matched stimuli (NMS: Piazza, Adelinis, Hanley, Goh & Delia, 2000) have been demonstrated to be effective at reducing such behaviours. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effects of SIT and access to NMS on rates of stereotypic behavior in 3 children with autism. Rates of the stereotypy were measured before, during and after the application of the intervention. Results showed low levels of stereotypy during the application of both NMS and SIT. However, rates of stereotypy were lower following access to NMS and higher after SIT. These results suggest that NMS may have produce stimulation that was functionally similar to the simulation produced by the stereotypy and that SIT may have produced deprivation for such stimulation.

 
 
Symposium #438
CE Offered: BACB
Research on Outcomes of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention for Children With Autism
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Korbel Ballroom 4C (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Discussant: Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Jonathan Tarbox, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) is a well-supported treatment for autism, however, several issues regarding EIBI remain under-researched. This symposium addresses three such issues. Specifically, the symposium begins with a position paper addressing the possibility of prevention of autism via very early behavioral intervention, with pilot data from a small number of cases. The second paper will present three year outcome data from a comparison of low-intensity to high-intensity behavioral intervention services. The third paper presents outcome data on a community-based behavioral intervention preschool program in Norway. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Dr. Tristram Smith.

 

Preventing Autism: Position Paper and Pilot Clinical Data

JONATHAN J. TARBOX (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Amy L. Kenzer (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Doreen Granpeesheh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

In recent years, research has documented the ability to predict at a very young age that a toddler is at high-risk for developing autism, particularly when that child is a younger sibling of a child with a confirmed diagnosis of autism. From a behavioral perspective, the treatment of autism entails enhancing the rate of child development, across all deficit areas, via the implementation of behavioral teaching procedures. However, by the time a child has received a diagnosis on the spectrum, skill deficits are often considerable and complete recovery of skills is often not possible. Theoretically, if a child received intervention at a younger age, when his or her development is less behind, it should be easier to remediate the deficits that are present. In other words, the diagnosis of autism may be preventable by intervening at the very earliest possible sign that a child may later develop autism. This presentation discusses the theoretical and practical variables associated with this hypothesis, presents sample clinical data from several cases of apparent prevention of autism, and discusses what empirical steps will need to be taken to scientifically evaluate the possibility of prevention of autism via behavioral intervention.

 

Three Year Outcomes for Children With Autism Receiving High Versus Low Intensity Behavioral Intervention

AMY L. KENZER (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Doreen Granpeesheh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

Evaluating the effectiveness of early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) continues to be a priority particularly as it relates to parameters of effective intervention and the current focus on public policy decisions in this area. The current presentation will provide detailed information on the treatment effects of behavioral intervention for young children with autism following one to three years of therapy. Specifically, the differential effects of low (8-15 therapy hours per week), moderate (16-24 therapy hours per week, and high (25+ therapy hours per week) intensity treatment for 60 children will be presented. Additionally, data from a subset of participants whose treatment programs were funded through a state grant will be presented with particular emphasis placed on providing a detailed account of treatment variables, social validity measures, and impact on public policy at the state level. For all participants, a comprehensive battery of assessments was conducted prior to treatment and at annual intervals. Measures included tests of adaptive behavior, language, intelligence quotient, social skills, and executive function, in addition to the Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule.

 

Behavioral Intervention for Children With Autism in Local Mainstream Preschools

Sigmund Eldevik (Akershus University College), Richard P. Hastings (Bangor University), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Hege Tryggestad (Centre for Early Intervention), KIM HENRIK LILAND (Centre for Early Intervention)
Abstract:

In 2000 the county of Oslo, Norway started an early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) project for children with autism. As is the current policy in Norway, children receiving services from the project were enrolled in their local preschools. Children were referred from local education authorities and the services involved no extra costs for the family or the community. The project involved training and supervision of local preschool staff for the day to day running of the intervention program. Frequency of supervision and training were at the levels typically recommended for EIBI programs. Outcome, particularly on intelligence quotient, was satisfactory compared to recently suggested benchmarks for evaluating EIBI programs. Strengths and weaknesses of the model are discussed along with some suggestions for improvements.

 
 
Symposium #439
CE Offered: BACB
CARD eLearning and SKILLS: Web-Based Training, Assessment, Curriculum, and Progress-Tracking for Behavioral Intervention Programs
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Korbel Ballroom 4B (Convention Center)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Adel Najdowski, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The CARD eLearning is a web-based tool for training behavioral therapists to deliver behavioral intervention to children with autism and SKILLS is a web-based tool that provides three basic services for individuals designing behavioral intervention programs: (a) a comprehensive assessment across eight developmental areas, including social, motor, language, adaptive, play, executive functions, cognition, and academic skills, (b) lesson plans within a curriculum linked directly from deficiencies identified in the assessment, and (c) a tracking system which graphically depicts the child's progress during behavioral intervention. The mission in the development of this program is to extend top-quality behavioral treatment to the maximum number of individuals with autism possible. Neither quality nor quantity can be compromised in this mission. The purpose of this symposium is to provide a description of the CARD eLearning and SKILLS.

 

The CARD eLearning and SKILLS: Rationale, Description, and Development

ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Doreen Granpeesheh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

The CARD eLearning is a web-based tool for training behavioral therapists to deliver behavioral intervention to children with autism and SKILLS is a web-based tool for assessing skills, designing a curricular program, and tracking progress. The purpose of the development of these two tools is to extend access to knowledge of applied behavior analysis to all regions of the world, as well as to increase quality and accessibility in our own backyard. This paper will provide an overview of the rationale for creating the CARD eLearning and SKILLS. A description of the components of these two web-based tools will be discussed and the historical development process for creating them will be outlined.

 

The CARD eLearning: A Demonstration of a Web-Based Training for Behavioral Therapists of Children With Autism

CATHERINE PETERS (Center For Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Doreen Granpeesheh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Kathy Thompson (Center For Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Amy L. Kenzer (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

The dissemination of training programs in applied behavior analysis (ABA) for the treatment of autism is important in this growing field to allow for quality treatment. One option to increase exposure and accessibility to ABA training is through eLearning, wherein trainees interact with online computer training programs, rather than, or in addition to, live human trainers. This eLearning program is broken up into training modules and incorporates the use of video examples. The various components of the CARD eLearning program will be described in this presentation as well as a walk-through demonstration of the program.

 

SKILLS: Web-Based Management and Assessment of Clients

MERRICK D. WILLIAMS (SKILLS), Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Doreen Granpeesheh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Carolynn Bredek (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

SKILLS allows all care-providers to input and share child information allowing for a multidisciplinary approach between applied behavior analysis staff, school district teachers, and other professionals working with the child for as long as necessary, depending on the unique needs of each individual user of the system. Once the child is entered into the system, the next step is to begin the SKILLS comprehensive assessment which was developed by attempting to identify every skill that a child learns up to the age of 8. This presentation will provide a demonstration of how to input a client's information into the SKILLS website and how to begin the assessment.

 

SKILLS: Web-Based Curriculum Design and Monitoring of Treatment Progress

SIENNA GREENER-WOOTEN (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Doreen Granpeesheh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Carolynn Bredek (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
Abstract:

The answers to the assessment questions in SKILLS are directly tied to individualized lesson plans that can be customized for each child. This presentation will provide a tour of how to use the SKILLS website specifically as it pertains to designing a curricular program for individuals with autism. The various tools that are available for prioritizing treatment goals will be demonstrated. Sample lesson plans, worksheets, and other materials will be shown. Tools available for monitoring and tracking progress will also be presented.

 
 
Symposium #440
Teaching Academic Skills to Students With Severe Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Korbel Ballroom 3B (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Discussant: Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract:

One of the important advances in recent years for students with severe developmental disabilities is the opportunity to learn general curriculum content. Students who have access to the general education curriculum are expected to make progress in the academic content areas of reading, mathematics, and science and teachers are expected to teach academic skills using evidence-based practices. The purpose of this symposium is to present evidence as to forms of systematic instruction have been used to teach academic skills to this population. The first paper, presented by Fred Spooner, will focus on a supplemental literature review which updated previous work in the areas of reading, mathematics, and science for articles published between 2003 and 2010 in an attempt to document evidence-based practices for teaching academic content. The second study, presented by Bethany Smith, examines the effects of explicit instruction to teach science descriptors. The third study, presented by Bree Jimenez, investigates the effects an early numeracy skill building curriculum using systematic instruction on the number of math skills mastered with elementary school students with severe disabilities. The implications for instructional interventions and evidence-based practices will be discussed.

 
Evaluating Evidence-Based Practices for Teaching Academic Skills to Students With Severe Developmental Disabilities
FRED SPOONER (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Vicki F. Knight (University of Kentucky), Diane Browder (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Bethany Smith (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract: A review of the literature was conducted for articles published between 2003 and 2010 to build a case for the degree to which evidence-based practices were documented for teaching academic skills to students with severe developmental disabilities. This review extended earlier comprehensive work in reading, mathematics, and science for the population in question. A total of 18 studies met the Horner et al. (2005) criteria which were supplemented by National Secondary Transition Technical Assistance Centers (NSTTAC, 2010) decision rules for conducting a literature review. In general, time delay for teaching discrete responses and task analytic instruction with systematic prompting and feedback were found to be evidence-based practices. Additionally, specific target responses were defined to show academic learning with the most prevalent target responses being discrete responses; the type of systematic prompting and feedback used most often was time delay, while the component used least often was stimulus fading/shaping; teaching formats used most often were massed trials and one-to-one instruction; there is support for delivery of systematic instruction by individuals other than the special education teacher; generalization across settings was measured; and types of assistive technology ranged from the use of SMART boards to computer assisted instruction.
 
Using Explicit Instruction to Teach Science Descriptors to Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder
BETHANY SMITH (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Vicki F. Knight (University of Kentucky), Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract: Science content is one area in the sequence of general curriculum access that is in need of more investigation. Explicit instruction is effective for teaching students with high incidence disabilities a variety of skills, including science content. In this study, we taught three elementary aged students with autism spectrum disorder to acquire science descriptors (e.g., wet, out, light, change) and then generalization to novel objects, pictures, and within a science inquiry lesson via explicit instruction. A multiple probe across behaviors with concurrent replication across participants design was used to measure the effects of the intervention. All three participants met criterion, and were able to generalize to novel objects, and from a learned set of objects to science inquiry lesson in a discrete trial setting, but they could not easily generalize the learned descriptors from objects to pictures. Outcomes are discussed from the perspective of implications for practice and future research investigations.
 
Using Systematic Instruction to Teach Early Numeracy Skills to Elementary School Students With Severe Disabilities
BREE JIMENEZ (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Alicia F. Saunders (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Keri M. Stevenson (University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of an early numeracy skill building curriculum using systematic instruction on the number of math skills mastered with elementary school students with severe disabilities. To evaluate the effect of the treatment package, a single subject design was used for the acquisition and generalization of the math responses. A multiple probe across math skill sets (i.e., units) was used with between participant replications for six students with severe disabilities. The primary dependent variable was the students ability to correctly perform early math skills (e.g., number identification, composing sets) without assistance. Students were taught by special education teachers the math skills within early numeracy math lessons in the special education classroom. Additionally, generalization measures of math skills were conducted by the special education teacher assistant during grade-level appropriate inclusive general education math lessons using embedded instruction procedures. A preliminary analysis of the results indicated the use of systematic instruction to teach early math skills during scripted math lessons in special education was effective. Similarly, a preliminary analysis of the results found embedded instruction using time delay to be an effective strategy to generalize and maintain math skills during inclusive general education lessons.
 
 
Symposium #441
Integrated Literacy for Students With Moderate and Severe Disabilities
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Korbel Ballroom 3C (Convention Center)
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Laura D. Fredrick (Georgia State University)
Discussant: Laura D. Fredrick (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

An inclusive definition of literacy is the ability to obtain information from the environment through a variety of modes and to be able to use that information to make decisions, alter the environment, and/or gain pleasure. The purpose of this research was to develop and examine the impact of an integrated literacy program on the acquisition of the reading of pictures, logos, and written text. Participants included individuals with moderate and severe intellectual disabilities. Students were assigned to one of the three curricular components: visual literacy, sight-word instruction, or phonics instruction. In the visual-literacy component we used an antecedent-response strategy, and in both sight-word and phonics instruction we used simultaneous prompting. A changing criterion design and/or ABC design was embedded in a multiple baseline design across groups or word sets. Classroom teachers conducted all probe and instructional sessions which included collecting all data on student responses. As demonstrated by a functional relation for all three components, students with moderate or with severe intellectual disabilities can learn literacy skills that will help them obtain information from the environment. This symposium includes three presentations, one on each of the three components of the integrated literacy program.

 

Visual Literacy Instruction for Students With Moderate and Severe Disabilities

CHAD A. DOLLAR (Georgia State University), Roberto Gama (Georgia State University), Paul A. Alberto (Georgia State University), Rebecca E. Waugh (Georgia State University), Dawn H. Davis (Georgia State University), Jaye K. Luke (Georgia State University), Laura D. Fredrick (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

The goal of education for students with moderate and severe intellectual disabilities is to provide skills which enable them to live, work, and participate in an integrated community. The following research question was addressed in the visual-literacy instruction component: What specific instructional strategies can be used to teach visual literacy, including instruction of reading individual pictures and sequences of pictures? The primary criterion for inclusion was functioning at the moderate or severe level of intellectual disability. Students were taught to read and demonstrate comprehension of individual pictures and sequences of pictures. An antecedent response procedure was used to assist students in verbally identifying who and what they saw in the picture and then demonstrating comprehension by handing the picture to the student pictured or finding the corresponding object. Through a multiple-baseline with an embedded ABC design, the data confirm a functional relation between the curriculum phases and the students' ability to read and demonstrate comprehension of logos, individual pictures, and sequences of pictures. This research confirms that students with moderate intellectual disabilities can develop literacy skills through visual literacy instruction.

 

Sight-Word Instruction for Students With Moderate and Severe Disabilities

JAYE K. LUKE (Georgia State University), Rebecca E. Waugh (Georgia State University), Dawn H. Davis (Georgia State University), Roberto Gama (Georgia State University), Paul A. Alberto (Georgia State University), Chad A. Dollar (Georgia State University), Laura D. Fredrick (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

Reviews of research on literacy instruction for students with moderate and severe intellectual disabilities suggest that the primary method of teaching reading is sight-word instruction. Research regarding sight-word instruction focuses on the lack of comprehension measures and the inability of students to access connected text in a meaningful manner. The purpose of this research was to develop and examine the effectiveness of a sight-word instructional strategy that included a motor demonstration of comprehension for both single words and connected text. During simultaneous prompting the instructional cue and controlling prompt were presented concurrently with probes conducted prior to each instructional session to measure skill acquisition. This systematic approach taught students to read individual words composed of various parts of speech, to read connected text, and to provide a motor demonstration of comprehension. The researchers used a changing criterion embedded in a multiple baseline design across groups for students with moderate and severe intellectual disabilities. Data confirm a functional relation between the simultaneous prompting procedures and student achievement across all phases of individual words and connected text.

 

Phonics Instruction for Students With Moderate and Severe Disabilities

DAWN H. DAVIS (Georgia State University), Laura D. Fredrick (Georgia State University), Rebecca E. Waugh (Georgia State University), Jaye K. Luke (Georgia State University), Chad A. Dollar (Georgia State University), Paul A. Alberto (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

Students with moderate intellectual disabilities (MoID) learn to read many words through sight-word instruction; however, this approach does not give them strategies for reading untaught words they encounter in their environment. Learning to decode novel words in their environment promotes a higher level of functional independence for students with MoID. We developed an initial phonics instructional sequence that included teaching letter-sound correspondences, automaticity with letter-sound correspondences, blending, and then testing for generalization of blending skills to untaught, functional-environmental words and functional-environmental connected text. Initial phonics included simultaneous prompting procedures based upon direct instructing teaching methodology because pilot studies have shown the procedures to be an effective way to teach students with MoID word-analysis skills. Students from three different self-contained classrooms for students with MoID completed the initial phonics program. Teachers implemented instruction and conducted daily probe sessions from which data were collected in the form of number of correct responses. A changing criterion design embedded within a multiple baseline across sound sets was used, and a functional relation was demonstrated between the initial phonics program and students' acquisition of word-analysis skills.

 
 
Symposium #442
Developmental Considerations in Planning Effective Interventions
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
610/612 (Convention Center)
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Patrice Marie Miller (Salem State College)
Discussant: Sara Nora Ross (Antioch University Midwest)
Abstract:

The current symposium examines the kinds of influences that a behavioral developmental viewpoint can have on interventions of various kinds. The first paper presents a theoretical argument to the effect that interventions that attend to the specific tasks and domains that would be most useful for that individual, and that use behavioral developmental theory to both assess and plan interventions are likely to be most successful and most respectful of the targets of one's interventions. The second paper presents data on the use of the model of hierarchical complexity, a behavioral developmental model of stages, to score complex verbal behavior in college students. Such scoring can provide a valid, effective and reliable assessment tool, particularly for the higher order thinking that is most desirable in successful applied behavior analysts and/or researchers in this or other fields. The third paper examines the effect of using group contingencies, specifically team membership, on performance of college students in a research methods and statistics course. It is shown that the group contingencies reinforce a greater degree of engagement and success with the material, in terms of both time spent on tasks and performance, thus promoting more learning than might ordinarily take place in this kind of course.

 

Respect is a Prerequisite for Interventions

MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract:

A framework for planning and implementing interventions is presented. In applied behavior analysis, many participants cannot engage in informed consent but have proxies represent them. It is suggested that respect for persons guide these interventions. Respect means that one would not know whether one is the intervener or the subject of the intervention (Rawls,1999). In representing someone else or oneself, one should attend to a number of issues: (a) what are the domains and tasks within that domain that are the most important to have the person succeed in life? (b) what is the most effective intervention for the task and domain? (c) where is the individual in the developmental progression? That is, what tasks can they currently complete and what can they complete next? (d) what intervention outcomes do they value? To effectively carry out interventions, a number of procedures must be included. Performance must be measured and adjusted by; (a) task's Order of Hierarchical Complexity must be within one order of the stage of their performance; (b) use multiple levels of support; (c) support and reinforce performance; (d) Don't moralize performance or infer motivation; (e) respect freedom of inquiry by the individual.

 

Evaluating Textual Behavior Using the Model of Hierarchical Complexity

DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University)
Abstract:

Higher-order thinking is imperative in higher education, and necessary for the successful behavior analyst. With its emphasis on textual and verbal behavior, behavior analysis is in a unique position to develop assessment tools that are both reliable and valid for assessing the higher-order textual behavior produced by college students. This talk will include data-based evidence for the use of a rubric based model of hierarchical complexity (MHC). The MHC provides an assessment of both the complexity of the stimuli presented (i.e., the question or problem to be solved), and of the verbal or textual behavior emitted by the individual (i.e., the answer provided). Two areas of textual behavior analysis will be presented from: (a) final papers from senior-level courses; and (b) a junior-level university course, in which stimuli and responses are assessed with both Bloom's Taxonomy and MHC. The results suggest that the MHC yields higher IOR values (85- 100%) for textual behavior analysis than does Bloom's taxonomy, and the performance is related to the complexity of the stimuli presented. It will be argued that MHC also demonstrates external validity as an instrument. Future directions will be discussed, including program planning and assessment.

 

Group Contingencies and Learning in College Students

PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State College)
Abstract:

Assessment of learning outcomes is increasingly important at the university level. This paper will examine the learning of statistics and research content in college students with the use of group contingencies. A university-level research methods and statistics course was divided into two groups:One group (11 students) were placed on teams that earned points based on numbers of assignments completed as well as other accomplishments. Unlike other group work, each team member's accomplishments add to their group's total points. The second group (11 students) did the assignments for traditional grades only. Both groups worked in an individualized statistics teaching program (ALEKS ) and did traditional tests on research methods. During the fifth week, group contingencies via the teams were introduced. During baseline both groups showed an equal amount of improvement on the content. It is predicted that the group contingencies will be associated with a much steeper slope, reflecting faster acquisition of new tasks. They will also show higher achievement. Such results could suggest ways to obtain better performance in college students, particularly in courses such as statistics that may not have high rates of success.

 
 
Symposium #443
Contingency Management: Refinements and Expansions
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
406 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Diann Gaalema (University of Vermont)
Abstract:

Contingency management (CM) derives its scientific foundations from basic behavior analysis research. Generally, CM promotes behavior change through the administration of a positive reinforcer following objective verification of the desired behavior. CM has successfully been used to treat many undesirable behaviors, most notably substance abuse disorders including cocaine addiction, and is now being used to modify a variety of health related behaviors. Just within the last few decades CM research has greatly expanded to include new behaviors, methodologies and techniques thus increasing the diversity and scope of its potential applications. In this symposium recent advances in CM will be discussed. Topics will include: the novel application of using CM to improve breastfeeding rates, tackling the old issue of treating alcohol abuse with CM by using new biomarkers, looking at the effects of delay and magnitude on CM effectiveness, and examining how framing an incentive as a gain or a loss impacts CM.

 

Contingency Management Intervention for Alcohol Use Utilizing Ethylglucuronide

DONELLE HOWELL (Washington State University), Michael McDonell (University of Washington), Robert R. Packer (Washington State University), Arlana Byers (WSU Program of Excellence in Addictions), Geetha Gujjarlapudi (WSU Program of Excellence in Addictions), Jennifer Cameron (WSU Program of Excellence in Addictions), Richard Ries (University of Washington), John M. Roll (Washington State University)
Abstract:

While contingency management (CM) has demonstrated promise as an intervention for substance use disorders, CM for alcohol use disorders has been limited. This is primarily because of issues related to objective measures of use (e.g., blood alcohol concentration/breathalyzer) that have a very brief detection period. Ethylglucuronide (EtG) urine-based immunoassays are sensitive and specific measures capable of detecting alcohol use up to 72 hours post-ingestion. The purpose of this study was to determine the feasibility and efficacy of a 4 week contingency management (CM) intervention targeting alcohol misuse. The novel alcohol biomarker (EtG) and breathalyzer (BAC) readings were utilized as objective measures of alcohol use. Using an ABA design, we evaluated 15 adults who reported heavy drinking. During Phase A (2 weeks each), participants received non-contingent cash for providing urine (UA) and BAC samples at each study visit. Phase B consisted of 4 weeks of CM during which money was given upon providing alcohol negative breath and EtG urine samples. Preliminary results indicated markedly reduced drinking despite a three to four day delay to reinforcement.

 

The Effects of High Magnitude Reinforcement and Reinforcer Delay: A Contingency Management Analog Study

ROBERT R. PACKER (Washington State University), Donelle Howell (Washington State University), John M. Roll (Washington State University)
Abstract:

An analog model of contingency management (CM) treatment of substance use disorder was used to study the influence of high magnitude reinforcement and reinforcer delay on outcome measures of smoking abstinence. Utilizing a 2 (high magnitude vs. low magnitude) X 2 (delay vs. no delay) between subjects repeated measures design, participants (N=103) were randomly assigned to one of four groups. Participants in the high magnitude conditions could earn a total of $207.50, while participants in the low magnitude conditions could earn a total of $70.00. Participants in the delay groups received earned reinforcers the week following the last test session, while those in the no-delay groups received earned reinforcers at each test. Participants visited the laboratory three times daily for 5 days in a row. Smoking status was monitored by measuring expired carbon monoxide (CO). Reinforcement was provided to participants contingent on submitting a breath sample that indicated smoking abstinence. A high magnitude of reinforcement, regardless of delay, was associated with higher rates of abstinence when compared with the rates of abstinence maintained by low magnitude of reinforcement (p=.05). Delayed high magnitude reinforcement was associated with shorter intervals to relapse compared to immediate high magnitude reinforcement (p=.05).

 

Loss Aversion in Contingency Management

PAUL ROMANOWICH (California State University, Chico), Richard Lamb (University of Texas HSC-H)
Abstract:

Loss aversion predicts incentive losses to have a greater impact on behavior than comparable gains. However, framing contingent incentives as either gains or losses has not been investigated in contingency management. We randomized 30 pack-a-day smokers with no intention to quit into either an endowment-loss (EL), or an incentive-gain (IG) group. Differences between groups included prior endowment of the incentives and framing the incentive as a loss or gain. All participants could earn up to $375 over a 5-day contingent incentive phase for breath CO samples < 3 ppm. Participants were paid the incentives on the last day of the experiment. The results tentatively support an increased impact of losses on behavior, relative to comparable gains. Large magnitude incentives produced low levels of smoking for all participants, obscuring any effects on breath CO. Using more moderate magnitude incentives may help to show a difference between gain- and loss framed incentives. Given that most contingency management programs do not typically offer such large magnitude incentives at the beginning of the program, this is more realistic. Discovering the relative effectiveness of incentive losses and gains can only make future contingency management programs more efficient at initiating and maintaining abstinence.

 

The Use of Contingency Management to Promote Breastfeeding in Low Income Women

DIANN GAALEMA (University of Vermont), Stephen T. Higgins (University of Vermont), Sarah H. Heil (University of Vermont), Jennifer Hanson (University of Vermont), Alexa Lopez (University of Vermont), Laura J. Solomon (University of Vermont), Audrey Naylor (Wellstart International)
Abstract:

Contingency management (CM), which was developed to promote drug abstinence, has recently been expanded to promote a variety of other behaviors from medication compliance to weight loss. In this ongoing trial, CM is being used to promote breastfeeding, through the first 6 months post-partum, in a group of low income women. The purpose of this study was to test the efficacy of giving vouchers (exchangeable for gift cards) contingent on observed breastfeeding. Women were randomized into either a contingent or a non-contingent group where participants in the contingent group receive vouchers if they meet observable criteria for breastfeeding while participants in the non-contingent group receive vouchers independent of breastfeeding status. All participants regardless of group receive basic breastfeeding information and support. Preliminary results suggest that the contingent group has higher breastfeeding rates than are usually seen in this population at large (100% contingent participants initiating breastfeeding in the current study vs. 63% in a comparable population).

 
 
Symposium #444
Examination of Stigma and Bias Through an Account of Derived Stimulus Relations
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
403 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Experimental Analysis
Chair: Samantha Rose Florentino (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Language, from a functional contextual viewpoint, involves responding relationally to various stimuli and events in the environment. Relational responding is said to develop into an overarching repertoire that breaks free from a dependence on formal properties and the requirements of associationism. As it does so, derived responses are emitted and reinforced by the verbal community; resulting in a greater probability of untrained relations being formed in the future. Therefore, how stimuli and events are related is determined by the individuals history, and contextual cues in the environment. An interesting result of the ability to derive relations between stimuli is the subsequent alteration of function for all stimuli involved. This has been observed in a variety of relations beginning with equivalence and moving through others such as comparative, hierarchical, and deictic. Certain social phenomena such as bias, prejudice, and stigma show characteristics of transformation of function as a result of deriving untrained relations between stimuli based on abstracted, arbitrary properties. Application of this basic experimental approach to language provides an opportunity for behavior analysts to begin an analysis of social phenomena such as stigma, prejudice, and bias. The papers included in this symposium include an overview of research on derived stimulus relations in the area of prejudice and stigma, the formation of equivalence classes involving Islamic and Christian stimuli, formation of obesity biases in relational networks, and assessment of the relationship between mindfulness and implicit and explicit attitude congruence with respect to stigma towards members of two different groups

 

The Role of Derived Relational Responding in the Transformation of Prejudicial Stimulus Functions: An Overview of the Behavioral Literature

JACOB H. DAAR (University of South Florida), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The formation of prejudice and stereotyping are difficult to explain from a traditional behavior analytic account. Though basic behavior principles may explain how an organism might respond to a novel person in a comparable manner as to a similar looking person, these responses can hardly be called prejudice. Instances of human prejudice often involve symbolic, semantic, or otherwise arbitrary stimuli and verbal functions. Additionally, the same individual may be viewed with bias or lauded depending on which characteristics are contextually relevant. Relational frame theory (RFT) accounts for such instances of human prejudice as verbal events in which the stimulus functions of individuals are transformed through contextually controlled relations with the functions of a conceptualized group. However, despite having produced numerous demonstrations of how such bias is constructed, attempts to dismantle prejudice using RFT methodologies have been limited. One possible source of difficulty in dismantling prejudicial relational frames may be due to contextual control exerted from implicit sources, such as priming effects from related stimuli. This paper will discuss the RFT approach to prejudice, the presence of priming effects within relational networks, and the possible role of priming as a contextual cue in the RFT conceptualization of prejudice.

 

Effects of Conditional Discrimination Training and Media on the Merger of Islamic and Christian Stimulus Equivalence Classes

SADIE L. LOVETT (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The present study attempted to merge classes of Islamic and Christian stimuli. Participants were trained on a series of conditional discriminations that resulted in the formation of one equivalence class containing Islamic stimuli and one class containing Christian stimuli. These classes shared two common members. Following training, participants were tested for a merger of the two classes. If the classes failed to merge, participants viewed a video outlining the parallels between Islam and Christianity and were again tested for a class merger. For participants still failing to show a merger of the classes, direct training was provided before a final merger test. For six participants it was shown that a class merger occurred following conditional discrimination training. An additional five participants were exposed to video training and direct training after which a class merger was still not shown for four participants. A second experiment was conducted in order to determine if the previous results were due to the use of socially loaded stimuli or procedural arrangements. Participants were exposed to an identical conditional discrimination procedure including non-socially loaded words. All participants demonstrated emergence of equivalence suggesting that the results from the first experiment were directly related to the stimuli used.

 

Social Obesity Biases From a Functional Contextual Perspective

ALYSSA N. WILSON (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Samantha Reed (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

A randomized control pretest-posttest design was used to examine social biases in obese and healthy adults, in relation to obesity related stimuli during a match-to-sample procedure. Body mass index (BMI), a common score used to determine the percentage of body fat, was used as a criterion for inclusion into one of two groups, control (BMI = 25) and experimental (BMI = 30). Participants completed a match-to-sample procedure where five sets of three member equivalence classes were established (A, B, C, D, and E). Each stimulus class included "obese" related (A, B, and D) and "healthy" related (C and E) images and words. Prior to the discrimination training, participants completed a sort task. Here, B-C relations and C-B relations were included to assess biases prior to any experimental history, and were presented to the participant without providing any feedback. The third comparison stimuli presented during a B-C trial was one randomly selected member of the D stimulus class, and the third comparison stimulus presented during a C-B trial included a random member of the E stimulus class. Following discrimination training, participants received 76 mixed trials without any feedback, including the previously sorted B-C and C-B relations. Results to date demonstrate an increase of percent correct following discrimination training, and an increase in response latency during training of mixed related classes.

 

Mindfulness and the Relationship Between Implicit and Explicit Stigma

BARRY J. UNIS (Illinois Institute of Technology), Adeline Leon (Illinois Institute of Technology), Patricia Bach (Illinois Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Stigma can have devastating consequences for the target of stigmatizing behavior. Most measures of stigma assess explicit stigma which are subject to the effects of social desirability. Thus, measures of implicit stigma are sometimes used to study stigma because they are less subject to faking and social desirability. However, little is known about the relationship between implicit and explicit stigma. The present study explored the relationship between mindfulness and implicit and explicit attitude congruence with respect to stigma towards members of two different groups: persons with schizophrenia and transgendered persons. The results will be presented and their implications for interventions aimed at reducing stigma will be discussed.

 
 
Paper Session #445
The Sunk-Cost Effect, and Selection by Consequences
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
404 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB
Chair: Paula Magalhaes (University of Otago)
 

The Sunk Cost Effect in Nonhuman Animals

Domain: Experimental Analysis
PAULA MAGALHAES (University of Otago), K. White (University of Otago)
 
Abstract:

The sunk cost effect is the tendency to continue an endeavour once an investment in money, effort or time has been made (Arkes & Blumer, 1985). This issue is of interest because the law of the effect predicts that current choices should not be influenced by prior choices, whereas the law of exercise does predict this (Piedad, Field, & Rachlin, 2006). It is also worth investigating it because some have argued that the effect does not occur in nonhuman animals (Arkes & Ayton, 1999). In the present study, the sunk cost effect was investigated in rats in an operant procedure with different fixed-ratio requirements on one lever, and an escape option on the other lever (cf Navarro & Fantino, 2005). The effects of variables such as the cost of escaping, the probabilities of the different fixed ratios, and the absolute and relative difference of the fixed ratios were investigated. The results suggest that increasing the cost of escaping and increasing the probability of the higher fixed ratio decreases the probability of escaping.

 

Time and Size in the Sunk Cost Effect

Domain: Experimental Analysis
K. WHITE (University of Otago), Paula Magalhaes (University of Otago)
 
Abstract:

The sunk cost effect is the tendency to continue an endeavour once an investment in money, effort or time has been made (Arkes & Blumer, 1985). Nearly all prior studies have been based on questionnaires which describe scenarios offering a choice between a current option of relatively low value and a previous investment of higher value made some time ago. The present study followed the scenario method of previous studies. It assessed the effects of the size and delay of the prior investment in an attempt to examine a novel account of the sunk cost effect based on past temporal discounting.

 

A Computational Model of Selection by Consequences: Evidence that Mutation is Computationally Equivalent to Impulsivity

Domain: Experimental Analysis
ANDREI POPA (Emory University), Jack J. McDowell (Emory University)
 
Abstract:

McDowell (2004) instantiated the Darwinian principles of selection, recombination, and mutation in a computational model of selection by consequences. The model has been tested under a variety of conditions and the emergent outcome is quantitatively indistinguishable from that displayed by live organisms. McDowell (2010) suggested that mutation may be the computational equivalent of impulsivity high mutation levels causing poor concurrent-schedules performance, manifested by low sensitivity to reinforcement (severe undermatching). The present experiments systematically investigated the effects of various mutation levels, rates of reinforcement, changeover delay (COD) values, and reinforcers' magnitudes on the behavior of the virtual organism on concurrent RI RI schedules. The purpose was twofold: to clarify the parallel between mutation and impulsivity and to explore methods of counteracting the undesired effects of high mutation rates. The results showed that improved performance in concurrent-schedules performance (e.g. increased sensitivity to reinforcement, reduced rate of switching, etc) under high levels of mutation is attainable by increasing the rate or magnitude of the reinforcement and/or the COD requirement; the results accurately parallel those reported in theattention deficit/hyperactivity disorderliterature (Kollins, Lane, and Shapiro, 1997; Aase and Sagvolden, 2006; Taylor, Lincoln, and Foster, 2010), indicating that mutation is the computational equivalent of impulsivity.

 
 
 
Paper Session #446
Behavioral Models and Experiments
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
405 (Convention Center)
Area: EAB
Chair: Dana Grip (Washington State University)
 

Designing an Incremental Repeated Acquisition Procedure for College Students; a Series of Three Studies Looking at the Relevant Parameters

Domain: Experimental Analysis
KRISTEN A WALSTROM (Auburn University), Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
 
Abstract:

Incremental repeated acquisition (IRA) is an operant procedure developed in the animal laboratory to assess learning as it occurs. The present study adapted the IRA task for use with humans using touch screen technology while maintaining correspondence with the IRA procedures used in Auburn's animal lab. A series of three small between-group studies were conducted to investigate experimental parameters appropriate for college students. The first study (N=39) compared two variations of the IRA procedure (forward and backward chaining) and two procedures for training performance on the IRA task. The study noted minimal between group differences; almost all participants performed at the maximum level possible with individuals in the forward chaining group slightly outperforming those in the backward chaining group. In a second study participants from the first study were invited to return to our lab (N=13). During this study participants performed the IRA task variation they were originally trained on; but encountered more sequences. Again individuals performed close to the maximum level possible. A final study (N=31) was conducted with the goal of examining response modality (touch screen vs. a mouse) and the impact of the inter response interval (IRI) on IRA performance. Traditional measures revealed minimal group differences.

 

A Comparison of Behavioral Intervention and Sensory Integration Therapy in the Treatment of Challenging Behaviour

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
HELENA LYDON (Behavior Analysis in Ireland), Olive Healy (National University of Ireland, Galway), Geraldine Leader (National University of Ireland)
 
Abstract:

This study aimed to directly compare the effectiveness of Behavioral Intervention (BI) and sensory integration therapy (SIT) on reducing challenging with children with autism spectrum disorder, aged 6-18. All participants received experimental functional analysis (brief functional analysis, trial by trial functional analysis) to identify the function of their behaviour and behaviour support plan based on the function of their behaviour. An AB design was used was used to assess the effects of decreasing challenging behavior in the school environment. Participants were exposed to both conditions BI and SIT and were randomly assigned to the sequence of treatment conditions. Results showed a significantly greater decrease in challenging behaviour in the behavioral intervention condition.

 

Translating Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity DisorderAnimal Models to Human Models Using a Computer Game

Domain: Experimental Analysis
DANA GRIP (Washington State University), Paul Strand (Washington State University)
 
Abstract:

A laboratory task shown to differentiate the behavior of hyperactive and non-hyperactive rats (SHR versus WKY) was adapted for use with humans. The task allows for exploring hypotheses deriving from the dynamic developmental theory (DDT), which identifies differential responding to fixed interval (FI) reinforcement schedules as the behavioral basis of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (Johansen, Killeen, Sagvolden, 2007). The translation of the paradigm to humans utilizes a computer task that generates reinforcement conditions specified by the DDT and similar to those used with rats. The task has been piloted with 90 undergraduate participants ages 18-29 who completed the computer task and a widely used ADHD self-report form. The preliminary results provide a high degree of confidence that the proper wait time and reinforcer settings for humans have been identified. They also reveal performance differences across ADHD and non-ADHD participants with respect to key parameters including differential average response rate, response variability (i.e., entropy), and reinforcement gradients (i.e., lambda); see Figures 1-4. Although preliminary due to small sample size (n = 8), these findings are consistent with the predictions of the DDT. Data collection continues in our effort to gather optimally delimited participant groups for testing the DDT and developing a computer-based assessment methodology.

 

Behavior Analysis of Team Performance: Effects of Member Replacement

Domain: Experimental Analysis
HENRY H. EMURIAN (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Kip Canfield (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Joseph V. Brady (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
 
Abstract:

A three-person task required team members, working individually at a computer workstation, to drag a resource block and deposit it on an identically colored target block while avoiding moving barriers positioned within nine rows between the resource and the target. A barrier was briefly revealed to teammates by holding down the cursor on it for .25, 1, or 4 sec. Under an individual ratio condition, each team member was required to accumulate 20 accurate deposits. Under a team ratio condition, the team was required to accumulate 60 accurate deposits. Striking a barrier during a dragging movement reduced the accumulated deposit tally. The two conditions were in effect during six successive work periods during which the barrier reveal time was fixed at .25, 1, or 4 sec, respectively. An original team performed the task on four different days, and the order of the individual and team conditions was counterbalanced over days. On the fifth day, an original team member was replaced by a novitiate, and the newly formed team performed the task on four different days thereafter. Results suggest the task's utility to diagnose the status of a team and to assess the effectiveness of tactics designed to foster team cohesion.

 
 
 
Symposium #447
CANCELLED: Morningside Mash Up-The Heights and the Academy: Expository Writing through the CABAS AIL and Morningside Models
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Korbel Ballroom 1C (Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

Two different methods of tracking acquisition of writing skills throughout the school year are presented. The Morningside model presents expository writing in a math class and tracking using the standard celeration chart to track the fading of teacher prompts and the increase in output and expository skills over time. Instruction was delivered using mathetics with models being delivered by the teachers and the students. The participants were the ten students in the class and whole class instruction was utilized. The CABAS AIL model uses a peer-yoked contingency and covers descriptive and academic writing as well as expository. The participants were selected within the class using probes, and instruction was individualized.

 

CANCELLED: Combining Expository Writing and Computation: Monitoring Progress Using the Standard Celeration Chart

MARIANNE DELGADO (Morningside Academy), Julian Gire (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

This study discusses the advantages of adding an expository writing component to a remedial computation class. The population consists of ten students ranging from 11 years to 14 years, and whole number curriculum starting with subtraction with regrouping and moving through multi-digit multiplication, multi-digit long division, and fraction and decimal computation. After each algorithm is taught, students composed an expository paragraph explaining the new routine. These were timed essays and scored using a rubric shown beforehand to the students. Students were placed into a proficient writing group, writing independently, and a beginner writers group, requiring teacher or student models. Progress was monitored weekly using a standard celeration chart that tracked output, efficiency of writing, acquisition of expository skills and fading of teacher prompts. Pre- and post-test measures will be ITBS Expository Writing, ITBS Computation, and ITBS Problem Solving and Data Interpretation.

 

CANCELLED: The Effects of a Writer Immersion Treatment Package on the Writing of Third Grade Students

JOANNE MARIE HILL (Teachers College, Columbia University), Haley Pellegren (Teachers College Columbia University)
Abstract:

The study tested the effects of a writer immersion treatment package on the structural and functional components of writing of third grade students matriculating in accelerated independent learner classroom that implemented the CABAS model of instruction. The dependent measures in the study were percentage of correct structural components, the number of functional components completed, and the number of rewrites to achieve mastery during treatment sessions. The independent variable in this study was the writer immersion treatment package. The treatment package consisted of a 20-minute silent writing period, teacher delivered learn units on the structural components of writing, observation of a peer's execution of the functional components of writing and a peer-yoked contingency. The probe and intervention phases were comprised of expository, descriptive, and academic writing tasks. The tasks were individualized for each participant according to their prerequisite skills, academic repertoires, and curriculum based objectives. The participants in this study were selected based upon the data collected during pre-experimental probes during which participants did not meet criterion on the structural or functional components of writing. The criteria for probe sessions were 100% accuracy for the functional components of writing and 90% accuracy for the structural components of writing

 

CANCELLED: The Effects of a Writer Immersion Procedure on the Functional Writing of Fifth Grade Students

JESSICA ADELE VANDERHOEF (Teachers College, Columbia University), Crystal Lo (Teachers College, Columbia University), Timothy Michael Yeager (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

The study tested the effects of a Writer Immersion treatment package on five, 5th grade participants selected from an accelerated independent learner classroom that implemented the CABAS model of instruction. The dependent measures were the number of functional components completed during pre and post-intervention probes and the number of rewrites to achieve criterion during treatment phases. The independent variables were a 20-min silent writing period and the observation of naive peers' completion of the task. Treatment phases included various how-to tasks and were selected upon the participants' level of verbal behavior and according to grade level curricular objectives. Criteria for the post-instructional probes were 100% accuracy over 1 session for the functional components. Pre-instructional probe data show that none of the participants met criterion sessions.

 
 
Symposium #448
New Procedures to Induce Different Types of Observational Learning and Their Effects on Changes in Performance and the Acquisition of New Operants
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Korbel Ballroom 1A (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/DEV; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

This symposium will include four papers related to the induction of different types of observational learning as well as the resulting effects on performance and the acquisition of new operants. The first paper will present the effects of using choral responding to induce observational learning. The second paper will present data demonstrating audience control and changes in behavior related to observation of peers. The third paper will present further research related to the role of peers on the establishment of conditioned reinforcers as a function of an observational intervention. The fourth paper will present the effects of a similar observational intervention on the emergence of two types of observational learning.

 

The Effects of Choral Responding on the Acquisition of Observational Learning

JANET C. SOLORZANO-CORREIA (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

Two experiments tested the effects of choral responding and a peer-yoked contingency on the acquisition of observational learning. All participants were chosen because they lacked the observational learning capability. The participants attended a regular education first-grade classroom that was a part of a publicly funded K-2 school located in the suburbs of Morristown, NJ. The classroom consisted of 15 students ages 5-6 and implemented the CABAS AIL (Accelerated Independent Learner) system for education. Experiment 1 was a time-lagged multiple probe design. It tested the effects of choral responding and the peer-yoked contingency across vocal and written (response boards) responses during small group phonemic instruction. Reading instruction consisted of phoneme identification, blending phonemes into words, segmenting phonemes. The participants' level and rate of textual responding and the emergence of observational learning was also measured using the DRA (Developmental Reading Assessment). Experiment 2 was a time lagged multiple probe design. It implemented choral responding and a peer-yoked contingency procedure across social studies and science tact and intraverbal responses.

 

Audience Control: Investigating the Role of Observation of Peers on the Frequency of Stereotypy for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder

VICTORIA STERKIN (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

In an alternating treatments design, we tested for the presence of audience control in four participants' frequency of stereotypy in a self-contained special education setting versus a regular-education setting. Three students with autism, and one student diagnosed with an emotional disability were participants in the study. All students had the capability of observational learning and the cusp of social listener reinforcement in their repertoires of verbal behavior. Probes were conducted at random across participants and settings, and showed high frequencies of stereotypy in the self-contained setting and low to no instances of stereotypy in the regular-education setting. The data suggested that audience control may be an important cusp in an individual's repertoire of verbal behavior to enable successful functioning in a regular-education setting. Experiment 2 used observation of social consequence and video monitoring to test these findings and to investigate how to teach this possible cusp.

 

The Role of Peers in the Emergence of Conditioned Reinforcement From Observation

MARA KATRA OBLAK (CABAS-AIL), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

We used a delayed multiple baseline design across participants to determine the role of the peer in an observational intervention on the emergence of conditioned reinforcers. Four preschool students with and without developmental delays served as the participants for this experiment. Prior to the experiment, small pieces of string (for two participants) and toothpicks (for two participants) did not function as conditioned reinforcers for performance or acquisition tasks for any of the participants. An observational intervention was conducted, during which strings or toothpicks were delivered to a receptacle placed in front of an empty seat following responses to a performance task-no peer confederate was present. A return to pre-intervention conditions revealed that the strings and toothpicks were not conditioned as reinforcers. A second observational intervention was conducted in which a peer confederate was present and received the strings or toothpicks while the participants did not. A return to the performance and acquisition tasks following the observational intervention demonstrated that the presence of the peer did function to condition the neutral stimuli as reinforcers for three of the four participants.

 

The Acquisition of Conditioned Reinforcement From Observation and the Emergence of Two Types of Observational Learning

JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jinhyeok Choi (Teachers College, Columbia University), Laura E. Lyons (Columbia University)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of an observational intervention, designed to condition new reinforcers as a function of observing peers receive the stimuli while the participants were denied those same stimuli, on the emergence of two types of observational learning. Dependent measures included imitation of peer responses and acquisition of new operants following observation of instruction presented to peers. Participants included three 7-year-old students diagnosed with autism. The design used during this study was a pre-post intervention design with three different conditions. Results showed increases in rate of response to a performance task and the acquisition of new operants through indirect contact with instructional contingencies following the observational intervention during which neutral stimuli were conditioned as reinforcers as a function of observation.

 
 
Symposium #449
Experimental Analyses of Goal Setting and Feedback Effects
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
710/712 (Convention Center)
Area: OBM; Domain: Experimental Analysis
Chair: Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Laboratory-based research in organizational behavior management (OBM)studies issues central to the field while exercising control over extraneous variables sometimes impossible to control in the workplace. The studies presented in this symposium explore features of OBM's basic interventions: feedback and goal setting. Four studies investigate how goal setting interacts with different forms of feedback and increases contact with feedback to enhance performance.

 

Increasing the Value of Performance Feedback to Promote Feedback Solicitation

JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Performance feedback and goal setting continue to be the most widely usedorganizational behavior managementinterventions. This study is another in my line of research examining factors that influence the frequency of feedback solicitation. The research objectives were (a) to examine how feedback paired with an evaluative component (i.e., assigned goal) influences feedback solicitation and task performance and (b) to assess how the opportunity to earn an additional performance-contingent consequence (i.e., cash bonus) influences feedback solicitation and task performance. An ABCD counterbalanced within-subject reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of hourly pay and feedback plus consequences on feedback solicitation. Twelve undergraduate students attended 45-minute experimental sessions (min=22, max=35) and entered the cash value of simulated bank checks presented on a computer screen. Results indicated that feedback solicitation did not occur differentially across four conditions, although feedback solicitation was highest for those receiving objective feedback (no goal) and no opportunity to earn an additional performance contingent reward. In addition, task performance was highest for those receiving objective feedback with an opportunity to earn an additional performance contingent reward. Several participants worked just enough to meet the minimum performance standard. These results suggest that neither the additional incentives nor the evaluative component made feedback more reinforcing. An examination and discussion of the functions of feedback and goal setting as they related to the results of this study will be presented.

 

The Effects of Graphic Individual and Social Comparison Feedback on Performance When Individuals Earn Monetary Incentives

Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University), JESSICA L. URSCHEL (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

This study examined the relative effects of written individual feedback, graphic individual feedback, and graphic social comparison feedback on performance when individuals were paid monetary incentives. The experimental design was a non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants. Participants were give undergraduate students who performed a computerized data entry task that simulated the job of a bank proof operator. The primary dependent variable was the number of correctly proofed checks. During baseline, participants received written individual feedback. During the subsequent phase, participants received graphic individual feedback. In the final phase, participants received graphic social comparison feedback comparing their individual performance to the performance of peers who had performed the same task in the past. All give participants increased performance when graphic individual feedback was introduced; four of fiveparticipants increased their performance again when graphic social comparison feedback was added. Average performance increased by 115 checks when graphic individual feedback was introduced, and by an additional 31 checks when graphic social comparison feedback was introduced. However, these increases were not statistically significant.

 

The Effects of Ongoing Feedback on Goal-Directed Behavior

TRIONA TAMMEMAGI (National University of Ireland, Galway), Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway), Kristen A. Maglieri (Trinity College Dublin)
Abstract:

Previous research suggests that immediate performance feedback enables goal-directed increases in performance. The current study examined the functions of feedback during baseline and goal conditions. One group of 60 participants were exposed to a computer-based data entry task, and received immediate performance feedback on the computer screen throughout the experiment. A second group of 60 participants worked on the same task without feedback. A counterbalanced ABACX reversal design was employed, consisting of an initial baseline condition, a first goal condition (either high, unattainable goal or low attainable goal), a return to baseline conditions and then a second goal condition (the alternate goal to the first goal condition). In a final fifth condition, participants were required to choose a manager from either the high or low goal condition. Productivity (average performance per session) and persistence (change in performance across sessions) were measured. Results point to a reinforcing effect of feedback during baseline and the mediating effect of feedback in goal-based increases in performance. Findings will be discussed in light of recent behavioral accounts of goal setting, and implications for the development and understanding of goal setting interventions in the workplace are considered.

 

Using Reinforcement Sensitivity Theory to Predict the Efficacy of Positive and Negative Reinforcement of Goal-Directed Behavior

CHARLOTTE SILKE (National University of Ireland Galway), Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract:

Goal setting is widely employed in organisations to enhance work performance. The current study investigated whether Carver and White's BIS/BAS scales predicted the effect of goal-related positive and negative feedback on performance on a simple analogue work task. Sixty-two undergraduate participants completed four consecutive work sessions, each lasting 12 minutes. In Session 1 (Baseline), no goal was presented, unattainable high goals were presented in Sessions 2 and 3 (Goal), and goals were removed once more for Session 4 (Baseline). Half of the participants were exposed to positive feedback during Sessions 2 and 3 and half were exposed to negative feedback. No overall group difference was observed, but performance in Sessions 2 , 3 and 4 was predicted by BAS Fun Seeking and Drive scores in the positive condition and by BIS scores in the negative condition.

 
 
Panel #450
Playing Nice in the Sandbox: Opportunities With Interdisciplinary Collaboration
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
302 (Convention Center)
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Elizabeth Meshes (The Chicago School, Los Angeles)
DAVID P. WACKER (University of Iowa)
TRACIE L. LINDBLAD (Four Points Intervention Strategies, Inc.)
KEN WAGNER (Aubrey Daniels International)
MICHAEL J. DOUGHER (University of New Mexico)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts in the applied setting inevitably will interact with colleagues with non-behaviorally oriented training. Training may come with conflicting approaches or theory but clinicians share a common goal of providing the best outcomes for their clients. The collaboration of varying disciplines is necessary to affect socially significant changes in clients by increasing understanding of evidence-based practice in applied fields. Panelists will discuss their personal account of becoming an expert in a traditionally non-behaviorally oriented field or collaborating with colleagues with non-behaviorally oriented training. Panelists will give recommendations and advice to those looking to expand the professional domains of behavior analysis.

 
 
Symposium #451
Empirically-Based Records in the Practice of Behavior-Analytic Therapies
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Korbel Ballroom 3A (Convention Center)
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sonia Beatriz Meyer (Universidade de São Paulo)
Discussant: Sonia Beatriz Meyer (Universidade de São Paulo)
Abstract:

Since the Boulder conference (1949) to this date the psychological clinical profession recognizes and strives to bridge the gap between research and practice. This symposium shows the results of an effort in this direction. In its summation, the data come from 15 therapists and 74 therapies delivering typically uncontrolled clinical services to a mixed population of clients and problems. Four different approaches and methods for collecting, displaying and analyzing empirical data in the delivery of behavior analytic oriented outpatient clinical services are presented and the results discussed in terms of the selection of focus (process and/or outcome), methodological strength, adherence to the principles of applied behavior analysis and clinical interest.

 

Controlled Practice: Continued Measurements and Production of Empirical Evidences in Behavior Analytic Therapies

ROOSEVELT STARLING (Universidade de São Paulo), Sonia Beatriz Meyer (Universidade de São Paulo)
Abstract:

Aiming to establish public and empirically based controls for the behavior therapist practitioner's clinical verbal behavior, a model of evidence based psychological practice, called Controlled Practice, was adapted, tested and explored in real-world conditions of application by three therapists in 34 therapies. Results indicate that this model of controlled practice may anchor the clinical behavior analyst practitioner's verbal behavior (his/her clinical and theoretical interpretations and judgments) on empirically based indexers which are, at the same time, sensitive to the short, medium and long-term evolution of the therapy and may provide clinically and socially relevant public evidences of the treatment's intermediate and outcome results.

 

Behavior Categorization by an Outside Observer in Child and Adult Therapy

GIOVANA DEL PRETTE (Universidade de São Paulo), Juliana Donadone (Universidade de São Paulo), Sonia Beatriz Meyer (Universidade de São Paulo)
Abstract:

This paper presents a clinical research methodology based on analysis of videotaped sessions, conducted by outside observers. In one study, by Del Prette (2010), two child behavior therapies were normally conducted without experimental manipulation. The observer had information about the goals and objectives of therapists. Categorization was done using Zamignani's and Meyer's (2007) system, composed of pre-defined therapist and client categories. Differences between the therapists were found, consistent to their goals: one recommended (15.28%) and approved (17.85%) child's specific behavior in session, while another requested report (26.24%) and empathized with the child (19.03%), especially during fantasy interaction. Del Prette (2010) system, composed of pre-defined playing categories, specific to the therapist-child interaction was also used. More than 50% of the interactions, in both therapies, consisted of playing, fantasizing or doing tasks in session. Other study by Donadone (2009) on recommendation by therapists was also conducted by an outside observer, but pre-defined categories were not capable of showing regularities. Then, post-defined categories were created to better describe sequences ending with recommendations. Results indicate possibility of research in non-controlled clinical environment to produce more natural descriptions of the therapeutic process.

 

Behavior-Analytic Psychotherapy With High-Risk Juvenile Offenders: A Therapist's Outcome Measurement

GIOVANA MUNHOZ ROCHA (Universidade de São Paulo)
Abstract:

Behavior analytic therapeutic intervention was applied to high-risk juvenile offenders. The measurement instrument created for this study was based on therapists' clinical observation and was applied to all sessions, making it possible to analyze trends in behaviors. Behavior categories were created based on client verbal reports and therapist observation and scored on a scale of 0 to 2. Categories of undesirable (hostility, lying, and blaming others) and desirable behaviors (self-disclosure, expression of positive feelings, and regrets) were based on literature. Participants were 11 adolescent offenders incarcerated in a state facility and considered high-risk offenders due to serious offenses. In nine therapies adequate behaviors increased and inadequate decreased. These changes were related to measures of social reintegration: decrease in criminal recidivism, remaining at school, job maintenance, and self-sustenance.

 
 
Panel #452
Utilizing Behavior Analysis to Balance College Teaching, Research, and Student Supervision
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Korbel Ballroom 1D (Convention Center)
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Fara D. Goodwyn (Texas A&M University)
RUTH M. DEBAR (Caldwell College)
JESSICA E. FRIEDER (Armstrong Atlantic State University)
JENNIFER GANZ (Texas A&M University)
BARBARA METZGER (Sam Houston State University)
Abstract:

For a new graduate applying for a faculty position, the job description for university appointment can seem overwhelming. Universities tend to look for candidates who demonstrate a commitment to teaching and supervising graduate students and a track record of successful research. Even after successfully navigating the interview and joining the faculty, a new professor faces a demanding first year. To be successful, individuals in this position must learn to manage all the various demanding aspects of their jobs. A good behavior analyst uses tools from their science to help manage their own behavior-in this case, university faculty can be most successful when they utilize tools such as self-management techniques and creative solutions to meet these requirements. For this panel, we have gathered faculty members who regularly balance the demands of teaching college courses, conducting their own research studies, and supervising students acquiring Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) fieldwork and experience hours. They will share their experience while imparting tips and techniques on how to best manage these diverse components of their position.

 
 
Symposium #453
CE Offered: BACB
Informing Behavioral Work with Philosophy and Theory: Armchair Philosophy Part II
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
601 (Convention Center)
Area: TPC/PRA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jeffrey Oliver ()
CE Instructor: Michael Johnston, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Although theory and basic research informs behavior analytic work in applied settings in many direct ways, the precision and rigidity of the language used may limit our impact and receptivity to findings from other fields. Additionally, use of behavioral terms and principles in applied and interdisciplinary domains can be challenging. This is especially true when attempting to communicate with other professionals and others without training in the behavior analytic tradition. This symposium examines the use of concepts from within the behavioral tradition as well as from other fields. This symposium includes papers related to (a) potential implications and contributions of epigenetics, the study of inherited changes in phenotype or gene expression not due to changes in the underlying DNA sequence; (b) functional conceptualizations of behavioral excesses often called addictions, such as pathological gambling; (c) the meaning and use of motivating operations, such as establishing operations (EO's) and setting event, in the treatment of common behavioral issues; and (d) using the concept of transfer of stimulus function rather than a wider array of behavioral principles when working with people less familiar with behavioral theory.

 

Across Generations: Implications and Contributions of Epigenetics to Behavior Analysis and Vice Versa

MICHAEL R. JOHNSTON (Behavioral Solutions, Inc.)
Abstract:

For years, psychologists have sought to determine the relative contribution of genes and the environment with respect to the onset of certain types of traits, mental illness or behaviors. Epigenetics is defined as the study of inherited changes in phenotype or gene expression caused by mechanisms other than changes in the underlying DNA sequence. In other words, environmental contributions to the expression of genes and behavior within and across generations. Work in this exciting and relatively new field have tremendous implications for behavior analysis in that a possible method by which environmental variables can alter the expression of genes and behavior within and across generations is now available for objective study. Issues that will be explored in this paper include examples of this effect in terms of the behavior of offspring whose parents have been exposed to various environmental toxins or stressors. A discussion of the "delayed" and "undetectable" contingencies present for parent organisms and how behavior analysis may improve the relevance of these consequences. Implications for healthy living will be discussed not only from the perspective of the organism currently alive, but also from the perspective of subsequent generations as well as the overall genetic health of a species.

 

Towards a Functional Conceptualization of Addictive Behavior

MICHAEL BORDIERI (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Traditionally, the mental health community has limited its consideration of addiction to the presence of a physiological dependence on psychoactive substances. However, in recent decades, a much broader notion of addiction has permeated the culture with behavioral excesses across a broad range of activities such as gambling, video gaming, shopping, and eating, all vying for classification under the addiction umbrella. This marked expansion of the popular view of addictions is problematic to the traditional medical model of addiction as it is based on topographical classifications grounded in measureable physiological markers. However, from a behavioral perspective this expansion poses no real challenge as the functional qualities of behavior have always held primacy over topographical features. Using the DSM-IV criteria for pathological gambling as a starting point, this paper explores a functional model of additive behaviors with an emphasis placed on core behavioral principles that apply across a variety of additive topographies. In particular, this paper posits three common features of additive behaviors; the narrowing of the behavioral repertoire with an increase of response allocation towards a topographically ridged response class, a increase in escape maintained functions of the addictive response class, and the rise of inflexible relational stimulus control.

 

Unraveling Motivating Operations: Assessing Pragmatic usage of Establishing Operations and Setting Event Concepts in Applied Settings

CRISTIN D. JOHNSTON (Behavioral Solutions, Inc)
Abstract:

It is clear from decades of research conducted by behaviour analysts that issues important to society can be tackled and overcome with the use of respondent and operant techniques. Primarily, this work has focused on either the increase or decrease of behaviors through the manipulation of consequences for specific target behaviors. Therefore, our successes have mainly come for our ability to influence behaviors through reinforcement contingencies. Embedded within the concept of reinforcement is notion of motivation. Little theoretical work has been done to determine whether the commonly accepted concepts of the establishing operation and the setting event have pragmatic utility in the treatment of a variety of behavioral concerns in their own right. The emphasis of this paper will be on thoroughly defining both concepts, reviewing the current theoretical and experimental literature to determine the field's current understanding and usage of antecedent concepts in treatment, and finally, an analysis of the pragmatic utility of such constructs in the treatment of common behavioral issues.

 

Using Transfer of Stimulus Function to Conceptualize Behavioral Theory for Non-Behavior Analysts

KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Lousiana at Lafayette)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts often pride ourselves on our ability to work successfully with a handful of behavioral principles (e.g., reinforcement, punishment, stimulus control, elicitation, establishing operations). Clinicians, teachers, parents, assistants and others implementing behavioral programming without extensive training in behavior analysis may find that our array of terms and principles stand in the way of successful working. These terms may also inhibit our ability to disseminate our knowledge base. This paper highlights various difficulties that may arise from the array of terms and suggests that behavior analysts consider an alternative approach when working with others. The paper proposes that the metaphor of transfer (or transformation) of stimulus function may be more broadly applied and more easily understood than the array of principles. Simplifying our approach to a single concept may allow those implementing behavioral programming without extensive exposure to behavioral theory to work more successfully and may allow behavior analysts to speak in ways that enhance the dissemination of our science.

 
 
Symposium #454
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis and Foreign Language Instruction: Current Trends and Potential Applications
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Korbel Ballroom 2B (Convention Center)
Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Christopher J. Stephens (St. Louis Community College at Florissant Valley)
CE Instructor: Traci Cihon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts are conveniently poised to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of foreign language acquisition through a functional analysis of verbal behavior (cf., Skinner, 1957). Foreign language acquisition and instruction are areas of increasing social significance. The first paper in this symposium presents the findings of a survey of behavior analytic and non-behavior analytic research and theory in foreign language instruction, offering suggestions for future research. The next two papers are empirical applications of See the Sound/Visual Phonics (STS/VP; a system of hand signs and printed codes that correspond to individual phonemes) and/or echoic training to assist native English speakers in their acquisition of Italian phonemes. Results and suggestions for future research will be discussed in terms of the importance of interdisciplinary collaborations for behavior analysis.

 

What Behavior Analysis Can Contribute to Foreign Language Instruction: A Literature Review and Call for Research

MEGAN JENNIFER THOMPSON (University of North Texas), Holly Kowalchuk (University of North Texas), Phuong V. Vo (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Christopher J. Stephens (St. Louis Community College at Florissant Valley)
Abstract:

Since the publication of Skinner's (1957) Verbal Behavior more research on language acquisition has been conducted from a functional perspective (Eshleman, 1985). Much of this research has been conducted due to an increasing number of behavior analysts working with individuals with developmental disabilities (Marcon-Dawson, Vicars, & Miguel, 2009). However, behavior analysts know very little about language acquisition for typically developing individuals (Partington & Bailey, 1993). Sundberg (1991) identified foreign language acquisition as an area in which additional research may be fruitful. The combination of a lack of research on language acquisition with typically developing individuals, the benefits of research in studying foreign language acquisition, and the increasingly diverse nature of educational settings suggest that the time for behavior analytic study in this area has come. We reviewed behavior analytic and non-behavior analytic research on foreign language acquisition. Findings are discussed in terms of what is currently known, where our research is limited, and suggestions for future research.

 

The Effects of See the Sound/Visual Phonics on Undergraduate Students' Production of Italian Phonemes

KIMBERLY KELLY (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Christopher J. Stephens (St. Louis Community College at Florissant Valley), Joseph Dracobly (University of Kansas), Dorothy L. Morrison (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

See the Sound/Visual Phonics (STS/VP) is a system of hand signs and printed codes (simple line drawings of the hand signs) that correspond to individual phonemes. Experimenters examined the effects of STS/VP on undergraduate students production of Italian phonemes under textual control. Ten undergraduate students at a Midwestern community college volunteered; five students met the criterion for participation. A multiple baseline across phonemes design with replications across participants was used. Results indicated that STS/VP resulted in accurate phoneme production for all participants; however, some textual relations emerged without STS/VP instruction.

 

Comparing the Effects of See the Sound/Visual Phonics or Echoic Training on Undergraduate Students' Production of Italian Phonemes

ZACHARY H. MORFORD (University of North Texas), Kimberly Kelly (University of North Texas), Rachael E. Shrontz (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Christopher J. Stephens (St. Louis Community College at Florissant Valley)
Abstract:

Cihon, Kelly, Stephens, Dracoby, and Morrison (under review) explored the effects of See the Sound/Visual Phonics (STS/VP) on native English speaking undergraduate students' production of Italian phonemes. The current study extended the findings of Cihon et al. (2010) comparing STS/VP or echoic training on native English speaking undergraduate students' production of Italian phonemes. Researchers employed an alternating treatments design across two groups to compare the two independent variables. Results for both groups show little difference between the interventions. Four of the five participants in Group 1 took fewer sessions using STS/VP to reach the target criterion for at least one phoneme; three of the five participants in Group 2 took more sessions using STS/VP to reach the target criterion for at least one phoneme.

 
 
Paper Session #455
Conceptual Analyses of Verbal Behavior
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Korbel Ballroom 1F (Convention Center)
Area: VBC
Chair: Jennifer A. Wade (Temple University)
 

The Verbal Origins of B. F.Skinner's Theory of the Operant: 1933-38

Domain: Theory
KRISTJAN GUDMUNDSSON (Reykjavik College of Women)
 
Abstract:

The publication of B. F. Skinner's The Behavior of Organisms in 1938 marks the beginnings of Skinners theory. It is generally assumed that the subtitle of the book : An Experimental Analysis, is accurate. In this paper I argue that although the theory of the operant is in fact experimentally based, the term itself, the operant, is not based on this same experimental analysis. It is in fact based on an obscure experiment that Skinner did as early as 1933. In that experiment, The Verbal Summator, Skinner studies not rats or pigeons, but humans. I had the opportunity in 1983 to ask Skinner about this, and although he denied it's importance to begin with, he soon accepted its importance, and admitted that he had not seen the connection between the verbal field and the origins of the operant.

 

The Role of Autoclitics in Social Interactions: When Saying "You Are Pretty" Isn't Enough

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JENNIFER A. WADE (Temple University)
 
Abstract:

In spite of Skinner's extensive discussion of autoclitics (1957), little empirical research has been conducted on autoclitics emitted by speakers nor the impact of autoclitics upon listeners. The use of autoclitics is likely evident in many social interactions. As an example of the role of autoclitics in everyday "social phenomena," empirical research on the role of autoclitics, mands, and tacts in naturalistic, potentially romantic interactions will be presented. Survey data was collected on individuals' ratings of degree of flirtatiousness of behavioral exemplars and variations of verbal statements on a particular topic using Likert scale ratings. Verbal report data will be compared to overt behavior coded from audio and video recordings of speed-dating participants in the second experiment. The use and type of autoclitic statements used by speed-daters indicating potential romantic interest in a partner is of particular interest. In the third experiment, conversations from a confederate online dater will be systematically manipulated, using mands, tacts, and autoclitics consistent with Skinner's (1957) manipulative and descriptive autoclitics. Larger scale implications of what verbal behavior tends to serve an autoclitic function in areas as complex as flirtation will be discussed.

 

What the Deaf Man Hears: Active Listening to Music Enables Auditory Imagining

Domain: Theory
KENNETH R. STEPHENS (Behavioral Safety Services), David C. Palmer (Smith College)
 
Abstract:

The first author, who is a "late-deafened adult", is a case study in conditioned perception and private events. He "hears" music clearly, even music to which he listened decades ago. Everyone does this to some extent, but for most of us, ambient auditory stimuli often compete with the process; sensory deprivation enhances it. Intraverbal connections to lyrics and textual behavior are often antecedents for this. The music that is "remembered" is surprising in its variety-it is not always the author"s favorite tunes that are recalled-and in its detail. Recall of instrumental parts seems to be strengthened by reading lyrics. This paper offers a tentative account of listening to music as verbal behavior. "Auditory imagining" of this sort is only possible because listening, whether to music or speech, is an active verbal process which includes echoic and self-echoic behavior, intraverbals, and "achieving parity" between what is heard and what is produced subvocally. The experience of auditory imagining is probably different for each person, reflecting repetition, our musical interests and the parts to which we listened most intently when it was heard as well as the strength of competing perceptual behavior. Relevant analyses by Palmer and Schlinger will be reviewed.

 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #456
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Language as Prediction

Monday, May 30, 2011
3:30 PM–4:20 PM
Four Seasons 4 (Convention Center)
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Michael Ramscar, Ph.D.
Chair: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
MICHAEL J. A. RAMSCAR (University of Stanford)
Michael J.A. Ramscar, Ph.D. (ramscar@gmail.com) is a cognitive psychologist working in the areas of learning, language, and categorization. Dr. Ramscar received his Ph.D. in Artificial Intelligence from the University of Edinburgh, prior to which he received degrees in Philosophy and in Computer Science and Electronic Engineering. Dr. Ramscar was on the faculty at Edinburgh from 1999-2002, before moving to Stanford University where he was an Assistant Professor of Psychology. Dr. Ramscar received a CAREER award from the National Science Foundation for his work on language learning in 2005. He is currently writing a book on the predictive nature of human communication.
Abstract:

In this talk, I'll explore the idea that when humans communicate, they engage in a process of joint prediction. When talking, speakers use a rich set of cultural and experiential priors to produce behavior that they expect will change the beliefs or behavior of others. Speakers use semantic cues to activate appropriate linguistic units. These words and chunks, along with other developing contextual cues, then activate subsequent linguistic units as speakers generate the utterances they believe are most likely to bring about changes in listeners' beliefs or behavior. At the same time, listeners, far from being passive decoders of tokens of meaning, are using broadly the same process to predictively build up their understanding of what is being said. Listeners use both learned semantic cues to words, and words themselves as cues to other words, in order to predict the behavior and intentions of speakers. Successful communication thus relies both on the collaboration between speaker and listener, and the degree to which shared prior knowledge enables mutual predictability. An attractive property of this approach is that it allows human communication to be couched in terms compatible with theories of learning.

 
 
Paper Session #457
Increasing Social Skills in Individuals With Autism
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Korbel Ballroom 4F (Convention Center)
Area: AUT
Chair: Vinca Riviere (Development - Autism)
 

Development of Spontaneous Social Initiation of Pre-Schoolers With Autism: Effects of Reinforcement Rate and Resistance to Change

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
VINCA RIVIERE (Development - Autism), Stephanie Cousin (Universite Clares-de-Gaulle - Universite Lille III), Melissa Becquet (Universite Lille III), Emilie Peltret (Universite Lille III), Jean-Claude Darcheville (Universite Lille)
 
Abstract:

Variation of reinforcement of social skills was used to increase the spontaneous social initiations of four children with autism. Two procedures were compared: the priming procedure and the high-probability of instructions procedure (HPI). During HPI sessions, four high-p requests were given to children followed by low-p requests on social skills. During priming sessions, children were prompted and reinforced for the social behavior (e.g. smiling, verbal initiations, touching another child and looking at another child). Rate of reinforcement during the priming and the high-p sessions is varying. Manipulation on the rate of spontaneous social initiations during the subsequent activity is measured. With HPI procedures, results showed that spontaneous initiations were more frequent after high rate of reinforcement in high-p sessions than in low rate of reinforcement. In priming procedures, in the high rate of reinforcement condition, the rate of spontaneous initiations increased significantly. On the other hand, in the low rate of reinforcement, results are similar to those obtained in the high-p conditions. Rate of reinforcement was shown to be an essential variable in the emergence of behavior.

 

Evaluating the Effects of a Tactile Prompt in Increasing Verbal Initiations of Children With Autism

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
AMY HULSON-JONES (Bangor University), Pagona Tzanakaki (Bangor University), Corinna Grindle (Bangor University), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Richard P. Hastings (Bangor University), Maria Saville (Bangor University)
 
Abstract:

It is important to expand the social skills of children withautism who are commonly deficient using a tactile prompt. A vibrating pager offers a discrete yet effective tool to aid the child to make verbal initiations to peers. An ABAB design was used to evaluate the effects of the prompt on the initiations and responses of four children with autism. A token economy was implemented throughout each phase in order to strengthen the contingency between the tactile prompt and the childs correct responding; thus increasing the likelihood that high levels of initiations will be maintained after withdrawing theprompt. Results found the prompt to be an effective tool in increasing the verbal initiations of all four children, and one child maintained high levels of initiations in the absence of the prompt. Collateral effects such as increases in peer initiations to the target child were not found; however, it is possible that this was due to the limited time availability, which gives rise to important issues that may aid ensuing research in this area.

 

The Establishment of Peer Manding Repertoires in Children With Autism Through the Manipulation of Establishing Operations

Domain: Experimental Analysis
ELIZABETH R. LORAH (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University)
 
Abstract:

Keller & Schoenfeld (1950) described conditions of deprivation and stimulation and its effects on the value of a reinforcer. Skinner (1957) defined the mand as occurring under a state of deprivation or aversive stimulation. Such conditions were later discussed by Jack Michael (1982), who attempted to distinguish between the establishing stimulus and the discriminative stimulus. Michael (1993) discussed two classifications of establishing operations: unconditioned and conditioned. Individuals diagnosed with autistic spectrum disorders (ASD) are characterized as demonstrating weak mand and social skill repertoires. The current investigation attempted to establish peer manding repertoires in three young children with ASD through the withholding of an item needed to complete a behavioral chain. Additionally, the study attempted to establish listener responding in three additional young children who were also diagnosed with ASD. The results of the current investigation suggest that it is possible to establish peer manding repertoires and listener responding through the withholding of an item needed to complete a behavioral chain.

 

On the Cusp: Social Initiation and Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
ANDREW JOHN HOUVOURAS (Applying Behavior Concepts), Rayna M. Houvouras (Applying Behavior Concepts)
 
Abstract:

Social skills deficits are part of the diagnostic criteria for autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Years of behavior analytic research have provided evidence based practices by which to treat identified social deficits. In spite of the existing research, social initiation continues to be an area of difficulty for individuals with ASD, parents and professionals. Interweaving the ideas of the behavioral cusps, verbal behavior and social skills strategies, the authors will share data and discuss why social initiation remains so challenging as well as teaching methods that can lead to long term effective change. Lastly, presenters will argue social initiation is a behavioral cusp which should be targeted early in social skills interventions.

 
 
 
Symposium #458
The Potential Utility of Expressive Writing in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy: Moving Behavior in Valued Directions
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
603 (Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Chair: Ann Branstetter-Rost (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Ann Branstetter-Rost (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

There is currently an abundance of literature supporting the role of expressive writing as it relates to positive psychological and physiological outcomes. The research presented in this symposium builds on the literature, and examines how expressive writing may be incorporated into the acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) paradigm and treatment model. Data presented in this symposium indicates that having people write about their values and their behavior can lead to behavior change in a relatively short period of time. In addition, we have found that the behavioral and psychological effects of writing about one's personal values differs depending upon whether one's behavior is in accordance with their stated values, or disconcordant from their stated values. Presenters will also discuss the narrative content of values-based writing, and provide comparisons to the narrative content of traditional expressive writing experimental tasks. In summary, this symposium session will highlight work examining the utility of incorporating expressive writing into clinical cases treated through an ACT model.

 

The Use of the Expressive Writing Paradigm in Facilitating Values-Based Behavior Change

CHARLES L. GILPIN (Missouri State University), Ann Branstetter-Rost (Missouri State University), Brandon Sanford (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that writing about emotional experiences leads to significant reductions in psychological distress (Hughes, Uhlmann, & Pennebaker, 1994). Although the paradigm proposed by Pennebaker (1997) has been used to explore many variation on the therapeutic benefits of expressive writing there has not as of yet been a controlled experiment that utilized this paradigm in combinations with the underlying theory of acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT; Hayes, Strosahl, & Wilson, 1999). The current project explores the effects of expressive writing on personal values-based behavior change, a key component of ACT. This study found the participants in the experimental condition initially designated as being highly concordant have consistent to lower scores of psychological distress as well as consistent VLQ scores over the course of this study. Participants in the control condition had similar pattern scores. Participants in the experimental group as well as the traumatic experience group initially designated as being highly discordant received lower scores of psychological distress and more concordant VLQ scores over the course of this study.

 

Adapting the Expressive Writing Paradigm as a Values-Based Intervention

MARIEL PARMAN (University of Mississippi), Stephanie L. Nassar (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Given the array of positive psychological and physiological benefits associated with writing about traumatic, emotional events (see Baikie & Wilhelm, 2005, for a review), this study examined whether similar psychological benefits would accrue from a values-centered adaptation of the writing paradigm. Participants completed measures of psychological well-being before they were randomly assigned to write for three consecutive, 15-min sessions about either (a) a control topic about daily events,(b) an emotional, traumatic event, or (c) their most meaningful value (chosing from the 12 Valued Domains of the Valued Living Questionnaire-II, Wilson & DuFrene, 2009). Participants then completed followup measures of psychological well-being at 1 week and 1 month after writing. The authors of this study also were interested in exploring the narrative content of the values-based writing intervention, and making comparisons to the narrative content of the traditional expressive writing intervention.

 

Explorations in Appreciation Writing From a Contextual Behavioral Science Perspective

MAUREEN KATHLEEN FLYNN (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Recent studies suggest that gratitude interventions produce beneficial results such as increasing overall well-being, time spent exercising, body image satisfaction, and prosocial behavior (see Wood, Froh, & Geraghty, 2010 for review). The aim of this study was to look at the effect of writing appreciations related to top ranking values on the processes and outcomes of theoretical interest in acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT). Participants were assigned to one of two conditions: appreciation writing or control writing. Participants filled out baseline measures before participating in 3 writing sessions, lasting 10-min each. For the appreciation writing, participants were asked to write about someone/place/event/or activity related to one of their top ranking values. The control participants wrote about what they did yesterday, the rest of the day, and plans for the next week. Participants completed a 1-week follow-up. We are interested in differences between the groups as well as the quality of the writings.

 
 
Paper Session #459
Behavior Support Planning Strategies and Applications
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
605 (Convention Center)
Area: CBM
Chair: Monica Howard (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
 

Improving Day Treatment Staff Use of Behavior-Specific Praise With Visual Performance Feedback

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MONICA HOWARD (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Raymond V. Burke (The Prevention Group), Janie Peterson (Behaven Kids), Roger Peterson (Behaven Kids), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
 
Abstract:

Adult-child interactions tend to be reciprocal, i.e., children who present high rates of aversive, aggressive, and challenging behaviors tend to receive high rates of adult corrective responses and low rates of positive attention. It is not surprising then that aggressive behavior among young children is one of the main reasons for a nation-wide preschool expulsion rate that is, on average, three times greater than the expulsion rate for k-12 students. A key to addressing this concern is facilitating the development of positive adult-child relationships in preschool and early elementary grades, a noted predictor of social behavior and academic performance during adolescence. This study used a multiple baseline with reversal design to assess whether visual performance feedback (VPF), i.e., graphed frequency rates of behavior specific praise (BSP), influenced directly and indirectly targeted staff use of BSP during group activities in a day treatment program for young children with behavior disorders. Results suggest that VPF provided, on average, a doubling in rates of BSP use by targeted staff and a 50% increase in rate of BSP in non-targeted, supervisory staff who collected BSP data on targeted staff. Implications for improving treatment fidelity and reducing supervision time are discussed.

 

Management of Psychotropic Medications for Youth in Residential Treatment: Use of Behavioral Data for Objective Decision-Making

Domain: Service Delivery
ANNETTE GRIFFITH (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Jonathan C Huefner (Boys Town National Research Institute)
 
Abstract:

Residential treatment is often considered a placement of last resort. As such, it is not surprising that many youth enter residential treatment with significant problem behaviors and active prescriptions for psychotropic medications. Up to 80% of youth at entry have at least one psychotropic prescription and as many as 55% have three or more. Many of these medications have risks for serious side effects and adequate research examining safety and efficacy is lacking for youth. Physicians who work with youth in residential settings have the important task of assessing existing psychotropic prescriptions and making new medication management decisions. Current medication management methods often rely on subjective reporting of youth behavior; however, daily behavioral data collected within residential treatment programs can be a key source to help physicians in this decision-making process. Specifically, it can provide physicians with objective information about effects of medication changes. This paper will present a rationale for using behavioral data as part of the psychotropic medication management process and will provide information on how data-based decisions can be made. A case study will be presented to demonstrate how behavioral data has been used successfully to assist in the medication management process within a residential setting.

 

The Relationship Between Functional Assessment and Behavior Support Plans

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
PAUL MALANGA (West Tennessee Resource Center), Mark R. Chambers (Division of Intellectual Disabilities Services), William J. Sweeney (University of South Dakota)
 
Abstract:

Functional assessment methodology is an expected component of clinical behavior analysis and is even required by law when behavior analysis services are delivered within a special education program (P.L. 108-446, 20 USC 1400, Sec. c4). The controlling variables most highly correlated with the target behaviors identified via indirect & descriptive functional assessment methods are used to guide behavior plan development. Failure to implement behavior change procedures consistent with the hypothesized function(s) could result in no behavior change at minimum to implementing procedures that are contraindicated (e.g., using time out with an escape maintained behavior). The current study examined a sample of the extant database of functional assessments and corresponding behavior plans with the purpose of identifying relationships between hypothesized functions and behavior plan methods. The degree to which behavior plans incorporated methods contrary to the function of the behavior will be presented and data for a sample of those behavior plans will be examined as a measure of effectiveness of each plan. Risks associated with failure to incorporate functional assessment data into behavior plan procedures and the use of proper data collection systems will also be discussed.

 

Haddon Matrix as a Tool for the Applied Behavior Analyst

Domain: Theory
RICHARD COOK (Penn State University)
 
Abstract:

Prinicples derived and applied in the study of public health can, often surprisingly, be found to be directly applicable to the focused change of behaviors of the individual. Haddon's Strategies and Matrix, foundation concepts of injury control, can be easily applied to theapplied behavior analysisprocesses of functional assessment, determination of reinforcers, and development of alternative behavior sequences. Those developing evaluation and treatment plans can utilize the matrix to force consideration of approaches relative to the targeted individual, the environment, or the presenting stimuli that would perhaps not be readily apparent. Haddon viewed trauma as the result of a "transfer of energy." Given its biological underpings, behavior can also be viewed in such a manner.

 
 
 
Paper Session #460
Behavior Analysis Treatment and Intervention Considerations
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
708 (Convention Center)
Area: CSE
Chair: Merrill Winston (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.)
 

Ethical Issues Related to the Implementation of Unsupported Treatments by BCBAs

Domain: Service Delivery
ZINA A. ELURI (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
 
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have dedicated many resources to the assessment and treatment of those with autism. Numerous scientifically based treatments have been designed to enhance the communication and social skills of individuals with autism and decrease behavior problems to foster independent living skills and enhance their quality of life. It is becoming common practice that employers require BCBA licensure for those who work with these individuals to ensure implementation of scientifically sound treatments. This licensure requires that individuals obtain a breadth of knowledge through coursework and practice, and requires adherence to the ethical guidelines set out by the certification board. Although adherence to these guidelines is required, many BCBAs practice and receive financial compensation for implementing unsupported treatments. BCBAs who implement unsupported treatments are taking advantage of sensitive populations incapable of determining the efficacy of these treatments. Many times these populations are relying on BCBAs who are backed by an organization dedicated to the implementation of well-established treatments. This paper will review the implementation of unsupported treatments by BCBAs, and its effects on the individual, family, and the field of behavior analysis. In addition, this presentation will provide suggestions to remediate these issues and ensure the safety of this population.

 

Using Explicit Instruction to Teach Issues of Socio-Sexuality

Domain: Experimental Analysis
PAMELA WOLFE (The Pennsylvania State University), Cheryl Ostryn (University of Colorado, Denver)
 
Abstract:

Individuals having severe disabilities often experience issues related to socio-sexual interactions. These issues may center on lack of opportunity but also, at a fundamental level, lack of skills or knowledge in how to engage in relationships. This session, of interest to educators, professionals, parents, advocates, and self-advocates, presents information related to using explicit instruction to teach socio-sexual issues. Explicit instruction includes reviewing facts and consequences of decisions through teacher directed programming such as repeated practice and group responding. Explicit instruction, which includes direct instruction, has been shown to be an effective teaching method for students having severe disabilities. However, this instructional technique has not logically been applied to topic areas such as socio-sexuality. These topics/issues are difficult to break down into discrete skills given their inherent complexity. Precisely because of the ambiguity of the issues, real consequences should be given to students so that they are able to make safe and appropriate responses. In this session, participants will be given case studies and work in groups to practice explicit instruction techniques related to the domain area of soci-sexuality. Participants will be asked to discuss the issues that they have encountered and how the approach of explicit instruction could be used.

 

The Premature Call for a Ban on Prone Restraint; Examining the Issues and Evidence

Domain: Experimental Analysis
MERRILL WINSTON (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.), Laraine Winston (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.), Neal N. Fleisig (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.)
 
Abstract:

There is a growing controversy surrounding physical restraint in general, and to an even greater degree, prone position based restraint methods. These issues are being discussed at the state and national levels and within systems that serve a variety of populations of individuals. There have been numerous reports that support a banning of prone position restraint, and, in some cases, all physical intervention for dangerous and destructive behavior. Many reports point to case studies of individuals who have been harmed in the process of being restrained and describe some of the risks of restraint. None of these, however, provide a sufficiently thorough analysis of cited cases, restraint methodologies used, nor risks of failure to restrain individuals who are at risk of harming themselves or others. This paper provides detailed information on all of the issues raised by supporters and opponents alike, brings to light evidence not yet considered in published reports and raises important questions that still need to be answered before a ban on an entire class of potentially useful procedures is implemented.

 

Utilizing Clicker Training for Specific Skill Acquisition of Correct Form Tackling in High School Football Players

Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
ANTONIO M. HARRISON (The Chicago School, Los Angeles)
 
Abstract:

The study's purpose is to extend one of the vast applications of behavioral technologies to athletic performance, specifically correct form tackling, which has become an increasing safety issue in football. Clicker training has been implemented to shape behavior performance with animal populations. Few studies have effectively utilized clicker training with the human population and none have done so with respect to athletic performance. This study will attempt to extend clicker training research, athletic performance research, and provide an immediate and more effective technique for shaping correct form tackling in high school football players.

 
 
 
Symposium #461
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing the Use of Behavior Analysis in School Settings: Successes in Systemic Change
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Korbel Ballroom 1B (Convention Center)
Area: EDC/EAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (University of Iowa Children's Hospital)
Discussant: Craig H. Kennedy (Vanderbilt University)
CE Instructor: Sean Casey, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Presentations in this symposium will summarize the need to increase the use of behavior analysis in school settings and discuss two examples of how systemic change has been addressed. Peterson and colleagues evaluated the behavior of educators by observing their teaching and evaluating whether they met criteria on quality indicators. A significant number of educators did not meet criteria, and Peterson et al. will discuss implications for increasing the use of behavioral analysis in schools given these results. Casey and colleagues provide an example for achieving systemic change by training consultants across Iowa to implement behavioral analytic assessments so that the quality of functional behavior assessments and behavior intervention plans can improve. They will present the model with data from the first 2 years of implementation. Results show an increase in the consultants skills. Bosch and Vollmer will present a second example of systemic change. They targeted the occurrence of disruptive behavior by adolescents in a middle school. They implemented a system-wide intervention plan and were able to decrease the occurrence of disruptive behaviors. Results indicated that the intervention was effective for creating long-lasting behavior change. A discussion of the implications of the work of the three presenters will follow.

 

Difficulties Facing Schools in Implementing IDEA: The Need for Behavioral Systems Analysis and Change

STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University), Lloyd D. Peterson (Sam Houston State University), Shawn Patrick Quigley (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

This presentation will describe a descriptive study that analyzed the quality of special education services provided by a school district in the intermountain west. In a not-for-profit system, such as a public school district, the number one objective is to satisfy the client groups (i.e., students, parents, community members, in the case of a school; McGee & Diener, in press). Therefore, quality of services received is the major measure of a school's or district's performance. The data we collected suggested that the school district did not meet professional standards along many interrelated dimensions. Remedying these issues will take significant behavior change and management at various levels within the organizational structure of the school/district. This presentation will highlight how a systems approach to organizational behavior management could be used to enhance operational performance and quality of services provided to individuals with disabilities in public schools.

 

Developing Capacity for Function-Based Assessment and Behavior Intervention Plans Through a State-Wide Training Program

SEAN D. CASEY (Iowa Department of Education), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Tory J. Christensen (University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa), John F. Lee (University of Iowa), Jennifer Kuhle (University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Function-based assessment (FBA) is mandated in special education. The purpose of this project was to assess state challenging behavior specialist (CBS) consultant's specific skills whose job descriptions included the provision of FBAs for the development of appropriate Behavior Intervention Plans (BIP). Preliminary data indicated that the consultants self-reported low levels of skill and high needs of training in FBA and BIP development. A training program to teach these skills was evaluated that utilized: hands-on training with experience professionals in FBA and BIP, and a coursework sequence. Dependent variables included: (a) self-assessment ratings, (b) direct observations of the consultants implementing FBA's and developing BIP's, (c) scores on a knowledge examination, and (d) scores of sophistication of FBA and accuracy of BIP match to FBA results. Group data from the participating CBS consultants will be evaluated using pre- and post-time series data, and comparisons with consultants who did not participate in this project. The results demonstrate that training produced improvements in CBS consultant's skills of FBA implementation and BIP development. The outcomes of this project illustrate two major findings: (a) that consultants are often insufficiently trained in FBA technologies, and (b) that the training model implemented significantly improved state consultant skills.

 

Classroom-Based and School-Wide Interventions in a Middle School

AMANDA BOSCH (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

In order to reduce classroom-based disruptive behavior and school-wide rule-breaking, we implemented several interventions in a middle school. To address disruptive classroom behavior, we implemented a version of the good behavior game (GBG) that was modified to be appropriate for middle-school aged children; the basic format of the GBG remained the same but the target behaviors and reinforcers were changed to be appropriate for adolescents. This is the first application of GBG with 6th, 7th, or 8th graders. The GBG was immediately effective in decreasing disruptive behavior in these classrooms. To address school-wide rule-violations, we restructured the school discipline system to increase the effectiveness of supposedly punishing consequences. To do this, we especially focused on the use of the in-school suspension room, which did not function as an effective punishing consequence prior to our intervention. Changes to the discipline system resulted in a decrease in the number of students sent to in-school suspension.

 
 
Invited Symposium #462
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Can Drugs Help Us Understand Cognitive and Executive Functions?
Monday, May 30, 2011
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
401/402 (Convention Center)
Area: SCI; Domain: Experimental Analysis
Chair: Paul L. Soto (Johns Hopkins University)
CE Instructor: Paul Soto, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Deficits in cognitive and executive functioning occur with aging and exposure to toxicants and are common across a number of neurological diseases such as Alzheimer's and Parkinson's disease. The neurobiological systems involved in the behavioral processes commonly referred to as memory, executive function, and impulsivity are the subject of intensive research both from a basic science standpoint and for those interested in the development of pharmacotherapeutics. Pharmacological analyses may provide clues regarding the neurobiological systems involved in these processes and are necessary for the development of pharmacotherapeutics. The following symposium will highlight studies on the effects of drugs on behavioral processes referred to as memory, executive function, and impulsivity. Chris Newland will present data on the effects of calcium channel blockers in an incremental repeated acquisition procedure. Suzanne Mitchell will present data on the effects of dopamine D2 receptor antagonists in a variety of discounting procedures. Mark Galizio will present data on putative cognitive enhances in titrating delayed-matching-to-sample (DMTS) and memory span procedures. Paul Soto will present data on alpha5-selective GABAA inverse agonists in a DMTS procedure. These studies will highlight the involvement of multiple neurotransmitter systems in cognitive and executive functions and interactions between those systems and behavioral variables.

 

Incrementing Non-Match-to-Sample: Drug Effects in an Animal Memory Span Task

MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Abstract:

The olfactory span task is a non-match to sample procedure developed in rodents in which the number of stimuli controlling responding increments after each trial. Accuracy decreases as the number of stimuli to remember increases which provides some validation for the task. I will present data collected from a novel adaptation of this procedure will show the effects of several drugs including some putative memory enhancers (e.g., olanzapine, xanomeline) and others which are posited to interfere with remembering (e.g., MK801/dizocilpine, chlordiazepoxide, scopolamine). In general, the procedure is quite sensitive to drugs that interfere with accuracy, but perhaps surprisingly, ceiling effects may limit the use of the procedure with enhancers. A representive figure showing the effects of dizocilpine is attached.

Dr. Galizio received his BA from Kent State University and his PhD from the University of Wisconsin- Milwaukee where he worked with Dr. Alan Baron. In 1976, he joined the faculty at the University of North Carolina Wilmington where he is currently Chair and Professor of Psychology. His research interests include behavioral pharmacology, stimulus control/concept learning, aversive control, and human operant behavior. He has published two books and more than 70 articles and his research has been supported by NIDA, NSF and NICHD. He is a Fellow of four APA divisions and is a past-president of APA Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) and of the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis. He has served as Associate Editor of JEAB and as a member of the JEAB editorial board for over 18 years.
 

The Value of Work: Role of Dopamine in Effort Discounting

SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

Studies manipulating the effort required to earn a reinforcer often alter the number of responses required to earn rewards, establishing a correlation between the effort required and the time taken to earn the reinforcer. This makes it difficult to disambiguate the mechanisms involved in assessing effort-associated costs from those involved in assessing temporal costs. To examine this, the subjective value of a sucrose reward that was delayed or required a single large effortful response was measured in rats. Delay discounting increased following raclopride (a D2R antagonist; Exp1) but not SCH-23390 (a D1R antagonist; Exp2). Effort discounting was unaffected. In a follow-up study, the requirements for the delay and effort groups were derived from the performance of subjects required to complete different numbers of responses to earn the reinforcer (Response Group). Early data with raclopride administration suggest that D2 receptors only have a role in effort discounting if the effort requires multiple responses over time.

Suzanne H. Mitchell, Ph.D., is an Associate Professor at Oregon Health & Science University (OHSU) in the Behavioral Neuroscience and Psychiatry departments. She obtained her undergraduate degree at the University of Hull, England and her Ph.D. at SUNY-Stony Brook. Her thesis examined the economics of foraging behavior of rats, examining the role of the energetic costs and benefits in feeding. Her committee was chaired by Howard Rachlin, whose influence made her sensitive to the role of temporal costs as well as energetic costs in determining the value of food rewards. During a post-doctoral fellowship at the University of Chicago, Dr. Mitchell worked with Harriet de Wit focusing on using behavioral economics as an explanation for use of alcohol, cigarettes, and amphetamine in humans. During that time she also began collaborating with Jerry Richards on delay discounting studies with rats. Dr. Mitchell moved her lab to OHSU in 2001 from the University of New Hampshire to devote more time to research, particularly looking into why drug users tend to be more impulsive than non-drug users using human and animal models.
 

Differential Effects on Learning by Four Calcium Channel Antagonists

JORDAN M. BAILEY (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Calcium regulation has long been implicated in learning processes and compounds that affect this regulation may have detrimental consequences to normal functioning. Most studies have used drugs that act on ligand-gated calcium channels to investigate this issue. Here we emphasize L-type calcium-channel blockers (CCBs), which act on voltage-gated channels and are used clinically for the treatment of cerebral ischemia and hypertension. Nifedipine, verapamil, and nimodipine were administered to mice performing an incremental repeated acquisition (IRA) procedure. This procedure requires the acquisition of a different response chain, repeatedly. A control procedure requires the performance of a particular chain. Ketamine, which antagonizes ligand-gated NMDA receptors on Ca++ channels, was also used. For all four drugs a range of doses was injected ip to BALB/c mice (N=8). Responding decrements and learning/performance deficits were seen with nimodipine (3 mg/kg). Verapamil did not produce any behavioral effects. Nifedipine reduced responding (3 mg/kg), but no changes in learning or performance occurred. Ketamine selectively impaired learning (3 mg/kg and higher). The drug that acts on ligand-gated Ca++ channels disrupted learning selectively but none of the drugs that block voltage-gated channels did so. Although the CCBs have similar mechanisms of action, they differ from each other in their behavioral effects and differ as a group from ketamine.

Jordan Bailey earned her B.A. in Psychology from Auburn University in 2006 and M.S. in Experimental Psychology form Auburn University in 2009. Her master’s thesis assessed the effects of low-dose d-amphetamine administration on learning and since then she has completed numerous drug challenges to behavior during acquisition-tasks. She is currently completing her doctoral work in which she is investigating the effects of neurotoxicant (MeHg) exposure on learning as well as various pharmacological agents that may attenuate the effects of neurotoxicant exposure. Chris Newland is an Alumni Professor at Auburn University. His research interests include the applications of behavior analysis and behavioral pharmacology to an understanding of the actions of neurotoxic substances, especially heavy metals. This has led to an interest in how early developmental, even fetal, neural damage can result in long-term disability and early onset of aging. His research is supported by the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences.  
 

The Selective a5GABAA Inverse Agonist RY-23 Enhances Delayed-Match-to-Sample Performance and Antagonizes Triazolam's Effects in Rhesus Monkeys

PAUL L. SOTO (Johns Hopkins University), Sundari Rallapalli (Johns Hopkins University), James E. Cook (Johns Hopkins University), Nancy A. Ator (Johns Hopkins University), Michael Weed (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract:

It has been suggested that inverse agonists at the benzodiazepine (Bz) binding site on a5GABAA receptors (a5GABAARs) might serve as potential therapeutics for Alzheimer's disease-associated memory loss. The present study evaluated the effects of RY-23, a selective a5GABAAR inverse agonist, in rhesus monkeys responding on a delayed-matching-to-sample (DMTS) or spatial working memory (SWM) procedure. DMTS trials began with presentation of a photo image (sample) on a touchscreen. Touching the image initiated a delay followed by presentation of three images, one matching the sample. Touching the matching image produced a food pellet. Touching either of the other images produced a timeout. SWM trials began with presentation of a configuration of boxes. Each non-repeat touch produced a food pellet, whereas repeat touches produced a timeout. Accuracy decreased with increased delay (DMTS) or box number (SWM). RY-23 produced a modest increase in DMTS, but not SWM accuracy. RY-23 dose-dependently antagonized the effects of triazolam in the DMTS and SWM procedures, but did so less effectively in the SWM procedure. The results suggest a greater involvement of a5GABAARs in the memory-impairing effects of triazolam on DMTS performance and further suggest the importance of a5GABAARs as a potential therapeutic target for memory loss.

Paul L. Soto, Ph.D., is an Instructor in the Department of Psychiatry at Johns Hopkins University (JHU).  He obtained his undergraduate degree from the University of Florida and his Ph.D. from Emory University.  He completed a postdoctoral fellowship at the National Institute on Drug Abuse Intramural Research Program and then joined the faculty at JHU in 2008.  His research interests include behavioral pharmacology with specific interests in the evaluation of potential pharmacotherapeutics for drug abuse and deficits associated with neurological diseases such as Alzheimer’s disease.
 
 
Paper Session #463
Implications of No Child Left Behind (NCLB) on School Practice
Monday, May 30, 2011
4:30 PM–4:50 PM
Korbel Ballroom 1C (Convention Center)
Area: EDC
Chair: Robin Rumph (Stephen F. Austin State University)
 

No Child Left Behind Ten Years After: What Do We Know?

Domain: Service Delivery
ROBIN RUMPH (Stephen F. Austin State University), Elizabeth Kelly (Stephen F. Austin State University), James Holland (Stephen F. Austin State University), Summer Koltonski (Stephen F. Austin State University), Chris Ninness (Stephen F. Austin State University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University), Ginger L. Kelso (Stephen F. Austin State University), Marilyn Rumph (Stephen F. Austin State University)
 
Abstract:

No Child Left Behind (NCLB) became law in 2001. It is now time to look back and determine, if we can, whether or not or to what extent American education has moved forward during the past 10 years. International, national, and state data in reading, math, and science collected by international, national and state governmental and quasi-governmental entities is examined. Although no causal inferences can be appropriately drawn, trends in the performance of American students in comparison to pre-NCLB children nationally and within states, and to international students taking the same assessments, provide a basis to see if American students have made progress during the past decade. NCLB suggests that pedagogy that is based on scientific research is preferred over pedagogy that isn't. During the decade of the 90s American education moved almost uniformly away from highly structured, content-based, hierarchically sequenced, and scientific based pedagogy to loosely structured, process-based, top down, non-sequential discovery based pedagogy. To what extent has American education embraced scientific based pedagogy since the passage of NCLB?

 
 
 
Special Event #464
CE Offered: BACB
ABAI Presidential Address: Dream Chasers
Monday, May 30, 2011
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Four Seasons 1-3 (Convention Center)
Chair: Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Richard Malott, Ph.D.
 

ABAI Presidential Address: Dream Chasers

Abstract:

Here's one of my favorite things about our field of behavior analysis: it's filled with dream chasers-delightfully delusional behavior analysts devoting their lives to chasing the behavior analytic dream, to saving the world with behavior analysis, or at least some small chunk of the world, to helping all kids on the spectrum learn to talk, to disseminating behavior-analytic, computer-based instruction throughout public education, to ending global warming, to infusing their undergrad students with a love of behavior analysis, and also to understanding what makes us complex organisms and complex social systems tick, without forgetting our Skinner-box, our experimental roots; in other words, to finding out why the pigeon pecks the key and what that has to do with you and me. You name it, and there's a small or large group of people using behavior analysis to achieve these illusive goals, working toward the well being of humanity. I'd like to share a few of my heroes with you.

 
RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University)
 
Dr. Richard Malott, Ph.D., BCBA-D (DickMalott@DickMalott.com) teaches behavior analysis at Western Michigan University (WMU), where he works with students interested in becoming practitioners, rather than researchers. He trains students to work with autistic children and to apply behavior systems analysis and organizational behavior management to human-services settings. He concentrates on training BA and MA students as well as Ph.D. students. Every summer, he runs the Behavioral Boot Camp, an intense 15-class-hour-per week, 7.5 week, graduate-level, behavior-analysis seminar for students from WMU and around the globe. Originally, he taught an intro behavior-analysis course to 1,000 students per semester, who produced 1,000 lever-pressing rats per year. Now, his students only condition 230 rats per year, but they also do 130 self-management projects and provide 13,500 hours of training to autistic children each year. To further those efforts, in 2008 he founded the Kalamazoo Autism Center. He also coauthored Principles of Behavior (the textbook previously known as Elementary Principles of Behavior.) Since 1980, he has been working on a textbook called I’ll Stop Procrastinating When I Get Around to It. He has presented in 14 countries and has received two Fulbright Senior Scholar Awards. In 2002, he also received ABA’s Award for Public Service in Behavior Analysis. And in 2010, he was elected president-elect of ABAI. For more information, please see http://DickMalott.com.
 
 
 
Poster Session #465
AUT Poster Session 5
Monday, May 30, 2011
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. Addition of a Timeout Procedure to Non-Contingent Reinforcement to Treat Attention-Maintained Aggression
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
ERIC S. GRADY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown non-contingent reinforcement (NCR) to be effective in reducing problem behavior. However, including additional procedures may be necessary when NCR does not result in acceptable levels of behavior reduction. We evaluated the effectiveness of non-contingent attention (NCA) with and without a timeout procedure, on reducing attention-maintained aggression in a 9-year-old boy diagnosed with autism. The treatment protocol consisted of two conditions and was analyzed using an ABAB reversal design. Phase A consisted of non-contingent, continuous verbal and nonverbal attention from the therapist. Phase B consisted of the identical types and rate of attention as Phase A, however, the therapist discontinued NCA and left the session room for 20 seconds (i.e., timeout) on an FR 1 schedule for his aggressive behavior. The addition of a timeout procedure to NCA resulted in a mean reduction of 86% from the NCA condition (MNCA = 2.46 times per minute; MNCA + Timeout = 0.34 times per minute). These results indicate the addition of a timeout procedure to a non-contingent reinforcement schedule was necessary to provide significant reductions in problem behavior.

 
2. Assessment and Treatment of Escape and Attention Maintained Behavior in a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CHRISTINA BAROSKY (The BISTA Center), Donald M. Stenhoff (The BISTA Center), Lisa M. Stewart (Penn State Harrisburg), Michelle Hogan (The BISTA Center)
Abstract:

In this study we conducted two functional analyses with a 7-year-old male diagnosed with autism. The functional analyses were conducted seven months apart. Both functional analyses were conducted in a clinical setting. Aggression was the target behavior for the first functional analysis. Aggression was defined as hitting, biting, scratching, and kicking. The conditions included ignore, access to tangible, attention, diverted attention, escape and free-play condition. Results indicated escape from demands as the function of the aggression. A treatment analysis was conducted, in which functional communication training (FCT), the acquisition of requesting a break, was effective to reduce the aggressive behavior. During ABA therapy a new behavior, screaming, emerged. In order to identify the function of screaming, an additional functional analysis was conducted that included the same conditions as the previous study. Results indicated diverted attention maintained the screaming behavior. A treatment analysis was conducted to evaluate the effectiveness of FCT to appropriately recruit attention. FCT consisted of teaching the participant to request attention.

 
3. Reducing the Need for Restraint During Medication Administration: Systematically Increasing Acceptance With a Preferred Food
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), BRENDA J. STRUMKE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Allison T. Schultz (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Medication acceptance may be problematic for children with autism and related disorders for various reasons (e.g., taste, noncompliance, and texture). Caregivers may resort to coercive methods (e.g., verbal threats, punishment) to ensure medication administration, yet coercive strategies often result in the child's eventual refusal with the medication regiment (Ghuman et al. 2004). The purpose of the current study was to decrease avoidant behaviors and the use of restraint (i.e., papoose) during medication administration with a boy diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder, bipolar disorder, and intellectual disability admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of destructive behaviors. During baseline, the use of restraint averaged 90.77% of each session and avoidant behaviors averaged 2.8 per minute. Prior to introducing treatment, a preferred food (yogurt) was identified via a preference assessment and training trials were conducted to teach the participant to accept his medication without the use of a restraint procedure. Over time, medications were introduced systematically into the yogurt. Across all treatment sessions, the amount of restraint needed for medication administration was 0%, and avoidant behaviors averaged 0.84 per minute. Reliability data were collected on restraint and avoidant behaviors for 30% of sessions and averaged 93% (range 90%-97%).

 
4. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Treatment: The Use of a Weighted Blanket to Reduce Head Banging
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
SAMANTHA HARDESTY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Molly Gemp (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Sensory integrative (SI) techniques are a controversial treatment for children with autism and related disorders (Simpson et al., 2005). However, equipment utilized during SI therapies may be helpful in reducing unwanted or dangerous behavior. The current investigation conducted a treatment evaluation with an 8-year old boy, Josiah, admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of repetitive and severe self-injurious behavior (SIB). Josiah was diagnosed with a movement disorder, intellectual disabilities, was wheelchair bound and wore a helmet and full rigid arm restraints. His functional analysis suggested that his SIB was maintained, in part, by automatic reinforcement. The purpose of the current study was to reduce head banging and promote safety during diaper/clothing changes. A combined reversal and multi-element design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of a weighted blanket during changes in two settings. A 10 lb weighted blanket, recommended by Josiah's Occupational Therapist, was used during treatment. During baseline, Josiah averaged 14.42 head bangs per min across all evaluations and 1.28 rpm when the weighted blanket was used. Reliability data were collected for 50% of sessions and averaged 79.1%. Results suggest that weighted blankets may be helpful in reducing SIB for some individuals with intellectual disabilities.

 
5. Assessing Problem Behavior Reported to Be Evoked by Noise
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
ALLISON JOSEPHINE CASTILE (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

A common report from caregivers of individuals with developmental disabilities is that problem behavior occurs in the presence of loud environments. The purpose of the current study is to assess auditory stimuli as establishing operations for problem behavior. All participants were referred by a direct care taker for reports of problem behavior occurring in the presence of specific noises. All participants resided in a residential setting for individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder and engaged in severe self-injurious behavior or aggression. A five step analysis was created using both indirect and formal analyses. The results of the indirect assessment and descriptive analysis informed the stimuli used in the subsequent noise analysis. Noise analysis results informed the use of a contingent escape from noise condition of a standard functional analysis based on the procedures used by Iwata et al. (1994). Results of all previous analyses then provided information to create an informed and effective treatment.

 
6. Effects of Presenting Instructional Feedback on Rates of Acquisition for Future Target Stimuli
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
AMY PAIGE HANSFORD (Rutgers University), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Alexandra M. Vlahogiannis (Douglass Devlopmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Todd Frischmann (Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske (Douglass Devlopmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Douglass Devlopmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey)
Abstract:

A reoccurring challenge in using discrete trial instruction with learners with autism is maximizing learning opportunities while saving time. The present study attempted to decrease instructional time by providing extra information as instructional feedback on a current target stimulus embedded in the consequent portion of the trial. In the pilot of this study, six skills were identified in a childs educational programming, three of which were assigned as future targets (FT) in a multiple probe design across behaviors and replicated across students. The FT item extended the concept being taught in the target item. Target skills were taught employing teaching procedures commonly used in the classroom. Following each correct response on the target skill, the teacher provided instructional feedback on the FT with simultaneous delivery of reinforcement. Probes were taken to assess for generalization and maintenance. In the pilot study, a ten year old boy with autism was effectively able to decrease time to acquisition following exposure to future targets in the consequent portion of the trial. Planned extensions of the study include replications across different skill sets and comparing rates of acquisition on verbal versus visual future target information.

 
7. Reduction of Self-Injurious Behaviour Using Noncontingent Escape and Functional Communication Training in a Young Girl With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
RACHEL KOFFMAN (Geneva Centre for Autism), Karin Earle-Williams (Surrey Place Centre)
Abstract:

The present intervention sought to reduce the frequency of self-injurious behaviours and aggression and increase the rate of compliance to task demand in a young girl with an autism spectrum disorder. The basis of the intervention, as guided by a modified functional analysis, was to attenuate the aversiveness of instruction so the child would be less motivated to perform escape maintained challenging behaviours. Noncontingent escape (NCE) was selected in order to provide the child with an acceptable break from the demand situation and because of its relative ease of implementation in a clinical setting. Functional communication training was paired with NCE in order to establish an appropriate alternative communicative response. The data showed that NCE plus FCT was effective in dramatically reducing self-injurious and aggressive behaviour to levels significantly below baseline. The data also showed an increase in compliance to task demands and greater tolerance to increasing durations of task demands. The authors will discuss the effectiveness of the intervention in a clinical setting as well as the generalization of the communicative response to both home and school settings.

 
8. A Comparison of Functional Behaviour Assessment Rating Scales for Children and Youth With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
LISA MAIRE (Brock University), Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University)
Abstract:

This study sought to compare the results of the Motivation Assessment Scale (MAS; Durand & Crimmins, 1988), Questions About Behavior Function Scale (QABF; Matson & Vollmer, 1996) and Functional Analysis Screening Tool (FAST; Iwata & DeLeon, 1996), when completed by parent informants in a sample of children and youth with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) who display challenging behaviour. Results indicated that there was low agreement between the functional hypotheses derived from each of three measures, with some patterns of non-concordence emerging. In addition, correlations between functionally analogous scales were substantially lower than expected, while correlations between non-analogous subscales were stronger than anticipated. These results suggest that clinicians choosing to rely solely on functional behaviour assessment questionnaires to assess behavioural functionmay not obtain accurate functional hypotheses, potentially resulting in ineffective intervention plans. The current study underscores the caution that must be used to interpret these questionnaires to determine the function(s) of challenging behaviour for children/youth with ASD.

 
9. Behavioral Assessment and Treatment of Compulsive Fixing of Environmental Items in a Teenage Male With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
AMANDA E. GULD (Melmark), Lisa Latoche (Melmark, Inc.), Jacqueline Turner (Melmark, Inc.), Kate Langston (Melmark, Inc.), Caryn Richardson (Melmark, Inc.), Kathy Tomon (Melmark, Inc.)
Abstract:

Many individuals diagnosed with autism engage in repetitive, compulsive behaviors that interfere with their daily activities, routines, and instruction (e.g., daily living skills, academic skills, vocational skills). This study sought to conduct a behavioral assessment to determine the function of repetitive fixing of environmental items (e.g., turning buckets/trash cans so labels faced outward, closing doors, straightening silverware, turning visual icons, etc.) in a teenage male with autism and to evaluate a function-based intervention to decrease the fixing behavior. A functional analysis was conducted and supported the hypothesis that the fixing behavior was, at least partly, maintained by the change created in the environment that the fixing response created. An extinction-based treatment (i.e., the environment was restored to its original location) was evaluated, utilizing a reversal design, to determine its effectiveness in decreasing the compulsive fixing behavior. A review of the trend and level of the fixing behavior data suggest the environmental restoration intervention was moderately successful in decreasing fixing behavior.

 
10. Evaluating the Effectiveness of Scheduled Tact Sessions to Address the Vocal Stereotypy of a Young Boy With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
WILLIAM TIMOTHY COURTNEY (Little Star Center), Misty R. Turner-Wade (Independent Contractor), Mary Rosswurm (Little Star Center)
Abstract:

Stereotypic behavior is a common barrier to the acquisition of essential learning, language and social skills in individuals with autism. The current study set out to decrease vocal stereotypy in a4-year-old boy with autism receiving40 hours a week of center based applied behavior analytic services. The intervention implemented an antecedent based strategy of scheduled tact sessions. The tact schedule yoked the inter-response time of vocal stereotypy collected in5 minute video recorded sessions. Results showed a decrease in vocal stereotypy with an unplanned abative effect on vocal responding. The abative effect of the intervention on all vocal responding prompted the discontinuation in the scheduled tact session and implementation of a response interruption and redirection (RIRD) intervention. Preliminary data supports previous studies showing a decrease in vocal stereotypy with the use of RIRD and do not indicate scheduled tact session can decrease the rate of vocal stereotypy while maintaining motivation to engage in targeted vocal responding.

 
11. Effects of a Mand Training Program on the Reduction of Self-Injurious Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
RACHEL NIKKI TOBEY FREEDMAN (Simmons College), Allison E. Disch Bjurback (Perspectives Corporation)
Abstract:

The current case study examines the effects of an intensive manding program on the reduction of self-injurious head hitting behavior in a child with autism. A functional behavior assessment was completed, the results of which indicated that self injury was most likely maintained by escape from demands and access to tangibles, although attention was a secondary maintaining variable. Further analysis of ABC data indicated that self injurious behavior was not more likely to occur during any particular type of demand, or when denied access from any particular reinforcer. A mand training program was implemented across the student's school day, and included prompting verbal requests before allowing access to preferred items and break activities, reinforcing all independent requests on a FR1 schedule, and contriving establishing operations throughout school environments. At baseline the student made 49 requests day, and engaged in 130 instances of self injurious behavior. Following mand training, the student currently engages in an average of 153 requests per day, and engages in an average of 1.8 instances of self injurious behavior per day.

 
12. Use of a Computer Program to Teach Number Recognition
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MICHELLE HARRINGTON (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Jill Hunt (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

We examined the use of a computer program designed to teach developmentally delayed subjects number recognition. The computer program focused on numbers 1 - 10. Numbers were introduced one at a time, with increasing distractors. Various learning channels were utilized, to include hear number, touch number and see number, and select group of objects. We looked at generalization to real groups of objects and hand held flashcards. Data will be presented on standard celeration charts.

 
13. Teaching Generative Spelling for Children with Autism Using Matrix Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
TAKAYUKI TANJI (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Abstract:

Recent studies have indicated that the teaching program based on matrix training and recombinative generalization is effective for establishing generative reading and spelling. However, there is little number of studies for autism and intellectual disabilities. We examined that matrix training leads to establish generative spelling of Japanese kana words in two children with autism. After matrix training, they showed generative spelling. However, one subject needed some supplemental training until he showed generative spelling. After rime-syllabic combinative training, he showed emergent spelling performance. The result with this subject illustrated recombinative generalization that is regarded as a basic process for generative spelling. Our results show that matrix training is effective for establishing generative spelling in children with autism and severe intellectual disabilities.

 
14. Improving Social Behavior via Derived Requesting in a Child
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MICHELE DENT (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The present study was undertaken to determine whether manding to an adult once brought under the stimulus control of a specified color, in the context of a highly structured, familiar and predictable sequence, would then be transferred to a peer. As the study participant was a 5-year-old male with a history of communication disorder, a multiple baseline across settings was used to both provide experimental control without withdrawal of intervention and also to address generalization. A forward chain procedure was used during the pre-experimental training phase to teach the sequence, combined with a visual display of the items in the appropriate order and verbal and gestural prompts. The absence of items (A) was directly paired with the color of the bin (B1 ) and the color worn by the adult (B2) (A?B relation), over multiple trials, during the initial phase, using an interrupted-chain procedure to set the occasion for the manding response to the adult (B2). The stimulus items (glue C1; paper cut-out C2; and glitter C3) were directly paired with the absence of items (A?C relation). To determine if the manding response transferred, the peer (B3) wore the color that had been directly paired with the absence of items in the sequence for the interrupted chain during the second phase (B?C relation). During the generalization phase, fading of visual prompts was undertaken by gradually decreasing the size of the surface area of the color in 20% increments as the child maintained responding at criteria.

 
15. A Novel Procedure to Teach the Discrimination of Objects
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
GLADYS WILLIAMS (Centro de Investigación y Enseñanza del Lenguaje), Stephen John Wuensch (David Gregory School), Manuela Fernandez (CIEL, Spain), Belen Verdugo (CIEL, Spain)
Abstract:

We used the whole blocking procedure combined with the exclusion procedure to teach auditory-visual discriminations. Some children with autism have difficulty learning auditory and visual discriminations with standard procedures. The blocking procedure, (Perez-Gonzalez & Williams, 2002) was derived from basic research designed to teach auditory-visual discriminations by systematically shaping the response topography. The procedure for teaching object discriminations involves presenting a single spoken word until five consecutive correct responses occur before switching to another object. The criteria for mastery is 20 consecutive responses, or three switches between objects. Initially, one object is taught at a time. After mastery, the requirement for changing the spoken word is gradually reduced. In the final stage, the objects are presented together in a random fashion.

 
16. Teaching a Stimulus-Selection Response in a Match-to-Sample Program to Subsequently Facilitate Acquisition of Object Identification
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CAROL MCPHETERS (Coyne & Associates), Len Levin (Coyne & Associates)
Abstract:

One of the challenges in early intervention is how to teach beginning receptive language skills (i.e. auditory discrimination) to learners with autism spectrum disorder. The current case study is of a 2-year, 8-month old male with significant delays in language and social skills. To facilitate acquisition of initial receptive targets, a match-to-sample teaching procedure was suggested: systematically removing the "sample" and requiring the learner to respond to the auditory stimulus (i.e. the object label) by pointing to the correct object in the field (i.e., thereby "blending" the matching and receptive lessons). However the learner was not acquiring the specific stimulus-selection response (i.e., pointing to the object in the field after being shown the sample), which prohibited the implementation of the "blended" matching and receptive programs. After failed attempts to teach him to point to an identical comparison item after viewing the sample, a novel technique was introduced: placing the sample next to the comparison in the field as an obvious consequence (i.e., after pointing to the comparison). Acquisition of the pointing response occurred, subsequently enabling the implementation of the "blended" program. Data strongly suggest that the teaching procedures described may be helpful early intervention strategies.

 
17. Acquisition of Expressive Letters Ssing an Interrupted Chain Teaching Procedure
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ALLISON E. DISCH BJURBACK (Perspectives Corporation)
Abstract:

Acquisition of academic skills can be challenging for students with autism. A number of students demonstrate difficulty acquiring expressive labeling of letters and numbers even once extensive labeling repertoires of common items has been established. The current study examines the effects of a teaching procedure designed to teach identification of letters through an interrupted chain procedure to students with autism, in which students learn to request missing letters in the context of ongoing activities. Activities included previously mastered matching tasks in which targeted letters were withheld, as well as modified token boards in which token letters were arranged to spell out a preferred break activity. Daily probes were conducted to check for acquisition of expressive labeling of letters, although all teaching trials were conducted within the context of a request. Results indicate that students acquired additional targets in significantly fewer teaching sessions when targets were taught using an interrupted chain procedure compared to traditional expressive identification, and that these targets were maintained over time.

 
18. The Effects of the Similarity of Instructional Material Between the Priming Setting and the Target Setting on the Acquisition of Information to a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
DONNA C. CHANEY (Behaviour Institute), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute), Karen Edwards (Behaviour Institute)
Abstract:

Providing students with disabilities appropriate educational opportunities in inclusive educational settings has been an important focus for service providers. One of the challenges of inclusion is that many children with disabilities have difficulty learning in the traditional group instructional format associated with general education settings. One possible intervention is the use of priming on the academic material about to be taught in a general education classroom. Priming a student prior to a lesson being taught is one way to prepare a child for a lesson so that he or she already has some familiarity with the academic information that will be presented. In priming, the child is exposed to lesson material in an individual session before the teacher teaches a group lesson. There may be several variables effecting the success of priming such as the degree of similarity the priming materials have to the classroom materials, latency between priming and actual classroom presentation et cetera. This poster will describe the results of a study examining the similarity of instructional material between the priming setting and the classroom setting and its effects on learning for a boy with autism in an inclusive educational setting.

 
19. Developing Textual Stimulus Control Through a Textual Immersion Procedure With a Hyperlexic Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
PAUL R. JOHNSON (Foundations for Learning and Behavior), Malawaina K-Aloha (Foundations for Learning and Behavior)
Abstract:

A textual immersion procedure where all prompts and instructions are delivered as text is employed with an 8-year-old hyperlexic child with autism to bring him under the stimulus control of text. The student was provided with kindergarten level worksheets in math and reading with all directions provided only in textual form. The student scored zero on all probes demonstrating the general lack of stimulus control of text in this child. The student's decoding skills are at a third grade level as measured by the QRI. In a textual immersion procedure a significant portion of the student's daily instruction was provided only in textual form, where a hierarchy of textual responses was formulated mirroring the hierarchy of responses taught in typical GMI and Vocal Direction programs. The student has met criterion of two consecutive sessions of 90% correct responding on circling, underlining and crossing out letters and symbols from a field of one. The student will now be presented with increasingly difficult tasks presented textually with a wider array of vocabulary and possible responses, all to be taught to a criterion of 90% correct. The initial probes will be re-presented at the completion of the textual immersion program demonstrating the efficacy of the program in developing stimulus control of text in this individual.

 
20. Effectiveness of Improved Auditory Match-to-Sample Capabilities on Receptive Instructions With Objects With Auditory Feedback for Students With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
ALBERT MALKIN (ErinoakKids Central West Autism Intervention Services), Gracie Ricciardi (ErinoakKids Central West Autism Intervention Services)
Abstract:

Research indicates that listener responding skills have emerged as participants move through the levels of the auditory matching procedure (Greer and Keohane, 2006; Chavez-Brown, 2005). Rehfeldt and Holmes (2009) noted that children with autism may not attend to sensory stimuli which creates the need for specialized instruction in order to increase their levels of verbal capabilities, specifically at the pre-listener level. Increasing auditory matching capabilities has been shown to be a behavioural cusp for the development of observing and discrimination skills. The current study aims to address the development of the listener responding skills fortwo children with autism, using a multi-probe design across participants, with responding to name when called by adults and peers, orienting toward adults and peers when spoken to for the 1st instance, providing sustained eye contact with a neutral stimulus relocated by adults and peers in the immediate environment, and receptive instructions with sound producing objects as the dependent measures, using the auditory match to sample with objects procedure. The steps of the procedure involve matching sound using no-sound as a non-exemplar, matching sound with non-auditory objects as non-exemplars, and matching sound using other sound producing objects in discrimination for 8 different auditory producing objects.

 
21. Teaching Fluent Component Skills to Increase Handwriting Performance Amongst Learners With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Emily K. Foster (Step By Step Learning Group, Inc.), ALBERT MALKIN (ErinoakKids Central West Autism Intervention Services)
Abstract:

The ability to print legibly is critical for academic success amongst elementary school children. Learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) frequently have difficulty executing fine-motor tasks, which can lead to increased difficulty learning to print, and result in poor handwriting performance (Cartmill, 2006). Behavioral fluency literature indicates support for the effective application of the componentscomposite relationship, indicating that when component skills reach fluency, teaching the composite skill occurs with greater facility (Kubina and Wolfe, 2005). The current study hypothesized that initially poor writing samples consisting of letters or words written on age-appropriate lined paper could be effectively remediated by targeting the component skills of handwriting; specifically, fluently making curved and straight lines on lined paper. This poster highlights component skill remediation provided to two learners with ASD in an in-centre intensive behavioral intervention (IBI) setting. Initial data collection measured the number of accurate vs. inaccurate letters written across 3 writing samples for each learner. Intervention data will highlight fluency-based intervention for straight and curved lines on age-appropriate lined paper. Post-intervention data will demonstrate effects of fluency-based instruction on 3 writing samples taken outside of intensive teaching sessions.

 
22. Correlates of Unintentional Injury in Children With an Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Preliminary Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
RACHEL N.S. CAVALARI (Binghamton University), Raymond G. Romanczyk (State University of New York at Binghamton)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) engage in more risk-taking behaviors and sustain more severe injuries than typically developing peers (Lee, et al., 2008; McDermott, et al., 2008; Shavelle, et al., 2001; Straub & Romanczyk, 2009). However, specific risk factors for unintentional injury in children with an ASD have yet to be investigated. This notable absence of data presents a potential obstacle for parents and service providers responsible for maintaining the safety of children in their care. Although a functional behavioral assessment (FBA) is preferable for the evaluation of variables maintaining behavior, the risk for injury inherent to applied childhood safety research requires consideration of alternative assessment approaches. In order to support the design of evidence-based injury prevention programs, this poster will present data regarding unintentional injury for 36 children with an ASD from a study conducted at Binghamton University. Due to the ethical and health considerations presented above, this study utilized parent report as an alternative means of assessing childhood injury risk in children with an ASD. Discussion will include a review of relationships between scores on the PDD-Behavior Inventory and patterns of injury. Potential future directions for applied injury prevention programs will be discussed.

 
23. Making Progress the Old Fashion Way! Program Supervisors Doing Direct Observation of Teaching Programs
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
LISA STEWARD (Little Star Center), Jennifer Mihm (Little Star Center), Mary Rosswurm (Little Star Center)
Abstract:

Implementing effective applied behavior analysis (ABA) programming is what clinicians and educators strive to accomplish with all students. This entails timely supervision and program review from staff (ABA therapists, teachers and clinicians). This research will look at effective strategies to increase staffs abilities to make program changes in a timelier manner. Baseline data on three students with autism indicated that staff made timely program changes is 0, 6 and 14% of measured skill acquisition programs. Program change entailed either moving stimuli into generalization training or changing the teaching procedure due to lack of progress. The initial intervention entailed implementing a procedural change where program supervisors were required to directly observe each ABA therapist for a minimum of 30 minutes with the student on a weekly basis. On average this change required the program supervisor to increase student observation time to a minimum of two hours per week. Preliminary data indicate that upon implementation of this procedure with one student, there was a 2% increase in timely program changes. Additional interventions will be implemented until the rate of 90% accuracy in timely program changes has been achieved with all three students.

 
24. Communication and Collaboration: Across Settings
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CHERYL ANN FIELDING (University of Texas-Pan American), Alonzo Alfredo Andrews (Walden University), Leila Flores-Torres, Julie Pecina (University of Texas-Pan American), Lisa Beccera (University of Texas-Pan American), John L. Lowdermilk (University of Texas-Pan American)
Abstract:

This study examined the perceived communication and collaboration patterns among service providers for children residentially placed. Service providers across the following four settings: residential, transportation, school, and out patient therapy clinic were surveyed. Through the study participants statement ratings and open-ended responses, researchers identified and described potential issues of concern in and around communication and collaboration patterns. Implications and recommendations for practice are included.

 
25. Longitudinal Evaluation of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders Following Intensive Behavioral Intervention
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
DUONG NGUYEN (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Carly E. Thiessen (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Dickie C.T. Yu (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba)
Abstract:

Many studies support the effectiveness of intensive behavioral intervention (IBI) for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs); however, very few studies have evaluated the long-term development of children following IBI. We are conducting an 8-year longitudinal study to describe the developmental trajectories of children following IBI. Direct child assessments and parent and teacher questionnaires are administered annually to measure the children's autism symptoms and development in social, communication, behavioral, and academic domains. Data are now available for 1-2 years following IBI with most participants: autism symptoms, social skills, communication, adaptive behaviors, and academic performancehave all been relatively stable. Data are available for several children for up to 5 years and with similar results. Twenty-one children are currently in the study and our goal is to follow each child for 8 years. This project contributes to the existing literature by improving understanding of IBI's long-term impact, and may help to improve early intervention programs in the future.

 
26. Increasing Staff Use of Incidental Teaching Procedures
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
LACIE GREGOIRE (BEACON Services), Christian A. Benavides (BEACON Services)
Abstract:

For children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), incidental teaching is a valuable method in both the acquisition and maintenance of a variety of important skills. However, staff use of these opportunities is often either inconsistent or nonexistent during unstructured session time. The current study evaluates the effects of implementation of a standardized data collection system targeting child-specific incidental teaching goals on the presentation of incidental teaching opportunities by direct-care staff. The data system is adapted from incidental teaching guidelines featured in Charlop-Christy (2008). Implementation of the data system is conducted through a multiple-baseline across participants design. Results indicate that the data collection system produced an increase in the number incidental teaching episodes presented by staff.

 
27. Effectiveness of Intensive Behavioral Intervention in Children With Autism Over the Age of 6 Years
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
KSUSHA BLACKLOCK (York University), Adrienne M. Perry (York University), Jennifer Dunn Geier (Autism Intervention Program)
Abstract:

Early intensive behavior interventionis a well-established treatment for young children with autism. However, there is a paucity of information and no consensus about its efficacy in older children. This study was a file-review of community effectiveness of intensive behavioral intervention (IBI) for about 100 children aged 6 or older in IBI programs in Ontario, parallel to the earlier study of children aged 2 to 6 (Perry et al., 2008). This study examined whether children showed statistically significant and clinically significant changes on the following developmental and diagnostic measures during IBI: severity of autism, cognitive level, adaptive level, and rate of development. For example, preliminary analysis shows that autism severity declines significantly on the Childhood Autism Rating Scale (p=.002). We also categorized the children into seven subgroups: average functioning; substantial improvement; clinically significant improvement; less autistic; minimal improvement; no change; or worse. A wide range of outcomes was observed in the sample. This research provides important initial information about the potential effectiveness of IBI for children over the age of 6 years. It also has significant clinical and policy implications for appropriate service selection for older children with autism.

 
28. Training Caregivers to Implement Treatment Programs Through the Use of Live Telehealth Technology in the Home
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ERICA H. NOLAN (Cnow)
Abstract:

Telehealth videoconferencing technology offers professionals and families the possibility of remote delivery of behavior analytic services to homes and other natural environments. Although still in its infancy, a limited amount of research has examined use of live telehealth videoconferencing in the treatment of children with autism. Even fewer studies have evaluated the benefits of the remote training of caregivers by behavioral clinicians via telehealth delivered into their homes. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effectiveness of providing remote instruction to caregivers via live videoconferencing. The focus is on the degree to which training by a behavior analyst from a remote location enables caregivers to accurately and consistently implement components of their childrens behavioral programs. Further, child outcomes and behavior change in response to the caregiver-implemented behavioral programs will be measured. Ratings of professional and parental satisfaction with the technology and its suitability as a medium of service delivery will also be obtained. The study provides additional analysis of the viability and effectiveness of using telehealth videoconferencing technology to extend the scope and increase the accessibility of behavior analytic services. Accumulated demonstrations of this type provide further evidence that live videoconferencing systems can augment and enhance traditionally rendered behavioral supports.

 
29. Outcome of 35 Children With Autism 3 and 6 Years After Completing Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
GLEN O. SALLOWS (Wisconsin Early Autism Project), Tamlynn Dianne Graupner (Adler School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

35 preschool-aged children with autism received Early Intensive Behavior Intervention, averaging 34 hours per week during year 1 and 31 hours during year 2 with weekly or biweekly supervision. After 4 years of treatment and annual re-evaluations by blind evaluators, 17 of 35 children achieved average scores in IQ (Bayley/WPPSI), language (Reynell/CELF), social skills (Vineland/CBCL) and academic achievement (Woodcock-Johnson), all improvements significant with large effect sizes. The chidren were retested by blind evaluators using the same tests 3 and 6 years later at age 10 and 13. Results showed little deterioration of scores, although a few had experienced some decrease in social skill ratings. Thus the gains made during early childhood were for the most part maintained in the teen years.

 
30. The Effectiveness of Behavior Skills Training to Increase Staff Performance in Intensive Behavioral Intervention
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MELISSA BALL (Brock University), Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University)
Abstract:

In the day to day practice of behavior analysis considerable effort is required to train and maintain the skills of therapists who deliver behavior analytic interventions. Behavior skills training (BST) has been found to be an effective strategy for improving skills and performance across child abduction prevention skills, conducting stimulus preference assessments and teaching the discrete trial process. In this study, BST was used to train nine instructor therapists (ITs) to increase their performance in delivering intensive behavior intervention (IBI), more specifically identifying, selecting and capitalizing on reinforcers. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to determine the effectiveness of the BST training package. Participants were trained to mastery in about 45 minutes per IT. The data suggests that BST is an effective and efficient training method consisting of instructions, feedback, rehearsal and modeling. Also participants reported enjoying the BST procedure and expressed a desire to be trained using that method for skills in the future.

 
31. Perceptions of Educators Supporting Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder: Evaluation of a Behavior Analysis Approach
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
PRISCILLA BURNHAM RIOSA (University of Guelph)
Abstract:

Educators supporting students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) face unique challenges in the mainstream classroom setting. In response to these experiences, a unique model of service delivery was developed using applied behavior analysis (ABA) instructional methods to support educators and students with ASD in an elementary school in southern Ontario, Canada. An outreach team was formed to share this model of service delivery with other elementary schools within this school board. A formal investigation of the extent to which this training model influenced the perceptions of educators had not yet been conducted. Therefore, the purpose of this investigation was to understand the perceptions and teaching strategies of educators of students with ASD before and after their involvement with the outreach team. Online surveys were administered to educators before their involvement and approximately6 weeks later. Educators were significantly more optimistic and more self-assured about supporting a student with ASD in their classrooms following the outreach team's involvement. Implications of the findings from this research are discussed.

 
32. Evaluation of an Outpatient Parent-Lead Toilet Training Program for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
SARAH CROSSETT (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan A. Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

A number of variations on Azrin & Foxxs (1971) intensive toilet training protocol have been evaluated with children with developmental delays, however parents are rarely included in the treatment process and few studies include treatment acceptability data (for a review see Kroeger and Sorensen-Burnworth, 2009). The goal of the current study, therefore, was to evaluate the effectiveness and treatment acceptability of a behavioral treatment package using a parent training model conducted in an outpatient clinic. Children ages 3-7 participated in the study with their primary caregivers. All children had previously been diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder and had been unsuccessful with previous attempts at toilet training. Parents were trained to implement the treatment during a 6 hour in-clinic training day and were expected to implement procedures and collect data in the home setting. On the third day after treatment was implemented, a therapist visited the home to ensure treatment fidelity and to collect IOA data. The three children who have participated thus far have all achieved continence within 10 days of starting the program. Data on the rate of continent and incontinent voids during training, treatment acceptability, and long term follow-up will be presented.

 
33. Using Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction (CAPSI) to Teach Discrete-trials Teaching for Educating Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ALEJANDRA ZARAGOZA SCHERMAN (University of Manitoba), Kendra Thomson (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Lindsay Dodson (University of Manitoba), Ashley Boris (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba)
Abstract:

Discrete-trials teaching (DTT) is a commonly used approach for teaching children with autism in early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) programs. With rising prevalence of autism and the increase in government funded EIBI programs, there is a shortage of well-trained tutors and therapists. An effective and cost-efficient training procedure is needed to help address this problem. The present study evaluated the use of a self-instructional manual supported by a computer-aided personalized system of instruction (CAPSI) for teaching DTT to university students. Prior to studying the manual, five university students were assessed on the Discrete-Trials Teaching Evaluation Form (DTTEF) for DTT accuracy, while they taught three tasks, to a confederate role-playing a child with autism. Subsequently, the students studied a self-instructional manual using CAPSI to demonstrate mastery of study questions about DTT. Finally, participants once again attempted to teach the three tasks to a confederate role-playing a child with autism. Overall mean baseline accuracy on the DTTEF was 54.86%, and improved to 84.73% in post-treatment, a 30% improvement. The results suggest that CAPSI is an effective educational tool for the delivery of the self-instructional manual. Future research should investigate (a) how to make CAPSI even more effective, and (b) whether these results can be generalized to other populations such asapplied behavior analysistutors, parents and paraprofessionals working with children with autism.

 
34. Program for the Education and Enrichment of Relational Skills for Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
NEDA SENEHI (California State University, Northridge), David Bloom (California State University, Northridge), Araksya Arutyunyan (California State University, Northridge), Dee L. Shepherd-Look (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

Program for the Education and Enrichment of Relational Skills (PEERS) is a 14-week, evidenced based, parent-assisted behavioral social skills intervention for teens with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) who are having difficulty making or keeping friends. Teens are taught concrete and necessary social skills for enhancing friendships, while parents learn how to successfully facilitate their teen in implementation of these skills. Among behavioral interventions, applied behavior analysis (ABA) is the most effective form of intervention for children with ASD (Koegel et. al., 1996, Homer et.al., 2002). Moreover, parent training in ABA has helped parents to effectively manage behavioral and social problems in children and adolescents (Danforth, 1998). Among social skills training programs, PEERS stands out due to its unique involvement of the facilitative role of the parent. Implementation of PEERS allows for the comprehensive exploration of the interactions between a wide range of parent and child psycho-social attributes conducive to the development and maintenance of friendships. Given that ASD places adults at a disadvantage for establishing and maintaining social relationships (Baxter, 1997), the primary emphasis of PEERS on social skills and friendships, could have a beneficial impact on the lifelong development of individuals with ASD.

 
35. Response Interruption and Redirection and Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavioras a Treatment for Vocal Stereotypy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
KARLA COLAGUORI (Shining Through Centre for Children with Autism), Shiri Bartman (Shining Through Centre for Children with Autism)
Abstract:

Research suggests that response interruption and redirection (RIRD) can be a successful procedure to decrease vocal stereotypy produced by individuals with autism. The purpose of this study was to investigate the use of RIRD with differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) to treat vocal stereotypy for a 14-year-old boy with autism. A functional assessment was conducted which determined that the target behaviour was maintained primarily by automatic positive reinforcement. Following baseline, RIRD was implemented contingent on non-contextual vocalizations produced by the learner during intensive teaching trials, transitions between activities, and eating times. RIRD consisted of the instructor interrupting the learner and presenting three consecutive vocal demands (echoics) which the learner complied with. The vocal demands presented were related to the current context and were demands that the learner had shown previous mastery with. The DRO procedure was implemented on a fixed interval schedule of reinforcement and was thinned for every three days of a decreasing trend in the target behaviour. RIRD combined with DRO has produced a significant decrease in vocal stereotypy for this particular learner. The described intervention continues to be implemented for this learner and plans for generalization and maintenance are being explored to further expand the literature on this procedure.

 
36. Stimulus Equivalence and Dolphin's Body Part
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
GIORGIA RUZZENE (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College)
Abstract:

Stimulus equivalence results following conditional discrimination training of n-1 relations ( n = the number of training stimuli). The outcome is the development of novel forms of stimulus control and emergence of untrained stimulus-stimulus relations (e.g., reflexivity, symmetry and transitivity). Reflexivity: matching visual stimuli based on physical similarity (identity matching-to-sample) without being trained to do so. Symmetry: accurately reversing a previously taught conditional discrimination without being trained to do so. Transitivity: the emergence of novel forms of discriminative and conditional stimulus control in the absence of direct training (Sidman & Tailby, 1982). The purpose of this study was to establish classes of equivalent stimuli with a boy with autism and brain injury. Each potential class contained two visual stimuli, the picture and the written word of dolphin's body parts and an auditory stimulus (the spoken name of the body part). Results showed that after the initial conditional discrimination training, untrained symmetrical and transitive relations emerged, documenting the formation of three, 3-member stimulus classes. Also, naming relations emerged in the absence of training Finally, a generalization test showed that the student was able to identify and name the novel pictures of dolphin's body parts and different dolphins.

 
37. Successes and Failures to Reduce Stimulus Overselectivity in People With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Experimental Analysis
CLYDE STEVENSON TERRY, JR. (College of Charleston), Nina L. Deese (College of Charleston), Michelle N Hopkins (College of Charleston), Adam H. Doughty (College of Charleston)
Abstract:

Stimulus overselectivity refers to a form of restricted stimulus control in which behavior potentially could be controlled by multiple stimulus features or by multiple stimuli. This restricted stimulus control has been implicated in the behavioral deficits observed in autism spectrum disorder. Here, we report successes and failures to reduce stimulus overselectivity in people with autism. Under baseline conditions, a two-sample delayed-matching-to-sample procedure is used. A single observing response removes the sample stimuli and, after a brief delay, one of the two sample stimuli randomly appears as the comparison stimulus correlated with reinforcement. Two additional comparison stimuli also appear. Across studies, we have attempted to reduce stimulus overselectivity in this arrangement by manipulating the observing-response requirement and by attempting to establish an embedded differential-observing-response prompt. In our completed work, an increased observing-response requirement reduced stimulus overselectivity, but our attempt at using an embedded differential-observing-response prompt was unsuccessful. We also will report our ongoing work designed to understand better these aforementioned studies.

 
 
 
Poster Session #466
CBM Poster Session 5
Monday, May 30, 2011
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. Does Access Matter? Evaluating Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement With a Typical Child in Speech Therapy
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JASMINE URQUHART (Private Practice), William Timothy Courtney (Little Star Center)
Abstract:

Maintaining motivation to engage in desired responding is essential to effective therapy. This study compared a brief multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment using pictures without access to a MSWO procedure utilizing actual stimuli with limited access. The participant in the study is a 4.5-year-old typically developing male child receiving individual speech and language therapy twice a week for 50 minutes in an outpatient clinic. The MSWO procedure evaluated preference of ten items selected based upon parent report and therapist observation. The therapist conducted MSWO preference assessments as demonstrated in prior research. The preference of all ten items was evaluated in each of the ten sessions. Five of the ten sessions consisted of an MSWO procedure with pictures and no access to the actual item. In the remaining five sessions the actual items were presented and the participant accessed selected items briefly. The two evaluated procedures yielded different results based upon preliminary data. The study discusses the importance of the different results derived from the two procedures, social validity, and future direction of research.

 
2. Momentary Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior on a Variable Momentary Schedule
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MELISSA BOWEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Todd M. Owen (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kasey Stephenson (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), or reinforcement for the absence of the targeted problem behavior over a prescribed interval of time, has shown to be successful for reducing high-frequency problem behaviors. The current study employed a variable momentary (VM) DRO schedule plus extinction, during which reinforcement was available when no instances of the behavior were observed at the end of variable interval. A tangible reinforcement item was determined prior to treatment utilizing a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment. Access to that tangible was available for 2 minutes prior to the treatment session. The therapist was signaled on a variable interval schedule beginning at 10 seconds (+/- 30% of the interval time) and if none of the target behavior was observed for 2 seconds, the therapist provided 20-seconds access to the preferred tangible. The time intervals were then incrementally increased until the terminal 5-min interval. The progressively increased VM DRO schedule was successful in reducing the occurrence of the targeted high-frequency problem behavior.

 
3. The Extended Effects of Signaling Extinction Intervals and the Acquired Aversive Properties
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
KASEY STEPHENSON (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Previous research suggests that signaling the extinction component of a multiple schedule typically results in the extinction interval acquiring aversive properties (Tiger, Hanley, & Heal, 2006). However, research has also shown the efficacy of presenting signals (i.e., tokens) during extinction intervals that, over time, acquire conditioned reinforcer properties (Tiger, Hanley, & Heal, 2006). The current study extended previous research by implementing a multiple schedule during which reinforcement intervals were signaled by a stimulus and extinction intervals contained either a) no signal or b) time-based signals across a 60-second interval. A participants preference for the presence or absence of these signals was evaluated. Results suggested that the presence of an accumulated signal every 10 seconds across extinction intervals acquired aversive properties such that a participant chose to avoid the presentation of such signals. Subsequent treatment for problem behavior suggested that the participant continued to avoid the signals presented during the extinction intervals, thus suggesting that the signals had acquired and maintained aversive properties.

 
4. Secondary Data Analysis of Chronic Runners in Foster Care: Findings and Implications for Intervention
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
PAULA E. CHAN (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Robert Lucio (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This study evaluated adolescents in the foster care system who met our criteria for chronic running because they ran away from placement three or more times. The study identified 20 female runners and 20 male runners and evaluated these subjects on a large number of variables. These variables included placement type, placement duration, the reason the child was removed from their original placement, abuse history, mental health history, school records and other characteristics. Once this data was evaluated, we matched these subjects to other adolescents in the foster care system who did not have a history of running based on age, sex, race and gender. Once matched, these subjects were evaluated on a number of characteristics to identify different characteristics between individuals who ran and individuals who did not run, in hopes of identifying characteristics of chronic runners which could be used to predict an adolescents risk factors that would be useful for function based intervention strategies. Several variables were found to show significant results such as runners were more likely to be on psychotropic medications and in residential settings, and more likely to be involved in the juvenile justice system.

 
5. Is the Behavioral Progress Made at Judge Rotenberg EducationalCenterSustainable and Generalizable? A Follow-up Study of Former Judge Rotenberg Educational CenterStudents
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
NICK LOWTHER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Joseph Assalone (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Rosemary Silva (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

This study will examine the post-treatment outcomes of a sample of former students of the Judge Rotenberg Educational Center (JRC), a residential care facility that employs a highly consistent application of behavioral treatment and educational programming with some of the most behaviorally challenging individuals in the United States. The former JRC students will be evaluated post-discharge, using both a subjective General Life Adjustment rating (performed by guardians and/or former students) and objective counts of certain Quality of Life indicators. Quality of Life variables of interest will include whether or not the former JRC students utilized formal treatment services, had negative encounters with law enforcement, received psychotropic medications, pursued further education, secured employment, participated in leisure activities and engaged in meaningful relationships post-JRC discharge. Of major interest is whether or not this sample of former JRC students will show significant improvement on the measures employed over their status prior to enrolling in JRCs behavioral education and treatment program.

 
6. Applied Behavior Analysis and Psychotherapy Combined Treatment Package for Teen Girl with Schizoaffective Disorder and Pervasive Developmental Disorder-Not Otherwise Specified
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MAURA STACK-ODEN (Firefly Autism House), Carrie A. Scott (Firefly Autism House), Shawnie N. Girtler (Firefly Autism House)
Abstract:

This poster examines the effects of a combined treatment package consisting of applied behavior analysis and psychotherapy on time spend in teacher directed academic activities, stability of mood level and reduction of target behaviors including physical aggression and property destruction and disruption for a 14-year old female student diagnosed with schizoaffective disorder and pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified. Treatment package 1, consisting only of applied behavior analysis, included differential reinforcement, a token economy, functional communication training, escape extinction and redirection. Treatment package 2, consisting of a combined approach of applied behavior analysis and psychotherapy, included differential reinforcement, a token economy, escape extinction, redirection, selective attention to non-reality based comments, extended work times and thematic lesson plans. Initial results indicate that time engaged in teacher directed academic activities and percentage of day at mood level 1 have increased within treatment package 2.

 
7. Refinement of Direct Observation Data in Functional Assessment
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JOHN D. MOLTENI (Saint Joseph College), Devin Mulcunry (Saint Joseph College), Tara Bellefleur (Saint Joseph College)
Abstract:

The use of indirect and direct assessment measures have been described extensively in behavior analytic literature and in training models for conducting functional assessments (O'Neill et al., 1997). Direct assessment models typically involve a form of antecedent-behavior-consequence (A-B-C) data collection. Challenges with identifying behavioral function and interpreting A-B-C results make development of effective behavior intervention plans difficult. This study evaluated the utility of A-B-C data collection using an established consequence for two individuals with developmental disabilities in a private, special education setting. Results from one student indicated that using a single consequence identified the function of the hand squeezing and led to the development of a function-based intervention plan. Functional communication training based on these results led to rapid acquisition of the alternative response and concomitant decrease in challenging behavior. Data collection is ongoing for the second individual.

 
8. Improving Outcomes for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders Through Data-Driven Decision-Making, One Family at a Time
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
KATHY L. GOULD (Illinois Autism Training and Technical Assistance Project), Kelly L. Hyde (Accountability Solutions, LLC)
Abstract:

This poster session will provide information and data to support the efficacy of the Focus Family Support for Autism Spectrum Disorders (FFSASD) of the Illinois Autism/Pervasive Developmental Disorders Training and Technical Assistance Project (IATTAP). This program employs an applied evaluation method that emphasizes user friendly, data-driven decision-making to improve outcomes for families with children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The Illinois Autism/Pervasive Developmental Disorders Training and Technical Assistance Project (IATTAP) is a technical assistance center of the Illinois State Board of Education that focuses on educating and supporting children with ASD and their families. Over the past 6 school years, IATTAP provided supports and services to 160 families with children with ASD throughout the state of Illinois through its FFSASD process, a combination of positive behavior supports and family-centered planning. The families were enrolled in the Systematic Information Management of Educational Outcomes (SIMEO) online evaluation system for extensive tracking of demographic, educational and behavioral outcomes. The poster session will present the continued findings from the repeated measures applied evaluation process and will present information on how these data are used by the Family Focus Facilitators to drive decision-making and change in team meetings with families of children with ASD. Fiscal year2010 IATTAP evaluation findings include: (a) decrease in loss of placement risk across home, school and community environments; (b)increase in classroom functioning; (c) decrease in individual family stressors; and (d) increase in family quality of life.

 
9. The Effects of SafeCare® on Parent Skill Acquisition for a Mother With Asperger's Disorder Involved With the Family Court System
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
EMILY D. SHUMATE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Olivia Hird (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer L. Crockett (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

SafeCare® is a preventive parenting model that provides behavioral skills training to parents who are at-risk for child neglect. SafeCare focuses on three childcare domains: parental knowledge of child health care, home safety, and parent-child interaction. Training is conducted individually and establishes criterion levels of performance for parents to achieve before advancing to the next module. There have been over 60 studies published on Project 12-Ways/SafeCare. In one study, approximately 30% of parents were suspected of having an intellectual disability (Edwards & Lutzker, 2008). To our knowledge, there has only been one published article on the use of SafeCare with a parent with an intellectual disability (Crockett & Hird, 2010) and no studies have been published on the use of SafeCare with parents with an autism spectrum disorder. This poster will be a data-based case study demonstrating the effects of SafeCare on the parenting skills of a mother diagnosed with Asperger's Disorder across three childcare domains. Results suggest that SafeCare was an effective intervention for this mother to demonstrate mastery of the targeted parenting skills. More research is needed on behavioral skills training with parents with an autism spectrum disorder. Reliability and fidelity of implementation will also be reported.

 
10. Teaching Parents of a Child With Autism to Manage Challenging Behavior in the Course of Medication Reduction
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
JENNIFER LYNN BECHTOLD (Project 12-Ways), Dana M. Harvey (Southern Illinois University), Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Project 12-Ways served a family with a child who presented challenging behavior associated with a disability. Services focused on teaching the parents how to provide opportunities for the child to engage in adaptive behavior (i.e., self-care, leisure) and how to manage mild disruptions or annoyances (i.e., whining, hitting, throwing). Over the course of services, the parents also worked with the child's psychiatrist to reduce, and ultimately eliminate, dosages of psychotropic medication. The intervention was successful at improving the parents' ability to structure daily routines consistently and to appropriately respond to misbehavior. Concurrently, the child's levels of misbehavior remained low and levels of adaptive behavior increased over the course of the reduction in psychotropic medication.

 
 
 
Poster Session #467
CSE Poster Session 5
Monday, May 30, 2011
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. Importance of Medical Care as First Option in Patients With Depression and Suicidal Ideation
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
NORMA COFFIN (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Monica Alvarez Zu�iga (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Constanza Miralrio Medina (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Clara Bejar Nava (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Francisca Bejar Nava (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Lourdes Jimenez Renteria (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Abstract:

The National Psychiatric Epidemiology Survey conducted in Mexico (2003) showed that prevalence of depression in adults in the last year was 4.5%. Based on the findings of this survey, 37.4% of social insurance women and men (28.9%), with depression symptoms had been diagnosed, versus 21% and 14% of not social insured, respectively. According to the authors of this survey, it is quite common that people with affective disorders demand an early service by physicians. However, their condition is not efficiently attended, as they report, due to physicians' lack of domain for accurate diagnosis and appropriate treatment in these emotional disorders, to reducing themto drug prescription. In the present research, the Beck Depression Inventory in its Mexican version (Jurado, et al., 1998), and the Suicidal Orientation Inventory (Casullo, 2003), were applied to a sample (N=151) of clients demanding either medical or psychological services at the school clinic of this campus. Results showed that 5.34% of the sample asked for medical care as the first option. Although 7.63% demanded psychology service for the first option, preference of initial professional care is not quite different between both services; hence, it is quite important that physicians improve a multidisciplinary practice.

 
2. A Peer-Led Self-Management Program for Decreasing Binge Drinking Among College Students
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
DANA F. LINDEMANN (Western Illinois University), David J. Lane (Western Illinois University), James A. Schmidt (Western Illinois University)
Abstract:

The National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism has called for the use of evidence-based approaches to address high-risk drinking prevalent on many college campuses. In line with this recommendation, the present study evaluated the efficacy of two evidence-based approaches to reducing alcohol use: a behavioral self-management program and computer-assisted program. Participants were 103 college students in first year experience courses and were randomly assigned by class to participate in a computer-based program (E-Chug group), skills training program (self-management group), or control program (exercise group). The data indicate that the self-management program benefited lighter drinkers the most (whereas heavier drinkers benefited more form the E-Chug program). In addition, there was an increase in alcohol consumption among heavy drinkers in the self-management program. These data suggest that self-management programs may be best targeted toward more "typical" college students, including those students whose alcohol consumption is lighter (e.g., "social" drinkers). In contrast, the data show that this particular self-management program increased risk among heavy drinkers, and future research should address this concern.

 
3. Completing a Condom Comparison Activity as a Self-Management Strategy for Decreasing Risky Sexual Behavior
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
DANA F. LINDEMANN (Western Illinois University), Colin R. Harbke (Western Illinois University), Sara A. Smeltzer (Western Illinois University), Audra L. Adolph (Western Illinois University), John H. Lurquin (Western Illinois University)
Abstract:

College students engaging in unprotected sex and/or taking multiple sex partners may benefit from behavioral self-management programs for risky sexual behavior. As part of a self-management program, it is important to include activities targeted at increasing condom use. The purpose of this study is to evaluate a condom comparison activity designed to help students familiarize themselves with the various types of condoms available and identify which condoms they would be most likely to use. To date (data collection is on-going), 154 college students (58% male; 42% female) have participated by responding to a series of self-report measures related to condom use and sexual behavior, and by completing the condom comparison activity. For the comparison activity, 5 different condoms were provided for participants to rate on several characteristics (e.g., strength). Males were more likely to prefer the ultra thin condom and cite sensation as the most important condom characteristic, whereas females were more likely to prefer ribbed condoms and endorse strength as the key characteristic. Ratings of the activity and its impact on intentions to use condoms in the future will also be presented. This study helps to identify one possible activity toward self-managing safe sexual behavior.

 
4. The Effects of an Extensive Treatment Package on Increasing Trips to the Gym
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MELANIE ROSE MANNERINO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tracy L. Kettering (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

This study measured the effects of an extensive treatment package on increasing trips to the gym per week. The treatment package included self-monitoring with a goal, self-graphing, public posting via Facebook or e-mail, and performance tracking with positive feedback. Four adults with a self-reported desire to increase their trips to the gym per week participated. Gym records were examined retrospectively as baseline data and were used to corroborate self-reports during the intervention. The intervention lasted 4 weeks, and a 3-week follow-up was conducted. The treatment package proved to be effective as all four participants met their goals every week of the intervention. Follow-up data showed that the increase in exercise did not maintain, suggesting that treatment should be gradually faded out, or variables should be arranged to increase the likelihood of continued exercise after study participation is over.

 
5. Building Capacity of Community-Based Agencies at an Organization-Wide Level
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
AMANDA L. LITTLE (University of Texas at Austin), Jennifer Shubert (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Community-based service provider agencies frequently support individuals who are at increased risk for developing challenging behavior and/or their families. Although the use of systems-wide positive behavior support (PBS) programming is prevalent within school settings, other organizational settings are just beginning this process (Sugai & Horner, 2008). The need for intensive supports often exceed organizational capacity and will likely continue to do so until agencies direct adequate energy and resources towards developing effective preventive strategies for all individuals they support. This presentation will describe a pilot project to develop a process for implementing organization-wide positive behavior support (OW-PBS) within a community-based service agency. The presenters will begin by describing a tool (currently titled The Family Support Evaluation Tool) that was developed by looking at a variety of tools in the PBS literature, (Pre-SET; Horner, Benedict, & Todd, 2005; SET; Sugai, Lewis-Palmer, Todd, & Horner, 2001). The results from the assessment found that the agency scored quite low (i.e., 26%, range 0-75%) in relation to the features of organization-wide PBS that were assessed (e.g., expectations taught, organized and predictable environment, and organization-wide general PBS training). Presenters will also share the action plan and results from the one-year follow-up assessment.

 
 
 
Poster Session #468
DDA Poster Session 5
Monday, May 30, 2011
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. Effect of Art Activity Based Vocational Training for Students With Autism
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Kyung Hye Lee (Daegu Cyber University), Shin-Hee Kim (Daegu Cyber University), JEONGIL KIM (Lotus Flowers Children Center)
Abstract:

This study examined the effect of an art activity based vocational training for students with autism. Ten students with autism participated in the study as subjects. A multiple baseline design across groups was used. The intervention program consisted of drawings, sculpturing, cooking, playing musical instruments, dancing/movement, and recreational game. The results showed that there was an increase in mastery of basic skills for vocation as well as house chores and using community resources in general. Also, there was an increase in verbal/nonverbal communication and a decrease in maladaptive behaviors with all the subjects.

 
2. Using General-Case Programming to Teach Course Preparation Skills to a Student in a Postsecondary Setting
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
LAURA C. CHEZAN (University of South Carolina), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina)
Abstract:

Generalization of critical skills required to function effectively in postsecondary settings is an important aspect of instruction that significantly influences the successful integration of students with disabilities in college environments. We examined the effects of general-case programming on teaching skills necessary to prepare for college courses to a student with Pervasive Developmental Disability Not Otherwise Specified (PPD-NOS) and mild intellectual disabilities. The participant was a 21-year-old young man, who attended a post-secondary program for students with intellectual disabilities at a southeastern university. We used a within-subject multiple baseline design (Kazdin, 1982) with generalization probes across response categories to assess the effectiveness of general-case intervention. Acquisition trials, generalization, and maintenance probes consisted of opportunities to independently respond to situations from the three response categories: (a) locating information on syllabi, (b) accessing information using technology, and (c) attaching information using technology. The intervention consisted of constant time delay, differential reinforcement, and error correction. Interobserver agreement (IOA) was calculated across all baseline and intervention phases. Results indicated successful acquisition and generalization of the new skills. The study has relevance for practitioners because of the effectiveness of general-case programming and for researchers because of the sophisticated conceptual aspects of general-case and its applications.

 
3. Encouraging Flexible Attending in Children With Autism
Area: DDA; Domain: Experimental Analysis
HARRY A. MACKAY (University of Massachusetts Medical School E.K. Shriver Center), Brooks Thompson (University of Massachusetts Medical School E.K. Shriver Center), William J. McIlvane (University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract:

One deficit that defines autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is repetitive/inflexible behavior. Our project has been investigating procedures for overcoming inflexibility. Study 1 concerns stimulus control shaping for teaching nonverbal children. Beginning with an already mastered discrimination, such procedures present programmed stimulus changes across trials to teach children to attend to new stimulus features. Some children exhibit inflexible attending to unchanging features during shaping. To prevent this outcome, we have been investigating dynamic shaping methods that vary changes both across and within trials-a procedure that is designed to counteract inflexible attending. Study 2 concerns constructed response matching-to-sample (MTS) procedures. Typical procedures present a rigidly defined series of trials. Such programs may not provide optimal learning opportunities for children who tend to show behavioral inflexibility. As an alternative, we have been investigating novel MTS variants that present multiple opportunities for responding within a trial. They also require efforts to teach children to take advantage of such opportunities.Our poster will present data from a number of single-case designs from both studies that illustrate beneficial effects of the procedures.

 
4. Using Shaping to Increase Tolerance With Medical Procedures
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Natalie Rolider (Kennedy Krieger Institute), KELLIANNE M. MONTGOMERY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Paul Wienecke (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Previous research indicates that tolerance for medical procedures can be increased by using shaping when escape is permitted (Hagopian & Thompson, 1999) and by using differential reinforcement when escape cannot be permitted (Carton & Schweitzer, 1996). The current research is an extension of studies showing the effectiveness of shaping procedures in increasing tolerance to aversive procedures. The results of a functional analysis indicated that aggressive behaviors of one child were maintained by escape from medical procedures. A treatment aimed at increasing the child's compliance and decreasing problem behavior associated with various medical procedures was evaluated using a multiple baseline design across medical procedures. A task analysis was created for each medical procedure and a shaping procedure was used to gradually increase the number of steps of each medical procedure that the child was required to tolerate. Additional treatment components consisted of escape extinction, noncontingent access to competing stimuli and preferred edibles, response cost for problem behavior, and differential reinforcement of compliance. The intervention was effective at increasing compliance and reducing problem behavior associated with medical procedures.

 
5. Teaching Good Manners to Adults With Severe Problem Behaviour in a Residential Setting
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
VAL SAINI, F. J. Barrera (Private Consultant Practice), Carobeth Zorzos (Surrey Place Centre)
Abstract:

Teaching self-help skills to adult clients with severe self-injurious behaviours poses many challenges, especially the risk of provoking problem behaviour. The present study describes two skill-building programs in which adults with developmental disabilities and severe chronic problem behaviour were taught skills to improve their manners. The first program was an "eating neatly" procedure designed to have the client eat at a slower rate in addition to cleaning up his spills following meals. Through the use of verbal prompting and modeling at each meal, the client was taught how to take smaller bites and clean any mess that was left over. This procedure quickly led to skill acquisition and generalization. The second program taught a client an appropriate replacement behaviour for where to put small pieces of garbage. Initially the client would stuff garbage items into the house vents. He was taught how to put pieces of garbage found on the floor into an especially designed receptacle through instruction and prompt fading. Data were collected on the frequency of receptacle use and showed rapid skill acquisition. Both results demonstrate how effective planning, careful implementation, and generalization to staff can teach severe problem behaviour clients skills to improve their residential lifestyle.

 
6. Teaching Choice Making in a 5-year-old Girl With Severe Intellectual Disability
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
DAVID E. KUHN (Westchester Institute for Human Development), Patricia A. Moss (The Graduate Center of the City University of New York), Stephanie A. Contrucci Kuhn (Westchester Institute for Human Devleopment)
Abstract:

With few exceptions (Hagopian et al. 2001, Pace et al., 1985) preference assessment procedures require participants to make choices. Beyond the assessment of preference, other research has demonstrated that choice itself may be reinforcing because it is correlated with differential consequences (Fisher et al., 1997). Therefore, demonstrating the ability to make choices has both social and clinical significance. Unfortunately, some individuals do not demonstrate choice-making behaviors; possibly due to a lack of opportunities to make any choices. The current study describes a 5-year-old girl who did not demonstrate the ability to indicate a choice for potential reinforcers. A series of preference assessment arrangements were evaluated to teach the participant to make choices while ensuring that the choices were based on preference. Following an inconclusive paired-choice preference assessment (Fisher et al., 1992), the participant was exposed to a single stimulus engagement (Hagopian et al., 2001) arrangement where preferences became evident. This was followed by an arrangement similar to a free-operant assessment (Roane et al., 1998), and then a return to a paired-choice format where consistent choice making was observed. Implications of these findings are discussed. Interobserver agreement data were collected for 25% of the sessions and averaged above 80%.

 
7. Promoting "Thinking on My Feet" in a Therapist for Children With Autism
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
FUMI TAKAGI (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Some children, who are diagnosed with autism, have limited funding to receive appropriate services such as applied behavior analysis (ABA) therapy. Despite the effectiveness of ABA therapy, which has been demonstrated in numerous studies, the cost can be very expensive. In order to maximize time with clients, therapists should be well-versed and making moment to moment change in any behavioral programming if necessary. One in-home therapist participated in this study. Identifying problems and finding solutions, "thinking on one's feet" was differentially reinforced with feedback from the supervisor by using the Think Aloud Protocol (TAP). Generalization in different settings will be investigated.

 
8. Social Skills Training in Adults With Developmental Disabilities: Increasing Appropriate Physical Proximity Through Tactile Prompting
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
STEPHANIE A. JAGGARD (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract:

A common social skill deficit observed in individuals with developmental disabilities is the lack of awareness concerning their physical proximity to other individuals in their environment. The present study examined the physical proximity of three adults diagnosed with mental retardation within a residential facility. A vibrating watch was used as a tactile prompt to increase appropriate physical proximity between the participants and the individuals they were engaged with in conversation. Prior to intervention, the participants were taught to respond to the vibrating watch by raising their arm directly in front of them as a guideline of what was considered appropriate physical proximity. During intervention, sessions were presented at random for 5 minutes in which the watch vibrated on a VT60 second schedule resulting in five trials per session. When the watch vibrated, the participant would increase their distance if they were within an arm's length of another person. The participant received feedback and verbal praise after each session. On average, there was a 62% increase in appropriate distance from baseline to intervention. Experimental control was demonstrated during the reversal phase and upon reintroducing the intervention, and the last treatment condition yielded three consecutive sessions of 100% appropriate physical proximity.

 
9. A Behavioral Program for Teaching Self-care and Social Behaviors to Children With Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MARCO WILFREDO SALAS-MARTINEZ (University of Veracruz), Maria Juana Hernandez Solis (University of Veracruz), Esperanza Ferrant-Jimenez (University of Veracuz), Martin Ortiz Beno, Enrique Zepeta Garcia (University of Veracruz)
Abstract:

Two problems have been identified within the process of educative integration recommended by the Minister of Public Education in Mexico: the difficulty that some students with special educative needs (SEN) have to socially interact with classmates and teachers, and the lack of knowledge of the teacher's strategies to establish the required self-care and social behaviors. This study's purpose was to evaluate how the principles ofbehavioral analysis implemented by previously trained teachers contribute to the acquisition of social and self-care behaviors in students with SEN. The participants were 3 students with SEN, enrolled in Veracruz rural schools, 3 special education female teachers with a degree on kindergarden education, as well as parents. A changing criterion experimental design was used in which the female teachers using the principles of behavioral analysis (chaining, molding, modeling, extinction, etc.) were teaching gradually (according to the criteria established by the experimental design) self-care behaviors: personal hygiene; getting dressed; eating; sphincter control and social behaviors: interacting with other children, getting close to adults without aggression and participating on individual activities. The obtained results proved meaningful progress in the students acquisition of such behaviors.

 
10. Ordering Fast Food Using Computer Based Video Instruction and Alternative Assistive Communication System (iPod)
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
SHANNON PARDUE (University of West Florida), Dayna Beddick (University of West Florida), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida)
Abstract:

A nonverbal, 13-year old boy with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) with limited independence in the community participated in this study. A multiple baseline across settings determined the efficacy of video modeling via errorless learning, computer based video instruction (CBVI), and an augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) system utilizing the iPod with the Proloquo2Go application for success with task completion in the community. The study extended upon previous research (Mechling & Cronin, 2006) of the benefits of CBVI to teach how to use an AAC system with ordering at fast food restaurants. A limitation of many video modeling techniques and AAC devices is their portability and variety of responses (Mechling et al., 2006; Olive, Cruz, Davis, Chan, Lang, O'Reilly, & Dickson, 2007; Schepis, Behrmann, & Sutton, 1998). This study incorporated video modeling with the iPod allowing portability and generalization from clinical to community settings both familiar and novel. It is hoped that results will reflect an increase in independence in the ability to place an order at fast food restaurants using the iPod as an AAC system. Future replication will be needed across participants examining the novelty and effectiveness of the iPod as an AAC system and video modeling tool.

 
11. Using Videotape Feedback to Teach Parents to Implement a Task Analysis
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
ALBA NOVOA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), David A. Pyles (The Chicago School, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

This investigation evaluated the effectiveness of videotape feedback for teaching parents to train specific daily living skills using a task analysis. Parents learned by watching themselves implement specific techniques and can also identify areas of improvement. Three parents participated in the study. Parents were videotaped until they reach 90% of correct implementation. After each video, the parent and therapist watched the video. The video was paused to point out areas were the parents were following the intervention correctly. The video was also stopped where parents missed a step and feedback was provided. The data showed an increase of correct implementation from baseline to the first intervention. Data on maintenance and generalization was collected. Implications for parent training are discussed.

 
12. Evaluation of Video and In-Vivo Training to Teach Self-Monitoring
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
ERIN S. LEIF (Western New England College), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Amanda Karsten (Western New England College)
Abstract:

Self-management has been used to enhance the generalization and maintenance of treatment effects. However, few authors have systematically evaluated training procedures for teaching individuals with developmental disabilities to accurately self-record their behavior. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate a systematic training procedure for teaching an individual with a developmental disability, who also engaged in automatically reinforced motor stereotypy, to self-monitor his appropriate task engagement. First, we conducted a task assessment to identify socially important tasks that the participant had in his repertoire but did not reliably emit without prompting. Second, we evaluated a video-based training component and an in-vivo training component for teaching the participant to discriminate and self-record the target response. During video training, the participant watched himself engage in the target behavior(s), and during in-vivo training, the participant was asked to engage in the target behavior(s). The participant was instructed to self-monitor his appropriate task engagement using a variable-momentary recording schedule, and the therapist only delivered reinforcement if the participant accurately recorded his behavior during the signaled moment. The results of our training procedure and the implications of our findings for including a self-monitoring component to promote generality of treatment effects will be discussed.

 
13. Comparison of Video Priming and Video Reinforcement to Decrease Maladaptive Behaviors of a First Grader With Fragile X Syndrome
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
E. AMANDA BOUTOT (Texas State University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to compare video priming (using self-modeling) and video reinforcement to decrease hitting, verbal defiance, and elopement in a general education setting for a 9-year-old male with Fragile X Syndrome. Behaviors were targeted because they competed with inclusion time (e.g., the student was removed from general education setting contingent on these behaviors). An alternating treatments design was used to compare three independent variables: video priming alone, video SR+ alone, and a combination of video priming and video SR+. IOA was taken for 22% of both baseline and intervention sessions with 100% agreement. Results indicate that both treatments effectively reduced maladaptive behaviors for this young man. A component analysis indicated that video SR+ had more effect at reduction of maladaptive behaviors. Overall, time spent in inclusion increased as a result of this intervention.

 
14. Comparison of a Video-Based Training Package to Behavior Skills Training for Teaching Staff Discrete Trial Instruction
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
NATALIA GARRIDO (University of Nevada, Reno), Melissa Nosik (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Training is a critical aspect to maintaining high levels of treatment integrity in staff. Using video-based training allows for flexible and repeated viewing of materials in comparison to other methods. Behavior skills training has been demonstrated in the literature as an effective training tool for discrete trial teaching methods. In this study each of these training methods were utilized to teach staff members in an adult day training facility to implement discrete trial instruction. Treatment integrity was measured across 10 skills involved in the use of discrete trial instruction. After participants received one of the training methods treatment integrity was evaluated in a natural environment through video cameras that were already present at this facility. Training was applied in a multiple baseline design across participants.

 
15. Broadening a Gluten-Free Diet Using a Token Economy
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
SARAH HEATHCOTE (Bancroft), Lauren F. Troy (Bancroft), Frances A. Perrin (Bancroft)
Abstract:

Caregivers frequently encounter the problem of food refusal among children with autism spectrum disorders and other developmental disabilities. Refusal behavior can be further complicated by the co-morbid diagnosis of food allergies. Reinforcement-based interventions may be effective in improving the feeding habits of selective eaters with special diets. The present study attempts to increase the variety of gluten-free foods accepted by a 15-year-old girl, for whom Celiac disease was recently added to her previous diagnoses of pervasive developmental disorder, attention deficit/hyperactivity disorderand mental retardation. The participant consumes a limited variety of foods by preference, and had the tendency to refuse novel foods as a gluten-free diet was introduced. Expansion of her diet is imperative as inadequate maintenance of a gluten-free diet in individuals with Celiac disease will damage the small intestine and can lead to a variety of problematic symptoms, including malnourishment and abdominal pain. A forced-choice preference assessment was used to determine foods that may serve as reinforcers, and a changing criterion research design was used to test the effectiveness of a token economy as an intervention to promote novel food acceptance and meal pacing.

 
16. Effects of Choice Making on Food Related Challenging Behaviors of an Individual With Prader-Willie Syndrome
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
STEVEN WOOLF (BEACON Services)
Abstract:

Studies suggest that increasing choice-making opportunities may increase behavioral acquisition rates of and/or decrease behavioral excesses for individuals with disabilities (Kodak et al., 2007; Lerman, et al., 1997). In this field-based study, the effects of food choice and menu management are assessed relative to rates of self-injurious behavior (SIB) and aggression towards others (ATO) with an adult male diagnosed with Prader-Willi Syndrome (PWS). Specifically, rates of SIB and ATO were measured under three meal conditions: Baseline, No Choice and Choice. Under the No Choice condition, the participant received three meals per day assigned by a nutritionist experienced in designing meal schedules for individuals with PWS. Under the Choice condition, the participant was instructed on how to plan and order his meals (breakfast, lunch & dinner) from a pre-set menu approved by the participants nutritionist. The menu listed the name of approved food items with a corresponding per item calorie count. The participant was required to select a minimum of two menu items per meal and limited to a daily count of 1,200 calories. Results show significant reduction in both ATO and SIB upon introduction of the Choice condition. Additionally, the participant acquired the skill of using a calculator to effectively plan out calories consumed during meals.

 
17. Evaluating the Effects of Tactile Tokens for Conducting Schedule Thinning With a Blind Individual With an Intellectual Disability
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Mariana I. Castillo Irazabal (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Natalie Rolider (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), KAITLIN BALKA (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

The use of visual stimuli such as tokens to facilitate reinforcement schedule thinning may be contraindicated with blind individuals. Studies evaluating the use of visual tokens with blind individuals have been conducted and have shown them to be effective, however the participants had some limited sight capabilities. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of tactile tokens with a blind adolescent diagnosed with Autism and intellectual disability who was admitted to an inpatient facility for the assessment and treatment of self-injury and aggression. Functional analyses showed that his problem behaviors were maintained, in part, by escape from demands. Tactile tokens (i.e., silicone bracelets) were used as part of adifferential reinforcement of alternative behavior/differential reinforcement of other behavior with demand fading treatment to increase compliance and decrease problem behavior. Compliance with demands in the absence of problem behavior initially resulted in edible delivery on a fixed ratio (FR) 1 schedule. The schedule of edible reinforcement was thinned to FR3 and tactile tokens were used to signal when edible reinforcement would become available. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across settings and demands design was used to evaluate treatment effects.

 
18. Examination of Problem Behavior Associated With Location or Activity Changes
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
ROBERT DROWOS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erin Ann Schaller (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kathryn Jann (University of Florida), Megan B. Black (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Escaping transitions has been shown to maintain problem behavior if the desired location change is less preferred than the current location (McCord, Thomson, & Iwata, 2001). Furthermore, interruption of a preferred activity with a location change has also been shown to occasion problem behavior (Wilder, Chen, Atwell, Pritchard, & Weinstein, 2006). However, previous research has not evaluated problem behavior associated with transitions to novel activities of greater or lesser preference. In the current study, we conducted a transition assessment to identify environmental variables maintaining problem behavior of one participant when a change in location, activity, or both occurred. During this assessment, data were collected on problem behavior associated with changes in activity preference (e.g., low preferred to high preferred). Additionally, data were collected on problem behavior associated with changes in location. Results suggested that transitioning from a high preferred to a low preferred activity yielded the highest levels of problem behavior, regardless of whether or not the change in activity involved a location change.

 
19. Disruption of High-Probability Behavior Via the Discriminative Property of Reinforcers
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MICHELLE A. FRANK-CRAWFORD (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Linda Nguyen (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Yanerys Leon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Abbey Carreau-Webster (Kennedy Krieger Institutue), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

According to the overjustification hypothesis, the contingent provision of extrinsic rewards will decrease an individuals intrinsic motivation to engage in the behavior that resulted in the reward. Results of several meta-analyses examining variables that influence the likelihood of observing an overjustification effect have suggested that responding following the removal of extrinsic rewards is affected by the degree of initial interest. Initially, the current study sought to investigate the overjustification effect on engagement with stimuli of high, moderate, and low interest. In the absence of programmed reinforcement, high levels of engagement were observed with the high-interest stimulus, whereas moderate levels of engagement were observed with the moderate- and low-interest stimuli. Contingent edible reinforcement was then programmed given 10 s of consecutive engagement. Decreases in engagement and corresponding increases in other responses that had historically been reinforced with the edible reinforcers were observed with the high interest stimulus. Results of subsequent discovery research suggested that levels of engagement were disrupted by the contingent provision of the edible reinforcer, which may have functioned as a discriminative stimulus that occasioned competing responses.

 
20. The Role of Age and Gender: An Extension of Penile Plythesmograph Based Arousal Assessments for Sex Offenders With Intellectual Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
STEPHEN F. WALKER (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), P. Raymond Joslyn (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The penile plythesmograph is a device that is commonly used with sex offenders to measure penile tumescence in the presence of various stimuli (e.g., videos of adults and prepubescent children). Showing arousal to deviant stimuli (e.g., videos of prepubescent children) has been shown to be a significant predictor of re-offense. An assumption in the field of sex offender assessment and rehabilitation is that increases in penile tumescence, once observed, are due to the age and gender of the presented stimulus. The pictures and videos that are often used as stimuli are highly complex; they often vary across a number of features (e.g., hair color, skin color, clothing type) leaving open the possibility that one of the other stimulus features, besides age and gender, are controlling the penile tumescence. The purpose of this study was to assess what effects these different features might have on the outcomes of plythesmograph assessments. Each participant was exposed to three different videos of each specific age and gender category (e.g., female 8-9-years-old), using commercially available film clips designed for such purposes. The videos differed across a number of features (e.g., skin color, clothing type). Preliminary results indicate that stimulus features other than age and gender play an important role in assessment outcomes.

 
 
 
Poster Session #469
EAB Poster Session 5
Monday, May 30, 2011
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. A Comparison of Contingency Space Analysis and Yule's Q Using an Animal Model
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
BLAIR LLOYD (Vanderbilt University), Paul J. Yoder (Vanderbilt University), Jon Tapp (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center), Craig H. Kennedy (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Several methods of analyzing descriptive data to investigate behavior-consequence relations have been proposed and debated in recent years. Yules Q (YQ; Yule & Kendall, 1957), a statistic derived from the odds ratio, is one such method gaining increased recognition as the standard for quantifying behavior-consequence relations in children with developmental disabilities (Yoder & Feuer, 2000). An alternative method that has received relatively less attention but that nevertheless shows promise is contingency space analysis (CSA; Gibbon, Berryman, & Thompson, 1974; Matthews, Shimoff, & Catania, 1987; Martens, DiGennaro, Reed, Szczech, & Rosenthal, 2008). CSA involves a comparison of conditional probabilities and provides a visual representation of the sequential relation in operant space. In the present study, we identified two distinct points in contingency space for which the YQ statistic was the same. We then approximated schedules of reinforcement for each point and compared the effects of each schedule on response patterns in mice via an A-B-A-B reversal design.

 
2. Sphericity and Compound Symmetry
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
J C PEDRO ARRIAGA-RAMIREZ (FES Iztacala UNAM), Guadalupe Ortega-Saavedra (FES Iztacala UNAM), Sara E. Cruz-Morales (FES Iztacala UNAM)
Abstract:

One condition that has been considered important in repeated measures designs is if the different conditions are independent. In addition, sphericity is a condition to be met to define the degrees of freedom. When sphericity is found, it can be supposed that the variances between conditions are almost the same. Compound symmetry is a condition that shows that the different conditions in a repeated measures experiment are independent. In this work we show how compound symmetry is calculated and how a hypothesis of independence of conditions is reliably accepted. We show with a data base how to calculate a variance-covariance matrix and how to evaluate the hypothesis that the compound symmetry condition is met, and the independence of conditions.

 
3. Biasing Experimental Outcomes: The Role of Early- and Late-Semester Participation
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
JILL DEFREITAS (University of Nevada, Reno), Victoria Hoch (University of Nevada, Reno), Ashley West (University of Nevada, Reno), Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada)
Abstract:

As a researcher working with humans, it is important to know if the behavior of subjects, with regard to participation, varies as a function of time. Our subject pool often consists of college students, but because conditions are so different in the beginning of the semester compared to the end of the semester (i.e. finals), it is expected that responding will be different. Not only are conditions different, but the individuals who choose to participate in the beginning of the semester are also different from those who participate toward the end. This study was available to participants during the first 3 weeks (Time 1), and again during the last 3 weeks of the semester (Time 2). Participants were students at the University of Nevada, Reno, who were enrolled in an introductory psychology course. They were asked to complete a delayed match-to-sample task for 220 trials, in which delays were 2 or 5 seconds. Data from both timings will be compared for similarities and differences. If differences are observed, we can then further investigate which variables contribute to these differences; as well as research that will allow us to investigate a more homogeneous sample.

 
4. Reinforcement Control Over Responses not Reinforced
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
JAMES MCEWAN (University of Waikato)
Abstract:

This work aimed to assess Catania's alternative concept of the operant empirically with hens. A coloured rectangle against a black background was displayed on a LCD monitor. An infrared matrix was mounted to the front of the LCD monitor recorded the location of all responses. In the first Experiment pecking the rectangle was produced using an autoshaping procedure. In the next experiment responding anywhere on the strip was reinforced. Then the active, reinforced zone of the rectangle was reduced based on a median split of the of the present response location distribution. The participants had no visible cue demarcating active and inactive zones of the rectangle, yet in accordance with Catania's operant, responding across all participants came to fall within the active, reinforced zone of the rectangle. The results: shifts in response distributions in relation to the changes in contingencies, offer empirical support for Catania's operant in terms of positive reinforcement across a single parameter of responding.

 
5. Planning Time, Topic Type, Audience, and Feedback as Controlling Variables of Self-Editing Behavior During Writing
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
L. KIMBERLY EPTING (Elon University), Alyson Hignight (Elon University), Brittany Bowers (Elon University), Sarah Borowski (Elon University), Elizabeth Palmer (Elon University), Traci Weisberg (Elon University)
Abstract:

Self-editing behavior is a complex response-class not extensively studied in behavior analysis. Three experiments here test several possible controlling variables for self-editing during composition by college students. A keystroke-logging program measured components of editing including pauses, reviews, and edit types. Experiment 1 investigated whether available pre-response time (PRT) affected writers' self-editing components and found that the average pause length during composition was longer following a shorter PRT than following a longer PRT. Participants also reviewed the prompt more in the short PRT condition. Moreover, PRT differentially affected substitution edits by participants higher and lower on a measure of print exposure; substitutions may serve different functions for high and low print exposure writers. Experiment 2 assesses whether type of emotional experience requested by the prompt affects self-editing components. Data suggest participants edit more when prompted to write about negative experiences compared to positive or neutral experiences. Experiment 3 investigates whether perceived audience (professor vs. peer) affects self-editing components and whether prior feedback (positive vs. negative) influences self-editing of subsequent writing. These experiments confirm the influence of variables predicted by Skinner in Verbal Behavior and extend understanding of self-editing as a complex response-class.

 
6. Tower London Task as Tool to Study the Complex Behavior in Humans
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
DIANA MORENO (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Hortensia Hickman (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de México), Maria Luisa Cepeda (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Patricia Plancarte (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Rosalinda Arroyo (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Abstract:

The Tower of London (TOL) is a task that has proved successful for the study of problem solving in adult and child populations. The TOL has been used to assess the bebavior of planning and strategic thinking. As a flexible tool, the TOL has parallels to the conditional discrimination procedures traditionally used by behavioral researchers in the study of complex behavior. Both tools allow us: (a) to vary the conditions of stimulus trial to trial,(b) to establish matching relationships between the different stances of stimulus,(c) to train and evaluate performances from different levels of complexity of the task,for example the number of movements, dimensions and relations of stimulus (d) to make comparisons between age groups. The purpose of this paper was to evaluate the methodological characteristics of three versions of TOL to explore complex processes. Three versions of the TOL were used (Traditional, Modificated 1 and Modificated 2). Participants were41 psychology students divided into three groups. Each group was faced with a version of TOL. The number of moves to reach the correct solution, excess movements and duration of each trial was recorded. The results showed significant differences between the three towers in the variables measured only in blocks 5 and 6 moves. On the other hand strategies reported by participants were varied but similar between groups. The results are discussed in terms of the implications of the use of the TOL as a tool to study complex behavior

 
7. Construction and Rule Following Behaviors in Children With Intellectual Disabilities
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
JONAS FERNANDES GAMBA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to verify the emergence of tacts and mands and the rule-following behavior through listener training. Participant was one intellectually disabled child7-years-old. The experimental stimuli were three six-stimuli sets. Set A consisted of signs of Brazilian Sign Language for safe box, key, bottle, bottle opener, box, and straw, presented in digital video clips through computer tasks. Stimulus Set B consisted of corresponding object pictures to the signs and stimulus Set C, the real objects. Rule-following test consisted of presenting the signaled instruction "Give me the key [bottle opener or straw]" with the real objects. Next, AB were taught, through matching-to-sample tasks. After criterion, the emergence of tacts and mand relations were tested. Finally, rule following was re-introduced. The results showed emergence of tact and mand relations as well as the emergence of rule-following behavior. However, the rule-following test was very similar with the computer tasks. The next step will be conducting new tests to verify the transfer of rule-following repertoire for a more complex situation and also observe some pre-requisites in order to verify the emergence of construct/following rules behaviors through speaker or listener training.

 
8. The Analysis of Perseverative Mands Maintained by Access to Tangible
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
MOLLY COYLE (Bancroft), Katherine M. Hurlock (Bancroft), Frances A. Perrin (Bancroft)
Abstract:

Research on perseveration has indicated that this verbal behavior can be maintained by social attention (Rehfeldt & Chambers; 2003). However, when exploring verbal operant form of perseveration, the function may appear differently (Ewing, Magee, & Ellis; 2002). The present study analyzed perseverative mands of a 16-year-old male diagnosed with autism. The functional analysis was conducted in an ABAB pairwise design comparing tangible and toy play conditions. Initially the participant was reinforced with access to the tangible item contingent upon perseveration and all other behaviors were ignored. During the second phase of the analysis perseveration was ignored and aggression was reinforced. During the initial phase no aggression occurred, however, once perseveration was placed on extinction the rates of aggression increased. The next phase of the functional analysis is to return to the initial phase of analysis. The two conditions were compared to determine that perseveration must be attended to in order to treat aggression. Implications for treatment will be discussed.

 
9. The Impact of Audio, Visual, and Textual Sources in How We Attribute Behavior
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
KEVIN J. MARCHINI (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University), Ruth-Anne E. Poli (Temple University)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that there is an error in how people attribute their own behavior in comparison to other's behavior (Ross & Nisbett, 1991). It is suggested that this is due to the access to our own behavioral history (Storms, 1973). The pattern is of special interests to behavior analysts, for the common pattern conflicts with behavior-analytic interpretation (Hineline, 1990). The current study examines whether, in the observation of a third-person, the number of the types of stimuli will act as an increase in the account leading to more situational attributions. Types of stimuli were defined as audio, video, and textual presentations. The participants viewed six vignettes and were asked to explain why the character acted in that manner in narrative format for the first three and self-report for the latter three. The language used by the participants was coded in terms of environmental or dispositional attributions in reference to temporal scales, word use, and tone. There was no significance in the number of the types of stimuli shown and the attribution bias of the behavior.

 
10. Testing the Reliability and Validity of Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure: Measuring the Stimulus Function of Anxiety
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
TOMU OHTSUKI (Faculty of Human Sciences, Waseda University), Naoko Kishita (Doshisha University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study is to test the reliability and validity of anxiety Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) designed to measure the aversive functional dimensions of verbal stimulus "anxiety". Thirty-two undergraduate students completed SPS, FNE and both IAT and IRAP (Time 1). A week from the experiment at Time 1, 24 participants completed the Anxiety-IRAP for testing the stability (Time 2). To test the reliability of Anxiety IRAP, we calculated Cronbach's alpha. The a was .91. For examining the test retest stability, we used correlational analysis. The results revealed the correlations betweenTime 1 and Time 2 were .80 (p < .01; Anxiety D-IRAP) and .65 (p < .01; Calmness D-IRAP). These results indicate that Anxiety IRAP has a good internal consistency and stability. To test the validity of Anxiety IRAP, one-sample t-tests were conducted. The results showed that each mean D-IRAP scores differed significantly from zero. Confirming our hypothesis, correlational analyses between Anxiety IRAP and sel-reported measures revealed no significance and week correlation was found for Anxiety IAT. These results indicate that Anxiety IRAP can measure the aversive functional dimensions of verbal stimulus "anxiety".

 
11. Behavioral Contrast in Humans: A Review of the Limited Literature
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
DERIC E. TONEY (University of Louisville)
Abstract:

Reynolds (1961) defined behavioral contrast as "a change in the rate of responding during the presentation of one stimulus, in a direction away from the rate of responding prevailing during the presentation of a different stimulus." Since Reynolds' initial display of behavioral contrast in pigeons in 1961, the area has received extensive empirical research and attention. Many researchers have suggested theories as to why contrast occurs (Mash, 1969) yet there has been little agreement. Despite the large body of research on behavioral contrast using nonhuman subjects, very few researchers have examined the phenomenon with human subjects (Rovee-Collier & Capatides, 1979). Some of these applied researchers suggest that behavioral contrast occurs frequently in human behavior and may be displayed in social behavior (Ivey, 1993), verbal behavior (Tarbox & Hayes, 2005), discrimination training (Terrace, 1974), and behavior modification of individuals with disabilities (OBrien, 1968). In the current review, the researcher conducted electronic and ancestral searches of behavioral contrast studies that involved human subjects over the last 50 years (1960-2010). Using previously described methods, the author identified 10 unpublished theses/dissertations and 13 published studies meeting search criteria. Finally, the researcher discusses his findings and future implications of applied research regarding behavioral contrast.

 
12. Rats With a Gambling Problem: Positive Contrast as an Animal Model of Problem Gambling
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
SHAWN SEYEDAIN-ARDABILI (McNeese State University), Clara Fontenot (McNeese State University), Cam L. Melville (McNeese State University)
Abstract:

Positive behavioral contrast may provide an animal model for increases in gambling behavior observed in pathological gambling. Chasing the bet refers to an increase in gambling behavior following exposure to losses. Similarly, positive behavioral contrast refers to an increase in responding following exposure to reduced rates of reinforcement. Ardabili, Parker , & Melville (2010) provided an initial demonstration of positive contrast using an animal model in which signaled time-outs (losses) replaced programmed reinforcers during the contrast phase of the procedure. The present study asks if the size of positive contrast will vary as a function of the rate of time-out (loss) during the contrast component. Four male Long-Evans rats will press levers in four between session contrast procedures that include a baseline and contrast phase. During baseline phases, a multiple variable-ratio 15 variable-ratio 15 schedule will program reinforcers. In all baselines, 10% of programmed reinforcers will be replaced by 5-sec time-outs. In the contrast phase of each condition, during the second component of the multiple schedule, time-outs will replace 30%, 50%, 70%, or 90% of programmed reinforcers in four different conditions presented in random order. Implications for an animal model of pathological gambling will be presented.

 
13. The Effects of Function-based Reinforcers on Rate of Slot Machine Play
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), SETH W. WHITING (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

A randomized pretest-posttest was used to determine if choice of outcome would alter the rate of play of gamblers on a slot machine. Participants were exposed to a slot machine to determine baseline rate of play. Next, they were assessed for preference of jackpot consequences including attention (the chance to earn a spot on the "wall of fame"), escape (reduced time in the experiment), tangibles (money on a gift card), and sensory (music during slot play). Finally, participants were exposed to two slot machines on a multiple schedule with a win producing either the most-preferred or least-preferred outcome identified in the paired-choice preference assessment. Results suggest that preferred jackpot reinforcers increased rate of slot play.

 
14. Degree of Lick-Food Contingency Over Acquisition and Extinction of Schedule-Induced Polydipsia in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
ANGELES PEREZ-PADILLA (Universidad Nacional de Educacion a Distancia), Ricardo Pellon (Universidad Nacional de Educacion a Distancia)
Abstract:

Schedule-induced polydipsia occurs when food-deprived rats are exposed to intermittent presentation of food. This behavior is unusual because the rats are not deprived of water and no contingency is arranged between their drinking and the delivery of food. A view of adjunctive behavior, however, proposes that food reinforces drinking by strengthening the entire behavioral repertoire within inter-food intervals (Ardoy and Pellon, 2004). Previous studies from our laboratory showed that schedule-induced polydipsia could be acquired faster and/or to a greater degree if animals received explicit lick-food pairings. In the present research, licking was reinforced according to a tandem fixed ratio (FR) 20 fixed time (FT) 30-s food schedule. Food was delivered 30 sec after the 20th lick for each animal belonging to the 100% group; additional groups were run so that licking controlled food delivery on just 50% or 25% of the inter-food intervals. Asymptotic acquisition of schedule-induced polydipsia was highest in the 100% group, and extinction was slower after partial reinforcement. Reinforcement of licking facilitates the acquisition of schedule-induced polydisia, being both acquisition and extinction affected by the degree of contingency between the response and the consequence as in conventional operant conditioning preparations.

 
15. Acquisition of Life Skills: Power-Sanction and Exchange-Sanction Contingencies
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Corina Gonzalez Garcia (Universidad Veracruzana), ENRIQUE ZEPETA GARCIA (University of Veracruz), Agustin Daniel Gomez Fuentes (Universidad Veracruzana), Cecilia Magdalena Molina Lpez (University of Veracruz), Mario Serrano (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract:

The purpose of this research was to evaluate the acquisition of punctuality as alife skill in students of primary education. Contingencial two systems were used: power-sanction and sharing-sanction. The study included eight students of both sexs in urban elementary school. The students were divided into two groups. It was used a counterbalanced design with pre-test-post-test and a two training phases. The groups were exposed to different sequence: (a) power-sanction and exchange-sanction, and (b) exchange-sanction and power-sanction. Students during the training phase and pre-test-post-test have to concluded a homework with limited hold time and receive feedback for their execution. The results obtained during the training phase and testing showed that students under exchange-sanction contingencies performed better than students exposed to power-sanction contingencies. That is, the first most frequently met the criteria of timeliness set.

 
16. Aversion to Transitions from Rich to Lean Schedules: A Comparison of Stimulus-Termination and Schedule-Termination Procedures
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
AUGUST F. HOLTYN (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

On a multiple-schedule of reinforcement, responding is interrupted by extended pauses when a rich component is followed by a lean component. We examined the potential aversive functions of the stimulus correlated with this rich-to-lean transition. Four pigeons pecked a center key (food key) on a multiple schedule with two fixed-ratio components. The rich component ended with 7-s access to grain; the lean ended with 1-s. Each component was correlated with a distinctive key color. In the stimulus-termination conditions, at the beginning of some components, the left key was activated and a peck replaced the color on the food key with white light regardless of whether the ongoing component was rich or lean. In the schedule-termination conditions, at the beginning of some components, the right key was activated and a peck turned off the food key. A second peck on the right key relit the food key. In both conditions, the pigeons tended to peck the termination keys in the presence of the lean stimulus, regardless of the past component. More termination pecks were emitted in the stimulus-termination condition than the schedule-termination condition.

 
17. Problem Solving: The Effect of Rule Instruction on Transfer
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis
BABEL PALMA CARLOTA, Daniel Mello (University of California, San Diego), Amal Adan (University of California, San Diego), Stephanie J. Stolarz-Fantino (University of California, San Diego), Edmund J. Fantino (University of California, San Diego)
Abstract:

Does explicit training in a specific rule for solving problems aid or inhibit transfer when a new rule is appropriate? Work by BF Skinner and others has suggested that rule governed behavior may be less flexible than behaviors governed by contingencies. In this study college students -77 females and 28 males -were randomly assigned to conditions in which they were either informed or not informed about a rule for solving an unfamiliar number puzzle task. In Part 1, participants in both groups had up to10 minutes to solve 10 problems based on a particular rule, though only one group was explicitly taught. The other group had to discover the rule on their own. However, during this time, all participants received feedback after solving each problem. In Part 2, all participants had up to 30 minutes to solve 16 problems based on a novel rule. No feedback was given during this problem set. Participants who had not been informed about the rule in Part 1 solved significantly more problems in Part 2 than those who had been informed of the rule. Further, male participants in both groups solved significantly more problems in both conditions than did female participants. These results are consistent with findings with children on math word and verbal analogy problems and support the idea that instructed learning may inhibit problem solving flexibility compared to contingency-based learning.

 
18. Language as Behavior. Body Expression and Representation in Preschool
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Sandra Flor Perea López (Universidad Veracruzana), Gerónimo Reyes Hernández (Universidad Veracruzana), AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (Universidad Veracruzana), Enrique Zepeta Garcia (University of Veracruz), Cecilia Magdalena Molina Lpez (University of Veracruz), Mario Serrano (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the language as behavior applied to dance learning. That means, observing and developing the speech and body representation. This study on artistic behavior is based on the taxonomy proposal by Ribes and Lopez (1985). Participants in this study werefour girls aged 4 to 6-years-old of the Arts Center Katarsis from Xalapa, Veracruz, Mexico. It was an applied, a-within-subject experimental design with repeated measures, consisting of four phases: pretest, training, transfer tests and post-test.Audio-visual material (photographs and video) were used allowingdifferent reference and fixed-motion pair. The participants were trained in the five aptitude levels of the taxonomy. The transfer test was similar to the experimental phase, but with new references and without feedback. The data show that the results on the transfer test and posttest seemed to depend on the acquisition level during training phase. The result suggested that observing favored the developing of the speech and body representation.

 
 
 
Poster Session #470
EDC Poster Session 5
Monday, May 30, 2011
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. Using Differential Reinforcement and Overcorrection to Increase Homework Compliance
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
ANTONIO SALA (Center for Behavior Analysis and Language Development), Daniel B. Shabani (California State University, Los Angeles), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (Center for Behavior Analysis and Language Development)
Abstract:

In the current study, the effects of differential reinforcement in tandem with an overcorrection procedure were applied to reading and written homework tasks in a multiple baseline design. During baseline, problem behaviors resulted in task delay via therapist attention. During differential reinforcement and overcorrection, social attention was provided contingent on instruction compliance and the duration of the homework assignment was increased contingent on problem behavior using a visual conditioned punisher. During treatment, problem behavior was eliminated during reading assignments and subsequently decreased during written assignments.

 
2. The Impact of Homework Accuracy on Student Performance
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
CHARLES GALYON (University of Tennessee), Bethany E. Forbes (University of Tennessee), Carolyn Blondin (University of Tennessee), Jared Yaw (University of Tennessee), Robert Lee Williams (University of Tennessee)
Abstract:

The current study compares the predictive potential of several factors implicated in student performance on academic exams: critical thinking ability, participation in class discussion, and accurate completion of homework assignments. The roles of critical thinking and participation in class discussion in exam performance have been examined and well-supported. Homework completion has long been assumed to be beneficial to student performance, but has not been as thoroughly evaluated in the literature. Inasmuch as homework assignments may task the student with analyzing course topics and providing a detailed and accurate explanation, it should provide the opportunity to review course information and practice providing a convergent response. In the current study the accuracy and completeness of student responses on course exams was evaluated and compared to critical thinking and participation in class discussion as a predictor of student exam performance. The results indicate that while critical thinking is a consistent predictor of exam performance, homework questions often proved to be the most potent predictor. Thus instructors may do well to reinforce students for accurate and thorough completion of their homework assignments.

 
3. Enhancing Stimulus Control Using a Modified, Four-Rule Set Color Wheel System
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CAROLYN BLONDIN (University of Tennessee), John Parkhurst (University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (University of Tennessee)
Abstract:

Classroom management is a challenging aspect of teaching, particularly with respect to managing transitions. A Modified Color Wheel System (M-CWS), an intervention which targets efficient within-classroom transitions through development of activity-specific rules and procedures, was employed in a 4th-grade general education classroom. A withdrawal design was used to evaluate the effects of the intervention on the on-task (OT) behavior of 7 students. The standard 3-rule set CWS procedure was modified to include a 4th set of rules designed to situate stimulus control for cooperative learning activities. Immediately after the M-CWS was applied, OT increased. In subsequent phases, OT immediately decreased when the M-CWS was withdrawn and immediately increased when it was re-applied. With no overlapping data across baseline and M-CWS phases, the data provide compelling evidence that the M-CWS enhanced OT behavior. Results of the study add to the growing literature base supporting the internal and external validity of the CWS. As no two classrooms are identical, contextually-valid classroom management procedures should be effective, generalizable, and flexible enough to be easily modified to address specific needs. This study provides evidence for the contextual validity of the CWS by demonstrating how educators can adapt the system to fit their context.

 
4. Sentence Combining Techniques Applied to English as a Second LanguageStudents' Writing Evaluated by the Syntactic Maturity of Students Writing Ability
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
KERRI YOUNG (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan K. Malmquist (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

In today's society writing skills are an important part of everyday communication and socioeconomic status. The syntactic maturity of ESL learners was evaluated using the sentence combining technique of teaching the correct usage of adjectives and adverb in chapter format. There were a total of four participants in sixth or seventh grade that spoke both Spanish and English. The participants writing quality was evaluated in each phase. In baseline and post intervention the participants were required to write stories based on writing prompts and the usage of adjectives and adverbs was counted as well as simple and complex sentences. In intervention, the participants completed worksheets which explained different ways to use adjectives and adverbs for a total of nine chapters. A fluency check was also conducted throughout the study to see if teaching adjective and adverbs in chapter format increased their ability to identify them in reading passages. The results showed that one participant decreased in the amount of simple sentences and slightly increased the amount of complex sentences andshe slightly increased in the amount of adjectives used. Whereas the other participant did not show any significant changes. Future research should continue using the sentence combining technique especially with ESL students.

 
5. The First Draft Writing Instruction Program for Primary Grade Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
ALYSSA WARSHAY (Central Michigan University), Tameron Hough (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University)
Abstract:

Despite the importance of writing and students difficulties in mastering the skill, there is limited research on the effectiveness of comprehensive writing instruction programs. Danoff, Harris, and Graham (1993) found that students demonstrated significant improvement in their writing over a relatively short period of time when they were provided with explicit strategic instruction. The purpose of the current investigation was to develop and evaluate a comprehensive strategic writing program (first draft writing instruction, FDWI) designed to impact the performance of early primary grade students on writing narratives. FDWI incorporates four types of writing instruction: brainstorming, planning, drafting, and revising. The lesson plans include methods of direct instruction, modeling of target skills, and guided and independent practice. For all of the participating students, the FDWI program resulted in an increase in the overall quality of student writing as well as an increase in the number and quality of story elements included in their writing. Thus, FDWI seems to be a promising writing intervention for primary grade students.

 
6. Increasing Social Skills Performance of At-Risk Secondary Physical Education Students Through Classwide Peer Tutoring
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
ELIAN ALJADEFF-ABERGEL (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Shiri Ayvazo (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Rachel B. Field (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Veronica Patricia Smith (Nevada Early Intervention Services), Stephanie Tyler (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
Abstract:

Development of social skills among at-risk students has always been a major concern for educators. Teachers should utilize empirically-validated instructional strategies such as classwide peer tutoring (CWPT) that yield academic improvement among diverse students (e.g., special needs) in a variety of educational settings (e.g., physical education); but also emphasize peer interactions to occasion social skills acquisition. This 27-day study was conducted in an eighth grade physical education class at an urban charter school. Physical education was held three times per week for 45 minutes. Participants (N=2) were Hispanic and African-American at-risk boys with social and motivational deficits. An A-B-A-B design was utilized to examine the effects of CWPT on social skills performance during three karate tasks. The dependant measures were appropriately giving and receiving feedback from a peer. Baseline involved the teachers regular instruction. The CWPT intervention involved students practicing in pairs and reciprocally tutoring each other. Findings of all tasks, presented as frequency measure, show low stable social skills data during baseline; and a 5-7 average increase of social behaviors during the CWPT intervention for both students, despite variable data during the intervention. CWPT was more effective in increasing social skills during the first implementation than the second one.

 
7. Peer Mediated Accountability Effects on At-Risk Students' Correct Performance of Karate Skills
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
SHIRI AYVAZO (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Elian Aljadeff-Abergel (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Veronica Patricia Smith (Nevada Early Intervention Services), Stephanie Tyler (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Rachel B. Field (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
Abstract:

Peer-assisted learning (PAL) is a behaviorally-based instructional approach that involves students tutoring, modeling and assessing their peers' performance. The effects of PAL strategies in education are widely documented yet few studies investigated its effectiveness in physical education. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of peer mediated accountability (PMA), a PAL variation, on students' learning of karate skills. This 19-day study was conducted in an inner-city charter school for students at-risk. Participants were six high, average and low-skilled third grade students. A-B-A-B single subject withdrawal design was employed to examine the effects of PMA on students' correct performance of karate skills.Phase A included the teacher's typical instruction. PMA was delivered in phase B. Correct performance was recorded when students displayed the stated critical elements. Performance data of a 4-minute task are presented as percentage measure of response. Results indicate higher percentage of correct trials during the intervention for all participants, despite variability and overlaps between typical instruction and PMA. More successful results were demonstrated among the average-skilled students. The intervention was moderately effective for the high- and low-skilled students. Other PMA pairing arrangements might improve results among high- and low-skilled students.

 
8. Classwide Peer Tutoring Effects on Social Skills Learning in Third Grade Physical Education
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
SHIRI AYVAZO (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Elian Aljadeff-Abergel (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Stephanie Tyler (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Rachel B. Field (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Veronica Patricia Smith (Nevada Early Intervention Services)
Abstract:

Physical education (PE) is a less-structured learning environment in which students are required to socially cooperate with others despite challenging conditions such as extraneous physical or emotional demands. Classwide peer tutoring (CWPT) is a teaching strategy that inherently capitalizes on peer interactions and can be conducive for the development of social skills in PE. This 20-day study was conducted at an inner-city charter school. PE was held twice per week for 45 minutes. Participants (n=4) were third grade at-risk students. Two boys were psychomotor highly-skilled; one of them was diagnosed with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. The two girls were psychomotor low-skilled. An A-B-A-B design was conducted to examine the effects of CWPT on social skills performance during two martial arts tasks. Social skills were defined as students ability to appropriately provide and receive feedback (verbally and/or nonverbally) from a peer. Baseline entailed the teachers typical instruction. The CWPT intervention entailed same-level pairs and reciprocal engagement in tutoring. Results of the two tasks repeatedly demonstrated increase in social skills performance during CWPT for one boy and the two girls, despite variable data for the girls. Average increase was 8-10 behaviors per task. CWPT was effective in enhancing social skills in third grade PE.

 
9. Generating Frames of Causation in At-Risk Preschoolers
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
NICOLE PARRETT (Stephen F. Austin State University), Ginger L. Kelso (Stephen F. Austin State University), Glen L. McCuller (Stephen F. Austin State University)
Abstract:

One relational frame not yet extensively researched within the relational frame theory is frames of causation. In the pilot study (Parrett, McCuller, Kelso, Ninness & Rumph, 2010) we used four sets of arbitrary stimuli including pictures, nonsense words, gestures, and causal pictures. A pre-test was administered which tested all relations. A-B and B-C equivalence relations were trained across four sets of stimuli. Following the training, a post-test was administered that tested for mutual and combinatorial entailment for A, B, and C. Next, we trained D-A causal relations across two sets of stimuli. Last, the same post-test was administered again that tested for mutual and combinatorial entailment for A, B, and C. This post test also tested for combinatorial entailment for D-A and generalization for D-B and D-C. Only one student completed the study. See the below attachment for results and graphs of the results. This poster will present results of a systematic replication of Parrett, et al. (2010) in which participants will be at-risk preschoolers and thus have less advanced language skills. In addition, results suggest that simplifying the response requirements from four choices to three choices when presented with a match to sample procedure hastens acquisition of trained relations and decreases participant attrition. Linking pre-established relations to a causal stimulus can prove helpful in research and in education. Research regarding a causal relationship between stimuli will be an asset to the already established relational frames.

 
10. Promoting Social, Emotional, and Behavioral Competence in Young High-Risk Children: A Preventative Classroom-Based Early Intervention Model
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
STACI CARR (Virginia Commonwealth University), Meredith Kate Eads (Virginia Commonwealth University), Joseph Tadlock (Virginia Commonwealth University), Maureen Conroy (University of Florida), Kevin Sutherland (Virginia Commonwealth University), Paula Ogston (Virginia Commonwealth University)
Abstract:

This poster will present findings from a federally funded research project, BEST in CLASS, that has investigated the use of a multi-component classroom-based intervention that targets early childhood teachers use of behaviorally based instructional strategies to ameliorate chronic problem behavior in high risk young children. To date, participants have included 14 early childhood teachers and 25 children (ages 3-4) identified as at-risk for emotional and behavioral disorders. The BEST in CLASS intervention employs a 14-week coaching model designed to increase teachers' use of effective instructional practices in their classrooms. The multi-component intervention includes: 1) precorrection, 2) increasing pre-academic and social opportunities to respond, 3) contingent use of behavior-specific praise, and 5) providing instructive and corrective feedback. Data were collected on teachers' rate of instructional practices and children's problem behavior prior to (pretest) and following coaching (posttest). Findings indicate increases in teachers' use of contingent specific praise, opportunities to respond, corrective feedback, and instructional feedback and decreases in children's problem behaviors following implementation of the BEST in CLASS model. These findings will be presented as well as additional data being collected during the 2010-2011 school year.

 
11. Using Teacher-Implemented Video Prompting to teach cooking skills to high school students with Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JESSE W. JOHNSON (Northern Illinois University), Erika Blood (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The purpose this study was to determine video prompting delivered on an iPod Touch is an effective tool for teaching cooking skills to high school students with autism spectrum disorders. The study also assessed whether or not the iPod Touch will be effective as an "electronic cookbook"by which students could independently make food preparation selections. In addition, we wanted to determine if video-based instruction delivered on an iPod Touch is practical when implemented by a classroom teacher as part of the ongoing programming of the school day. Two high school students with autism spectrum disorders were taught to access video prompts on an iPod Touch. Video prompting was implemented sequentially across the three tasks (i.e., when each student reaches a criterion level on the first skill, instruction will begin on the second skill followed by the third skill ) in the context of a multiple baseline across behaviors design. Both students learned to operate the iPod independently and learned to independently prepare all three cooking tasks. The classroom teacher was able to implement all video-based instruction on the iPods while delivering simultaneous instruction to other students in the home economics class.

 
12. The Effects of Redirection on Disruptive Behavior in the Preschool Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CARRIE HAESSLY (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Nicole Heal (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Although there is little research to support the use of redirection, this behavior management strategy has been recommended for use in the classroom. The purpose of the current study was to assess the effects of redirection on disruptive behavior when the child was redirected to a relatively more preferred center or to a relatively less preferred center to the one in which disruptive behavior occurred. First, the children's most and least preferred centers were identified by recording time allocation in nine concurrently available centers via a group momentary time sample procedure. Then, following a baseline phase which consisted of delivering a mild reprimand contingent on disruptive behavior, two conditions were alternated in a counterbalanced order in which, contingent on disruptive behavior the experimenter delivered a mild reprimand and redirected the child to either a relatively more or less preferred center. For two of the three participants, an overall decrease in disruptive behavior was observed in both conditions. For one participant, redirection to a low preferred center increased disruptive behavior and redirection to a high preferred center resulted in a low stable rate of disruptive behavior.

 
13. The Effects of Non-Contingent Edibles on Academic Performance and Classroom Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
ANGELA STEWART (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract:

The presentation of edibles in a school environment has been controversial, however past studies have shown that access to non-contingent edibles or "snacks" increased on-task behavior, decreased problem behavior and enhanced academic performance. The current study examined the effects of non-contingent reinforcement presented in a 4th grade math classroom by the teacher on on-task and off-task behavior. The participants were four male students-three typically developing students and one student diagnosed with a learning disability. The study used the Behavioral Observation of Students in Schools (B.O.S.S) data collection system in order to track on-task and off-task behavior on a partial and momentary time sampling system. An alternating treatment design was used and participants were observed across 27 sessions. The study compared group verses individual data collection recording methods; inconsistencies were found when reporting on task behavior. The results of this study showed a small decrease in off-task behavior and increased academic performance (averaging 13.8% higher) on days that snacks were presented non-contingently.

 
14. Attendance Contracts to Increase School and Class Attendance, Participation, and Academic Achievement
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
RICK SHAW (Behavior Issues), Tracy Habrel (Kent School District), Michelle Spratley (Kent School District)
Abstract:

Attendance contracts were designed and implemented to increase school attendance, participation, and academic achievement for high school students who missed multiple days of school per semester and who struggled with passing classes. Contracts utilized rewards and consequences from the school and from their parents. At the beginning of each week the student met with an administrator, behavior specialist, or counselor to determine what they wanted to earn that week for attending all of their classes. The parents were also responsible for having that discussion during dinner the night before school for the week. Daily (dessert, staying up later, or candy) and weekly (movies, money, staying at a friend's house) rewards were given for good attendance. Consequences for missing classes or school were also given. Consequences at home were: loss of video games, cell phone, or an extra chore. At school consequences were: lunch detention, campus beautification, or after school detention. The majority of the students increased their attendance at school and in their classes, and decreased the number of classes failed per quarter and semester.

 
15. The Use of Money as a Motivator for Academic Progress
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
JILL HUNT (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Michelle Harrington (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

We examined the use of money as a motivator for academic progress. Subjects were given money for meeting fluency aims on computerized academics, completing assignments and other academic behaviors as determined by education staff. Subjects lost money for defined inappropriate behaviors. Money could be spent on shopping, food or at the contract store, located in the school. Monetary rewards were individualized, based on subjects' academic strengths and weaknesses. Money earned was always displayed on the subject's computer screen. Data will be presented showing the effects this had on academic progress, to include lessons passed, timings completed and overall academic effort.

 
16. Effects of Three Jars on the Academic and Behavioral Performance of Three Inclusive Classrooms
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
LAWRENCE J. MAHEADY (State University of New York, Fredonia), Michael Jabot (State University of New York, Fredonia)
Abstract:

Three jars is a group-oriented contingency program in which all contingency components are randomized and remain unknown to pupils. The intervention was made operational through the use of three, opaque jars: (a) Jar #1- target behavior(s) and criteria, (b) Jar #2- contingencies (i.e., whole class, small groups, and individual pupils), and (c) Jar #3- rewards. Each day, teachers privately selected target behavior(s), criteria, and target students from the first two jars (i.e., first jar contained names of target behaviors and criteria; second jar contained paper slips with "whole class", "table 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5" and "pupil's names" written on them). Selected paper slips determined which target behavior(s), and whose behavior was monitored that day. All target behaviors and criteria were posted publicly, but pupils were unaware of which and whose behavior was being monitored each day. At the end of each session, teachers announced whether the daily criteria were reached; if so, paper slips were selected from the third jar (rewards) and consequences were provided to the entire class. Three jars produced immediate and noticeable improvements across a range of pupils' academic and behavioral performance.

 
17. Evaluating the Effects of Single & Group Contingencies on Rates of Problem Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Wing Yan Lam (California State University, Los Angeles), JOY NORWOOD (Center for Behavior Analysis and Language Development), Jessica Palilla (Center for Behavior Analysis and Language Development), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (Center for Behavior Analysis and Language Development), Daniel B. Shabani (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Single contingencies are a common treatment of choice because an individuals own behavior determines access to reinforcement. However, when two or more individuals are involved, group contingencies present an alternative to behavior analysts. Specifically, with interdependent contingencies, access to reinforcement is dependent on every individual within the group meeting the criterion. If only one member fails to meet the criterion, reinforcement is lost for the whole group. In the current investigation, an ABAB design was used to evaluate the effects of single and group contingencies on the rates of problem behavior with two elementary school aged children diagnosed with autism. During baseline, problem behaviors resulted in attention. During interdependent group contingencies, participants were taught to request and wait for the delivery of reinforcer. Following a return to baseline, problem behavior increased to high levels, however once the single contingency was reintroduced, problem behavior again decreased.

 
18. Using ClockLight to Increase Student On-task Behavior in an After School Club Setting: Effectiveness, Sustainability, and Teacher Satisfaction
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
RIKKI KAE WHEATLEY-WARDLE (Utah State University), Cade T. Charlton (Utah State University), Richard P. West (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Clocklight systems have been used in classrooms and common school areas to increase "on-task" behavior and decrease undesired behaviors. A ClockLight typically consists of an analog clock connected to a light, with both devices being controlled by a wireless remote. The clock accrues time and the light is illuminated when clearly defined expectations are being met by the group. The entire group is eligible for a reward when goals for the amount of "clock time" are reached. The purpose of the following study was to (a) evaluate the effectiveness of the ClockLight System in an after-school setting, (b) assess sustainability by having teachers run the program, and (c) measure after-school program staff satisfaction with the ClockLight tool.

 
19. Exploring Ratios of Reinforcement Rates to Office Referral Rates in Schoolwide Programs
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
MICHELLE R. WOIDNECK (Utah State University), Donna Marie Gilbertson (Utah State University), Casey R. Nelson (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Although the primary premise of schoolwide positive behavioral support (SWPBS) is the provision of positive supports to all students who meet behavioral expectations will result in fewer behavior problems, surprisingly few studies have investigated the effects of various positive reinforcement rates (RR) on office discipline referral (ODR) rates. In the present study, a statewide PBS Program Evaluation Database System provided schoolwide ODR and RR data from the 2007-2008 and 2008-2009 school years. Forty-four data entries from 35 schools within 11 different school districts were included in this study. To ensure schools implemented SWPBS programs with fidelity, only schools that possessed overall School-wide Evaluation Tool ratings of 80% or higher and reported monthly ODR and RR data for September through May were included. Descriptive statistics of monthly ODRs, RRs, and positive-to-negative indicator ratios for the overall sample as well as for individual schools were calculated. Results revealed no significant differences on RRs, ODRs, or positive-to-negative indicator ratios between different types of schools, but suggested schools are not appropriately responding to schoolwide data. Poster attendees will learn about the relationship between RRs and ODRs, limitations to interpreting statewide data, and procedural considerations when implementing and making SWPBS program decisions.

 
 
 
Poster Session #471
OBM Poster Session 5
Monday, May 30, 2011
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. An Investigation of the Utility of Common Incentive Programs
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CHRISTINA SIMMS (Aubrey Daniels International), Jeanine Stratton (Furman University)
Abstract:

Incentive programs are widely used in organizations and funds provided for their development and maintenance should be carefully allotted, especially during periods of economic difficulty. The key components of creating a successful incentive program were examined and common incentive programs were compared to determine their ability to meet the outlined criteria. Contingency, timeliness, specificity, and value were found to be the most crucial components necessary when building an incentive program. Further examination of discrepancies between what literature suggests and what is actually practiced was performed. A survey was conducted of Fortune 500 companies' usage of various incentives and the responses indicated the troubled economy has produced a shift towards intangible forms of incentives and recognition, away from economically valuable items. The research suggests that incentive programs developed with behavioral based solutions promote loyalty and dedication amongst employees, a key to keeping top performers and encouraging others to achieve high performance levels.

 
2. Teaching Financial Management to Women Recovering From Addiction
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
ELIZABETH GARRISON (Temple University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
Abstract:

Financial literacy is an important skill for adults functioning in mainstream society. In this study, five women residing in a drug and alcohol rehabilitation facility who worked in a therapeutic workplace were taught budgeting skills through a financial management class and feedback. Participants were asked to complete pretests and posttests before and following a budgeting class. Participants who attended the class could also choose to receive weekly feedback on their spending in the therapeutic workplace. Saving of points earned in a therapeutic workplace was evaluated using a multiple baseline design. Participants who attended the class and chose to receive feedback increased mean weekly savings by 47%, while participants who did not choose to receive feedback and only attended the financial class decreased their average savings per week by 53%. Women recovering from addiction can learn basic budgeting and personal financial management skills and learn how to save money, but both a financial class and feedback are necessary.

 
 
 
Poster Session #472
TPC Poster Session 5
Monday, May 30, 2011
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. Spreading the Science: Dissemination of Behavior Analysis
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
AMANDA N. KELLY (SEEM Collaborative), Melissa Nosik (University of Nevada, Reno), Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

For many, the term applied behavior analysis is synonymous with treatments for autism. For others, it is a term which evokes the image of discrete-trial-teaching or table top instruction. Yet, for others, it is a useful approach for weight loss, smoking cessation, and managing organizational behavior. The purpose of the Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (DBA SIG) is to disseminate the science of human behavior to the public at large through the promulgation of easy to understand explanations of what exactly this science is, and to help society realize the potential of this science as well as dispel myths which detract from its positive image. This SIG should be of interest to every behavior analyst as without the support of the population, our science will never reach its potential. Every behavior analyst should be continually working to put forward a positive image about our science and its practitioners. The purpose of this poster will be to represent ways for ABAI members to contribute to the accurate dissemination of behavior analysis as well as detail some current trends of the public's perception of the science in practice.

 
2. Defining Knowledge Behaviorally: Participants Reactions to Modified Gettier Cases
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
FRANK HAMMONDS (Troy University)
Abstract:

This poster will present a behavioral definition of knowledge and will include data regarding participants acceptance of the definition. Gettier (1963) challenged the long-accepted definition of knowledge as justified true belief through the use of examples that depicted a person having justified true belief while appearing not to have knowledge. It has been noted that the lack of knowledge apparent in Gettier cases is merely intuitive. That is, there is no direct proof that knowledge is lacking. It is simply the case that most people reading a Gettier case would likely agree that knowledge is not present despite justified true belief. The current study will add to this literature by introducing a behavioral account of justified true belief. I asked participants to read a series of Gettier-style cases that I created using behavioral definitions of justified, true, and belief. The data so far indicate that participants are more likely to say that the examples represent knowledge when the examples are based on the behavioral definitions of justified, true, and belief.

 
 
 
Poster Session #473
VRB Poster Session 5
Monday, May 30, 2011
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center)
1. The Effects of Peer Tutoring Using a Peer Yoked Contingency Game on Acquiring Tacts as the Tutor and the Emission of Verbal Operants on Two Students Diagnosed With Autism
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Alison M. Corwin (Columbia University), ISABELLE REE (Columbia University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the experiment was to test the effects of a peer-yoked contingency peer tutoring game on the acquisition of tacts by the tutor, as well as the number of verbal operants emitted by the participants in pre and post probe sessions. Two participants were selected from CABAS School located in a suburban area. Both students were 8-years-old with a diagnoses of autism. The design of the experiment was a multiple probe design across participants. Both participants functioned at speaker/listener and emergent reader/writer levels of verbal behavior. The dependent variables for this study were the correct verbal operants that participants emitted during free play and the acquisition of tacts that both participants learned through teaching each other with the learn units. The independent variable was peer tutoring with a peer-yoked contingency game. The results of the study showed that the peer-yoked contingency game increased both participants' emissions of verbal operants during free play sessions after both phases of the intervention. The study also demonstrated that both participants learned tacts as the tutee and the tutor during the first phase of the intervention when2D picture tacts were used, but not during the second phase when roman numerals were used as the stimuli.

 
2. The Effects of a Peer-Yoked Contingency Game on the Acquisition of Observational Learning and Naming in Preschool Students
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
LAMIS BAOWAIDAN (Teachers College, Columbia University), Mara Katra Oblak (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

This study investigated the effects of a peer-yoked contingency tact game with amultiple exemplar instruction (MEI) component on the acquisition of observational learning and naming. The participants were 2 preschool students with disabilities. Both participants were males aged 4-years-old, and were missing the observational learning and naming capabilities. The dependent variables during this study were observational learning and Naming. The design was a multiple probe design across participants. Pre-probe sessions were conducted simultaneously across both participants to control for maturation. Pre- and post-probes were conducted following each intervention, as well. The study demonstrated a functional relation between the peer-yoked contingency tact game and the acquisition of observational learning and naming.

 
3. The Effects of a Social Listener Reinforcement Game Using Peer-Yoked Contingencies on the Number of Verbal Operants Emitted With Two Students Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
Jacqueline Maffei-Lewis (Teachers College, Columbia University), AMANDA C. PHILP (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of the social listener reinforcement game on the number of verbal operants emitted by two elementary aged students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder, who had emitted limited verbal operants in non-instructional settings. A multiple probe design across participants and behaviors was utilized, in which 15 min of pre- and post-intervention probes were conducted. The independent variable was the implementation of the social listener reinforcement game package that included four games designed to increase each participants opportunities to respond as a listener and a speaker, and to receive reinforcement for emitting verbal operants. The dependent variables in this study were defined as the number of mands, tacts, sequelics, "wh" questions, conversational units, vocal approvals and disapprovals emitted by participants towards each other and peers during pre- and post-intervention probes. The present study tested the effects of all four components of the social listener reinforcement game, "I Spy", "20 Questions", "Bingo" and "Peer Tutoring". The results of the study showed that the intervention increased the number of verbal operants emitted by all participants based on pre- and post-intervention probe data. Self-talk as conversational units also increased for all participants post-intervention. Keywords: social listener reinforcement, verbal operants, self-talk.

 
4. Assessment of Preference for Treatment With and Without Instruction and Subsequent Treatment Outcomes
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
EMILY K. RUBIO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract:

Contingency statements, or rules, are often used during meals for children with food refusal. It is not clear if contingency statements (rules) and prompts are necessary to increase consumption, or if programmed contingencies alone are sufficient. Thus, the purpose of this study was to (a) evaluate if the inclusion of rules facilitates acceptance, and reductions in food refusal, as compared to a no-rules condition, and (b) determine if children who engage in food refusal and their caregivers indicate a preference for rules or no rules. To date, one individual with food refusal has participated. Using an alternating treatments design, rules and no-rules conditions were compared to a baseline condition using a reversal design. Later, using a concurrent operants arrangement, child preference for rules or no-rules was evaluated. Results showed that levels of refusal and acceptance were similar for the rules and no-rules conditions, and both resulted in increases in food consumption. In addition, when the child was given the opportunity to choose between the two conditions, a clear preference was not observed.

 
5. An Evaluation of a Behavioral Intervention to Reduce Disruptive Communication Across Different School Settings
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
JANET A. BUTZ (CARE - Collaborative Autism Resources & Education), Sue Currie (CARE - Collaborative Autism Resources & Education)), Teresa Bunsen (CARE - Collaborative Autism Resources & Education), Wendy Nebbia (Anchorage School District), Mary E. Thomas (Anchorage School District)
Abstract:

Research supports significant correlations between affective instructionand a decline in discipline problems as well as improvements inacademic performance (Gresham and Elliott, 2007; Roeser, Eccles, & Sameroff, 2000). In students with autism/cognitive disabilities, problem social behavior can be compounded by other social and learning deficits. Purpose: To evaluate a behavioral interventionplan (BIP), across school settings, of a student with cognitive disabilities exhibiting poor classroom communication skills (i.e. interruptions, unsolicited comments, highly repetitive questions). Methodology: 10 minute frequencies recorded in every period (6 classes/lunch/PE), for 5 consecutive days by 2 different teachers/school staff (to insure interrater reliability and social validity of behavior definition). After baseline, the behavioral intervention (treatment) will be implemented in the class with lowest average frequency of problem behavior. Treatment includes a “report card” that allows 5 questions and 5 comments/class; differential reinforcement by teacher, and, contingent upon the student achieving this approximation to target behavior, receipt of an immediate reinforcer (free time). Data will be collected monthly. Based on progress, settings will be added incrementally to continue shaping toward target behavior. Results: Baseline and 1 month results including paired student’s t-test and chi-square analyses as appropriate.

 
6. A Comparative Study on Linguistic Traits in the Korean Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children-3, Exactive Functional Test and Sentence Complete Test Among Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, Maladjustment, andChildren in South Korea
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
YUNHEE SHIN (Daegu University), Jung Yeon Cho (Daegu Cyber University), Hyo-Shin Lee (Daegu University), Keonhee Kim (Daegu University)
Abstract:

The purposes of this study were to figure out difference of the linguistic traits in Korean Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Childre-3 (K-WISC-3), Executive Functional (EF) Test and Sentence Complete Test (SCT) among ADHD and maladjusted andtypically developingchildren. The participants were 19 elementary students who live in Daegu and Kyungsang-do (3 in ADHD, 8 in maladjustment, 8 in control). The linguistic characters were analyzed using ANOVA and post-hoc, also we made a category of similar traits and reviewed it after taking Korean Education Developmental Institute - Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children (KEDI-WISC), EF task and SCT. The results of this study were as follow: First, the analysis of variances of Information, similarities, cocabulary, and comprehension index indicated significant mean difference for ADHD and maladjusted groups, with the lower scores in these groups rather than in Control. In post-hoc, the maladjusted group showed significant mean differences for similarities from the control, and this is true for ADHD and maladjusted groups in comprehension index. Secondly, word fluency of EF's task indicated significant mean difference for ADHD and maladjusted groups, with the lower scores in these groups rather in Control. In post-hoc, maladjusted group showed significant lower scores from the control. Third, maladjusted groups and ADHD written SCT and they made a mistake in spelling. Also ADHD groups were qualitatively different from maladjusted group in writing skill. Therefore, this study showed difference these group's linguistic traits among ADHD, maladjusted andtypically developingchildren. So, we suggestdeveloping educational programs for linguistic skills for each group.

 
7. A Description of Echoic and Self-Echoic Responses in Preschool Children
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
AMANDA M. MAHONEY (Western Michigan University), John W. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Kathryn M. Kestner (Western Michigan University), Kate La Londe (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The current study is the second in a series that evaluates the degradation of stimulus control over echoic (ECH) responses across a time delay. The authors assessed 11 typically-developing children on the accuracy of self-echoic (SE) responses that were evoked following a 5-s delay from the initial response. The assessment used is described in Esch et al. (2010). All participants scored at or above 50% on echoic trials and no participants emitted more correct self-echoic response than echoic responses. The authors calculated a difference score for each participant by subtracting their SE score from their ECH score. The mean difference was 3.27 (SD 5 2.10). This is compared to a mean difference of 1.0 (SD 5 2.08) in the Esch et al. study when a 2-s delay was used. The authors concluded that, when an auditory stimulus is presented and the opportunity to respond is delayed more than just a few seconds, self-echoics may be important sources of added stimulus control so that the listener response will occur when given the opportunity.

 
 
 
Business Meeting #474
Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 30, 2011
7:30 PM–8:20 AM
303 (Convention Center)
Chair: Evelyn Jo Horton (The Homestead)
Presenting Authors:

The Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis (IowaABA) was chartered in June 2008 as a state chapter of ABAI for professional, scientific, and education purposes. Iowa ABA's primary functions include serving as a scientific and professional reference group for all in the State of Iowa who identify themselves as scientists, practitioners, or providers in disciplines that embrace the principles and practices of behavior analysis. IowaABA supports the development of professional credentialing for the practice of behavior analysis within the State of Iowa. The chapter also supports and encourages expanding the educational and supervisory resources to aid individuals in meeting current and future credentialing requirements. IowaABA also supports the development of ethical and professional standards of practice for behavior analysts within the State of Iowa. IowaABA promotes the use of effective and humane behavioral procedures in meeting the educational and habilitative needs of both normal and intellectually disabled persons. IowaABA provides education and advises political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the State of Iowa. IowaABA promotes and supports the conduct of behavior analytic research within the State of Iowa.

 
 
Business Meeting #475
Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM) Editor's Meeting
Monday, May 30, 2011
7:30 PM–8:00 PM
301 (Convention Center)
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
Presenting Authors:

This a meeting of the JOBM Editorial Board and an opportunity to review journal data, get information of current developments, and shape the future of the journal. All current JOBM Editorial Board members are encouraged to attend, as are individuals interested in serving on the Editorial Board. This meeting will occur before and in the same room as the OBM Network Business Meeting.

 
 
Business Meeting #476
Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies Special Interest Group
Monday, May 30, 2011
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
403 (Convention Center)
Chair: Julia H. Fiebig (San Ramon Valley Unified School District)
Presenting Authors:

The behavior analysis for sustainable societies (BASS) special interest group was formed to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, overconsumption of resources, and imbalances in environmental sustainability. Objectives include to (a) encourage and support research that promotes the application of behavior analysis to green/environmental issues, (b) collaborate with environmental scientists, environmental groups, and other SIGs within ABAI who have an interest in addressing behavior change and sustainability/environmental issues, (c) disseminate research and practices that support solutions to environmental issues through the application of behavioral interventions, (d) develop curriculum, textbooks, and additional educational resources that address sustainability and the application of behavior analysis, (e) compile resources for individuals interested in behavior change and environmental issues, and (f) develop an information base of current effective practices/initiatives, government policies, and employment for behavior analysts interested in behavior change and environmental issues The business meeting is open to anyone interested in sustainability and environmental issues.

 
 
Business Meeting #477
Behaviorists Interested in Gambling Special Interest Group
Monday, May 30, 2011
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
304 (Convention Center)
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University)
Presenting Authors:

The mission of the behaviorists interested in gambling special interest group (BIG-SIG) is to foster and promote research on gambling and treatments for problem gambling from a behavioral perspective. Meeting this mission is important for behavior analysis because we, as a field, have largely been silent in the literature on gambling. The goal of the meeting this year is to meet to discuss current advances in gambling and business issues for the coming year.

 
 
Business Meeting #478
Behavior Analyst Certification Board: International Certification Development
Monday, May 30, 2011
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
404 (Convention Center)
Chair: Neil T. Martin (European Association for Behaviour Analysis)
Presenting Authors:

This meeting will address important components of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) which include: Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst (BCaBA) credentials; professional experience, coursework, and degree requirements; approved course sequences; international examination administration; eligibility standards; and application for examination. Special emphasis will be on how individual countries can work with the BACB to develop time-limited alternative pathways for residents of the country to qualify for the BACB examinations. The presentation also will provide an overview of the current status of the BACB and its certificants. The presentation will focus on development of the BACB in the future, particularly as it relates to certification outside of the United States. Time will be provided for participant questions and discussion with the presenter.

 
 
Business Meeting #479
The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group
Monday, May 30, 2011
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
407 (Convention Center)
Chair: Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Presenting Authors:

The goal of this meeting is to discuss the business of the EAHB SIG, the EAHB Bulletin, and the general state of affairs in EAHB, EAB, behavior analysis, and the world. The meeting is also used to recognize our Student Paper Competition winners and to deliberate and decide upon the next recipient of the EAHB Distinguished Career Award.

 
 
Business Meeting #480
Developmental Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
Monday, May 30, 2011
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
405 (Convention Center)
Chair: Gary D. Novak (California State University, Stanislaus)
Presenting Authors:

The mission of the Behavior Development Bulletin is to provide behavior analysts with peer reviewed scientific information of interest to the behavior community, including research in cognitive development, child emotional development, developmental theory, and socialization. Since its inception, the BDB journal has published articles of an inter- and multi-disciplinary nature, including areas of socio-biology and behavioral methodology. The BDB journal is especially relevant to behavior analysts who study the developmental processes responsible for behavior changes and their progressive organization. The BDB journal hopes to provide answers by looking at the biological and environmental factors that affect behavioral development, while maintaining primarily interest in the role of environmental contingencies in behavior change.

 
 
Business Meeting #481
Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 30, 2011
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
302 (Convention Center)
Chair: Morten Haugland (Haugland Learning Center)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of this meeting is to provide updates on activities of the chapter this past year. We will also share plans for future activities including ideas for increasing our membership. Elections will be held for officers. Anyone interested in joining is welcome to attend the meeting.

 
 
Panel #482
CE Offered: BACB
Professional Development Series: Careers in Applied Animal Behavior
Monday, May 30, 2011
7:30 PM–8:50 PM
406 (Convention Center)
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis
CE Instructor: Jacquelyn MacDonald, M.S.
Chair: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
TERRI M. BRIGHT (Simmons College)
JENNIFER L. SOBIE (University of Illinois)
KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (Brown University)
INDYA N. WATTS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

In collaboration with the Student Committee, the Applied Animal Behaviorspecial interst group presents a panel discussion with behavior analysts working in applied animal behavior in a variety of settings including zoo/aquarium, university, animal shelter, and private practice. Panelists will discuss their experiences in applied animal behavior with regard to training, opportunities and challenges in various settings, and the market for behavior analysts in the field of applied animal behavior.

 
 
Business Meeting #483
Autism Special Interest Group
Monday, May 30, 2011
7:30 PM–9:00 PM
401/402 (Convention Center)
Chair: Lori E. Bechner (Autism Center at University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey)
Presenting Authors:

A business meeting will be held to address various administrative matters relevant to the Autism SIG. The Autism SIG brings together those who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the education and treatment of individuals with autism throughout the lifespan. The SIG was created to promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of autism treatment, to advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatment, and to support consumers of ABA services. The Autism SIG maintains a website and publishes a quarterly newsletter to provide clinicians, educators, and parents with information regarding scientifically supported interventions for individuals with autism. Other ongoing initiatives include participating in the ABAI annual convention and autism conference exhibitions, presenting an annual student research award, and maintaining consumer guidelines for identifying, selecting, and evaluating behavior analysts working with individuals with autism. All are welcome to attend.

 
 
Business Meeting #484
The Ogden R. Lindsley Standard Celeration Chart Share
Monday, May 30, 2011
7:30 PM–9:30 PM
Centennial Ballroom E (Hyatt Regency)
Chair: Malcolm D. Neely (Standard Celeration Society)
Presenting Authors:

The Ogden R. Lindsley Standard Celeration Chart Share invites ALL to see, hear, and share data across the behavior spectrum using daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly standard celeration charts presented rapidly on overhead transparencies and computer slides in spirited friendship.

 
 
Business Meeting #485
Organizational Behavior Management Network
Monday, May 30, 2011
8:00 PM–8:50 PM
301 (Convention Center)
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:

This is the annual meeting of the Organizational Behavior Management Network. All are invited to attend and discuss topics related to organizational behavior management. In addition, Network officers will present data summarizing the status and development of the organization.

 
 
Special Event #486
ABAI Social
Monday, May 30, 2011
9:30 PM–1:00 AM
Capitol Ballroom (Hyatt Regency)
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)

Please join us, your friends, and colleagues for music and dancing.

 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}